Table of Contents

 
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10
GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF
SECURITIES
Pursuant to Section 12(b) or (g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC
(Name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
     
NORTH DAKOTA   EIN 76-0742311
(State or other jurisdiction of   (IRS Employer Identification No.)
incorporation or organization)    
P.O. Box 11
3682 Hwy. 8 South
Richardton, ND 58652
(Address of principal executive offices)
701-974-3308
(Registrant’s Telephone Number)
With a copy to:
Todd A. Taylor and Michael R. O’Brien
Leonard, O’Brien, Spencer, Gale & Sayre, Ltd.
100 South Fifth Street, Suite 2500
Minneapolis, MN 55402
612-332-1030
Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
     
Title of each class   Name of each exchange on which registered
     
None   None
Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY
CLASS A MEMBERSHIP UNITS

(Title of Class)
 
 

 


Table of Contents

RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC
FORM 10
         
    Page
    1  
 
       
    33  
 
       
    44  
 
       
    45  
 
       
    46  
 
       
    49  
 
       
    49  
 
       
    50  
 
       
    50  
 
       
    51  
 
       
    51  
 
       
    55  
 
       
    55  
 
       
    55  
 
       
    55  
 
       
       
  Articles of Organization
  Operating Agreement
  Membership Unit Certificate Specimen
  Member Control Agreement
  Lease of Land for Construction/Rehabilitation of Track
  Management Agreement
  Development Services Agreement
  Real Estate Purchase and Sale Agreement
  Distiller's Grain Marketing Agreement
  Contract for Purchase of Coal
  Grain Origination Contract
  Warranty Deed - January 13, 2005
  Warranty Deed - July 11, 2005
  Agreement for Electric Service
  Ethanol Fuel Marketing Agreement
  Lump Sum Design-Build Agreement
  Railroad Construction, Design & Repair Contract
  Construction Loan Agreement
  Construction Note for $55,211,740
  Revolving Promissory Notes for $3,500,000
  Promissory Note and Continuing Letter of Credit Agreement
  International Swap Dealers Association, Inc. Master Agreement
  Security Agreement and Deposit Account Control Agreement
  Security Agreement
  Control Agreement
  Loan Agreement - GreenWay Consulting, LLC & Red Trail Energy, LLC
  Promissory Note for $1,525,000
  Loan Agreement - ICM Inc. & Red Trail Energy, LLC
  Promissory Note for $3,000,000
  Loan Agreement - Fagen, Inc & Red Trail Energy, LLC
  Promissory Note for $1,000,000
  Southwest Pipeline Project Raw Water Service Contract

 


Table of Contents

ITEM 1. BUSINESS
Overview
     Red Trail Energy, LLC was organized as a North Dakota limited liability company on July 16, 2003 (the “Company.”) We were originally formed for the purpose of raising capital to develop, construct, own and operate a 50 million gallon per year corn-based ethanol plant in Richardton, North Dakota. Based on estimates from our design engineer, ICM Inc., we expect our ethanol plant to annually process approximately 18 million bushels of corn into 50 million gallons of denatured fuel grade ethanol, 170,000 tons of dried distillers grains with solubles, or 430,000 tons of distillers wet grains. In this process we will consume approximately 133,000 tons of lignite coal per year. Unless otherwise indicated, whenever we use the terms we, us, our or ours, we mean the Company. Our website is located at www.redtrailenergyllc.com .
General Developments
     Land Acquisition
     On March 22, 2004, January 13, 2005 and July 11, 2005, we acquired 134.7 acres of land just east of Richardton, North Dakota as the site for our plant. On October 18, 2005, we started construction at this site.
     Construction Contract
     We have executed a Lump-Sum Design Build Contract dated August 29, 2005, with Fagen, Inc. for the design and construction of our plant. Plant construction began October 18, 2005 and we expect construction to be completed in approximately November 2006. We have utilized funds from our sales of securities, grants and interest income to pay for construction costs to date.
     Loan Agreements
     On December 16, 2005, we closed on a construction loan agreement with First National Bank of Omaha for total loan proceeds of $59,712,000. We are utilizing the proceeds from this construction loan agreement to pay Fagen, Inc. for the design and construction of our plant. We had not used any of the proceeds from this loan yet.
     On December 16, 2005, we closed on a Subordinated Debt Agreement with Fagen, Inc. in the amount of $1,000,000. We have not utilized the proceeds from this agreement yet.
     On December 16, 2005, we closed on a Subordinated Debt Agreement with ICM Inc. in the amount of $3,000,000. We have not utilized the proceeds from this agreement yet.
     On December 16, 2005, we closed on a Subordinated Debt Agreement with GreenWay Consulting, LLC. in the amount of $1,525,000. We have not utilized the proceeds from this agreement yet.
     Consulting Agreements
     We have entered into two contracts with GreenWay Consulting, LLC. The first is a Development Services Agreement whereby GreenWay will manage project development, plant construction and initial plant operations through plant start-up. The second is a Management Agreement for management of operations after plant start-up.
     Marketing Agreements
     We have entered into marketing agreements to market all of our ethanol and distillers dried grains with solubles. Because we have not commenced operations yet, we have not sold any ethanol or distillers dried grains with solubles and we do not expect to do so until at least November 2006.

1


Table of Contents

Primary Product — Ethanol
     Ethanol is a chemical produced by the fermentation of sugars found in grains and other biomass. Ethanol can be produced from a number of different types of grains, such as wheat and milo, as well as from agricultural waste products such as rice hulls, cheese whey, potato waste, brewery and beverage wastes and forestry and paper wastes. However, according to the Renewable Fuels Association, approximately 85 percent of ethanol in the United States today is produced from corn, and approximately 90 percent of ethanol is produced from a mix of corn and other input. Corn produces large quantities of carbohydrates, which convert into glucose more easily than most other kinds of biomass.
     We anticipate that our business will be that of the production and marketing of ethanol and distillers dried and wet grains. We have entered into an agreement with Commodity Specialist Company, Inc. located in Minneapolis, Minnesota to market our dried grains with solubles. We intend to be our own marketer of wet grains, and we have entered into an agreement with Renewable Products Marketing Group, LLC located in Minneapolis, Minnesota to market our entire ethanol output.
Description of Dry Mill Process
     Our plant will produce ethanol by processing corn. The corn will be received by rail and by truck, then weighed and unloaded in a receiving building. It will then be transported to storage bins. Thereafter, it will be converted to a scalper to remove rocks and debris before it is transported to a hammermill, or grinder, where it is ground into a flour and conveyed into a slurry tank for enzymatic processing. Then, water, heat and enzymes are added to break the ground grain into a fine slurry. The slurry will be heated for sterilization and pumped to a liquefaction tank where additional enzymes are added. Next, the grain slurry is pumped into fermenters, where yeast is added, to begin a batch fermentation process. A vacuum distillation system will divide the alcohol from the grain mash. Alcohol is then transported through a rectifier column, a side stripper and a molecular sieve system where it is dehydrated. The 200 proof alcohol is then pumped to tank farm shift tanks and blended with approximately five percent denaturant, usually gasoline, as it is pumped into storage tanks. The 200 proof alcohol and approximately five percent denaturant constitute ethanol.
     Corn mash from the distillation stripper is pumped into one of several decanter-type centrifuges for dewatering. The water (“thin stillage”) is then pumped from the centrifuges to an evaporator where it is evaporated into thick syrup. The solids that exit the centrifuge or evaporators (the “wet cake”) are conveyed to the distillers dried grains dryer system or to flat storage to be sold as wet distillers grains with solubles. Syrup is added to the wet cake as it enters the dryer, where moisture is removed. The process will produce distillers grains, which is processed corn mash that can be used as animal feed.
     The following chart illustrates the dry mill process:

2


Table of Contents

The Ethanol Production Process (Dry-Mill)
(ETHANOL PRODUCTION PROCESS)
Source: Renewable Fuels Association (RFA)
     1. In the dry-mill ethanol process, the corn kernels are first ground into a flour, or “meal,” and mixed with water in cookers to form a slurry, called “mash.”
     2. In the cooking system, the action of heat liquefies the starch in the corn, and enzymes are added to break down the starch to fermentable sugars.
     3. The cooked mash is then cooled and pumped to the fermenters where yeast is added. The action of the yeast converts the sugars in the mash into ethanol.
     4. The fermented mash is pumped to the distillation system where the ethanol is separated from the non-fermentable solids (the “stillage”) and water is removed to concentrate the ethanol to a strength of 190-proof (95% ethanol).
     5. The ethanol is further concentrated in a molecular sieve dehydrator to a strength of 200-proof (99+% ethanol), to produce fuel-grade ethanol which is then denatured (rendered unfit for human consumption) with gasoline and transferred to storage tanks.
     6. The stillage from the distillation system is sent through a centrifuge that separates the coarse grain from the solubles. The solubles are then concentrated in an evaporator system. The resulting material, condensed distillers solubles or “syrup,” is mixed with the coarse grain from the centrifuge and then dried to produce dried distillers grains with solubles, a high quality, and nutritious livestock feed. Some of the distillers grains may bypass the final drying stage and be sold as wet distillers grains with solubles.
Thermal Oxidation
     Ethanol plants such as ours may produce odors in the production of ethanol and its primary co-product, distillers dried grains with solubles and distillers wet grains, which some people may find unpleasant. We intend to eliminate odors by routing dryer emissions through a thermal oxidizer. Based upon materials and information from ICM Inc., we expect thermal oxidation to significantly reduce any unpleasant odors caused by the ethanol and distillers grains manufacturing process. We expect thermal oxidation, which burns emissions, will eliminate a significant amount of the volatile organic carbon compounds in emissions that cause odor in the drying process and

3


Table of Contents

allow us to meet the applicable permitting requirements. We also expect this addition to the ethanol plant to reduce the risk of possible nuisance claims and any related negative public reaction against us.
Ethanol Markets
     Ethanol has important applications. Primarily, ethanol can be used as 1) a high quality octane enhancer and an oxygenate capable of reducing air pollution and improving automobile performance and 2) an alternative to gasoline. We have entered into a marketing contract with Renewable Products Marketing Group, LLC to market all of our ethanol.
Local Ethanol Markets
     Local markets are the easiest to service because of their close proximity. The local market where we intend to build our plant, however, may be oversold with regional marketers leading to depressed ethanol prices and is likely unable to purchase and utilize our production capacity. Therefore, it is likely that the majority of our ethanol will be marketed to regional and national markets.
Regional Ethanol Markets
     Typically, a regional market is one that is outside of the local market, yet within the neighboring states. Because ethanol use results in less air pollution than regular gasoline, regional markets typically include large cities that are subject to anti-smog measures in either carbon monoxide or ozone non-attainment areas, such as Minneapolis/St. Paul. In addition, the state of Minnesota has required that all gasoline sold in the state be reformulated to include 10% ethanol, with an increase to 20% by 2013. We expect to reach these regional markets by delivering ethanol by truck and by rail. Regional pricing tends to follow national pricing less the freight difference.
     Occasionally, we may have opportunities to obtain backhaul rates from local trucking companies. These are rates that are reduced since the truck is loaded both ways. Normally, the trucks drive to the refined fuels terminals empty and load gasoline product for delivery. A backhaul is the opportunity to load the truck with ethanol to return to the terminal.
National Ethanol Markets
     According to the Renewable Fuels Association, demand for fuel ethanol in the United States reached a new high in 2005 of 4.26 billion gallons per year. In its report titled, “Ethanol Industry Outlook 2006,” the Renewable Fuels Association stated that they anticipate the demand for ethanol to remain strong. The passage of the Volumetric Ethanol Excise Tax Credit (“VEETC”) is expected to provide the flexibility necessary to expand ethanol blending into higher blends of ethanol such as E85, E diesel and fuel cell markets. In addition, the recent implementation of a Renewable Fuels Standard contained in the Energy Policy Act of 2005, which was signed into law on August 8, 2005 is expected to favorably impact the ethanol industry by enhancing both the production and use of ethanol.
     Historically, ethanol sales have also been favorably affected by the Clean Air Act amendments of 1990, particularly the Federal Oxygen Program which became effective November 1, 1992. The Federal Oxygen Program required the sale of oxygenated motor fuels during the winter months in certain major metropolitan areas to reduce carbon monoxide pollution. Ethanol use increased due to a second Clean Air Act program, the Reformulated Gasoline Program. This program became effective January 1, 1995, and required the sale of reformulated gasoline in nine major urban areas to reduce pollutants, including those that contribute to ground level ozone, better known as smog. The two major oxygenates added to reformulated gasoline pursuant to these programs are MTBE and ethanol, however, MTBE has contributed to groundwater contamination and has been banned from use by many states.
     Although the Energy Policy Act of 2005 did not impose a national ban of MTBE, its failure to include liability protection for manufacturers of MTBE is expected to result in refiners and blenders using ethanol as an oxygenate rather than MTBE to satisfy the reformulated gasoline oxygenate requirement. While this may create increased demand in the short term, we do not expect this to have a long term impact on the demand for ethanol as

4


Table of Contents

such Act also repeals the Clean Air Act’s 2% oxygenate requirement for reformulated gasoline immediately in California and 270 days after enactment elsewhere.
Ethanol Pricing
     The following chart provides a comparison of ethanol and gasoline price per gallon in the Minneapolis/St. Paul area from 1994 to 2005:
(GRAPH)
     The following table provides monthly prices per gallon of ethanol in the Minneapolis/St. Paul area.
(LINE GRAPH)

5


Table of Contents

     Historic prices may not be indicative of future prices. On March 23, 2005, the Chicago Board of Trade (“CBOT”) launched the CBOT Denatured Fuel Ethanol futures contract. The new contract is designed to address the growing demand for an effective hedging instrument for domestically produced ethanol. We expect that our ethanol marketing firm will use the new ethanol futures contracts to manage ethanol price volatility.
Co-Products
     The principal co-product of the ethanol production process is distillers grains, a high protein, high-energy animal feed supplement primarily marketed to the dairy and beef industry. Distillers grains contain bypass protein that is superior to other protein supplements such as cottonseed meal and soybean meal. According to a 1986 study by the University of Nebraska reported in “Nebraska Company Extension Study MP51 — Distillers Grains,” bypass proteins are more digestible to the animal, thus generating greater lactation in dairy cows and greater weight gain in beef cattle. Dry mill ethanol processing creates three forms of distillers grains: distillers wet grains with solubles (“distillers wet grains”), distillers modified wet grains with solubles (“distillers modified wet grains”) and distillers dry grains. Distillers wet grains are processed corn mash that contains approximately 70% moisture and have a shelf life of approximately seven days. Therefore, they can be sold only to farms within the immediate vicinity of an ethanol plant. Distillers modified wet grains are distillers wet grains that have been dried to approximately 50% moisture. They have a slightly longer shelf life of approximately three weeks and are often sold to nearby markets. Distillers dried grains are distillers wet grains that have been dried to 10% moisture. Distillers dried grains have an almost indefinite shelf life and may be sold and shipped to any market regardless of its proximity to an ethanol plant. Our plant will be producing distillers wet grains and distillers dried grains but not modified wet grains.
     Based on the ICM plans, our plant is expected to produce approximately 166,500 tons annually of raw carbon dioxide as another co-product of the ethanol production process. At this time, we do not intend to capture and market our carbon dioxide gas. We believe the market for carbon dioxide gas is currently oversupplied and therefore prices are too low to make capturing and marketing carbon dioxide profitable. If prices increase to a level where we believe it would be profitable to capture the carbon dioxide, we will consider adding the necessary equipment to do so, however, we expect that adding this equipment will be expensive and could potentially require us to curtail or cease operations while it is installed. We do not foresee the carbon dioxide market improving at any time soon.
Distillers Grains Markets
     According to the University of Minnesota’s DDGS—General Information website (October 12, 2005) approximately 3,200,000 to 3,500,000 tons of distillers grains are produced annually in North America, approximately 98% of which are produced by ethanol plants. Ethanol plants in South Dakota and Minnesota produce about 25% of this amount. The amount of distillers grains produced is expected to increase significantly as the number of ethanol plants increase.
     The primary consumers of distillers grains are dairy and beef cattle. In recent years, an increasing amount of distillers grains have been used in the swine and poultry markets. With the advancement of research into the feeding rations of poultry and swine, these markets are expected to continue to grow. The market for distillers grains is generally confined to locations where freight costs allow it to be competitively priced against other feed ingredients. Distillers grains competes with three other feed formulations: corn gluten feed, dry brewers grain and mill feeds. The primary value of these products as animal feed is their protein content. Dry brewers grain and distillers grains have about the same protein content, and corn gluten feed and mill feeds have slightly lower protein contents.
     As with ethanol, the distillers grains markets are local, regional and national. These national markets are just emerging, primarily in the southeast and southwest United States where significant dairy and poultry operations are located. In addition, there is the possibility of some local marketing. Local markets are very limited and highly competitive for the use of distillers grains.
     Although local markets will be the easiest to service, they may be oversold, which would depress distillers grains prices. We plan to market 25% of our distillers grains as wet distillers grains to the local livestock markets surrounding the plant. The distillers dried grains will be marketed through our marketing contract with Commodity Specialist Company to the regional and national markets.

6


Table of Contents

Dried Distillers Grains Pricing
     Historically, the price of dried distillers grains has been relatively steady. Various factors affect the price of dried distillers grains, including, among others, the price of corn, soybean meal and other alternative feed products, and the general supply and demand of domestic and international markets for distillers grains. We believe that unless demand increases, the price of distillers grains may be subject to future downward pressure as the supply of distillers grains increases because of increased ethanol production. As demonstrated in the table below, the price of distillers grains may be subject to downward pressure.
(LINE GRAPH)
Wet Distillers Grains
     Wet distillers grains consist of approximately 70% moisture and 30% dry matter. Because of the short shelf life, we will have to sell wet distillers grains locally. We hope to develop a local market once the plant is operating. Because wet distillers grains do not have to be dried, there will be a significant energy savings to the extent that we can sell wet distillers grains.
Corn Feedstock Supply
     Based upon ICM data, we anticipate that our plant will need approximately 18 million bushels of corn per year for our processing. We have entered into a Grain Origination Agreement with New Vision Coop to supply all of our corn. The corn supply for our plant will be obtained from regional markets, including North Dakota, South Dakota and Minnesota. Traditionally, corn grown in these areas has been fed locally to livestock or exported for feeding or processing, but more recently, the construction of numerous ethanol plants has increased competition for the corn supply. We expect to purchase corn from North Dakota, South Dakota and Minnesota, which had the following amount of grain corn production according to the U.S. Department of Agriculture:

7


Table of Contents

                                 
    2005 Grain Corn   2004 Grain Corn   2003 Grain Corn   2002 Grain Corn
PROPOSED   Production   Production   Production   Production
AREA   (million bushels)   (million bushels)   (million bushels)   (million bushels)
North Dakota
    141,250       120,750       131,040       113,430  
South Dakota
    485,850       539,500       427,350       308,750  
Minnesota
    1,162,800       1,120,950       970,900       1,051,900  
     We will be dependent on the availability and price of corn. The price at which we will purchase corn will depend on prevailing market prices. Although we do not anticipate problems sourcing corn, there is no assurance that a shortage will not develop, particularly if there are other ethanol plants competing for corn, an extended drought in the area, or other production problems. In addition, our financial projections assume that we can purchase corn for prices near the ten-year average for corn at our plant. We believe that the ten-year average price for corn in the three states we are planning on purchasing our corn from for our plant is $2.08 per bushel.
     Corn prices are primarily dependent on world feedstuffs supply and demand and on United States and global corn crop production, which can be volatile as a result of a number of factors, the most important of which are weather, current and anticipated stocks and prices, export prices and supports and the government’s current and anticipated agricultural policy. We note that historical corn pricing information from the U.S. Department of Agriculture indicates that the price of corn has fluctuated significantly in the past and may fluctuate significantly in the future. Because the market price of ethanol is not related to corn prices, ethanol producers are generally not able to compensate for increases in the cost of grain feedstock through adjustments in prices charged for their ethanol. We, therefore, anticipate that our plant’s profitability will be negatively impacted during periods of high corn prices.
Grain Origination and Risk Management
     As part of our Grain Origination Agreement, New Vision Coop will assist us in arranging the consistent scheduling of corn deliveries and to establish and fill forward contracts through grain elevators and producers. In addition, we have engaged John Stewart and Associates to provide Risk Managed Services for us. Together they will utilize forward contracting and hedging strategies, including certain derivative instruments such as futures and option contracts, to manage our commodity risk exposure and optimize finished product pricing on our behalf. We anticipate that most of our grain will be acquired in this manner. Forward contracts allow us to purchase corn for future delivery at fixed prices without using the futures market. The corn futures market allows us to trade in standard units of corn for delivery at specific times in the future. Option contracts consist of call options (options to purchase a fixed amount of a commodity) and put options (options to sell a fixed amount of a commodity). We expect to use a combination of these derivative instruments in our hedging strategies to help guard against corn price volatility. Hedging means protecting the price at which we buy corn and the price at which we will sell our products in the future. It is a way to attempt to reduce the risk caused by price fluctuation. The effectiveness of such hedging activities will depend on, among other things, the cost of corn and our ability to sell enough ethanol and distillers grains to use all of the corn subject to futures and option contracts we have purchased as part of our hedging strategy. Although we will attempt to link hedging activities to sales plans and pricing activities, such hedging activities themselves can result in costs because price movements in corn contracts are highly volatile and are influenced by many factors that are beyond our control. We may incur such costs and they may be significant.
Project Location and Proximity to Markets
     We started construction on our plant on October 18, 2005 and anticipate it will be completed by November 2006. Our plant will be owned by us and located in Richardton, North Dakota.
     While we have obtained all required permits for construction of the plant, there can be no assurance that we will not encounter environmental hazardous conditions such as groundwater or other subsurface contamination as we continue construction at the plant site. The presence of an environmental hazardous condition will likely delay construction of the ethanol plant and may require significant expenditure of our resources to correct the condition. In addition, our contractor may be entitled to an adjustment in price if it has been adversely affected by the environmental hazardous condition. If we encounter any environmental hazardous conditions during construction

8


Table of Contents

that require time or money to correct, such event may have a material adverse effect on our operations, cash flows and financial performance.
Transportation and Delivery
     Our plant will have the facilities to receive grain by truck and rail and to load ethanol and distillers grains onto trucks and rail cars. We purchased land from the Burlington Northern and Santa Fe Railway Company for $15,650 for construction, location and maintenance of trackage and have a contract with R&R Contracting, Inc. for construction of track.
Utilities
Electricity
     The production of ethanol is a very energy intensive process that uses significant amounts of electricity. We have entered into a contract with West Plains Electric Cooperative, Inc. to provide our needed electrical energy. Despite this contract, there can be no assurance that they will be able to reliably supply the electricity that we need.
     If there is an interruption in the supply of energy for any reason, such as supply, delivery or mechanical problems, we may be required to halt production. If production is halted for an extended period of time, it may have a material adverse affect on our operations, cash flows and financial performance.
Coal
     Based on ICM data, we expect that our plant will consume approximately 133,000 tons of lignite coal per year (375 tons of lignite coal per operating day) for which we have a ten-year contract with General Industries, Inc. d/b/a Center Coal Company. This contract provides that we can purchase and have delivered to our plant approximately 133,000 tons of lignite coal annually, or 375 tons per operating day. The price for the lignite coal is established by the contract and escalates annually through 2014 from $17.45 per ton in 2007 to $18.00 per ton in 2014, subject to adjustment based on delivery costs incurred by Center Coal Company to deliver the coal to our plant.
     Despite this contract, there can be no assurance that the coal we need will always be delivered as we need it. Any disruption could either force us to reduce our operations or shut down the plant, both of which would reduce our revenues. At least four other sources of lignite coal exist in the western portion of North Dakota and the total lignite coal production within North Dakota in 2003 was 30,750,000 tons and 29,943,000 tons in 2004, according to the U.S. Energy Information Administration. Our needs constitute less than half of one percent of the total state production. We believe we could obtain alternative sources of coal if necessary, though we could suffer delays in delivery and higher prices that could hurt our business and reduce our revenues and profits. If there is an interruption in the supply of coal for any reason, such as supply or delivery, we may be required to halt production. If production is halted for an extended period of time, it may have a material adverse affect on our operations, cash flows and financial performance and profits.
     If there is an interruption in the supply of coal for any reason, such as supply or delivery problems, we may be required to halt production. If production is halted for an extended period of time, it may have a material adverse affect on our operations, cash flows and financial performance.
     In addition to lignite coal, we could use natural gas as a fuel source if our coal supply is significantly interrupted. There is a natural gas line within 3 miles of our plant and we believe we could contract for the delivery of enough natural gas to operate our plant. Natural gas tends to be significantly more expensive than coal and we would also incur significant costs to adapt our power systems to natural gas. Because we have already obtained our coal-related permits, we do not expect to need natural gas.
Water
     Water supply is also an important consideration. To meet the plant’s full operating requirements for water, we have entered into a ten-year contract with Southwest Water Authority to purchase raw water. Under the contract we are required to purchase a minimum of 200 million gallons per year. Prior to connection, we are required to

9


Table of Contents

deposit with the Authority a prepayment of $80,000. After 3 years, if we have a consistent payment record, we may be allowed to apply $40,000 of the $80,000 to our water bill. The other $40,000 must remain in escrow until the end of the contract. Our cost for water under the contract is based on our proportionate share of the Authority’s operation, maintenance and replacement costs, excluding the cost of treatment, plus capital costs. The base rate for capital costs is $.72 per each 1,000 gallons of water. This base rate is subject to increase or decrease based on consumer price index changes. If there is an interruption in the supply of water for any reason, such as supply, delivery or mechanical problems, we may be required to halt production. If production is halted for an extended period of time, our revenues and profits will be reduced. If there is an interruption in the supply of water for any reason, we may be required to halt production. If production is halted for an extended period of time, it may have a material adverse affect on our operations, cash flows and financial performance.
     If there is an interruption in the supply of water for any reason, such as supply or delivery problems, we may be required to halt production. If production is halted for an extended period of time, it may have a material adverse affect on our operations, cash flows and financial performance.
     Much of the water used in an ethanol plant is recycled back into the process. There are, however, certain areas of production where fresh water is needed. Those areas include boiler makeup water and cooling tower makeup water. Boiler makeup water is treated on-site to minimize all elements that will harm the boiler and recycled water cannot be used for this process. Cooling tower water is deemed non-contact water because it does not come in contact with the mash and, therefore, can be regenerated back into the cooling tower process. The makeup water requirements for the cooling tower are primarily a result of evaporation. We expect that much of the water can be recycled back into the process, which will minimize the discharge water. This will have the long-term effect of lowering wastewater treatment costs.
Employees
     We presently have 2 full-time employees, both of whom are administrative assistants working with our General Manager, Mick Miller, who is contracted to work with us by GreenWay Consulting, LLC (“Greenway”). After completion of the plant construction and commencement of operations, we intend to hire approximately 40 full-time employees plus a Plant Manager under contract from GreenWay. Our current plan is that 8 of our employees will be involved primarily in management and administration and the remainder will be involved primarily in plant operations. We expect that our costs for the first year of operations for employees will be approximately $1,500,000 plus $80,000 for a plant manager and $125,000 for a general manager.
     The following table represents some of the anticipated positions within the plant and the minimum number of individuals we expect will be full-time personnel:
         
    # Full-Time
            Position   Personnel
General Manager
    1  
Plant Manager
    1  
Commodities Manager
    1  
Controller
    1  
Lab Manager
    1  
Lab Technician
    1  
Secretary/Clerical
    2  
Shift Supervisors
    4  
Material Handlers
    3  
Maintenance Supervisor
    1  
Maintenance Craftsmen
    4  
Plant Operators
    17  
Safety
    1  
Operations Supervisor
    1  
Instrumentation
    1  
TOTAL
    40  

10


Table of Contents

     The positions, titles, job responsibilities and number allocated to each position may differ when we begin to employ individuals for each position. We may be required to hire additional personnel in one, if not more, positions. These additional personnel may be required to possess more education or skills that we currently estimate we need.
     We intend to enter into written confidentiality and assignment agreements with our executive officers and employees. Among other things, these agreements will require such executive officers and employees to keep all proprietary information developed or used by us in the course of our business strictly confidential.
     Our success will depend in part on our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel at a competitive wage and benefit level. We must hire qualified managers, accounting and other personnel. We operate in a rural area with low unemployment. There is no assurance that we will be successful in attracting and retaining qualified personnel at a wage and benefit structure at or below those we have assumed in our project. If we are unsuccessful in this regard, we may not be competitive with other ethanol plants which could increase our operating costs and decrease our revenues and profits.
Sales and Marketing
     We have entered into marketing contracts to market all of our ethanol and distillers dry grains with solubles. We intend to sell and market the wet distillers grains produced at the plant ourselves to local feed lots. We expect that most, if not all, of our ethanol and distillers dry grains with solubles will be sold through normal and established regional and national markets. We do not plan to hire or establish a sales organization to market these products. Consequently, we will be extremely dependent on the entities we have engaged to market each of our products.
Strategic Partners
Contract with Fagen, Inc.
     We have executed a Lump-Sum Design-Build Contract with Fagen, Inc. for design and construction services. We are also relying upon ICM Inc., for our process engineering services. ICM Inc., is being paid as apart of the Fagen Lump-Sum Design-Build Contract. We expect to pay Fagen approximately $76,000,000 in exchange for the following services:
    Providing a preliminary design and construction schedule and a guaranteed maximum price for the design and construction of the plant; and
 
    Designing and building the plant.
GreenWay Consulting, LLC
     We have entered into two contracts with GreenWay, LLC. The first is a Development Services Agreement whereby GreenWay will manage project development, plant construction and initial plant operations through plant start-up. The second is a Management Agreement for management of operations after plant start-up. The Management Agreement is for 5 successive years after successful commissioning of the plant. We are extremely dependent for our success on GreenWay’s performance. If GreenWay fails or refuses to perform under either of its agreements, we would have to identify and engage a replacement manager or management consultant. This could take considerable time, effort and expense, during which time we may not be able to operate the plant efficiently or at all. If we operate the plant at a reduced efficiency, or not at all, our business and financial condition would be materially adversely affected.
Construction and Timetable for Completion of the Project
     We estimate that the plant will be completed and ready for operations in November 2006. We are extremely dependent on Fagen, Inc., our design-build contractor for the successful and timely completion of our plant. If Fagen fails or refuses to perform under its contract with us, our plant may not be completed when projected and the commencement of our operations could be substantially delayed. Prior to November 2006, we expect preliminary testing, training of personnel and start-up of operations at our plant to occur. This schedule also assumes that bad weather, and other factors beyond our control, do not upset our timetable as there is no additional

11


Table of Contents

time built into our construction schedule for unplanned contingencies. There can be no assurance that the timetable that we have set will be followed and factors or events beyond our control could hamper our efforts to complete the project in a timely fashion.
Regulatory Permits
     We will be subject to extensive air, water and other environmental regulations and have obtained a number of environmental permits to construct and operate the plant. We have engaged Natural Resource Group, Inc., to coordinate and assist us with obtaining certain environmental permits and to advise us on general environmental compliance. There is no written agreement in place with Natural Resource Group, Inc. Thus far we have incurred costs of $239,000 for regulatory permits preparation, site investigations and applications and expect to incur additional costs of at least $50,000 through the completion of the plant start-up.
     We obtained a Building and Use Permit, North Dakota Drive Permit, Electrical Wiring Certificate, North Dakota Air Pollution Control Permit and Authorization to Discharge Under the North Dakota Pollutant Discharge Elimination System prior to starting construction. Additional permits will be required shortly before or shortly after we can begin to operate the plant. If for any reason any of these additional permits are not granted, construction costs for the plant may increase, the construction might be delayed or forced to cease all together or we may be unable to commence operations at the plant as expected without significant design changes. In addition to the state requirements, the Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) could impose conditions or other restrictions in the permits that are detrimental to us or which increase permit requirements or the testing protocols and methods necessary to obtain a permit either before, during or after the permitting process. North Dakota and the EPA could also modify the requirements for obtaining a permit. Any such event would likely delay our operations and reduce our revenues.
     Even if we receive all required permits from North Dakota, we may also be subject to regulatory oversight from the EPA. Currently, the EPA’s statutes and rules do not require us to obtain separate EPA approval in connection with the construction and operation of the plant. North Dakota is authorized to enforce the EPA’s federal emissions program. However, the EPA does retain authority to take action if it decides that the state is not correctly enforcing its emissions program. Additionally, environmental laws and regulations, both at the federal and state level, are subject to change, and changes can be made retroactively. Consequently, even if we have the proper permits at the present time, we may be required to invest or spend considerable resources to comply with future environmental regulations or new or modified interpretations of those regulations to the detriment of our financial performance and cash flows.
     The following is a list of the material permits we may be required to obtain:
Federal Permits
Clean Air Act
* Prevention of Significant Deterioration (PSD) and Construction Permits
* Applicable Federal New Source Performance Standards (NSPS)
* Applicable National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAPS)
* Title V Operating Permit of the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990
* Risk Management Plan
Clean Water Act
* National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES)
* Oil Pollution Prevention and Spill Control Countermeasures
Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act & Community Right to Know Act (CERCLA/EPCRA)
* Tier II Forms * listing of potentially hazardous chemicals stored on-site
* EPCRA Sections 313 and 304 and CERCLA Section 103. These reports track use and release of
regulated substances above threshold and/or designated quantities annually

12


Table of Contents

Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau (ATF)
* Alcohol Fuel Permit (AFP)
State Permits
* Air Quality Permits
* Storage Tank Permits
* Water Quality Permits
* State Liquor License
* State Department of Motor Fuels
* State Department of Transportation
Highway Access Permit
Possible Easement Rights
* State Department of Health
* State Department of Public Service
Boiler License
* State Department of Natural Resources
Water appropriation permits
Other waters and wetland considerations
Major PSD Permit for Air Emissions
     Our estimates indicate that our facility will be considered a major source of regulated air pollutants. The Environmental Protection Agency has proposed new regulations that would lower the emissions standards for fuel ethanol plants. These new regulations, if enacted, may permit our facility to be classified as a minor source of regulated air pollutants. There are a number of emission sources that require permitting. These sources include the coal furnace, boiler, ethanol process equipment, storage tanks, scrubbers and baghouses. The types of regulated pollutants that are expected to be emitted from our plant include SO2, PM10, CO, NOx and VOCs. The activities and emissions mean that we are expected to obtain a major construction permit for the facility emissions. Because of regulatory requirements, we anticipate that we will agree to limit production levels to a certain amount to fix potential emissions, which may be higher than the production levels described in this document (currently projected at 50 million gallons per year at the nominal rate with the permit at a higher rate of 68.5 MMgal/year) in order to project compliance with air dispersion modeling and Best Available Control Technology (“BACT”) limits for a major source air permit facility. These production limitations will be a part of the major construction permit. If we exceed these production limitations, we could be subjected to very expensive fines, penalties, injunctive relief and civil or criminal law enforcement actions. Exceeding these production limitations could also require us to pursue modification to a major source air permit. There is also a risk that pursuant to further analysis prior to commencement of operations, a change in design assumptions or a change in the interpretation of regulations may require us to file for a modified air permit. If we must obtain a modified air permit, then we will experience significantly increased expenses and a significant delay in obtaining a subsequently sought Title V air permit. There is also a risk that North Dakota might reject a Title V air permit application and request additional information, further delaying startup and increasing expenses. There is also a risk that the area in which the plant is situated may later be determined to be a nonattainment area for a particular pollutant. In this event, the threshold standards that require a Title V permit may be changed, thus requiring us to file for and obtain a modified Title V air permit. The cost of complying and documenting compliance should a modified Title V air permit be required is also higher. It is also possible that in order to comply with applicable air regulations or to avoid having to obtain a Title V permit, we would have to install additional air pollution control equipment such as additional or different scrubbers.
Air Pollution Standard
     There are a number of standards which may affect the construction and operation of the plant going forward. The Prevention of Significant Deterioration (“PSD”) regulation creates more stringent and complicated permit review procedures for construction permits. It is possible, but not expected, that the plant may exceed applicable PSD levels for NOx, CO, and VOCs. If the plant exceeds applicable PSD levels for NOx, CO and VOCs, then the plant would be required to install more expensive pollution control equipment in order to reach the

13


Table of Contents

mandatory maximum levels for NOx, CO and VOCs. The purchase and installation of such equipment would increase costs.
Waste Water Discharge Permit
     This plant will be a zero-discharge facility. We expect that we will use water to cool our closed circuit systems in the plant. In order to maintain a high quality of water for the cooling system, the water will be continuously replaced with make-up water. As a result, this plant will discharge clean, non-contact cooling water from boilers and the cooling towers. We intend to use a receiving stream to discharge the cooling water from our plant. A North Dakota Pollution Discharge Elimination System Permit (NDPES) was obtained prior to commencement of construction of the plant. We have also entered into an agreement with Assumption Abbey which is located to the north of the plant regarding the discharge of our cooling water into a receiving stream that feeds into a lake on the Monastery’s property.
New Source Performance Standards
     The plant will be subject to new source performance standards for both the plant’s distillation processes and the storage of volatile organic compounds used in the denaturing process. These duties include initial notification, emissions limits, compliance, monitoring requirements and record keeping requirements.
Spill Prevention, Control and Countermeasures Plan
     Before we can begin operations, we must prepare and implement a Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasure (“SPCC”) plan in accordance with the guidelines contained in 40 CFR § 112. This plan will address oil pollution prevention regulations and must be reviewed and certified by a professional engineer. The SPCC must be reviewed and updated every three years.
Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau Requirements
     Before we can begin operations, we must comply with applicable Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau (formerly the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms) regulations. These regulations require that we first make application for and obtain an alcohol fuel producer’s permit. The application must include information identifying the principal persons involved in our venture and a statement as to whether any of them have ever been convicted of a felony or misdemeanor under federal or state law. The term of the permit is indefinite until terminated, revoked or suspended. The permit also requires that we maintain certain security measures. We must also secure an operations bond pursuant to 27 CFR § 19.957. There are other taxation requirements related to special occupational tax and a special stamp tax.
Risk Management Plan
     Once the plant is in production, we may use anhydrous ammonia. Pursuant to § 112I(7) of the Clean Air Act, stationary sources with processes that contain more than a threshold quantity of a regulated substance are required to prepare and implement a Risk Management Plan. If we use anhydrous ammonia, we must establish a plan to prevent spills or leaks of the ammonia and an emergency response program in the event of spills, leaks, explosions or other events that may lead to the release of the ammonia into the surrounding area. The same requirement may also be true for denaturant. This determination will be made as soon as the exact chemical makeup of the denaturant is obtained. We will need to conduct a hazardous assessment and prepare models to assess the impact of an ammonia and/or denaturant release into the surrounding area. The program will be presented at one or more public meetings. However, if we use a different ammonia, such as aqueous ammonia, the risk management program will only be needed for the denaturant. In addition, it is likely that we will have to comply with the prevention requirements under OSHA’s Process Safety Management Standard. These requirements are similar to the Risk Management Plan requirements. The Risk Management Plan will be filed before our plant is operational.
Environmental Protection Agency
     Even if we receive all state required environmental permits for construction and operation of the plant, we will also be subject to oversight activities by the EPA. There is always a risk that the EPA may enforce certain rules

14


Table of Contents

and regulations differently than the state’s environmental administrators. State or EPA rules and regulations are subject to change, and any such changes may result in greater regulatory burdens.
Nuisance
     Ethanol production has been known to produce an odor to which surrounding residents could object. Ethanol production may also increase dust in the area due to operations and the transportation of coal and grain to the plant and ethanol and distillers dried and wet grains from the plant. Such activities may subject us to nuisance, trespass or similar claims by employees or property owners or residents in the vicinity of the plant. To help minimize the risk of nuisance claims based on odors related to the production of ethanol and its co-products, we intend to install a thermal oxidizer in the plant.
     We are not currently involved in any litigation involving nuisance or any other claims, nor are we aware of any such claims that have not yet reached litigation or have been threatened against us.
General Ethanol Demand and Supply
     Ethanol is ethyl alcohol, a fuel component made primarily from corn and various other grains, and can be used as: (i) an octane enhancer in fuels; (ii) an oxygenated fuel additive for the purpose of reducing ozone and carbon monoxide vehicle emissions; and (iii) a nonpetroleum-based gasoline substitute. Approximately 95% of all ethanol is used in its primary form for blending with unleaded gasoline and other fuel products. The implementation of the Federal Clean Air Act has made ethanol fuels an important domestic renewable fuel additive. Used as a fuel oxygenate, ethanol provides a means to control carbon monoxide emissions in large metropolitan areas. The principal purchasers of ethanol are generally the wholesale gasoline marketer or blender. Oxygenated gasoline is commonly referred to as reformulated gasoline.
     According to the Renewable Fuels Association, the annual demand for fuel ethanol in the United States reached a new high in 2005 of 4.26 billion gallons per year. In its report titled, “Ethanol Industry Outlook 2006,” the Renewable Fuels Association stated that they anticipate the demand for ethanol to remain strong. The passage of the Volumetric Ethanol Excise Tax Credit (“VEETC”) is expected to provide the flexibility necessary to expand ethanol blending into higher blends of ethanol such as E85, E diesel and fuel cell markets. In addition, the recent implementation of a Renewable Fuels Standard contained in the Energy Policy Act of 2005, which was signed into law on August 8, 2005, is expected to favorably impact the ethanol industry by enhancing both the production and use of ethanol.
     The provision of the Energy Policy Act of 2005 most likely to have the greatest impact on the ethanol industry is the creation of a 7.5 billion gallon Renewable Fuels Standard (“RFS”). The RFS will begin at 4 billion gallons in 2006, increasing to 7.5 billion gallons by 2012. The RFS is a national flexible program that does not require that any renewable fuels be used in any particular area or state, allowing refiners to use renewable fuel blends in those areas where it is most cost-effective. According to the Renewable Fuels Association, RFS is expected to lead to about $6 billion in new investments in ethanol plants across the country. An increase in the number of new plants will bring an increase in the supply of ethanol. Thus, while RFS may cause ethanol prices to increase in the short term due to additional demand, future supply could exceed the demand for ethanol. This would have a negative impact on our earnings. Alternatively, since the RFS begins at 4 billion gallons in 2006 and national production is expected to exceed this amount, there could be an oversupply until the RFS requirements exceed national production. This would have an immediate adverse affect on our earnings.
     On December 28, 2005, the Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) released interim rules governing the implementation of the 2006 RFS requirement. The EPA’s interim rule imposes a collective compliance approach, which means the requirement for 2006 fuel use is determined in the aggregate rather than on a refiner-by-refiner basis. The EPA adopted this approach for 2006 because current uncertainties regarding the RFS might result in unnecessarily high costs of compliance if each party was required to independently comply. Although there is not a requirement for individual parties to demonstrate compliance in 2006, the EPA found that increases in ethanol production and projections for future demand indicate that the 2006 volume is likely to be met. However, in the unlikely event that the RFS is not met in 2006, the EPA expects to adjust the volume requirement in 2007 to cover the deficit. There are no other consequences for failure to collectively meet the 2006 standard. The EPA expects to promulgate more comprehensive regulations by August 8, 2006, but the interim rules and collective compliance approach are expected to apply for the entire 2006 calendar year. In 2007 and subsequent years, the EPA expects to

15


Table of Contents

specifically identify liable parties, determine the applicable RFS, and develop a credit trading program. Further, the standards for compliance, record-keeping and reporting are expected to be clarified.
     The following shows the RFS created by the Energy Policy Act of 2005:
(LINE GRAPH)
Source: American Coalition for Ethanol (ACE)
     According to the Renewable Fuels Association, the supply of domestically produced ethanol is at an all-time high. The RFA stated that in 2005, 95 ethanol plants located in 19 states annually produce a record 4.26 billion gallons, a 20% increase from 2004 and 62% increase from 2000. As of May 2006, there were 97 ethanol plants with an initial capacity of nearly 4.5 billion gallons and 35 new plants and 9 major expansions were under construction, representing an additional 2.2 billion gallons of production capacity within the next 18 months.
     Ethanol supply is also affected by ethanol produced or processed in certain countries in South and Central America and the Caribbean region United States’ demand for imported ethanol has risen recently due to supply issues in certain parts of the United States as MTBE usage is being reduced and replaced with ethanol. A portion of the ethanol produced in these countries is eligible for tariff reduction or elimination upon importation to the United States under a program known as the Caribbean Basin Initiative (“CBI”). Large ethanol producers, such as Cargill, have expressed interest in building dehydration plants in participating Caribbean Basin countries, such as Costa Rica, Jamaica and El Salvador, which would convert ethanol into fuel-grade ethanol for shipment to the United States. Ethanol imported from Caribbean Basin countries may be a less expensive alternative to domestically produced ethanol. According to the United States International Trade Commission, the 2005 CBI import quota was 240.4 million gallons of ethanol and the 2006 CBI import quota is 268.1 million gallons of ethanol. Legislation has been introduced in the Senate that would limit the transshipment of ethanol through the CBI. However, there is no assurance or guarantee that such legislation will be introduced or that it will be successfully passed.
Federal Ethanol Supports
     Historically, ethanol sales have also been favorably affected by the Clean Air Act amendments of 1990, particularly the Federal Oxygen Program which became effective November 1, 1992. The Federal Oxygen Program requires the sale of oxygenated motor fuels during the winter months in certain major metropolitan areas to reduce carbon monoxide pollution. Ethanol use has increased due to a second Clean Air Act program, the Reformulated Gasoline Program. This program became effective January 1, 1995, and requires the sale of reformulated gasoline in nine major urban areas to reduce pollutants, including those that contribute to ground level ozone, better known as smog. The two major oxygenates added to reformulated gasoline pursuant to these programs are methyl tertiary butyl ether (MTBE) and ethanol. However, MTBE has contributed to groundwater contamination and has been banned from use by many states. Although the Energy Policy Act of 2005 did not impose a national ban of MTBE, its failure to include liability protection for manufacturers of MTBE is expected to result in refiners and blenders using ethanol as an oxygenate rather than MTBE to satisfy the reformulated gasoline oxygenate requirement. While this may create increased demand in the short term, we do not expect this to have a long term impact on the demand for ethanol as such Act repeals the Clean Air Act’s 2% oxygenate requirement for reformulated gasoline immediately in California and 270 days after enactment elsewhere.
     The government’s regulation of the environment changes constantly. It is possible that more stringent federal or state environmental rules or regulations could be adopted, which could increase our operating costs and

16


Table of Contents

expenses. It is also possible that federal or state environmental rules or regulations could be adopted that could have an adverse affect on the use of ethanol. For example, changes in the environmental regulations regarding ethanol’s use due to currently unknown effects on the environment could have an adverse affect on the ethanol industry. Furthermore, plant operations likely will be governed by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (“OSHA”). OSHA regulations may change such that the costs of the operation of the plant may increase. Any of these regulatory factors may result in higher costs or other materially adverse conditions affecting our operations, cash flows and financial performance.
     The use of ethanol as an alternative fuel source has been aided by federal tax policy. On October 22, 2004, President Bush signed H.R. 4520, which contained the Volumetric Ethanol Excise Tax Credit (“VEETC”) and amended the federal excise tax structure effective as of January 1, 2005. Prior to VEETC, ethanol-blended fuel was taxed at a lower rate than regular gasoline (13.2 cents on a 10% blend). Under VEETC, the ethanol excise tax exemption has been eliminated, thereby allowing the full federal excise tax of 18.4 cents per gallon to be collected on all reformulated gasoline and allocated to the highway trust fund. This is expected to add approximately $1.4 billion to the highway trust fund revenue annually. In place of the exemption, the bill creates a new volumetric ethanol excise tax credit of 5.1 cents per gallon of gasoline blended with 10% ethanol. Refiners and gasoline blenders apply for this credit on the same tax form as before, only it is a credit from general revenue, not the highway trust fund. Based on volume, the VEETC is expected to allow much greater refinery flexibility in blending ethanol since it makes the tax credit available on all ethanol blended with all gasoline, diesel and ethyl tertiary butyl ether (“ETBE”), including ethanol in E-85 and the E-20 in Minnesota. The VEETC is scheduled to expire on December 31, 2010.
     The Energy Policy Act of 2005 expands who qualifies for the small ethanol producer tax credit. Historically, small ethanol producers were allowed a 10-cents per-gallon production income tax credit on up to 15 million gallons of production annually. The size of the plant eligible for the tax credit was limited to 30 million gallons. Under the Energy Policy Act of 2005, the size limitation on the production capacity for small ethanol producers increases from 30 million to 60 million gallons. Because we expect our production to be less than the production limits of 60 million gallons a year, we expect to be eligible for the credit.
     In addition, the Energy Policy Act of 2005 creates a new tax credit that permits taxpayers to claim a 30% credit (up to $30,000) for the cost of installing clean-fuel vehicle refueling equipment, such as an E85 fuel pump, to be used in a trade or business of the taxpayer or installed at the principal residence of the taxpayer. Under the provision, clean fuels are any fuel of at least 85% of the volume of which consists of ethanol, natural gas, compressed natural gas, liquefied natural gas, liquefied petroleum gas, and hydrogen and any mixture of diesel fuel and biodiesel containing at least 20% biodiesel. The provision is effective for equipment placed in service after December 31, 2005 and before January 1, 2010. While it is unclear how this credit will affect the demand for ethanol in the short term, we expect it will help raise consumer awareness of alternative sources of fuel and could positively impact future demand for ethanol.
     The ethanol industry and our business depend upon continuation of the federal ethanol supports discussed above. These incentives have supported a market for ethanol that might disappear without the incentives. Alternatively, the incentives may be continued at lower levels than currently exist. The elimination or reduction of such federal ethanol supports would make it more costly for us to sell our ethanol and would likely reduce our net income.
North Dakota Ethanol Supports
Fuel Tax Incentive Program
     We expect to qualify for North Dakota’s fuel tax fund incentive program. Ethanol plants constructed after July 31, 2003 are eligible for incentives. Under the program, each fiscal quarter eligible ethanol plants may receive a production incentive based on the average North Dakota price per bushel of corn received by farmers during the quarter, as established by the North Dakota agricultural statistics service, and the average North Dakota rack price per gallon of ethanol during the quarter, as compiled by AXXIS Petroleum. Because we cannot predict the future prices of corn and ethanol, we cannot predict whether we will receive any funds in the future. The incentive received is calculated by using the sum arrived at for the corn price average and for the ethanol price averages as calculated in number 1 and number 2 below:

17


Table of Contents

1 . Corn Price:
  a.   For every cent that the average quarterly price per bushel of corn exceeds $1.80, the state shall add to the amounts payable under the program $.001 multiplied by the number of gallons of ethanol produced by the facility during the quarter.
 
  b.   If the average quarterly price per bushel of corn is exactly $1.80, the state shall not add anything to the amount payable under the program.
 
  c.   For every cent that the average quarterly price per bushel of corn is below $1.80, the state shall subtract from the amounts payable under the program $.001 multiplied by the number of gallons of ethanol produced by the facility during the quarter.
2. Ethanol Price:
  a.   For every cent that the average quarterly rack price per gallon of ethanol is above $1.30, the state shall subtract from the amounts payable under the program $.002 multiplied by the number of gallons of ethanol produced by the facility during the quarter.
 
  b.   If the average quarterly price per gallon of ethanol is exactly $1.30, the state shall not add anything to the amount payable under the program.
 
  c.   For every cent that the average quarterly rack price per gallon of ethanol is below $1.30, the state shall add to the amounts payable under the program $.002 multiplied by the number of gallons of ethanol produced by the facility during the quarter.
     Under the program, no facility may receive payments in excess of $10 million. If corn prices are low compared to historical averages and ethanol prices are high compared to historical averages, we will receive little or no funds from this program.
Tax Credit For Investors
     In addition, our investors may be eligible for a tax credit against North Dakota state income tax liability. The amount of credit for which a taxpayer may be eligible is 30% of the amount invested by the taxpayer in a qualified business during the taxable year. Under the code section, a “qualified business” is a business that:
  a.   Is incorporated or organized in North Dakota after December 31, 2000, for the primary purpose of processing and marketing agricultural commodities capable of being raised in North Dakota;
 
  b.   Has been certified by the North Dakota Securities Commissioner to be in compliance under the securities laws of North Dakota;
 
  c.   Has an agricultural commodity processing facility, or intends to locate one, in North Dakota; and
 
  d.   Is among the first 10 businesses that meet these requirements.
     The maximum annual credit a taxpayer may receive is $50,000 and no taxpayer may obtain more than $250,000 in credits over any combination of taxable years. In addition, a taxpayer may claim no more than 50% of the credit in a single year and the amount of the credit allowed for any taxable year may not exceed 50% of the tax liability, as otherwise determined. Credits may carry forward for up to five years after the taxable year in which the investment was made. We may not be able to meet the requirements of a through d above and as of the date hereof, we are unaware if this tax credit is still available. If we do not meet the requirements of a “qualified business,” our members will not be eligible for a tax credit.
Our Primary Competition
     We will be in direct competition with numerous other ethanol producers, many of whom have greater resources than we do. We also expect that additional ethanol producers will enter the market if the demand for

18


Table of Contents

ethanol continues to increase. Our plant will compete with other ethanol producers on the basis of cost and price. Ethanol is a commodity product, like corn, which means our ethanol plant competes with other ethanol producers on the basis of price and, to a lesser extent, delivery service. We believe we will be able to compete favorably with other ethanol producers due to the cost of coal relative to natural gas. In addition, we expect that the site selected for our plant will be accessible to multiple modes of transportation, such as railroad and highways, which may reduce our cost of sales.
     According to the Renewable Fuels Association (“RFA”), during the last 20 years, ethanol production capacity in the United States has grown from almost nothing to an estimated 4.2 billion gallons per year. Plans to construct new plants or to expand existing plants have been announced which would increase capacity by approximately 2.2 billion gallons per year. This increase in capacity is likely to continue in the future. We cannot determine the affect of this type of an increase upon the demand or price of ethanol.
     The ethanol industry has grown to approximately 97 production facilities in the United States according to the RFA. The largest ethanol producers include Abengoa Bioenergy Corp., Archer Daniels Midland (“ADM”), Aventine Renewable Energy, Inc., Cargill, Inc., New Energy Corp. and VeraSun Energy Corporation, all of which are capable of producing more ethanol than we expect to produce. ADM recently announced its plan to add approximately 500 million gallons per year of additional ethanol production capacity in the United States. ADM is currently the largest ethanol producer in the United States and controls a significant portion of the ethanol market. ADM’s plan to produce an additional 500 million gallons of ethanol per year will strengthen its position in the ethanol industry and cause a significant increase in domestic ethanol supply. In addition, there are several regional entities recently formed, or in the process of formation, of similar size and with similar resources to ours. North Dakota currently has two ethanol plants producing an aggregate of 35 million gallons of ethanol per year. In addition, there are several ethanol plants in or near to North Dakota under construction or in the planning stage.
     The following table identifies most of the producers in the United States along with their production capacities.
                 
            Current   Under Construction/
            Capacity   Expansions
Company   Location   Feedstock   (mmgy)   (mmgy)
Abengoa Bioenergy Corp.
  York, NE   Corn/milo   55    
 
  Colwich, KS       25    
 
  Portales, NM       30    
 
  Ravenna, NE           88
ACE Ethanol, LLC
  Stanley, WI   Corn   39    
Adkins Energy, LLC*
  Lena, IL   Corn   40    
Advanced Bioenergy
  Fairmont, NE   Corn       100
AGP*
  Hastings, NE   Corn   52    
Agra Resources Coop. d.b.a. EXOL*
  Albert Lea, MN   Corn   40   8
Agri-Energy, LLC*
  Luverne, MN   Corn   21    
Alchem Ltd. LLLP
  Grafton, ND   Corn   10.5    
Al-Corn Clean Fuel*
  Claremont, MN   Corn   35    
Amaizing Energy, LLC*
  Denison, IA   Corn   40    
Archer Daniels Midland
  Decatur, IL   Corn   1,070    
 
  Cedar Rapids, IA   Corn        
 
  Clinton, IA   Corn        
 
  Columbus, NE   Corn        
 
  Marshall, MN   Corn        
 
  Peoria, IL   Corn        

19


Table of Contents

                 
            Current   Under Construction/
            Capacity   Expansions
Company   Location   Feedstock   (mmgy)   (mmgy)
 
  Wallhalla, ND   Corn/barley        
ASAlliances Biofuels, LLC
  Albion, NE   Corn       100
 
  Linden, IN   Corn       100
Aventine Renewable Energy, LLC
  Pekin, IL   Corn   100   57
 
  Aurora, NE   Corn   50    
Badger State Ethanol, LLC*
  Monroe, WI   Corn   48    
Big River Resources, LLC*
  West Burlington, IA   Corn   40    
Blue Flint Ethanol
  Underwood, ND   Corn       50
Broin Enterprises, Inc.
  Scotland, SD   Corn   9    
Bushmills Ethanol, Inc.*
  Atwater, MN   Corn   40    
Cargill, Inc.
  Blair, NE   Corn   85    
 
  Eddyville, IA   Corn   35    
Central Indiana Ethanol, LLC
  Marion, IN   Corn       40
Central MN Ethanol Coop*
  Little Falls, MN   Corn   21.5    
Central Wisconsin Alcohol
  Plover, WI   Seed corn   4    
Chief Ethanol
  Hastings, NE   Corn   62    
Chippewa Valley Ethanol Co.*
  Benson, MN   Corn   45    
Commonwealth Agri-Energy, LLC*
  Hopkinsville, KY   Corn   24   9
Corn, LP*
  Goldfield, IA   Corn   50    
Cornhusker Energy Lexington, LLC
  Lexington, NE   Corn       40
Corn Plus, LLP*
  Winnebago, MN   Corn   44    
Dakota Ethanol, LLC*
  Wentworth, SD   Corn   50    
DENCO, LLC*
  Morris, MN   Corn   21.5    
E3 Biofuels
  Mead, NE   Corn       24
East Kansas Agri-Energy, LLC*
  Garnett, KS   Corn   35    
ESE Alcohol Inc.
  Leoti, KS   Seed corn   1.5    
Ethanol2000, LLP*
  Bingham Lake, MN   Corn   32    
Frontier Ethanol, LLC
  Gowrie, IA   Corn       60
Front Range Energy, LLC
  Windsor, CO   Corn       40
Glacial Lakes Energy, LLC*
  Watertown, SD   Corn   50    
Golden Cheese Company of California*
  Corona, CA   Cheese whey   5    
Golden Grain Energy, LLC*
  Mason City, IA   Corn   40    
Golden Triangle Energy, LLC*
  Craig, MO   Corn   20    
Grain Processing Corp.
  Muscatine, IA   Corn   20    
Granite Falls Energy, LLC
  Granite Falls, MN   Corn   45    
Great Plains Ethanol, LLC*
  Chancellor, SD   Corn   50    
Green Plains Renewable Energy
  Shenandoah, IA   Corn       50
Hawkeye Renewables, LLC
  Iowa Falls, IA   Corn   50   50
 
  Fairbank, IA   Corn       100
Heartland Corn Products*
  Winthrop, MN   Corn   36    
Heartland Grain Fuels, LP*
  Aberdeen, SD   Corn   9    

20


Table of Contents

                 
            Current   Under Construction/
            Capacity   Expansions
Company   Location   Feedstock   (mmgy)   (mmgy)
 
  Huron, SD   Corn   12   18
Heron Lake BioEnergy, LLC
  Heron Lake, MN   Corn       50
Horizon Ethanol, LLC
  Jewell, IA   Corn   60    
Husker Ag, LLC*
  Plainview, NE   Corn   26.5    
Illinois River Energy, LLC
  Rochelle, IL   Corn       50
Iowa Ethanol, LLC*
  Hanlontown, IA   Corn   50    
Iroquois Bio-Energy Company, LLC
  Rensselaer, IN   Corn       40
James Valley Ethanol, LLC
  Groton, SD   Corn   50    
KAAPA Ethanol, LLC*
  Minden, NE   Corn   40    
Land O’ Lakes*
  Melrose, MN   Cheese whey   2.6    
Lincolnland Agri-Energy, LLC*
  Palestine, IL   Corn   48    
Lincolnway Energy, LLC*
  Nevada, IA   Corn       50
Liquid Resources of Ohio
  Medina, OH   Waste beverage   3    
Little Sioux Corn Processors, LP*
  Marcus, IA   Corn   52    
Merrick/Coors
  Golden, CO   Waste beer   1.5   1.5
MGP Ingredients, Inc.
  Pekin, IL   Corn/wheat starch   78    
 
  Atchison, KS            
Michigan Ethanol, LLC
  Caro, MI   Corn   50    
Mid America Agri Products/Wheatland
  Madrid, NE   Corn       44
Mid-Missouri Energy, Inc.*
  Malta Bend, MO   Corn   45    
Midwest Grain Processors*
  Lakota, IA   Corn   95    
 
  Riga, MI   Corn       57
Midwest Renewable Energy, LLC
  Sutherland, NE   Corn   22   3
Minnesota Energy*
  Buffalo Lake, MN   Corn   18    
Missouri Ethanol
  Laddonia, MO   Corn       45
New Energy Corp.
  South Bend, IN   Corn   102    
North Country Ethanol, LLC*
  Rosholt, SD   Corn   20    
Northeast Missouri Grain, LLC*
  Macon, MO   Corn   45    
Northern Lights Ethanol, LLC*
  Big Stone City, SD   Corn   50    
Northstar Ethanol, LLC
  Lake Crystal, MN   Corn   52    
Otter Creek Ethanol, LLC*
  Ashton, IA   Corn   55    
Pacific Ethanol
  Madera, CA   Corn       35
Panhandle Energies of Dumas, LP
  Dumas, TX   Corn/grain sorghum       30
Parallel Products
  Louisville, KY   Beverage waste   5.4    
 
  R. Cucamonga, CA            
Permeate Refining
  Hopkinton, IA   Sugars and starches   1.5    
Phoenix Biofuels
  Goshen, CA   Corn   25    
Pinal Energy, LLC
  Maricopa, AZ   Corn       55
Pine Lake Corn Processors, LLC*
  Steamboat Rock, IA   Corn   20    

21


Table of Contents

                 
            Current   Under Construction/
            Capacity   Expansions
Company   Location   Feedstock   (mmgy)   (mmgy)
Pinnacle Ethanol, LLC
  Corning, IA   Corn       60
Platte Valley Fuel Ethanol, LLC
  Central City, NE   Corn   40    
Prairie Ethanol, LLC
  Loomis, SD   Corn       60
Prairie Horizon Agri-Energy, LLC
  Phillipsburg, KS   Corn       40
Pro-Corn, LLC*
  Preston, MN   Corn   42    
Quad-County Corn Processors*
  Galva, IA   Corn   27    
Red Trail Energy, LLC
  Richardton, ND   Corn       50
Redfield Energy, LLC
  Redfield, SD   Corn       50
Reeve Agri-Energy
  Garden City, KS   Corn/milo   12    
Siouxland Energy & Livestock Coop*
  Sioux Center, IA   Corn   25   10
Siouxland Ethanol, LLC
  Jackson, NE   Corn       50
Sioux River Ethanol, LLC*
  Hudson, SD   Corn   55    
Sterling Ethanol, LLC
  Sterling, CO   Corn   42    
Tall Corn Ethanol, LLC*
  Coon Rapids, IA   Corn   49    
Tate & Lyle
  Loudon, TN   Corn   67    
The Andersons Albion Ethanol LLC
  Albion, MI   Corn       55
The Andersons Clymers Ethanol, LLC
  Clymers, IN   Corn       110
Trenton Agri Products, LLC
  Trenton, NE   Corn   35   10
United WI Grain Producers, LLC*
  Friesland, WI   Corn   49    
US BioEnergy Corp.
  Albert City, IA   Corn       100
 
  Lake Odessa, MI   Corn       45
U.S. Energy Partners, LLC
  Russell, KS   Milo/wheat starch   48    
Utica Energy, LLC
  Oshkosh, WI   Corn   48    
Val-E Ethanol, LLC
  Ord, NE   Corn       45
VeraSun Energy Corporation
  Aurora, SD   Corn   230   110
 
  Ft. Dodge, IA   Corn        
 
  Charles City, IA   Corn        
Voyager Ethanol, LLC*
  Emmetsburg, IA   Corn   52    
Western Plains Energy, LLC*
  Campus, KS   Corn   45    
Western Wisconsin Renewable
               
Energy, LLC*
  Boyceville, WI   Corn       40
Wind Gap Farms
  Baconton, GA   Brewery waste   0.4    
Wyoming Ethanol
  Torrington, WY   Corn   5    
Xethanol BioFuels, LLC
  Blairstown, IA   Corn   5    
Total Current Capacity at
               
97 ethanol biorefineries
          4485.9    
Total Under Construction
               
(35)/Expansions (9)
              2229.5
Total Capacity
          6715.4    
 
*   farmer owned
 
    Source: Renewable Fuels Association, April 12, 2006.
     In addition to our domestic competition, we will face competition in the ethanol industry from international suppliers of ethanol, including, but necessary limited to, Brazil and Caribbean Basin countries that produce ethanol

22


Table of Contents

from sugarcane and import it into the United States. Recently, ethanol imports have increased as MTBE has been phased out in parts of the United States, most notably the eastern United States. While we do not believe that this recent trend will continue as domestic ethanol is supplied to these states, imported ethanol may continue to be a viable competitor for our, and all domestic ethanol producers.
Competition from Alternative Fuel Additives
     Alternative fuels, gasoline oxygenates and ethanol production methods are continually under development by ethanol and oil companies with far greater resources. The major oil companies have significantly greater resources than we have to develop alternative products and to influence legislation and public perception of ethanol. New ethanol products or methods of ethanol production developed by larger and better-financed competitors could provide them with competitive advantages and harm our business.
RISK FACTORS
Risks Related to Our Financing Plan
Present and future loan agreements with lenders may hinder our ability to operate the business by imposing restrictive loan covenants which could delay or prohibit us from making cash distributions to our unit holders.
     Our debt load and the service requirements necessary to implement our business plan will result in substantial debt service requirements. Our debt load and service requirements could have important consequences which could hinder our ability to operate, including our ability to:
    Incur additional indebtedness;
 
    Make capital expenditures or enter into lease arrangements in excess of prescribed thresholds;
 
    Make distributions to unit holders, or redeem or repurchase units;
 
    Meet operating expenses;
 
    Make certain types of investments;
 
    Create liens on our assets;
 
    Utilize the proceeds of assets sales; and
 
    Merge or consolidate or dispose of all, or substantially all, of our assets.
     In the event that we are unable to pay our debt service obligations, our creditors could force us to reduce or eliminate distributions to unit holders (even for tax purposes), or reduce or eliminate needed capital expenditures. It is possible that we could be forced to sell assets, seek to obtain additional equity or refinance or restructure all or a portion of our debt. In the event that we would be unable to refinance our indebtedness or raise funds through asset sales, sales of equity or otherwise, our ability to operate our plant would be greatly affected and we may be forced to liquidate.
Risks Related to Red Trail Energy, LLC as a Development-Stage Company
      Red Trail Energy, LLC has no operating history, which could result in errors in management and operations causing a reduction in the value of your investment.
     We were formed in July 2003 and have no history of operations. We cannot provide assurance that we can manage our plant construction effectively and properly staff operations when construction is completed, and any failure to manage these tasks effectively could delay the commencement of plant operations. A construction delay or delay in commencing operations will further delay our ability to generate revenue and satisfy our debt obligations. We anticipate a period of significant growth, involving the continuing construction and start-up of

23


Table of Contents

operations of the plant. This period of growth and the start-up of the plant are likely to be a substantial challenge to us. If we fail to manage the start-up of the plant effectively, this could also delay our ability to generate revenue and satisfy our debt obligations.
We have little to no experience in the ethanol industry, which may affect our ability to build and operate the ethanol plant.
     We are presently, and are likely for some time to continue to be, dependent upon our founding members, some of whom also serve as our governors and executive officers. Most of these individuals are experienced in business generally but the majority have very little or no experience in organizing, building and operating an ethanol plant and governing and operating a public company. Many of our governors have no expertise in the ethanol industry. In addition, certain governors on our board are presently engaged in business and other activities which impose substantial demand on the time and attention of such governors.
We will depend on Fagen, Inc. for expertise in plant construction and any loss of this relationship could cause us delay and added expense, placing us at a competitive disadvantage.
     We will be dependent on our relationship with Fagen, Inc. and its employees. Any loss of this relationship with Fagen, Inc., particularly during the construction and start-up period for the plant, may prevent us from commencing operations and result in the failure of our business. The time and expense of locating new contractors would result in unforeseen expenses and delays. Unforeseen expenses and delays may reduce our ability to generate revenue and profitability and significantly damage our competitive position in the ethanol industry.
We will depend on GreenWay Consulting, LLC for expertise in the ethanol industry and operation of our plant and any loss of this relationship could cause us delay and added expense, placing us at a competitive disadvantage.
     We will be dependent on our relationship with GreenWay Consulting, LLC and its employees, one of whom serves as our General Manager. Any loss of this relationship with GreenWay Consulting, LLC, particularly during the construction and start-up period for the plant, may prevent us from commencing operations and may result in the failure of our business. The time and expense of locating new consultants would result in unforeseen expenses and delays. Unforeseen expenses and delays may reduce our ability to generate revenue and profitability and significantly damage our competitive position in the ethanol industry.
Our lack of business diversification could result in the devaluation of our units if our revenues from our primary products decrease.
     We expect our business to solely consist of ethanol and distillers grains production and sales. We will not have any other lines of business or other sources of revenue if we are unable to complete the construction and operation of the plant. Our lack of business diversification could cause you to lose all or some of your investment if we are unable to generate revenues through the production and sales of ethanol and distillers grains since we do not expect to have any other lines of business or alternative revenue sources.
We have a history of losses and may not ever operate profitably.
     For the period of July 16, 2003 (inception) through December 31, 2005, we incurred an accumulated net loss of approximately $2,434,000. We will continue to incur significant losses until we successfully complete construction and commence operations of the plant. There is no assurance that we will be successful in our efforts to build and operate an ethanol plant. Even if we successfully meet all of these objectives and begin operations at the ethanol plant, there is no assurance that we will be able to operate profitably.
Our business may suffer due to decisions made by our Board of Governors and, until the plant is built, your only recourse to replace these governors will be through amendment to our Member Control Agreement.
     Our Member Control Agreement provides that the initial Board of Governors will serve until the first annual or special meeting of the members following commencement of substantial operations of the ethanol plant. If our project suffers delays due to financing or construction, our initial Board of Governors could serve for an extended period of time. In that event, your only recourse to replace these governors would be through an amendment to our Member Control Agreement which could be difficult to accomplish.

24


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Construction of the Ethanol Plant
We depend on Fagen, Inc. and ICM Inc. to continue building our ethanol plant and their failure to perform could force us to abandon business, hinder our ability to operate profitably or decrease the value of your investment.
     We are highly dependent upon Fagen, Inc. and ICM Inc. for their work related to the ongoing construction of our plant. Fagen, Inc. and ICM Inc. and their affiliates, may have a conflict of interest with us because Fagen, Inc., ICM Inc. and their employees or agents are involved as owners, creditors and in other capacities with other ethanol plants in the United States. We cannot require Fagen, Inc. or ICM Inc. to devote their full time attention to our activities. As a result, Fagen, Inc. and ICM Inc. may have, or come to have, a conflict of interest in allocating personnel, materials and other resources to our plant.
We may need to increase cost estimates for construction of the ethanol plant, and such increase could result in devaluation of our units if plant construction requires additional capital.
     We anticipate that Fagen, Inc. will construct the plant for a contract price, based on the plans and specifications in the lump sum design-build agreement. We have based our capital needs on a design for the plant that will cost approximately $76,000,000 with additional start-up and development costs of approximately $23,000,000 for a total project completion cost of approximately $99,000,000. This price includes construction period interest. There is no assurance that the final cost of the plant will not be higher. There is no assurance that there will not be design changes or cost overruns associated with the construction of the plant. The price of steel could affect the final cost of construction of the ethanol plant. Shortages of steel could affect the final completion date of the project. Rebuilding from the various hurricanes that have struck the gulf coast last fall has caused a shortage of cement and labor. A shortage in the supply of cement may increase the cost of cement or delay the construction of our plant. A shortage in labor can result in increased costs for the labor available or in an inability to find sufficient labor to complete our project, thereby delaying the construction of our plant. Advances and changes in technology may require changes to our current plans in order to remain competitive. Any significant increase in the estimated construction cost of the plant could delay our ability to generate revenues and reduce the value of your units because our revenue stream may not be able to adequately support the increased costs and expense attributable to increased construction costs and additional capital may be required in order to meet such costs.
Construction delays could result in devaluation of our units if our production and sale of ethanol and its co-products are similarly delayed.
     We currently expect our plant to be operating by November 2006, however, construction projects often involve delays in obtaining permits, construction delays due to weather conditions, or other events that delay the construction schedule. In addition, changes in political administrations at the federal, state or local level may result in policy changes towards ethanol or this project, which could cause construction and operation delays. If it takes longer to construct the plant than we anticipate, it would delay our ability to generate revenue and make it difficult for us to meet our debt service obligations. This could reduce the value of our business.
Defects in plant construction could hurt our business if our plant does not produce ethanol and its co-products as anticipated.
     There is no assurance that defects in materials and/or workmanship in the plant will not occur. Under the terms of the design-build agreement with Fagen, Inc., they have warranted that the material and equipment furnished to build the plant will be new, of good quality, and free from material defects in material or workmanship at the time of delivery. Though the design-build agreement requires Fagen, Inc. to correct all defects in material or workmanship for a period of one year after substantial completion of the plant, material defects in material or workmanship may still occur. Such defects could delay the commencement of operations of the plant or, if such defects are discovered after operations have commenced, this could cause us to halt or discontinue the plant’s operation. Halting or discontinuing plant operations could delay our ability to generate revenues and reduce the value of our units.

25


Table of Contents

The plant site may have unknown environmental problems that could be expensive and time consuming to correct, which may delay or halt plant construction and delay our ability to generate revenue.
     Although a Phase I Environmental Review Assessment identified no issues, there can be no assurance that we will not encounter hazardous environmental conditions that may delay the construction of the plant. We do not believe that Fagen, Inc. would be responsible for any hazardous environmental conditions encountered at the plant site. Upon encountering a hazardous environmental condition, Fagen, Inc. may suspend work in the affected area. If we receive notice of a hazardous environmental condition, we may be required to correct the condition prior to continuing construction. The presence of a hazardous environmental condition will likely delay construction of the plant and may require significant expenditure of our resources to correct the condition. In addition, Fagen, Inc. is entitled to an adjustment in price and time of performance if it has been adversely affected by the hazardous environmental condition. If we encounter any hazardous environmental conditions during construction that require time or money to correct, such event could delay our ability to generate revenues.
Risks Related to our Business
Changes in the prices of corn, ethanol and distillers grains can be volatile and these changes will significantly impact our financial performance and the value of your investment.
     Our results of operations and financial condition will be significantly affected by the cost and supply of corn and by the selling price for ethanol and distillers grains. Changes in the price and supply of these commodities are subject to and determined by market forces over which we have no control. Higher corn prices will produce lower profit margins. If we experience a sustained price increase in the cost of corn, our profit margins may significantly decrease or be eliminated. In addition, the price of ethanol may decline in the future. If we experience a sustained price decreases in ethanol sales, our profit margins may decrease or be eliminated.
     Generally, higher corn prices will produce lower profit margins. This is especially true if market conditions do not allow us to pass through increased corn costs to our customers. There is no assurance that we will be able to pass through higher corn prices. If a period of high corn prices were to be sustained for some time, such pricing may reduce our ability to generate revenues because of the higher cost of operating.
     Our revenues will be exclusively dependent on the market prices for ethanol and distillers grains. These prices can be volatile as a result of a number of factors. These factors include the overall supply and demand, the price of gasoline, the level of government support and the availability and price of competing products. For instance, the price of ethanol tends to increase as the price of gasoline increases, and the price of ethanol tends to decrease as the price of gasoline decreases. Any lowering of gasoline prices will likely also lead to lower prices for ethanol, which may reduce revenues.
     We believe that ethanol production is expanding rapidly at this time. Increased production of ethanol may lead to lower prices. The increased production of ethanol could have other adverse effects. For example, the increased production could lead to increased supplies of co-products from the production of ethanol, such as distillers grains. Those increased supplies could outpace demand, which would lead to lower prices for those co-products. Also, the increased production of ethanol could result in increased demand for corn. This could result in higher prices for corn and corn production, creating lower profits. There can be no assurance as to the price of ethanol or distillers grains in the future. Any downward changes in the price of ethanol and/or distillers grains may result in less income, which would decrease our revenues.
We engage in hedging transactions and other price mitigation strategies that could harm our results.
     In an attempt to partially offset the effects of volatility of ethanol prices and corn costs, we may enter into contracts to supply a portion of our ethanol production or purchase a portion of our corn requirements on a forward basis and also engage in other hedging transactions involving exchange-traded futures and options contracts for corn from time to time. The price of unleaded gasoline also affects the price we may receive for our ethanol under indexed contracts. The financial statement impact of these activities will be dependent upon, among other things, the prices involved and our ability to sell sufficient products to use all of the corn for which we may have futures contracts. Hedging arrangements also will expose us to the risk of financial loss in situations where the other party to the hedging contract defaults on its contract or, in the case of exchange-traded contracts, where there is a change in the expected differential between the underlying price in the hedging agreement and the actual prices paid or

26


Table of Contents

received by us. Hedging activities can themselves result in losses when a position is purchased in a declining market or a position is sold in a rising market. A hedge position is often settled in the same time frame as the physical commodity is either purchased (corn) or sold (ethanol). Hedging losses may be offset by a decreased cash price for corn and an increased cash price for ethanol. We can not assure you that we will not experience hedging losses in the future. We also intend to vary the amount of hedging or other price mitigation strategies we undertake, and we may choose not to engage in hedging transactions at all. As a result, our results of operations and financial position may be adversely affected by increases in the price of corn or decreases in the price of ethanol or unleaded gasoline.
Our ability to successfully operate is dependent on the availability of electricity at anticipated prices.
     Adequate electricity is critical to plant operations. Our existing agreement to obtain electricity is subject to price fluctuations based on market conditions over which we have no control. As a result, our ability to make a profit may decline.
Our ability to successfully operate is dependent on the availability of lignite coal as the primary fuel to operate our plant.
     We anticipate that the entire plant will consume approximately 133,000 tons of lignite coal per year or 375 tons per day. We have entered into a contract with General Industries, Inc. d/b/a Center Coal Company for the purchase and delivery of coal and ash removal. Despite that agreement, there is no assurance that General Industries will be able to deliver all of the coal we will need for our operations on a timely basis without disruptions. Any failures or disruptions in the delivery of coal will force us to either reduce or stop operations completely until we have obtained either a new supply of coal or an alternative energy supply, such as natural gas. Any disruption in our operations may result in a loss of revenue. In addition, we may be unable to find an alternative energy source sufficient to supply our operations or at prices that are acceptable.
We are subject to environmental regulations related to disposal of coal fly ash that may add additional costs to our operations.
     According to ICM, Inc., our plant is expected to produce approximately 37.5 tons of coal fly ash per day as a result of the burning process of the coal used to provide the power to our plant. We are required to dispose of this coal fly ash in a licensed disposal facility. Our coal delivery provider is required under the terms of the coal delivery contract to remove and dispose of all of our coal fly ash. In the event our coal provider is unable or unwilling to continue with this contract, we will have to seek alternative methods of disposing of the coal fly ash that our plant will produce, which we may be unable to find or find at an economically feasible cost.
     In addition, we believe that federal and state environmental regulations related to operating a coal fired plant may be increasing and that any increased regulatory compliance requirements may negatively impact our operations and profitability.
We will depend on others for sales of our products, which may place us at a competitive disadvantage and reduce profitability.
     We have contracted with Renewable Products Marketing Group, LLC to market all of the ethanol we plan to produce. We currently expect to do our own wet distillers grains marketing by selling locally to livestock markets in approximately the 50 miles surrounding our plant. We have contracted with Commodity Specialist Company to market all of the dry distillers grains we produce. As a result, we are dependent on our ethanol broker and our dry distillers grains broker. If either of the ethanol or distillers grains broker breaches their contract or does not have the ability, for financial or other reasons, to market all of the ethanol or distillers grains we produce, we will not have any readily available means to sell our products. Our lack of a sales force and reliance on third parties to sell and market our products may place us at a competitive disadvantage. Our failure to sell all of our ethanol and dry distillers grains may result in less income from sales, reducing our revenue stream.
Changes and advances in ethanol production technology could require us to incur costs to update our ethanol plant or could otherwise hinder our ability to compete in the ethanol industry or operate profitably.

27


Table of Contents

     Advances and changes in the technology of ethanol production are expected to occur. Such advances and changes may make the ethanol production technology installed in our plant less desirable or obsolete. These advances could also allow our competitors to produce ethanol at a lower cost than us. If we are unable to adopt or incorporate technological advances, our ethanol production methods and processes could be less efficient than our competitors, which could cause our plant to become uncompetitive or completely obsolete. If our competitors develop, obtain or license technology that is superior to ours or that makes our technology obsolete, we may be required to incur significant costs to enhance or acquire new technology so that our ethanol production remains competitive. Alternatively, we may be required to seek third-party licenses, which could also result in significant expenditures. We cannot guarantee or assure you that third-party licenses will be available or, once obtained, will continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. These costs could negatively impact our financial performance by increasing our operating costs and reducing our net income.
We currently have a limited number of full-time employees and will face challenges to hiring qualified employees capable of implementing our plan of operations, which may hinder our ability to conduct our operations and reduce our ability to operate profitably.
     We currently employ only two full-time employees, both of whom are engaged in administrative functions. In order to implement our plan of operations and operate the plant, we will need to hire up to an additional 40 qualified employees. Some of these additional employees will need to be skilled in ethanol and distillers grains production technologies and we may have difficulty in identifying, hiring and retaining such employees. In addition, we need to identify, hire and retain supervisory, marketing and other management-level employees. We may have difficulty in doing so and this also may hinder our ability to operate.
Our executive officers and governors lack significant experience in financial accounting and preparation of reports under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act.”).
     None of our executive officers or governors has ever served as such with a company that is required to file reports under the Exchange Act as we will be required to do. As a result, we may not be able or qualified to efficiently and correctly deal with our financial accounting issues and preparation of the Exchange Act reports.
Risks Related to Ethanol Industry
Our business is not diversified.
     Our success depends largely upon our ability to operate our ethanol plant profitably. We do not have any other lines of business or other sources of revenue if we are unable to operate our ethanol plant and manufacture ethanol and distillers grains. If economic or political factors adversely affect the market for ethanol, we have no other line of business to fall back on. Our business would also be significantly harmed if our ethanol plant could not operate at full capacity for any extended period of time.
Competition from the advancement of alternative fuels may lessen the demand for ethanol and negatively impact our profitability, which could reduce the value of your investment.
     Alternative fuels, gasoline oxygenates and ethanol production methods are continually under development. A number of automotive, industrial and power generation manufacturers are developing more efficient engines, hybrid engines and alternative clean power systems using fuel cells or clean burning gaseous fuels. Vehicle manufacturers are working to develop vehicles that are more fuel efficient and have reduced emissions using conventional gasoline. Vehicle manufacturers have developed and continue to work to improve hybrid technology, which powers vehicles by engines that utilize both electric and conventional gasoline fuel sources. In the future, the emerging fuel cell industry may offer a technological option to address increasing worldwide energy costs, the long-term availability of petroleum reserves and environmental concerns. Fuel cells have emerged as a potential alternative to certain existing power sources because of their higher efficiency, reduced noise and lower emissions. Fuel cell industry participants are currently targeting the transportation, stationary power and portable power markets in order to decrease fuel costs, lessen dependence on crude oil and reduce harmful emissions. If the fuel cell and hydrogen industries continue to expand and gain broad acceptance, and hydrogen becomes readily available to consumers for motor vehicle use, we may not be able to compete effectively. This additional competition could reduce the demand for ethanol, which would negatively impact our profitability.

28


Table of Contents

Corn-based ethanol may compete with cellulose-based ethanol in the future, which could make it more difficult for us to produce ethanol on a cost-effective basis, which could reduce the value of your investment.
     Most ethanol is currently produced from corn and other raw grains, such as milo or sorghum, especially in the Midwest. The current trend in ethanol production research is to develop an efficient method of producing ethanol from cellulose-based biomass, such as agricultural waste, forest residue, municipal solid waste and energy crops. This trend is driven by the fact that cellulose-based biomass is generally cheaper than corn, and producing ethanol from cellulose-based biomass would create opportunities to produce ethanol in areas which are unable to grow corn. Although current technology is not sufficiently efficient to be competitive, we believe that new conversion technologies are being developed that might be competitive with current production technologies sometime in the future. If an efficient method of producing ethanol from cellulose-based biomass is developed, we may not be able to compete effectively. It may not be cost-effective to convert the ethanol plant we are proposing into a plant which will use cellulose-based biomass to produce ethanol. If we are unable to produce ethanol as cost-effectively as cellulose-based producers, our ability to generate revenue will be negatively impacted.
As domestic ethanol production continues to grow, ethanol supply may exceed demand causing ethanol prices to decline and the value of your investment to be reduced.
     The number of ethanol plants being developed and constructed in the United States continues to increase at a rapid pace. As these plants begin operations, we expect domestic ethanol production to significantly increase. If the demand for ethanol does not grow at the same pace as increases in supply, we would expect the price for ethanol to decline. Declining ethanol prices will result in lower revenues and may reduce or eliminate profits.
Consumer resistance to the use of ethanol based on the belief that ethanol is expensive, adds to air pollution, harms engines and takes more energy to produce than it contributes may affect the demand for ethanol, which could affect our ability to market our product.
     According to popular media, certain individuals believe that the use of ethanol will have a negative impact on prices at the pump. Many also believe that ethanol adds to air pollution and harms car and truck engines. Still other consumers believe that the process of producing ethanol actually uses more fossil energy, such as oil and natural gas, than the amount of ethanol that is produced. These consumer beliefs could potentially be wide-spread. If consumers choose not to buy ethanol, it would affect the demand for the ethanol we produce which could lower demand for our product and negatively affect our profitability.
Competition from ethanol imported from Caribbean basin countries may be a less expensive alternative to our ethanol, which would cause us to lose market share.
     A portion of the ethanol produced or processed in certain countries in Central America and the Caribbean region is eligible for tariff reduction or elimination upon importation to the United States under a program known as the Caribbean Basin Initiative. Large ethanol producers, such as Cargill, Inc. have expressed interest in building dehydration plants in participating Caribbean Basin countries, such as El Salvador, which would convert ethanol into fuel-grade ethanol for shipment to the United States. Ethanol imported from Caribbean Basin countries may be a less expensive alternative to domestically produced ethanol. Competition from ethanol imported from Caribbean Basin countries may affect our ability to sell our ethanol profitably.
Competition from ethanol imported from Brazil may be a less expensive alternative to our ethanol, which would cause us to lose market share.
     Brazil is currently the world’s second largest producer and the largest exporter of ethanol. In Brazil, ethanol is produced primarily from sugarcane, which is also used to produce food-grade sugar. Brazil experienced a dramatic increase in ethanol production and trade in 2004 and 2005, exporting approximately 90 million gallons to the United States in 2004 and 65 million gallons to the United States in 2005 according to the U.S. International Trade Commission. Ethanol imported from Brazil may be a less expensive alternative to domestically produced ethanol, which is primarily made from corn, even though United States tariffs increase the price. United States oil refineries may increase imports of Brazilian ethanol in 2006 as MTBE use decreases in the United States and supply chain problems with domestic ethanol delivery are resolved. Tariffs presently protecting United States ethanol producers may be reduced or eliminated. Competition from ethanol imported from Brazil may affect our ability to sell our ethanol profitably.

29


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Federal Regulation and Governmental Action
Loss of, or ineligibility for, favorable tax benefits for ethanol production could hinder our ability to operate at a profit and reduce the value of your investment.
     The ethanol industry and our business are assisted by various federal ethanol tax incentives, including those included in the Energy Policy Act of 2005. The provision of the Energy Policy Act of 2005 likely to have the greatest impact on the ethanol industry is the creation of a 7.5 billion gallon Renewable Fuels Standard (RFS). The RFS will begin at 4 billion gallons in 2006, increasing to 7.5 billion gallons by 2012. The RFS helps support a market for ethanol that might disappear without this incentive. The elimination or reduction of tax incentives to the ethanol industry could reduce the market for ethanol, which could reduce prices and our revenues by making it more costly or difficult for us to produce and sell ethanol. If the federal tax incentives are eliminated or sharply curtailed, we believe that a decreased demand for ethanol will result, which could result in the failure of our business.
     Another important provision involves an expansion in the definition of who qualifies as a small ethanol producer. Historically, small ethanol producers were allowed a 10-cents per-gallon production income tax credit on up to 15 million gallons of production annually. The size of the plant eligible for the tax credit was limited to 30 million gallons. Under the Energy Policy Act of 2005, the size limitation on the production capacity for small ethanol producers increases from 30 million to 60 million gallons. Because our plant will have a capacity to annually produce 50 million gallons of ethanol, we expect to qualify for this tax credit, but if this provision is changed in the future or if we exceed our expected production capacity by over 10 million gallons per year, the loss of this tax credit could harm the value of your investment. .
A change in environmental regulations or violations thereof could result in the devaluation of our units and a reduction in the value of your investment.
     We will be subject to extensive air, water and other environmental regulations and we will need to obtain a number of environmental permits to construct and operate the plant. We have received a number of North Dakota and federal environmental permits and we do not anticipate a problem receiving any additional required environmental permits for which we have filed applications. However, if for any reason any of these permits are not granted, construction costs for the plant may increase, or construction may be delayed.
     Because our plant will utilize lignite coal as its primary energy source, we are subject to a number of environmental regulations that require us to add scrubbers and other methods to reduce emissions from the burning of coal. If our safeguards fail or are ineffective, we might be subject to significant fines and penalties, including a shut-down of the plant to remedy these failures. Remedying any coal-based environmental problems may cost significant money and halt or reduce plant operations. Any significant fine or reduction in plant operations would harm our business.
     Additionally, environmental laws and regulations, both at the federal and state level, are subject to change and changes can be made retroactively. Consequently, even if we have the proper permits at the present time, we may be required to invest or spend considerable resources to comply with future environmental regulations or new or modified interpretations of those regulations, which may reduce our profitability.
Risks Related to the Units
No public trading market exists for our units and we do not anticipate the creation of such a market, which means that it will be difficult for unit holders to liquidate their investment .
     There is currently no established public trading market for our units and an active trading market will not develop. To maintain partnership tax status, unit holders may not trade the units on an established securities market or readily trade the units on a secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof). We, therefore, will not apply for listing on any securities exchange or on the NASDAQ Stock Market. As a result, unit holders will not be able to readily sell their units .
We have placed significant restrictions on transferability of the units, limiting a unit holder’s ability to withdraw from the Company.

30


Table of Contents

     The units are subject to substantial transfer restrictions pursuant to our Member Control Agreement and tax and securities laws. This means that unit holders will not be able to easily liquidate their units and may have to assume the risks of investments in us for an indefinite period of time. Transfers will only be permitted in the following circumstances:
    Transfers by gift to the member’s descendants;
 
    Transfers upon the death of a member;
 
    Certain other transfers provided that for the applicable tax year, the transfers in the aggregate do not exceed 2% of the total outstanding units; and
 
    Transfers that comply with the “qualifying matching service” requirements, if any is established.
There is no assurance that a unit holder will receive cash distributions which could result in a unit holder receiving little or no return on his or her investment .
     Distributions are payable at the sole discretion of our Board of Governors, subject to the provisions of the North Dakota Limited Liability Company Act, our Member Control Agreement and the requirements of our creditors. We do not know the amount of cash that we will generate, if any, once we begin operations. Cash distributions are not assured, and we may never be in a position to make distributions. Our Board may elect to retain future profits to provide operational financing for the plant, debt retirement and possible plant expansion or the construction of additional plants. This means that unit holders may receive little or no return on their investment and be unable to liquidate their investment due to transfer restrictions and lack of a public trading market.
Our units were not valued based on any independent objective criteria, but rather by the amount of funding required to build our plant.
     For our North Dakota intrastate offering and our initial seed capital round, we determined the offering price per unit to be $1.00. This determination was based solely on the capitalization requirements necessary to fund our construction and start-up activities. We did not rely upon any independent valuation, book value or other valuation criteria. Therefore, our outstanding units may be worth less than what they were sold for.
Our governors and managers will not be liable for any breach of their fiduciary duty, except as provided under North Dakota law.
     Under North Dakota law, no governor or manager will be liable for any of the Company’s debts, obligations or liabilities merely because he or she is a governor or manager. In addition, our operating agreement contains an indemnification provision which requires us to indemnify any governor or manager to the extent required or permitted by North Dakota Statutes, Section 10-32-99, as amended from time to time, or as required or permitted by other provisions of law.
Risks Related to Taxes
Income Taxes
     We are a limited liability company and, subject to complying with certain safe harbor provisions to avoid being classified as a publicly traded partnership, we expect to be taxed as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. Our Member Control Agreement provides that no member shall transfer any unit if, in the determination of the board, such transfer would cause us to be treated as a publicly traded partnership, and any transfer of unit(s) not approved by the Board of Governors or that would result in a violation of the restrictions in the agreement would be null and void. In addition, as a condition precedent to any transfer of units, we have the right under the Member Control Agreement to seek an opinion of counsel that such transfer will not cause us to be treated as a publicly traded partnership. As a non-publicly traded partnership we are a pass-through entity and not subject to income tax at the company level. Our income is passed through to our members. If we become a publicly traded partnership we will be taxed as a C Corporation. We believe this would be harmful to us and to our members because we would cease to be a pass-through entity. We would be subject to income tax at the company level and members would also

31


Table of Contents

be subject to income tax on distributions they receive from us. This would have the affect of lowering our after-tax income and amount available for distributions to members and cash available to pay debt obligations and for operations.
     We expect to be treated as a partnership for income tax purposes. As such, we will pay no tax at the company level and members will pay tax on their proportionate share of our net income. The income tax liability associated with a member’s share of net income could exceed any cash distribution the member receives from us. If a member does not receive cash distributions sufficient to pay his or her tax liability associated with his or her respective share of our income, he or she will be forced to pay his or her income tax liability associated with his or her respective units out of other personal funds.
North Dakota Fuel Tax Incentive Program
     We expect to qualify for North Dakota’s fuel tax incentive program. See Item 1. “Business” and Item 2. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation.” Ethanol plants constructed after July 31, 2003 are eligible for these incentives. However, because the incentives are dependent upon future prices for ethanol and corn, we may not qualify for the incentives and such failure to qualify could reduce our net income.
North Dakota Income Tax Credit
     Our members may be eligible for a tax credit against North Dakota state income tax liability equal to 30% of the amount invested by the member in us. In order for our members to obtain this credit, we have to be a “qualified business” as defined in the North Dakota code section. See Item 1. “Business” and Item 2. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation.” It is possible that we will not meet the requirements for being a “qualified business,” in which case members will not be eligible for the credit.
Risks Related to Conflicts of Interest
Our governors and executive officers have other business and management responsibilities which may cause conflicts of interest, including working with other ethanol plants and in the allocation of their time and services to our project.
     Some of our governors and executive officers are involved in third party ethanol-related projects that might compete against the ethanol and co-products produced by our plant. Our governors may also provide goods or services to us or our contractors. We have not adopted a board policy restricting such potential conflicts of interests at this time.
     In addition, our governors and executive officers have other management responsibilities and business interests apart from our project. These responsibilities include, but may not be limited to, being the owner and operator of non-affiliated business that our governors and executive officers derive the majority of their income from and for which they devote most of their time. We generally expect that each governor attend our monthly board meetings, either in person or by telephone, and attend any special board meetings in the same manner. Historically, our board meetings have lasted between three and six hours each, not including any preparation time before the meeting. Our executive officers, when we begin operations, will be expected to devote significantly more time to our business, but we expect that GreenWay will provide most of our management expertise and work under the terms of their management contract with us. We currently have a board policy that generally requires the removal of any governor that fails to attend a certain number of meetings in a six-month period. Therefore, our governors and executive officers may experience conflicts of interest in allocating their time and services between us and their other business responsibilities. In addition, conflicts of interest may arise because the governors and executive officers, either individually or collectively, hold a substantial percentage of the units because of their position to substantially influence our business and management.
We may have conflicting interests with GreenWay Consulting, LLC which could cause GreenWay Consulting, LLC to put its interests ahead of ours.

32


Table of Contents

     GreenWay Consulting, LLC has and continues to advise our governors and has been, and is expected to be, involved in substantially all material aspects of our formation, capital formation and operations. In addition, Mick Miller, our General Manager, is an employee of GreenWay Consulting, LLC. Consequently, the terms and conditions of any future agreements and understandings with GreenWay Consulting, LLC may not be as favorable to us as they could be if they were to be obtained from other third parties. We believe that our Development Services Agreement and Management Agreement were negotiated at arms-length and the terms and conditions of each are fair to us and consistent with the terms of such agreements in the industry. In addition, because of the extensive role that GreenWay Consulting, LLC has in the construction and operation of the plant, it may be difficult or impossible for us to enforce claims that we may have against GreenWay Consulting, LLC. Such conflicts of interest may reduce our profitability.
ITEM 2. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
     The following tables set forth our selected historical financial and other information as of the dates and for the periods indicated.
     Our selected historical balance sheet information as of December 31, 2005, December 31, 2004, December 31, 2003 and the period from inception (July 16, 2003) to December 31, 2005 are derived from our audited balance sheets. Our selected historical statement of operations information for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, December 31, 2004, December 31, 2003 and the period from inception (July 16, 2003) to December 31, 2005 are derived from our audited statements of operations.
                                 
                            Inception  
                            (July 16, 2003)  
    2003     2004     2005     to December 31, 2005  
Statements of Operations Data:
                               
Revenues
  $     $     $     $  
 
                               
Operating Expenses
    420,137       433,345       2,087,808       2,294,290  
 
                       
 
                               
Operating Loss
    (420,137 )     (433,345 )     (2,087,808 )     (2,294,290 )
 
                               
Other Income, net
          147,004       360,204       507,208  
 
                       
 
                               
Net Loss
    (420,137 )     (286,341 )     (1,727,604 )     (2,434,082 )
 
                               
Weighted Average Units Outstanding
    1,335,690       3,591,180       24,393,980       11,615,730  
 
                               
Net Loss Per Unit
    (0.31 )     (0.08 )     (0.07 )     (0.21 )
                         
    2003     2004     2005  
Balance Sheet Data:
                       
Cash and Equivalents
  $ 809,493     $ 15,848,783     $ 19,043,811  
 
                       
Total Assets
  $ 826,771     $ 16,417,515     $ 36,972,579  
 
                       
Total Current Liabilities
  $ 60,146     $ 15,867,168     $ 8,258,885  
 
                       
Members’ Equity
  $ 1,186,763     $ 550,347     $ 28,713,694  

33


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION
      Except for the historical information, this Form 10 Registration Statement contains forward-looking statements made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Such statements consist of any statement other than a recitation of historical facts and can be identified by words such as “may,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “hopes,” “believes,” “continue,” “intends,” “seeks,” “contemplates,” “suggests,” “envisions” or the negative thereof or other variations thereon or comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements represent our expectations or beliefs concerning future events, including statements regarding future construction timetable, future sales, future profit percentages and other results of operations, the continuation of historical trends, the sufficiency of cash balances and cash generated from operating and financing activities for our future liquidity and capital resource needs, and the effects of any regulatory changes. We caution you that any forward-looking statements made in this registration statement or in other reports filed by us with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) are qualified by certain risks and other important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements, including developments relating to the following:
    The availability and adequacy of our cash flow to meet its requirements, including payment of loans;
 
    Economic, competitive, demographic, business and other conditions in our local, regional and national markets;
 
    Changes or developments in laws, regulations or taxes in the ethanol, agricultural or energy industries;
 
    Actions taken or not taken by third parties, including our suppliers and competitors, as well as legislative, regulatory, judicial and other governmental authorities;
 
    Competition in the ethanol industry;
 
    The loss of any license or permit;
 
    The loss of our plant due to casualty, weather, mechanical failure or any extended or extraordinary maintenance or inspection that may be required;
 
    Changes in our business strategy, capital to support capital improvements and development; and
 
    Other factors discussed under the section entitled “RISK FACTORS” or elsewhere in this document.
     You should read this document completely and with the understanding that actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. The forward-looking statements contained in this document have been compiled as of the date of this document and should be evaluated with consideration of any changes occurring after the date of this document. Except as required under federal securities laws and SEC rules and regulations, we will not update forward-looking statements even though our situation may change in the future.
Application of Critical Accounting Policies
     Accounting policies, methods and estimates are an integral part of our consolidated financial statements and are based upon management’s current judgments. Certain accounting policies, methods and estimates are particularly important because of their significance to the financial statements. Note 1 of the Notes to Financial Statements includes a summary of the accounting policies and methods we use. The following is a discussion of what we believe to be the most critical of these policies and methods.
Accounting Estimates
     We used estimates and assumptions in preparing our financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Those estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, and the reported revenues and expenses. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

34


Table of Contents

Cash and Equivalents
     We consider all highly liquid debt instruments purchased with a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The carrying value of cash and equivalents approximates the fair value.
     We maintain our accounts at primarily three financial institutions. At times throughout the year, our cash and equivalents balances may exceed amounts insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. At December 31, 2005, our deposits exceeded insurance coverage by approximately $18.9 million.
Property and Equipment
     Property and equipment is stated at the lower of cost or estimated fair value. Assets that are still undergoing development and have not been placed into service are shown on our balance sheet as construction in progress and are not depreciated. Once assets are placed in service, depreciation is provided over estimated useful lives by use of the straight-line method. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred; major improvements and betterments are capitalized.
     We have incurred substantial consulting, permitting, and other pre-construction services related to building its plant facilities. Due to the substantial uncertainties regarding our ability to proceed with the ultimate facility construction until we had raised debt and equity financing, prior to 2005, we expensed these pre-construction costs as incurred.
Debt Issuance Costs
     Debt issuance costs will be amortized over the term of the related debt by use of the effective interest method.
Deferred Offering Costs
     We defer the costs incurred to raise equity financing until the financing occurs. At such time as the issuance of new equity occurs, these costs will be netted against the proceeds received; or if the financing does not occur, they will be expensed.
Income Taxes
     We are treated as a partnership for federal and state income tax purposes and generally do not incur income taxes. Instead, our earnings and losses are included in the income tax returns of the members. Therefore, no provision or liability for federal or state income taxes has been included in the financial statements.
Organizational and Start Up Costs
     We expense all organizational and start up costs as incurred.
Derivative Instruments
     We have derivative instruments in the form of interest rate swaps in an agreement associated with bank financing. Market value adjustments and net settlements related to these agreements are charged to interest expense.
Results of Operations
     We are a development stage company with no operations, sales or revenues as of December 31, 2005. We intend to engage in the production and sale of fuel grade ethanol once our plant is operational, expected to be November 2006. We expect to be able to processed approximately eighteen million bushels of corn into approximately fifty million gallons of ethanol. In addition, we intend to sell distillers grains, a principal co-product of the ethanol production process, which we will sell as distillers modified wet grains and distillers dried grains.

35


Table of Contents

     The following table shows revenues, operating expenses and other items in our statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, 2003 and inception (July 16, 2003) to December 31, 2005:
                                 
                            Inception  
                            (July 16, 2003)  
                            to December 31,  
    2003     2004     2005     2005  
Statements of Operations Data:
                               
Revenues
  $     $     $     $  
 
                               
Operating Expenses
    420,137       433,345       2,087,808       2,294,290  
 
                       
 
                               
Operating Loss
    (420,137 )     (433,345 )     (2,087,808 )     (2,294,290 )
 
                               
Other Income, net
          147,004       360,204       507,208  
 
                       
 
                               
Net Loss
    (420,137 )     (286,341 )     (1,727,604 )     (2,434,082 )
 
                               
Weighted Average Units Outstanding
    1,335,690       3,591,180       24,393,980       11,615,730  
 
                               
Net Loss Per Unit
    (0.31 )     (0.08 )     (0.07 )     (0.21 )
                         
    2003     2004     2005  
Balance Sheet Data:
                       
Cash and Equivalents
  $ 809,493     $ 15,848,783     $ 19,043,811  
 
                       
Total Assets
  $ 826,771     $ 16,417,515     $ 36,972,579  
 
                       
Total Current Liabilities
  $ 60,146     $ 15,867,168     $ 8,258,885  
 
                       
Members’ Equity
  $ 1,186,763     $ 550,347     $ 28,713,694  
      Revenues
     We had no sales or revenue for the fiscal years ended 2005, 2004, 2003 or for the period from inception (July 16, 2003) to December 31, 2005.
      Cost of Sales
     We had no costs of sales for the fiscal years ended 2005, 2004, 2003 or for the period from inception (July 16, 2003) to December 31, 2005.
      Operating Expenses
     Our operating expenses were approximately $2,087,800, $433,300, $420,100 and $2,941,300 for the years ended 2005, 2004, 2003 and for the period from inception (July 16, 2003) to December 31, 2005. Our operating expenses increased by approximately $1,654,500 or 382% for 2005 over 2004 and increased by approximately $13,200 or 3% for 2004 over 2003. These increases for both 2005 versus 2004 and 2004 versus 2003 were due primarily to costs associated with starting construction on our plant, professional and consulting fees, including the 2005 payment due to GreenWay in excess of $1,500,000 under our consulting agreement related to their work through Phase I and other general operating expenses. In 2005, our material operating expenses were: 1) approximately $1,500,000 related to consulting fees paid to GreenWay; 2) approximately $177,000 related to salaries; 3) approximately $84,000 related to marketing expenses; 4) approximately $77,000 related to office and insurance expenses; and 5) approximately $70,000 related to financing fees related to our loan with First National Bank. In 2004, our material operating expenses were: 1) approximately $105,000 in payments to our project coordinator; 2) approximately $90,000 related to financing fees and accounting expenses; 3) approximately $78,000 for permitting activities; 4) approximately $46,000 related to marketing expenses; and 5) approximately $33,000 in consulting fees. In 2003, our material operating expenses were: 1) approximately $200,000 in consulting fees paid to GreenWay; 2) approximately $87,000 for permitting activities; 3) approximately $65,000 in consulting fees; and 4) approximately $52,000 in payments to our project coordinator. We believe that our operating expenses will increase significantly in 2006 as a result of the completion of our plant, expected in November 2006, the preparation and training for the commencement of operations, and the registration of the membership units with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

36


Table of Contents

      Other Income, Net
     Interest expense was approximately $278,000, $0, $0, and $0 for 2005, 2004, 2003 and for the period from inception (July 16, 2003) to December 31, 2005. Interest expense increased due to the recognition of a derivative loss in connection with our interest rate swap contract which was entered into to effectively fix the interest rate of approximately $27,600,000 of our future debt. As of December 31, 2005, we had not drawn on any of our debt.
     Interest income was approximately $588,200, $47,000, $0 and $635,200 for the years ended 2005, 2004, 2003 and for the period from inception (July 16, 2003) to December 31, 2005. Interest income increased primarily due to interest earned on equity raised from member investments. We do not expect to receive any significant interest income in 2006.
     Grant income was approximately $50,000, $100,000, $0 and $150,000 for the years ended 2005, 2004, 2003 and for the period from inception (July 16, 2003) to December 31, 2005. Grant income relates to the grant we were rewarded from Ag Products Utilization Council in the amount of $150,000.
Plan of Operations Until Start-Up of Ethanol Plant
     We expect the project will cost approximately $99,000,000 to complete. This includes approximately $76,000,000 to build the plant and an additional $23,000,000 in other capital expenditures and working capital. We are still in the development and construction phase, and until the proposed ethanol plant is operational, we will generate no revenue. We anticipate that accumulated losses will continue to increase until the ethanol plant is operational.
     We expect to spend at least the next 12 months focused on plant construction and start-up operations. During this time, we expect to finalize the construction phase within budget, hire and train all plant personnel and operate the plant at the anticipated 50 million gallon per year production capacity efficiently. As of the date of this filing, we have already paid approximately $31,000,000 to Fagen, Inc. our construction company, related to the construction of our plant. We expect to spend approximately $45,000,000 in the next 12 months to complete construction.
      Project Capitalization
     Between September 2003 and January 2004, we raised $1,200,000 in our seed capital offering and an additional $36,717,724 from the sale of our units in a North Dakota-only registered offering from March 30, 2004 to March 1, 2006. In addition, on December 16, 2005, we closed on a construction loan agreement with First National Bank of Omaha of $59,712,000, which includes $55,211,740 for construction costs, a revolving line of credit of $3,500,000 and a Letter of Credit up to $1,000,000. We also closed on three subordinated debt agreements, one each with Fagen, GreenWay and ICM. The subordinated debt agreements are for up to $1,000,000, $1,525,000 and $3,000,000 respectively, and are subordinated in full to the construction loan agreement.
      Site Acquisition and Development
     On March 22, 2004, January 13, 2005 and July 11, 2005, we acquired a total of approximately 135 acres of land just east of Richardton, North Dakota as the site for our plant. We paid approximately $302,000 for the site. Plant construction commenced on the site in October 2005 in accordance with a Lump Sum Design-Build Agreement with Fagen, Inc
      Plant Construction and Start-Up of Plant Operations
     We expect to complete construction of the plant and commence operations in November 2006. We believe we have sufficient cash on hand to cover construction and related start-up costs necessary to make the plant operational. We estimate that we will need approximately $76,000,000 to construct the plant and a total of approximately $23,000,000 to cover all capital expenditures necessary to complete the project, make the plant operational and produce revenue.

37


Table of Contents

Trends and Factors that May Affect Future Operating Results
      Ethanol Supports
     We expect to receive significant benefits from federal and state statutes, regulations and programs. The trend at the governmental level appears to be to continue to try to provide economic support to the ethanol industry. Notwithstanding the above, changes to federal and state statutes, regulations or programs could have an adverse effect on our business. Recent federal legislation, however, has benefited the ethanol industry. In 2005, the Energy Policy Act was passed which contained a new support program, the RFS, which requires fuel refiners to use a certain minimum amount of renewable fuels (including ethanol) which will rise to 7.5 billion gallons by 2012. The Energy Policy Act also provides a small producer credit allowing qualifying producers to deduct from their federal income taxes $0.10 per gallon for the first 15 million gallons of ethanol produced in a given year. The VEETC, which provides a volumetric ethanol excise tax credit of 5.1 cents per gallon of ethanol blended at 10%, also encourages refiners and gasoline blenders to use ethanol.
     Clean air standards mandated by federal agencies continue to require major population centers to blend ethanol into their gasoline supplies as an oxygenate, in order to reduce harmful emissions. These mandates have been challenged legally in certain metropolitan areas. We could be significantly and adversely impacted by an unsuccessful outcome in this litigation, or by the removal of or adverse changes to these standards.
      Competition and Product Demand
     Ethanol demand in the United States in 2005 was approximately equal to ethanol production in the United States in 2005 at 4.3 billion gallons, according to the RFA. Plans to construction new ethanol plants or expand existing plants have been announced which would increase ethanol production (if all plants and expansions are completed) to approximately 6.3 billion gallons.
     Ethanol demand is influenced primarily by its cost in relation to availability and cost of gasoline and other octane enhancing products, and also by availability of alternative oxygenates (where oxygenated fuels are required). The dramatic increase in gasoline prices in 2005 has increased demand for ethanol as a fuel extender, as the net cost of ethanol to blenders became less than unblended gasoline. With continued strong oil prices in 2006, and a corresponding increase in gasoline pricing, ethanol has become a much more competitive product in the marketplace. While a similarly dramatic decrease in the price of oil would have a negative effect on ethanol demand, such a decrease is not currently anticipated by most industry analysts. This increasing interest in ethanol could result in additional demand for ethanol and also additional production capacity being planned and built. The Renewable Fuels Association is predicting an additional two billion gallons of ethanol production in the next 14 months. This additional production will come both from new plants already under construction and existing plants that are currently expanding.
     Demand for ethanol may also increase as a result of increased consumption of E85 fuel. E85 fuel is a blend of 70% to 85% ethanol and gasoline. According to the Energy Information Administration, E85 consumption is projected to increase from a national total of 11 million gallons in 2003 to 47 million gallons in 2025. E85 is used as an aviation fuel and as a hydrogen source for fuel cells. In the United States, there are approximately 3 million flexible fuel vehicles capable of operating on E85 and 650 retail stations supplying it. Automakers have indicated plans to produce an estimated 2 million more flexible fuel vehicles per year.
     Negative publicity received by a competing oxygenate of ethanol, MTBE, in California and other states has also affected ethanol demand. Based on the discovery of MTBE in local water supplies, then California Governor Gray Davis issued an executive order in March of 1999 calling for the elimination of MTBE from California gasoline supplies by December 31, 2002. Other states have also legislated restrictions on the use of MTBE on the basis that the environmental risk of its use outweighs the air quality benefit. Under the provisions of the Federal 1990 Clean Air Act, gasoline used in certain air quality “non-attainment” areas must contain a certain oxygen content during the wintertime months of September through March. Ethanol and MTBE are the two most common oxygenates. When MTBE use is limited, ethanol demand and usage will be substantially increased. The east coast areas of New York and Connecticut began using ethanol blended gasoline as of January 1, 2005, thus further increasing demand. The continued enforcement of the oxygenate standard could have a significant positive impact on ethanol demand. The replacement of MTBE with ethanol in California, Connecticut and New York will require approximately 1.7 billion gallons of ethanol each year to be consumed in those areas.

38


Table of Contents

     Nationally, there is also a movement to eliminate MTBE. In addition to individual states which have restricted its use, federal legislation (as discussed above) has been proposed which has focused on a compromise solution which would phase out MTBE, eliminate the oxygen requirement of the Clean Air Act, and replace it with a renewable fuels content requirement that gradually increases over the next several years. If this solution were adopted, we believe that it would significantly increase the demand for ethanol over this time period. In short, current law is favorable to ethanol in that it requires oxygenate blending. If MTBE usage is reduced and the law is not changed, or if the oxygen requirement is replaced with a similar “renewable fuels” requirement, the ethanol industry stands to see stronger demand. Conversely, the elimination of the oxygen requirement without adopting a renewable fuels requirement (or other similar incentive for ethanol blending) could have a significantly negative impact on both ethanol demand and pricing.
      Commodity Prices
      Corn
     Our primary grain feedstock will be corn. The cost of corn is dependent upon factors that are generally unrelated to those affecting the price of ethanol. Corn prices generally vary with international and regional grain supplies, and can be significantly affected by weather, planting and carryout projections, government programs, exports, and other international and regional market conditions.
     Due to the significant expansion of the ethanol industry, corn futures have recently started to respond to this new demand. This trend is likely to continue but certainly is not the only factor. Factors such as USDA estimates of acres planted, corn yield increases per acre, export demand and domestic usage also have significant effects on the corn market. Ultimately, weather has and will probably continue to weigh the heaviest on the corn market. Current USDA estimates show a two billion bushel excess supply of corn from 2005. This large amount of excess corn should help limit the volatility of, and increases in, corn prices well into the 2006 spring planting season. Then other factors such as acres planted and weather could start to have more of an impact and lead to potentially volatile and higher corn prices.
      Coal
     Lignite coal is also an important input commodity to our manufacturing process. We estimate that our lignite coal usage will be approximately 3.5% of our annual total production cost. We will use lignite coal to produce ethanol and to dry our distillers grains products to moisture contents at which they can be stored for long periods of time, and can be transported greater distances.
     We expect to purchase coal from Western North Dakota. In 2004, according to the United States Energy Information Agency, North Dakota produced 29,943,000 tons of lignite and 30,775,000 tons in 2003. Coal supply is not expected to be a problem, as North Dakota and reserves in the Unites States are plentiful and expected to last, even with increased demand, for greater than the expected lifespan of our plant. Coal availability is subject to various factors including demand from United States and international customers, governmental regulation and environment and safety issues.
     Recently, the price of lignite coal has risen along with other energy sources. Coal prices are considerably higher than the 10-year average, due to increased economic and industrial activity in the United States and internationally, most notably China. We assume that there will be continued volatility in the lignite coal markets. Any ongoing increases in the price of lignite coal will increase our cost of production and may negatively impact our future profit margins.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
      Overview
     As of December 31, 2005, we had total assets of approximately $36,972,600 consisting primarily of cash and equivalents and construction in progress. As of December 31, 2005, we had current liabilities of approximately $8,258,900 consisting primarily of accounts payable related to the construction of the plant. Total members’ equity as of December 31, 2005, was approximately $28,713,700 consisting primarily of member contributions, net of accumulated losses. Since our inception, we have generated no revenue from operations. From our inception to

39


Table of Contents

December 31, 2005, we have an accumulated net loss of approximately $2,434,100 consisting primarily of start-up business costs.
     As of December 31, 2005, we had material commitments related to our construction agreement with Fagen in the amount of approximately $76,000,000 and remaining material commitments related to our consulting agreement with GreenWay in the amount of approximately $1,550,000. As of December 31, 2005, we paid approximately $9,257,000 to Fagen from the proceeds from our equity financings. Based on our cash on hand as of the date hereof, including the loan proceeds available to us as described above, we believe that we will have adequate cash reserves and available lines of credit after construction is completed and payment of the remaining amounts to GreenWay so that we can fund our operations and service our debt until such time as we receive revenues from sales of our ethanol and co-products.
     As of the date hereof, we have expended all funds from our equity financings. All of these proceeds were devoted to our construction expenses and general operating expenses. Current and remaining operating expenses, including all remaining construction costs will be paid for with the proceeds from our loan agreements
      Recent unregistered sales of securities
     Based on our business plan and current construction cost estimates, we believe the total project will cost approximately $99,000,000. We raised $1,200,000 in our seed capital offering and approximately an additional $36,714,700 from our North Dakota only offering. Between September 2003 and January 2004, we received the proceeds from our seed capital offering and between March 2004 and March 2006, we received the proceeds from our North Dakota only offering. In April 2004, we closed on the minimum offering amount and on March 2006, we closed the offering.
      Construction Loan Agreements
     In December 2005, we entered into a construction loan agreement with a bank providing for a total credit facility of approximately $59,712,000 for the purpose of funding the construction of the plant. The construction loan agreement requires us to maintain certain financial ratios and meet certain non-financial covenants. The loan agreement is secured by substantially all of our assets and includes the terms as described below.
Construction Loan
     The construction loan agreement provides for a construction loan for up to an amount of approximately $55,212,000 with a loan termination date of April 16, 2007. Interest is to be charged at a rate of 3.4% over LIBOR, which totaled 7.77% at December 31, 2005. The agreement calls for interest only payments to be made every three months beginning March 2006 through the loan termination date.
     At the loan termination date, all principal and unpaid interest will be paid out through three term notes each with specific interest rates and payment terms as described in the construction loan agreement.
     The first of the three notes is a Fixed Rate Note in the amount of approximately $27,606,000 with interest payments made on a quarterly basis and charged at fixed rate of 3.0% over LIBOR on the date of the construction loan termination date. Principal payments are to be made quarterly according to repayment terms of the construction loan agreement, generally beginning at approximately $470,000 and increasing to $653,000 per quarter, from April 2007 to October 2011, with a final principal payment of approximately 17,000,000 at January 2012.
     The second term note is referred to as the Variable Rate Note and is in the amount of approximately $17,606,000. Interest will be charged at a variable rate of 3.4% over the three-month LIBOR rate.
     The third term note, the Long-Term Revolving Note, in the amount of approximately $10,000,000, will be charged interest at a variable rate of 3.4% over the one-month LIBOR rate. The agreement calls for payments of approximately $1,005,000 to be made each quarter with amounts allocated to the term notes in the following manner: 1) to accrued interest on the Long-Term Revolving Note, 2) to accrued interest on the Variable Rate Note, and 3) to the principal balance on the Variable Rate Note.
     All unpaid amounts on the three term notes are due and payable in April 2012. There were no outstanding borrowings on the construction loan at December 31, 2005.
Revolving Line of Credit
     We entered into a $3,500,000 line of credit agreement with a bank, subject to certain borrowing base limitations, through December 2006. Interest is payable quarterly and charged on all borrowings at a rate of 3.4% over LIBOR, which totaled 7.77% at December 31, 2005. There were no outstanding borrowings at December 31, 2005.
Interest Rate Swap Agreement
     The construction loan agreement provides for us to enter into interest rate swap contracts for up to approximately $2,800,000. In December 2005, we entered into an interest rate swap transaction that effectively fixes the interest rate at 8.08% on approximately $27.6 million of any outstanding principal of the construction loan. The interest rate swap was not designated as either a cash flow or fair value hedge. Market value adjustments and

40


Table of Contents

net settlements are charged to interest expense. For the year ended December 31, 2005, there were no net settlements, and market value adjustments increased interest expense by approximately $278,000.
Letters of Credit
     The construction loan agreement provides for up to $1,000,000 in letters of credit with the bank to be used for any future line of credit requested by a supplier to the plant. There is no set termination date for these letters of credit and their terms will be based on those requested by a specific supplier, although there will typically be a one year term with a renewal option. The construction loan agreement provides for us to pay a quarterly commitment fee of 2.25% of all outstanding letters of credit. At December 31, 2005, there were no outstanding letters of credit.
Subordinated Debt
     As part of the construction loan agreement, we entered into three separate subordinated debt agreements totaling approximately $5,525,000. Interest is charged at a rate of 2.0% over the Variable Rate Note interest rate and is due and payable subject to approval by the Senior Lender, the bank. Interest is compounding with any unpaid interest converted to principal. Amounts will be due and payable in full in April 2012. There were no amounts outstanding at December 31, 2005 as subordinated debt agreements are not in effect until amounts withdrawn on construction loan.
     To date we have spent approximately $31,000,000 in construction and related costs on the plant construction. We anticipate that capital expenditures for the remainder of 2006 will be approximately $45,000,000 to complete our plant. We do not anticipate any other material expenditures over the next year.
Grants
     We have been awarded a grant from Ag Products Utilization Council grant in the amount of $150,000 which was used in 2005 and 2004 for general business expenses, including legal and accounting. We also anticipate receiving a grant from the ND Lignite Council in the amount of $350,000. This grant would have provisions for a portion of the proceeds to be repaid over a period of 10 years at $22,000 per year and the remainder to be forgiven.
      Fuel Tax Incentive Program
     We expect to qualify for North Dakota’s fuel tax fund incentive program. Ethanol plants constructed after July 31, 2003 are eligible for incentives. Under the program, each fiscal quarter eligible ethanol plants may receive a production incentive based on the average North Dakota price per bushel of corn received by farmers during the quarter, as established by the North Dakota agricultural statistics service, and the average North Dakota rack price per gallon of ethanol during the quarter, as compiled by AXXIS petroleum. Because we cannot predict the future prices of corn and ethanol, we cannot predict whether we will receive any funds in the future. The incentive received is calculated by using the sum arrived at for the corn price average and for the ethanol price averages as calculated in number 1 and number 2 below:
      1. Corn Price:
  a.   For every cent that the average quarterly price per bushel of corn exceeds $1.80, the state shall add to the amounts payable under the program $.001 multiplied by the number of gallons of ethanol produced by the facility during the quarter.
 
  b.   If the average quarterly price per bushel of corn is exactly $1.80, the state shall not add anything to the amount payable under the program.
 
  c.   For every cent that the average quarterly price per bushel of corn is below $1.80, the state shall subtract from the amounts payable under the program $.001 multiplied by the number of gallons of ethanol produced by the facility during the quarter.

41


Table of Contents

     2.  Ethanol Price:
  a.   For every cent that the average quarterly rack price per gallon of ethanol is above $1.30, the state shall subtract from the amounts payable under the program $.002 multiplied by the number of gallons of ethanol produced by the facility during the quarter.
 
  b.   If the average quarterly price per gallon of ethanol is exactly $1.30, the state shall not add anything to the amount payable under the program.
 
  c.   For every cent that the average quarterly rack price per gallon of ethanol is below $1.30, the state shall add to the amounts payable under the program $.002 multiplied by the number of gallons of ethanol produced by the facility during the quarter.
     Under the program, no facility may receive payments in excess of $10 million. If corn prices are low compared to historical averages and ethanol prices are high compared to historical averages, we will receive little or no funds from this program.
     In addition, our investors may be eligible for a tax credit against North Dakota state income tax liability. The amount of credit for which a taxpayer may be eligible is 30% of the amount invested by the taxpayer in a qualified business during the taxable year. Under the code section, a “qualified business” is a business that:
  a.   Is incorporated or organized in North Dakota after December 31, 2000, for the primary purpose of processing and marketing agricultural commodities capable of being raised in North Dakota;
 
  b.   Has been certified by the North Dakota Securities Commissioner to be in compliance under the securities laws of North Dakota;
 
  c.   Has an agricultural commodity processing facility, or intends to locate one, in North Dakota; and
 
  d.   Is among the first 10 businesses that meet these requirements.
     The maximum annual credit a taxpayer may receive is $50,000 and no taxpayer may obtain more than $250,000 in credits over any combination of taxable years. In addition, a taxpayer may claim no more than 50% of the credit in a single year and the amount of the credit allowed for any taxable year may not exceed 50% of the tax liability, as otherwise determined. Credits may carry forward for up to five years after the taxable year in which the investment was made. We may not be able to meet the requirements of a through d above. If we don’t meet the requirements of a “qualified business,” you will not be eligible for a tax credit.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
     We have not entered into any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future affect on our financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that are material to investors.
Contractual Obligations
     We have the following contractual obligations as of December 31, 2005:
                                 
    Payments Due by Period  
                            More than 5  
Contractual Obligations   Total     Less than 1 year     1-3 Years     Years  
Purchase Option (1)
  $ 76,000,000     $ 45,000,000       0       0  
Total contractual obligations
  $ 76,000,000     $ 45,000,000       0       0  
 
(1)   Relates to our contract with Fagen. As of the date of this filing, we have already paid approximately $31,000,000.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
     In November 2004, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 151, “Inventory Costs – an amendment of ARB No. 43” (“FAS 151”), which is the result of its efforts to converge U.S. accounting standards for inventories with International Accounting Standards. FAS No. 151 requires idle facility expenses, freight, handling costs, and

42


Table of Contents

wasted material (spoilage) costs to be recognized as current-period charges. It also requires that allocation of fixed production overheads to the costs of conversion be based on the normal capacity of the production facilities. FAS No. 151 will be effective for inventory costs incurred during fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. The adoption of FAS 151 will have no impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
     In May 2005, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections—a replacement of APB Opinion No. 20 and FASB Statement No. 3” (“FAS 154”). FAS 154 replaces APB Opinion No. 20, “Accounting Changes” and FAS No. 3 “Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements,” and changes the requirements for the accounting for and reporting of a change in accounting principle. FAS 154 may require restatement of prior period financial statements for certain changes in accounting principles. The retroactive application of a change in accounting principle should be limited to the direct effect of the change. Changes in depreciation, amortization or depletion methods should be accounted for as a change in accounting estimate. Corrections of accounting errors will be accounted for under the guidance contained in APB Opinion No. 20. The effective date of this new pronouncement is for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005 and prospective application is required. The Company does not expect the adoption of FAS 154 to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
     We do not expect that the adoption of other recent accounting pronouncements will have a material impact on our financial statements.
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
     Our operations will be exposed to market risks primarily as a result of changes in interest rates and commodity prices. We do not intend to use derivative financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes.
      Interest Rate Risk
     We expect to be exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates when we begin to draw upon our existing debt facilities. While we have no outstanding debt as of December 31, 2005 or as of the date hereof, we expect that we will incur significant debt in the near future are construction on our plant proceeds and we need additional capital. Exposure to interest rate risk results from holding our credit agreements. The specifics of each credit agreement are discussed in greater detail in the “Liquidity and Capital Resources” section of “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation” in this document.
     We expect to use debt to finance a significant amount of our expenditures in 2006. These agreements will expose us to market risk related to changes in interest rates.
      Commodity Price Risk
     We also expect to be exposed to market risk from changes in commodity prices. Exposure to commodity price risk results from our dependence on corn and coal in the ethanol production process, and the sale of ethanol. We will seek to minimize the risks from fluctuations in the prices of corn through the use of hedging instruments. In practice, as markets move, we will actively manage our risk and adjust hedging strategies as appropriate. Although we believe our hedge positions will accomplish an economic hedge against our future purchases, they likely will not qualify for hedge accounting, which would match the gain or loss on our hedge positions to the specific commodity purchase being hedged. We intend to use fair value accounting for our hedge positions, which means as the current market price of our hedge positions changes, the gains and losses are immediately recognized in our cost of sales. For example, we would generally expect that a 10% increase in the cash price of corn would produce a $100,000 increase in the fair value of our derivative instruments. Whereas a 10% decrease in the cash price of corn would likely produce a $100,000 decrease in the fair value of our derivatives.
     The immediate recognition of hedging gains and losses under fair value accounting can cause net income to be volatile from quarter to quarter due to the timing of the change in value of the derivative instruments relative to the cost and use of the commodity being hedged. As of December 31, 2005, we had no derivative instruments for

43


Table of Contents

corn and ethanol. There are several variables that could affect the extent to which our derivative instruments are impacted by price fluctuations in the cost of corn or ethanol. However, it is likely that commodity cash prices will have the greatest impact on the derivatives instruments with delivery dates nearest the current cash price.
     To manage our corn price risk, our hedging strategy will be designed to establish a price ceiling for our corn purchases. We intend to take a net long position on our exchange traded futures and options contracts, which should allow us to offset increases or decreases in the market price of corn. The upper limit of loss on our futures contracts will be the difference between the futures price and the cash market price of corn at the time of the execution of the contract. The upper limit of loss on our exchange traded and over-the-counter option contracts will be limited to the amount of the premium we paid for the option.
     We estimate that our expected corn usage will be approximately 18 million bushels per year for the production of 50 million gallons of ethanol. As of today, we have no cash, futures, and option contract price protection for our expected corn usage through December 31, 2006. Once we commence operations, we intend to contract for price protection for our corn usage. As corn prices move in reaction to market trends and information, our income statement will be affected depending on the impact such market movements have on the value of our derivative instruments. Depending on market movements, crop prospects and weather, these price protection positions may cause immediate adverse effects but are expected to produce long-term positive growth for the Company.
     We intend to manage our ethanol price risk by setting a hedging strategy designed to establish a price floor for our ethanol sales. At present, the price of ethanol has increased. In the future, we may not be able to sell ethanol at a favorable price relative to gasoline prices, we also may not be able to sell ethanol at prices equal to or more than our current price. This would limit our ability to offset our costs of production.
     To manage our ethanol price risk, Renewable Products Marketing Group will have a percentage of our future production gallons contracted through fixed price contracts, ethanol rack hedges and gas plus hedges. We communicate closely with Renewable Products Marketing Group to ensure that they are not over marketing our group’s ethanol volume by updating them continuously on the estimated startup date for our operation which is currently November 2006. As ethanol prices move in reaction to market trends and information, our income statement will be affected depending on the impact such market movements have on the value of our derivative instruments. Depending on energy market movements, crop prospects and weather, any price protection positions may cause short-term adverse effects but are expected to produce long-term positive growth for the Company.
     To manage our coal price risk, we entered into a Coal Purchase Agreement with our supplier to supply us with coal, fixing the price at which we purchase coal. The price of coal has risen substantially over the last several months and our strategy is to purchase coal based on our operating assumptions once the plant is operational..
ITEM 3. PROPERTIES
     The plant will be located just east of the city limits of Richardton, North Dakota, and just north and east of entrance/exit ramps to Highway I-94. The plant complex will be situated inside a footprint of approximately 25 acres of land which is part of an approximately 135 acre parcel which we acquired ownership of in 2004 and 2005. Included in the immediate campus area of the plant will be perimeter roads, buildings, tanks and equipment. A small administration building and parking area will be located 400 feet from the plant complex and will utilize an additional acre of land within the approximately 135 acre parcel. We believe that our plant complex and property will be sufficient for our operations in the foreseeable future.

44


Table of Contents

ITEM 4.
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
     As of the date of this Form 10, our holders of 5% of more of our membership units own membership units, based on 40,373,970 membership units outstanding, as follows:
                     
    Name and Address of   Amount and Nature    
Title of Class   Beneficial Owner   of Beneficial Owner   Percent of Class
 
Class A Membership Units  
Bachmeier Farms
    2,620,000 (1)     6.49 %
   
   3150 136 th Avenue NE
  Baldwin, ND 58521
               
Class A Membership Units  
Mark Erickson
   3516 Falcon Drive SE
    2,249,000 (2)     5.57 %
   
        Mandan, ND 58554
               
   
 
               
   
 
  Total: 4,869,000   Total 12.06%
 
(1)   Bachmeier Farms is a Partnership, whose partners have direct beneficial ownership of all of the membership units.
 
(2)   Mark Erickson has direct beneficial ownership of all of the membership units.
     As of the date of this Form 10, our governors and executive officers own membership units, based on 40,373,970 membership units outstanding, as follows:
                     
    Name of   Amount and Nature    
Title of Class   Beneficial Owner   of Beneficial Owner   Percent of Class
 
Class A Membership Units  
Ambrose Hoff
    270,000 (1)       *
Class A Membership Units  
William A. Price
    805,000 (2)     1.99 %
Class A Membership Units  
William DuToit
    160,000 (3)       *
Class A Membership Units  
Ron Aberle
    372,920 (4)       *
Class A Membership Units  
Mike Appert
    1,020,000 (5)     2.53 %
Class A Membership Units  
Jody Hoff
    742,850 (6)     1.84 %
Class A Membership Units  
Grant Hoovestol
    526,650 (7)     1.30 %
Class A Membership Units  
Troy Jangula
    500,000 (8)     1.24 %
Class A Membership Units  
Tim Gross
    440,000 (9)     1.09 %
Class A Membership Units  
William Cornatzer
    350,000 (10)       *
Class A Membership Units  
Kenny Meier
    310,000 (11)       *
Class A Membership Units  
Marlyn Richter
    160,000 (12)       *
Class A Membership Units  
Fred Braun
    97,056 (13)       *
Class A Membership Units  
Don Streifel
    95,000 (14)       *
Class A Membership Units  
Duane Zent
    57,000 (15)       *
All executive officers and governors as a group (15 persons)   Total: 5,906,476     Total: 14.63 %
 
*   Designates less than one percent ownership.
 
(1)   Includes 250,000 Units held jointly with Mr. Hoff’s spouse, 10,000 Units held beneficially in his IRA account and 10,000 Units held directly by Mr. Hoff’s spouse.
 
(2)   Includes 300,000 Units which Mr. Price owns jointly with his brother, 100,000 Units held jointly with his brother and mother, and 10,000 Units which Mr. Prices owns jointly with his spouse. Additionally, 395,000 Units are held by Missouri River Feeders LLP of which Mr. Price is a partner and the President.
 
(3)   Includes 100,000 Units which Mr. DuToit holds beneficially in his IRA account and 60,000 Units he holds jointly with his spouse.
 
(4)   Includes 160,000 Units held jointly with Mr. Aberle’s spouse and 12,920 held beneficially in Mr. Aberle’s IRA account. Additionally, 200,000 Units are held by Aberle Farms of which Mr. Aberle is a partner and of which he disclaims beneficial ownership.
 
(5)   Includes 300,000 Units owned directly, 300,000 Units which Mr. Appert owns jointly with his spouse and 100,000 units held directly by his son which Mr. Appert disclaims beneficial ownership. Additionally, 160,000 Units are held by Appert Acres, Inc., of which Mr. Appert is a partial owner and of which Mr. Appert disclaims beneficial ownership and 160,000 Units are held by Appert Farms, Inc., of which Mr. Appert is a partial owner and of which Mr. Appert disclaims beneficial ownership.
 
(6)   Includes 17,500 Units owned jointly with Mr. Hoff’s spouse, 14,000 held individually, 10,000 Units held jointly with Trent Schneider and 10,000 held beneficially in Mr. Hoff’s IRA account. Additionally, 691,350 Units are held by Richardton Investments, LLC, of which Mr. Hoff is a partial owner and of which Mr. Hoff disclaims beneficial ownership.
 
(7)   All 526,650 Units are held by March Madness, LLC, of which Mr. Hoovestol is an owner and a governor.
 
(8)   Includes 200,000 Units held individually, 150,000 Units which Mr. Jangula holds jointly with his spouse and 150,000 Units issued in the name of Four Star Farm Services Inc. of which Mr. Jangula is a partial owner and of which Mr. Jangula disclaims beneficial ownership.

45


Table of Contents

(9)   All 440,000 Units are held by Mr. Gross individually.
 
(10)   300,000 Units are held beneficially by Dr. Cornatzer in the William E. Cornatzer MD Target Benefit Plan and 50,000 Units are held jointly with his spouse.
 
(11)   270,000 Units are held jointly by Mr. Meier with his spouse, 20,000 Units are held jointly with his son and 20,000 Units are held jointly with his daughter.
 
(12)   Includes 15,000 Units held jointly with Mr. Richter’s spouse and 145,000 Units held by Richter Farms LLP of which Mr. Richter is a partner and of which Mr. Richter disclaims beneficial ownership.
 
(13)   63,000 Units are held jointly with Mr. Braun’s spouse, 17,000 are held individually and 17,056 are held by Mr. Braun’s wife in her IRA account, of which Mr. Braun disclaims beneficial ownership.
 
(14)   All Units are held jointly with Mr. Streifel’s spouse.
 
(15)   All Units are held jointly with Mr. Zent’s spouse.
ITEM 5. GOVERNORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
     Our Member Control Agreement provides that our Board of Governors is comprised of at least seven members. Currently our Board consists of 15 Governors. At our first Annual Meeting of Members after the plant is operational, our Board size will be reduced to seven Governors. At such time, we will adopt a staggered board of governors, where two governors shall serve for one year, two governors shall serve for two years, and three governors shall serve for three years. The successors for each group of governors shall be elected for a three-year term and at that point. Each governor position is designated as either Group I (serving one year), Group II (serving two years) and Group III (serving three years). None of our governors or executive officers has any experience working with financial accounting and preparation of reports under the Exchange Act.
Identification of Governors, Executive Officers and Significant Employees
     The following table shows the governors and executive officers of Red Trail Energy, LLC as of the date of this Form 10:
     
Governor   Office
Ambrose R. Hoff
  President and Governor
William A. Price
  Vice President and Governor
William N. DuToit
  Treasurer and Governor
Ron Aberle
  Secretary and Governor
Jody Hoff
  Governor
Mike Appert
  Governor
Jody Hoff
  Governor
Grant Hoovestol
  Governor
Troy Jangula
  Governor
Tim Gross
  Governor
William Cornatzer
  Governor
Kenny Meier
  Governor
Marlyn Richter
  Governor
Fred Braun
  Governor
Don Streifel
  Governor
Duane Zent
  Governor
Business Experience of Governors and Executive Officers
     The following is a brief description of the business experience and background of our executive officers and governors. Generally, our governors and executive officers have little experience in building, operating and managing an ethanol plant or in marketing, selling and distributing ethanol distillers grains. No company mentioned in these descriptions is publicly traded or required to file reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Ambrose R. Hoff, President, Governor , Age 55, 2461 81 st Ave. SW Hebron, North Dakota 58638

46


Table of Contents

     Mr. Hoff is the president of Stone Mill, Inc, a grain processing plant in Richardton, North Dakota. He is also currently the CEO of Amber Waves, Inc., a manufacturing facility in Richardton, North Dakota. Mr. Hoff is an active board member of the Richardton Development Company and served as president of the Richardton Business Association.
     Mr. Hoff has served as our President and as a Governor since our inception.
     Mr. Ambrose Hoff is the father of Mr. Jody Hoff.
William A. Price, Vice President, Governor , Age 43, 2273 River Road, Price, North Dakota, 58530.
     Since 1980, Mr. Price has been the managing partner of Price Cattle Ranch LLP, a cattle operation and the managing partner of Missouri River Feeders LLP, a feedlot and diversified farm, since 1997. He also serves as a governor of Quality Dairy Growers, LLC, a dairy operation and Sunnyside Properties, LLC, a custom feed plant. Mr. Price is a member of multiple associations, including the North Dakota Stockmen’s Association, the National Cattlemen’s Beef Association, the Great Bend Irrigation District, the North Dakota Farm Bureau and has served on the Missouri Slope Irrigation Board of Directors and served as Chairman of the North Dakota Feeder Council.
     Mr. Price has served as Vice President and as a Governor since our inception.
William N. DuToit, Treasurer, Governor , Age 64, 10775 Chokecherry Drive, Bismarck, North Dakota, 58503
     Mr. DuToit was the Branch President for Bremer Corporation of Saint Paul, Minnesota, a bank, from 1993 until 2004. Prior to Bremer Corporation of Saint Paul, Mr. DuToit was the Bank President of 64 MM Independent Bank.
     Mr. DuToit has served as Treasurer and as a Governor since our inception.
Ronald D. Aberle, Secretary, Governor , Age 43, 2300 158 th Street Northeast, Menoken, North Dakota, 58558
     Mr. Aberle is an owner and managing partner of a diversified farm and ranch, and most recently added an RV Campground to the enterprise. Mr. Aberle is a board member of the St. Hildegards Church.
     Mr. Aberle has served as a Governor since our inception and has served as Secretary since March 22, 2006.
Mike Appert, Governor , Age 37, 755 Highway 34, Hazelton, North Dakota, 58544
     Mr. Appert has been the owner and President of Appert Acres, Inc., a corn, soybean, sunflowers and small grains farming operation since 1991. In addition, Mr. Appert is the CFO of Appert Farms, Inc., a farming operation as well as operating a Mycogen Seeds Dealership. He also serves on several boards which include the South Central Grain as Secretary, the Hazelton Airport Authority as President, the Goose Lake Chapter Pheasants Forever as Treasurer and the Hazelton Lions Club.
     Mr. Appert served as Secretary until March 22, 2006 when he resigned his position to be appointed to our Audit Committee and has been a Governor since our inception.
Jody Hoff, Governor, Age 33, 8601 Highway 10 East, Richardton, North Dakota, 58652
     Mr. Hoff is a Mechanical Engineer, registered with the State of North Dakota and the State of Minnesota. Since 2002, he has been a partner, Vice President, Chief Engineer and Head of Operations of Amber Waves, Inc, a manufacturing company
     Mr. Hoff has served as a Governor since our inception and is a member of our Audit Committee.
     Mr. Jody Hoff is the son of Mr. Ambrose Hoff.
Grant Hoovestol, Governor , Age 45, 345 Cherry Court, West Fargo, North Dakota, 58078

47


Table of Contents

     Mr. Hoovestol is an owner and operator of Great Plains Tower Properties, a property rental company in addition to owning and operating Autotronics Unlimited and rental property in North Dakota.
     Mr. Hoovestol has served as a Governor since our inception.
Troy Jangula, Governor, Age 35, 702 Western Avenue, Hazelton, North Dakota, 58544
     Mr. Jangula is the owner and operator of Four Star Farm Service Inc. which is a custom farming and application business. In addition, he also operates a small grains and row crop farm in North Dakota.
     Mr. Jangula has served as a Governor since our inception.
Tim Gross, Governor , Age 49, 6331 26 th Ave Southeast, Kintyre, North Dakota, 58549
     Mr. Gross operates a small grains, corn and sunflowers farm. In addition to his farming background, Mr. Gross was the President of Gross Construction Company from 1978 to 2001.
     Mr. Gross has served as a Governor since our inception.
William E. Cornatzer, M.D., Governor , Age 50, 400 Restful Dr., Bismarck, North Dakota, 58503
     Dr. Cornatzer has been a practicing physician in Bismarck and Dickinson, North Dakota since 1985. In addition, he owns farms in Oliver County and Burleigh County, North Dakota.
     Dr. Cornatzer has served as a Governor since our inception.
Kenny Meier, Governor , Age 45, 3511 Highway Three, Steele, North Dakota, 58482
     Mr. Meier has been the owner and operator of Meier Farms since 1980 and is a heavy equipment machine operator. He is a board member of his church and serves on the North Dakota Soybean Council.
     Mr. Meier has served as a Governor since our inception.
Marlyn Richter, Governor , Age 46, 14251 76 th Avenue Southeast, Menoken, North Dakota, 58558
     Mr. Richter has been the third-generation owner, operator and General Manager of Richter Farms, LLP, a combination dairy, feedlot, ranching and farming enterprise since 1997. In addition, Mr. Richter is a supervisor of the Burleigh County Soil Conservation District and serves on the Telfer Township Board and Telfer/Boyd/Missouri Zoning Board.
Mr. Richter has served as a Governor since our inception .
Fred J. Braun, Governor , Age 55, P.O. Box 1, Richardton, North Dakota, 58652
     Mr. Braun was the Postmaster for the United States Postal Service from 1978 to 2005 and is currently the Chairman of the Richardton Volunteer Fire Department with a service record of eleven years with the fire department.
     Mr. Braun has served as a Governor since our inception and is a member of our Audit Committee.
Donald Streifel, Governor , Age 61, 1076 B Highway 83 Southwest, Washburn, North Dakota, 58577
     Mr. Streifel is a self-employed farmer, who has operated a small grains, wheat, corn, soybeans and pinto bean farm since 1977. He has also operated the Painted Woods Insurance Agency since 1984 and worked for the Farmers Home Administration as a County Supervisor, the NDSU Extension Service, the Bank of North Dakota and on numerous boards including the Rural Fire Department, the McLean County Crop Improvement District, and his School Board, Church Council and Park Board.

48


Table of Contents

     Mr. Streifel has served as a Governor since our inception.
Duane Zent, Governor , Age 47, 9077 50 th Street Southwest, Lefor, North Dakota, 58641
     Mr. Zent operates a small grain, corn and cow-calf operation near Lefor, North Dakota. In addition to farming, Mr. Zent serves on several boards including the Stark County Farm Bureau, the South West Grain Advisory Board, the Richardton Public School Board, and the Richardton Community Development.
     Mr. Zent has served as a Governor since our inception.
AUDIT COMMITTEE
     We established an audit committee consisting of three independent board members, Jody Hoff, Fred Braun and Mike Appert. We do not have a financial expert on our board or audit committees. We are not required to have an audit committee because we are not a listed issuer as defined in Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Significant Consultants
     We have entered into agreements with GreenWay Consulting, LLC (“GreenWay”) to manage our start-up and construction, as well as to provide management services once our plant is operational. Pursuant to the Development Services Agreement dated December 17, 2003, GreenWay manages our project development, plant construction and initial plant operations through startup, for a total price of $3,050,000. Pursuant to the Management Agreement dated December 17, 2003, upon commencement of operation of the plant, GreenWay will provide us with operations management, including a general manager and a plant manager, at our plant for $200,000 per year, plus reimbursement of these manager’s salaries and benefits, expected to exceed $100,000 per year. In addition, we are obligated to pay GreenWay 4% of our pre-tax income, once the plant is in compliance with the engineer’s performance standard, except for the reimbursement of the salary and benefits of the General Manager and Plant Manager, which will begin in June 2006. There is a five-year term for the Management Agreement.
ITEM 6. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
     Ambrose Hoff is out Chief Executive Officer and has not received any compensation since inception. We do not expect to compensate Mr. Hoff for his work.
     We do not have any compensation arrangements with our governors and executive officers.
ITEM 7. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
     Since our inception, we have engaged in transactions with related parties. Such transactions included the purchase of 3,600,000 membership units by our governors at inception for a total of $1,200,000 or .33 per unit. Some of these original governors have since resigned. Conflicts of interest may arise in the future as a result of the relationships between and among our members, executive officers, governors and their affiliates, although our executive officers and governors have fiduciary duties to us. We did not have a committee of independent governors or members or an otherwise disinterested body to consider these transactions or arrangements that could have resulted from conflicts of interest. We expect our Audit Committee to consider these transactions in the future. Our Member Control Agreement permits us to enter into agreements with governors, executive officers, members and their affiliates, provided that any such transactions are on terms no more favorable to the governors, executive officers, members or their affiliates than generally afforded to non-affiliated parties in a similar transaction. A majority of our governors who are disinterested in such a transaction must approve the transaction and, acting as fiduciaries, conclude that it is in our best interest.
     In September 2003, we granted our then project coordinator an option to purchase a total of 62,500 units from us as part of completion of his duties as Project Coordinator. In January 2006, he purchased these units at $.10 per unit, for total consideration of $6,250.00

49


Table of Contents

ITEM 8. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
     The Company is not subject to any material legal proceedings or claims.
ITEM 9. MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON THE REGISTRANT’S
COMMON EQUITY AND OTHER MEMBER MATTERS
Market Information
     There is no established trading market for our membership units. To maintain our partnership tax status, members may not trade their membership units on an established securities market or readily trade the membership units on a secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof). All transfers are subject to a determination that the transfer will not cause us to be deemed a publicly traded partnership.
     We have restricted the ability of our members to transfer their membership units in our Member Control Agreement. To help ensure that a secondary market does not develop, our Member Control Agreement prohibits transfers without the approval of our Board of Governors. The Board of Governors will not approve transfers unless they fall within “safe harbors” contained in the publicly traded partnership rules under the Internal Revenue Code and the related rules and regulations, as amended (the “Tax Code”), which include: (a) transfers by gift, (b) transfer upon death of a member, (c) transfers between certain family members, and (d) transfers that comply with the “qualifying matching service” requirements. Any transfers of membership units in violation of the publicly traded partnership rules or without the prior consent of the board will be invalid.
     Under the Tax Code, a matching service is qualified only if it meets a number of specified requirements, including a requirement that the service only displays quotes that do not commit any person to buy or sell an interest at the quoted price (non-firm price quotes) or quotes that express an interest in acquiring an interest without an accompanying price (nonbinding indications of interest) and does not display quotes at which any person is committed to buy or sell an interest at the quoted price (firm quotes). The Tax Code also imposes restrictions on the timing of entering into binding agreements for the sale of membership units and the closing of the sale of such units, and further requires that the sum of the percentage interests transferred during the entity’s tax year (excluding private transfers) cannot exceed 10% of the total interests in partnership capital or profits. We are currently examining whether to adopt such a matching service, but we have made no final decision.
     There are no outstanding warrants or options to purchase, or securities convertible into, our membership units. As of May 23, 2006, there are 40,373,970 membership units that are eligible for sale pursuant to Rule 144, however, our Board of Governors has adopted a policy to restrict the transfer of our membership units for twelve months beginning March 2006 and North Dakota has restricted transfer of the units sold in the North Dakota registered offering for nine months from the date of the last sale in North Dakota, which was March 2006. We have not agreed to register any membership units under the Securities Act for sale by members or that is being, or has been publicly proposed to be, publicly offered by us.
Holders
     As of December 31, 2005, there were approximately 736 unit holders of the Company’s membership units determined by an examination of the Company’s transfer book. As of May 23, 2006, there were 792 unit holders of the Company’s membership units determined by an examination of the Company’s transfer book.
Distributions
     As of December 31, 2005, we had not made any distributions and we do not anticipate doing so until the plant is operational and generating profit and is able to do so pursuant to the terms of our construction loan agreement.
     We will make a public announcement of any distribution to members which have been approved by our Board of Governors within the 60-day period prior to the commencement of the calendar trimester in which the record date for the distribution would occur. The calendar trimester commencement dates are December 1, April 1, and September 1, and the announcement by us would include both the future record date for the distribution and the amount per membership unit of such distribution.

50


Table of Contents

     Our senior lender, First National Bank of Omaha, N.A., (“First National Bank”) must approve any distributions as required under our loan agreements with First National Bank.
     Any distributions are payable at the discretion of our Board of Governors, subject to the provisions of the North Dakota Limited Liability Company Act, and our Member Control Agreement. The Board of Governors has no obligation to distribute profits, if any, to members, and there can be no assurance as to our ability to declare or pay distributions in the future. In addition, the terms of the permanent debt financing agreements we entered into with First National Bank place certain restrictions on our ability to makes distributions.
Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans
     We currently have no equity compensation plan. On September 2003 we issued an option to purchase 62,500 membership units to Frank Kirschenheiter in connection with his work as out project coordinator at $.10 per unit exercise price. On January 9, 2006, Mr. Kirschenheiter exercised the option in full and received 62,500 membership units. This plan was approved by the Board of Governors, but not by the members. There is no registration rights agreement related to these units and we do not intend to register them in the future.
Purchases of Equity Securities by Red Trail Energy
     None.
ITEM 10. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
     Between September 2003 and December 2003, we sold 1,200,000 Class A Membership Units to our seed capital investors at a price of $1.00 per unit and received aggregate proceeds of $1,200,000, including subscriptions paid in January 2004. During January 2004, we conducted a three for one unit split and issued an additional 2,400,000 Class A Membership Units to our seed capital investors. In 2004 and 2005, we sold 29,998,266 Class A Membership Units to 736 investors at a price of $1.00 per unit and received aggregate proceeds of $29,998,266. From January 2006 until we closed the North Dakota only offering on March 1, 2006, we raised an additional $6,719,458 from the sale of our Class A Membership Units to 56 investors at a price of $1.00 per unit. We claimed exemption from federal registration with respect to our Class A Membership Unit sales due to the application of Section 3(a)(11) of the Securities Act of 1933 (regarding intra-state offerings), and state registration due to application of North Dakota Century Code Chapter 10-04. On January 09, 2006, we received $6,250 from Frank Kirschenheiter when he exercised an option granted to him on August 1, 2003 in connection with his work done as a project coordinator and we issued to Mr. Kirschenheiter 62,500 Class A Membership Units. The issuance of the Units was based on a Rule 701 federal exemption from registration. Between our seed capital round, the North Dakota only offering and the option exercise, we sold 40,380,224 Class A Membership Units to 792 investors. The recipients of securities in each such transaction represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to unit certificates and instruments issued in such transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us. We used the proceeds from the sales of these securities to finance our start-up activities.
ITEM 11. DESCRIPTION OF REGISTRANT’S SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED
     We elected to organize as a limited liability company rather than a corporation because we wish to qualify for partnership tax treatment for federal and state income tax purposes with our earnings or losses passing through to our members and subject to taxation at the member level. As a unit holder and a member of the limited liability company, an investor will be entitled to certain economic rights, such as the right to the distributions that accompany the units and to certain other rights, such as the right to vote at our member meetings. In the event that an investor’s membership in the limited liability company later terminates, that investor may continue to own units and retain economic rights such as the right to the distributions. However, termination of the membership would result in the loss of other rights such as the right to vote at our member meetings. At formation we elected a period of perpetual duration.

51


Table of Contents

Membership Units
     Ownership rights in us are evidenced by units. There is one class of membership units in Red Trail Energy, LLC and that is Class A Membership Units. Each unit represents a pro rata ownership interest in our capital, profits, losses and distributions. Unit holders have the right to vote and participate in our management as provided in the Member Control Agreement. We maintain a membership register at our principal office setting forth the name, address, capital contribution and number of units held by each member.
Restrictive Legend on Membership Certificate
     We have placed and will continue to place restrictive legends on your membership certificate or any other document evidencing ownership of our units. The language of the legend will be similar to the following:
THE TRANSFERABILITY OF THE UNITS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS RESTRICTED. SUCH UNITS MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, OR TRANSFERRED, NOR WILL ANY ASSIGNEE, VENDEE, TRANSFEREE OR ENDORSEE THEREOF BE RECOGNIZED AS HAVING ACQUIRED ANY SUCH UNITS FOR ANY PURPOSES, UNLESS AND TO THE EXTENT SUCH SALE, TRANSFER, HYPOTHECATION OR ASSIGNMENT IS PERMITTED BY, AND IS COMPLETED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH, THE APPLICABLE STATE AND FEDERAL LAW AND THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN THE MEMBER CONTROL AGREEMENT.
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND UNDER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND UNDER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.
Voting Limitations
     Each member is entitled to one vote per unit owned. Members may vote units in person or by proxy at a meeting of the unit holders, on all matters coming before a member vote. Members have cumulative voting rights, which means they may vote all or a portion of the units for less than all of the Board of Governor’s candidates. As a result, members owning a minority of the outstanding membership units may be able to elect board members by voting all of the units for one governor candidate. Members do not have preemptive rights.
     Our Member Control Agreement provides that our Board of Governors is comprised of at least seven members. Currently our Board consists of 15 Governors. Our governors and members have the right to call a special meeting of the members for certain purposes, including electing governors. At our first Annual Meeting of Members after the plant is operational, our Board size will be reduced to seven Governors if it has not already been reduced to seven members. At such time, we will adopt a staggered board of governors, where two governors shall serve for one year, two governors shall serve for two years, and three governors shall serve for three years. The successors for each group of governors shall be elected for a three-year term and at that point, one-third of the total number of governors will be elected by the members each year. Each governor position is designated as either Group I (serving one year), Group II (serving two years) and Group III (serving three years).
Loss of Membership Rights
     Although we are managed by our governors, our Member Control Agreement provides that certain transactions, such as amending our Member Control Agreement or dissolving the company, require member approval. An investor in us is both a holder of units and a member of the limited liability company at the time of acceptance of the investment. Each member has the following rights:
    To receive a share of our profits and losses;
 
    To receive distributions of our assets, if and when declared by our governors;
 
    To participate in the distribution of our assets in the event we are dissolved or liquidated;
 
    To access information concerning our business and affairs at our place of business; and

52


Table of Contents

    To vote on matters coming before a vote of the members.
     If you transfer your units, and the transfer is permitted by the Member Control Agreement, or has been approved by the Board of Governors, then the transferee will be admitted as a substituted member of Red Trail Energy, LLC only if the transferee:
    Agrees to be bound by our Member Control Agreement;
 
    Provides Red Trail Energy, LLC with an opinion of counsel that the transfer will not violate any securities laws;
 
    Delivers, upon our request, any evidence of the authority such person or entity has to become a member of Red Trail Energy, LLC; and
 
    Delivers, upon our request, any other materials needed to complete transferee’s transfer.
     The Board of Governors, in its discretion, may prohibit the transferee from becoming a member if he or she does not comply with these requirements. The restrictive legend on our membership certificates and the language of our Member Control Agreement will alert subsequent transferees of our units as to the restrictions on transferability of our units and the events by which a member may lose membership rights.
Distributions
     Distributions are payable at the discretion of our Board of Governors, subject to the provisions of the North Dakota Limited Liability Company Act, our Member Control Agreement and the requirements of our creditors. Our board has no obligation to distribute profits, if any, to members. We have not declared or paid any distributions on our units.
     Unit holders are entitled to receive distributions of cash or property if and when a distribution is declared by our governors. Distributions will be made to investors in proportion to the number of units investors own as compared to all of our units that are then issued and outstanding. Our governors have the sole authority to authorize distributions based on available cash (after payment of expenses and resources), however, we will attempt to distribute an amount approximating the additional federal and state income tax attributable to investors as a result of profits allocated to investors.
     We do not expect to generate revenues until the proposed plant is operational. After operations of the proposed plant begin, subject to any loan covenants or restrictions with our senior and subordinated lenders, we anticipate distributing a portion of our net cash flow to our members in proportion to the units held and in accordance with our Member Control Agreement. By net cash flow, we mean our gross cash proceeds received less any portion, as determined by our Board of Governors in their sole discretion, used to pay or establish reserves for our expenses, debt payments, capital improvements, replacements and contingencies. Our board may elect to retain future profits to provide operational financing for the plant, debt retirement and possible plant expansion.
     We do not know the amount of cash that we will generate, if any, once we begin operations. At the start, we will generate no revenues and do not expect to generate any operating revenue until the proposed plant is operating fully. Cash distributions are not assured, and we may never be in a position to make distributions. Whether we will be able to generate sufficient cash flow from our business to make distributions to members will depend on numerous factors, including:
    Successful and timely completion of construction since we will not generate any revenue until our plant is constructed and operational;
 
    Required principal and interest payments on any debt and compliance with applicable loan covenants which will reduce the amount of cash available for distributions;
 
    Our ability to operate our plant at full capacity, which directly impacts our revenues;

53


Table of Contents

    Adjustments and amounts of cash set aside for reserves and unforeseen expenses; and
 
    State and federal regulations and subsidies, and support for ethanol generally, which can impact our profitability and the cash available for distributions.
Capital Accounts and Contributions
     The purchase price paid for our units constitutes a capital contribution for purposes of becoming a unit holder and will be credited to your capital account. As a unit holder, your capital account will be increased according to your share of our profits and other applicable items of income or gain specially allocated to you pursuant to the special allocation rules described below. In addition, we will increase your capital account for the amount of any of our liabilities that are assumed by you or are secured by any property which we distribute to you. We will decrease your capital account for your share of our losses and other applicable items of expenses or losses specially allocated to you pursuant to the special allocation rules described below. We will also decrease your capital account in an amount equal to the value of any property we distribute to you. In addition, we will decrease your capital account for the amount of any of your liabilities that are assumed by us or are secured by property you have contributed to us. In the event you transfer your units and we have approved such transfer, then your capital account, to the extent it relates to the units transferred, will be transferred to the transferee. Our Member Control Agreement does not require you to make additional capital contributions to us. Interest will not accrue on your capital contributions, and you have no right to withdraw or be repaid your capital contributions made to us.
     No member is liable, based solely on their ownership of our membership units, for capital calls or assessment or for liabilities of the Company.
Allocation of Profits and Losses
     Except as otherwise provided in the special allocation rules described below, profits and losses that we recognize will be allocated to you in proportion to the number of units you hold. Our profits and losses will be determined by our governors on either a daily, monthly, quarterly or other basis permitted under the Internal Revenue Code, as amended, and corresponding Treasury Regulations.
Special Allocation Rules
     The amount of profits and losses that we allocate to you is subject to a number of exceptions referred to as special allocations. These include special allocations required by the Internal Revenue Code, as amended, and Treasury Regulations aimed at highly leveraged limited liability companies that allocate taxable losses in excess of a unit holder’s actual capital contributions. Our Member Control Agreement also requires that our Board of Governors make offsetting special allocations in any manner they deem appropriate and that, after such offsetting allocations are made, each unit holder’s capital account balance is equal to the capital account balance that such unit holder would have had if special allocations required by the Internal Revenue Code, as amended, and Treasury Regulations were not made to such unit holder’s capital account.
Restrictions on Transfers of Units
     The units will be subject to certain restrictions on transfers pursuant to our Member Control Agreement. In addition, transfers of the units are restricted by federal and state securities laws. The state of North Dakota has placed substantial restrictions on the transfer of our membership units for nine months following the date of the closing of the North Dakota offering which took place on March 1, 2006. The Board of Governors has also adopted a policy to restrict the transfer of our membership units for 12 months from March 1, 2006.
     We have restricted the ability to transfer units to ensure that Red Trail Energy, LLC is not deemed a “publicly traded partnership” and thus taxed as a corporation. Under our Member Control Agreement, no transfer may occur without the approval of the Board of Governors. The Board of Governors will only permit transfers that fall within “safe harbors” contained in the publicly traded partnership rules under the Internal Revenue Code, as amended, to include the following:
    Transfers by gift;
 
    Transfers upon the death of a member;
 
    Transfers between certain family members; and

54


Table of Contents

    Transfers that comply with the “qualifying matching service” requirements, if any is established.
     Any transfer in violation of the publicly traded partnership requirements or our Member Control Agreement will be null and void. Furthermore, there is no public or other market for these securities. We do not anticipate such a market will develop.
     The units are unsecured equity interests in Red Trail Energy, LLC and are subordinate in right of payment to all of our current and future debt. In the event of our insolvency, liquidation, dissolution or other winding up of our affairs, all of our debts, including winding-up expenses, must be paid in full before any payment is made to the unit holders. There is no assurance that there would be any remaining funds for distribution to the unit holders, after the payment of all of our debts.
ITEM 12. INDEMNIFICATION OF GOVERNORS AND MANAGERS
     Under North Dakota law, no governor or manager will be liable for any of the Company’s debts, obligations or liabilities merely because he or she is a governor or manager. In addition, our Operating Agreement contains an indemnification provision which requires us to indemnify any governor or manager to the extent required or permitted by North Dakota Statutes, Section 10-32-99, as amended from time to time, or as required or permitted by other provisions of law. We have obtained directors and executive officers liability and company coverage for the period April 1, 2006 to April 1, 2007 of $3,000,000 in the aggregate with a $25,000 deductible for an annual premium of $10,000.
ITEM 13. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
     See “Item 15. Financial Statements and Exhibits.”
ITEM 14. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH
ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
     Boulay, Heutmaker, Zibell & Co., P.L.L.P. is the Company’s independent auditor at the present time. The Company has had no disagreements with the reports issued by their auditors.
ITEM 15. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS

55


Table of Contents

RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC
C O N T E N T S
         
    Page  
    1  
 
       
Financial Statements
       
 
       
    2  
 
       
    3  
 
       
    4  
 
       
    5  
 
       
    6-17  

 


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors
Red Trail Energy, LLC
Richardton, North Dakota
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Red Trail Energy, LLC (a development stage company), as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related statements of operations, changes in members’ equity, and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 and for the period from inception (July 16, 2003) to December 31, 2005. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Red Trail Energy, LLC, (a development stage company) as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 and for the period from inception (July 16, 2003) to December 31, 2005, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
Certified Public Accountants
Minneapolis, Minnesota
April 25, 2006

1


Table of Contents

RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC
(A Development Stage Company)
Balance Sheet
                 
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2005     2004  
 
ASSETS
               
 
               
Current Assets
               
Cash and equivalents
               
Unrestricted
  $ 19,043,811     $ 136,347  
Cash held in escrow
          15,712,436  
Prepaid expenses
    25,345        
 
           
Total current assets
    19,069,156       15,848,783  
 
               
Property and Equipment
               
Land
    300,602       300,602  
Construction in progress
    16,647,583       164,168  
 
           
Total property and equipment
    16,948,185       464,770  
 
           
 
               
Other Assets
               
Debt issuance costs
    955,238        
Deferred offering costs
          103,962  
 
           
Total other assets
    955,238       103,962  
 
           
 
               
Total Assets
  $ 36,972,579     $ 16,417,515  
 
           
 
               
LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY
               
 
               
Current Liabilities
               
Accounts payable
  $ 7,971,436     $ 153,184  
Accrued expenses
    9,497       1,548  
Unit subscriptions held in escrow
          15,712,436  
Interest rate swap
    277,952        
 
           
Total current liabilities
    8,258,885       15,867,168  
 
               
Members’ Equity
    28,713,694       550,347  
 
           
 
               
Total Liabilities and Members’ Equity
  $ 36,972,579     $ 16,417,515  
 
           
Notes to Financial Statements are an integral part of this Statement.

2


Table of Contents

RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC
(A Development Stage Company)
Statement of Operations
                                 
                            From Inception  
    Year Ended     Year Ended     Period Ended     July 16, 2003  
    December 31,     December 31,     December 31,     to December 31,  
    2005     2004     2003     2005  
 
Revenues
  $     $     $     $  
 
                               
Operating Expenses
    2,087,808       433,345       420,137       2,941,290  
 
                       
 
                               
Operating Loss
    (2,087,808 )     (433,345 )     (420,137 )     (2,941,290 )
 
                               
Other Income (Expense)
                               
Grant income
    50,000       100,000             150,000  
Interest expense
    (277,952 )                 (277,952 )
Interest income
    588,156       47,004             635,160  
 
                       
Total other income, net
    360,204       147,004             507,208  
 
                       
 
                               
Net Loss
  $ (1,727,604 )   $ (286,341 )   $ (420,137 )   $ (2,434,082 )
 
                       
 
                               
Weighted Average Units Outstanding
    24,393,980       3,591,180       1,335,690       11,615,730  
 
                       
 
                               
Net Loss Per Unit
  $ (0.07 )   $ (0.08 )   $ (0.31 )   $ (0.21 )
 
                       
Notes to Financial Statements are an integral part of this Statement.

3


Table of Contents

RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC
(A Development Stage Company)
Statement of Changes in Members’ Equity
                                                 
                                            Total  
    Member     Additional     Units     Unearned     Accumulated     Members’  
    Contributions     Paid in Capital     Subscribed     Compensation     Deficit     Equity  
 
Balance — Inception, July 16, 2003
  $     $     $     $     $     $  
 
                                               
Capital contributions - 3,600,000 units, $0.33 per unit, September 2003 - December 2003, adjusted for 3 for 1 split in January 2004
    1,200,000               (33,550 )                     1,166,450  
 
                                               
Unit options issued - 62,500 units, $0.10 Per unit, September 2003
            56,825               (56,825 )              
 
                                               
Amortization of unearned compensation
                            20,313               20,313  
 
                                               
Net loss
                                    (420,137 )     (420,137 )
 
                                   
 
                                               
Balance — December 31, 2003
    1,200,000       56,825       (33,550 )     (36,512 )     (420,137 )     766,626  
 
                                               
Collection of subscribed units
                    33,550                       33,550  
 
                                               
Amortization of unearned compensation
                            36,512               36,512  
 
                                               
Net loss
                                    (286,341 )     (286,341 )
 
                                   
 
                                               
Balance — December 31, 2004
    1,200,000       56,825                   (706,478 )     550,347  
 
                                               
Capital contributions - 25,983,452 units, $1.00 per unit, April 6
    25,983,452                                       25,983,452  
 
                                               
Capital contributions - 1,389,303 units, $1.00 per unit, April 6 - June 30
    1,389,303                                       1,389,303  
 
                                               
Capital contributions - 2,080,555 units, $1.00 per unit, July 1 - September 30
    2,080,555                                       2,080,555  
 
                                               
Capital contributions - 544,956 units, $1.00 per unit, Oct 1 - Dec 31
    544,956                                       544,956  
 
                                               
Costs related to capital contributions
    (107,315 )                                     (107,315 )
 
                                               
Net loss
                                    (1,727,604 )     (1,727,604 )
 
                                   
 
                                               
Balance — December 31, 2005
  $ 31,090,951     $ 56,825     $     $     $ (2,434,082 )   $ 28,713,694  
 
                                   
Notes to Financial Statements are an integral part of this Statement.

4


Table of Contents

RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC
(A Development Stage Company)
Statement of Cash Flows
                                 
                            From Inception  
    Year Ended     Year Ended     Period Ended     July 16, 2003  
    December 31,     December 31,     December 31,     to December 31,  
    2005     2004     2003     2005  
     
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
                               
Net loss
  $ (1,727,604 )   $ (286,341 )   $ (420,137 )   $ (2,434,082 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                               
Amortization of unearned compensation
          36,512       20,313       56,825  
Market adjustment of interest rate swap
    277,952                       277,952  
Changes in assets and liabilities Prepaid expenses
    (25,345 )                 (25,345 )
Accounts payable
    1,409,068       (37,715 )     57,229       1,428,582  
Accrued expenses
    7,949       (1,369 )     2,917       9,497  
 
                       
Net cash used in operating activities
    (57,980 )     (288,913 )     (339,678 )     (686,571 )
 
                       
 
                               
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
                               
Capital expenditures
    (10,558,969 )     (313,821 )     (17,279 )     (10,890,069 )
 
                       
Net cash used in investing activities
    (10,558,969 )     (313,821 )     (17,279 )     (10,890,069 )
 
                       
 
                               
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
                               
Payments for deferred offering costs
    (3,353 )     (103,962 )           (107,315 )
Payments for debt issuance costs
    (470,500 )                 (470,500 )
Proceeds from unit subscriptions held in escrow
    10,271,016       15,712,436             25,983,452  
Member contributions
    4,014,814       33,550       1,166,450       5,214,814  
     
Net cash provided by financing activities
    13,811,977       15,642,024       1,166,450       30,620,451  
     
 
                               
Net Increase in Cash and Equivalents
    3,195,028       15,039,290       809,493       19,043,811  
 
                               
Cash and Equivalents – Beginning of Period
    15,848,783       809,493              
 
                       
 
                               
Cash and Equivalents – End of Period
  $ 19,043,811     $ 15,848,783     $ 809,493     $ 19,043,811  
 
                       
 
                               
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES
                               
 
                               
Debt issuance costs included in accounts payable
  $ 484,738     $     $     $ 484,738  
 
                       
 
                               
Capital expenditures included in accounts payable
  $ 5,924,446     $ 133,670     $     $ 5,924,446  
 
                       
 
                               
Unit subscriptions held in escrow converted to member contributions
  $ 25,983,452     $     $     $ 27,227,754  
 
                       
 
                               
Member unit subscriptions
  $     $     $ 33,550     $ 33,550  
 
                       
 
                               
Issuance of restricted units
  $     $     $ 56,825     $ 56,825  
 
                       
Notes to Financial Statements are an integral part of this Statement.

5


Table of Contents

RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC
(A Development Stage Company)
Notes to Financial Statements
December 31, 2005 and 2004
and for the years and periods ending
December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Nature of Business
Red Trail Energy, LLC, (a North Dakota Limited Liability Company) was organized to pool investors to build a 50 million gallon annual production ethanol plant near Richardton, North Dakota. Construction began in 2005 with an anticipated completion date of November 2006. As of December 31, 2005, the Company is in the development stage with its efforts being principally devoted to organizational activities and plant construction.
Fiscal Reporting Period
The Company adopted a fiscal year ending December 31 for reporting financial operations.
Accounting Estimates
Management uses estimates and assumptions in preparing these financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Those estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, and the reported revenues and expenses. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Cash and Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments purchased with a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The carrying value of cash and equivalents approximates the fair value.
The Company maintains its accounts at primarily three financial institutions. At times throughout the year, the Company’s cash and equivalents balances may exceed amounts insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. At December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Company’s deposits exceeded insurance coverage by approximately $18.9 million and $15.7 million, respectively.
The Company had cash held in escrows of approximately $15.7 million and an offsetting liability for subscriptions held in escrow at December 31, 2004. These funds were released from escrow once the Company met their minimum equity drive which occurred in April 2005.

6


Table of Contents

RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC
(A Development Stage Company)
Notes to Financial Statements
December 31, 2005 and 2004
and for the years and periods ending
December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment is stated at the lower of cost or estimated fair value. Assets that are still undergoing development and have not been placed into service are shown on the Company’s balance sheet as construction in progress and are not depreciated. Once assets are placed in service, depreciation is provided over their estimated useful lives by use of the straight-line method. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred; major improvements and betterments are capitalized.
The Company had incurred substantial consulting, permitting, and other pre-construction services related to building its plant facilities. Due to the substantial uncertainties regarding the Company’s ability to proceed with the ultimate facility construction until the Company had raised debt and equity financing, prior to 2005, the Company expensed these pre-construction costs as incurred.
Debt Issuance Costs
Debt issuance costs will be amortized over the term of the related debt by use of the effective interest method. Amortization will begin when the Company begins drawing on the related bank loan.
Deferred Offering Costs
The Company defers the costs incurred to raise equity financing until that financing occurs. At such time that the issuance of new equity occurs, these costs will be netted against the proceeds received; or if the financing does not occur, they will be expensed.
Grants
The Company recognizes grant proceeds as other income for reimbursement of expenses incurred upon complying with the conditions of the grant. For reimbursements of capital expenditures, the grants are recognized as a reduction of the basis of the asset upon complying with the conditions of the grant.
Grant income received for incremental expenses that otherwise would not have been incurred is netted against the related expenses.
Income Taxes
The Company is treated as a partnership for federal and state income tax purposes and generally does not incur income taxes. Instead, its earnings and losses are included in the income tax returns of the members. Therefore, no provision or liability for federal or state income taxes has been included in these financial statements.

7


Table of Contents

RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC
(A Development Stage Company)
Notes to Financial Statements
December 31, 2005 and 2004
and for the years and periods ending
December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
Organizational and Start Up Costs
The Company expenses all organizational and start up costs as incurred.
Derivative Instruments
The Company has derivative instruments in the form of interest rate swaps in an agreement associated with bank financing. Market value adjustments and net settlements related to these agreements are charged to interest expense.
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company accounts for stock-based compensation utilizing the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123. Under SFAS No. 123, stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the value of the award and is recognized as expense over the vesting period. Total compensation cost recognized in income for stock-based compensation awards was approximately $0, $36,500 and $20,300 for the years ending December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 respectively.
In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued SFAS No. 123R, “Share-Based Payment.” SFAS No 123R is a revision of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” Among other items, SFAS 123R requires companies to recognize the cost of employee services received in exchange for awards of equity instruments, based on the grant date fair value of those awards, in the financial statements. The effective date of SFAS 123R is the first interim or annual reporting period beginning after December 15, 2005, although early adoption is allowed. SFAS 123R permits companies to adopt its requirements using either a “modified prospective” method. Under the “modified prospective” method, compensation cost is recognized in the financial statements beginning with the effective date, based on the requirements of SFAS 123R for all share-based payments granted after that date, and based on the requirements of SFAS 123 for all unvested awards granted prior to the effective date of SFAS 123R. Under the “modified retrospective” method, the requirements are the same as under the “modified prospective” method, but also permits entities to restate financial statements of previous periods based on pro-forma disclosures made in accordance with SFAS 123.
The Company currently utilizes a standard option pricing model, such as Black-Scholes, to measure the fair value of stock options granted to employees. The following assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of the options outstanding: Dividend yield and expected volatility of 0%, risk free rate of 2%, and expected lives of 3 years.
While SFAS 123R permits entities to continue to use such a model, the standard also permits the use of a “lattice” model. The Company will be required to adopt SFAS 123R during its interim reporting

8


Table of Contents

RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC
(A Development Stage Company)
Notes to Financial Statements
December 31, 2005 and 2004
and for the years and periods ending
December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
period beginning January 1, 2006. The Company does not believe that the adoption of SFAS 123R will have a significant effect on its operations or financial position.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
Management has reviewed recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting pronouncements and does not expect the implementation of these pronouncements to have a significant effect on the Company’s financial statements.
2. DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE
The Company was formed on July 16, 2003 to have a perpetual life. The Company was initially capitalized by conducting a private placement with its founding members who were also its first governors. The founding members contributed $1,200,000 ($1.00 per unit) of seed capital in exchange for 1,200,000 Class A membership units. During January 2004, the Company approved a 3 for 1 split on these founding member units, effectively issuing 3,600,000 Class A membership units for approximately $.0.33 per unit. All references in the financial statements and notes to the number of shares outstanding, per shares amounts of the Company’s common shares reflect the effect of the stock split for all periods presented. The proceeds from this offering were used to pay for organizational, permitting, and other development costs.
Income and losses are allocated to all members based upon their respective percentage units held. Only one class of membership units is outstanding or authorized. See Note 5 for further discussion of members’ equity and rights of holders of membership units.
3. CONSTRUCTION IN PROGRESS
Amounts included in construction in progress as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 are as follows:
                 
    2005     2004  
Construction costs
  $ 15,516,973     $ 163,668  
Rail infastructure and development
    1,026,124       500  
Water wells
    4,678        
Other costs
    99,808        
 
           
 
  $ 16,647,583     $ 164,168  
 
           

9


Table of Contents

RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC
(A Development Stage Company)
Notes to Financial Statements
December 31, 2005 and 2004
and for the years and periods ending
December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
4. BANK FINANCING
In December 2005, the Company entered into a Credit Agreement with a bank providing for a total credit facility of approximately $59,712,000 for the purpose of funding the construction of the plant. The construction loan agreement provides for the Company to maintain certain financial ratios and meet certain non-financial covenants. The loan agreement is secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company and includes the terms as described below.

10


Table of Contents

RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC
(A Development Stage Company)
Notes to Financial Statements
December 31, 2005 and 2004
and for the years and periods ending
December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
Construction Loan
The Credit Agreement provides for a construction loan for up to an amount of approximately $55,212,000 with a loan termination date of April 16, 2007. Interest is to be charged at a rate of 3.4% over LIBOR, which totaled 7.77% at December 31, 2005. The agreement calls for interest only payments to be made every three months beginning March 2006 through the loan termination date.
At the loan termination date, all principal and unpaid interest will be paid out through three term notes each with specific interest rates and payment terms as described in the construction loan agreement.
The first of the three notes is a Fixed Rate Note in the amount of approximately $27,606,000 with interest payments made on a quarterly basis and charged at fixed rate of 3.0% over LIBOR on the date of the construction loan termination date. Principal payments are to be made quarterly according to repayment terms of the construction loan agreement, generally beginning at approximately $470,000 and increasing to $653,000 per quarter, from April 2007 to October 2011, with a final principal payment of approximately 17,000,000 at January 2012.
The second term note is referred to as the Variable Rate Note and is in the amount of approximately $17,606,000. Interest will be charged at a variable rate of 3.4% over the three-month LIBOR rate.
The third term note, the Long-Term Revolving Note, in the amount of approximately $10,000,000, will be charged interest at a variable rate of 3.4% over the one-month LIBOR rate. The agreement calls for payments of approximately $1,005,000 to be made each quarter with amounts allocated to the term notes in the following manner: 1) to accrued interest on the Long-Term Revolving Note, 2) to accrued interest on the Variable Rate Note, and 3) to the principal balance on the Variable Rate Note.
All unpaid amounts on the three term notes are due and payable in April 2012. There were no outstanding borrowings on the construction loan at December 31, 2005.
Revolving Line of Credit
The Company entered into a $3,500,000 line of credit agreement with their bank, subject to certain borrowing base limitations, through December 2006. Interest is payable quarterly and charged on all borrowings at a rate of 3.4% over LIBOR, which totaled 7.77% at December 31, 2005. There were no outstanding borrowings at December 31, 2005.

11


Table of Contents

RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC
(A Development Stage Company)
Notes to Financial Statements
December 31, 2005 and 2004
and for the years and periods ending
December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
Interest Rate Swap Agreement
The Credit Agreement provides for the Company to enter into interest rate swap contracts for up to approximately $2.8 million. In December 2006, the Company entered into an interest rate swap transaction that effectively fixes the interest rate at 8.08% on approximately 27.6 million of any outstanding principal of the Fixed Rate Note. The interest rate swap was not designated as either a cash flow or fair value hedge. For the year ended December 31, 2005, there were no net settlements, and market value adjustments increased interest expense by approximately $278,000.
Letters of Credit
The Credit Agreement provides for up to $1,000,000 in letters of credit with the bank. All letters of credit are due and payable at the loan termination date in April 2007. The agreement provides for the Company to pay a quarterly commitment fee of 2.25% of all outstanding letters of credit. At December 31, 2005, there were no outstanding letters of credit.
Subordinated Debt
As part of the Credit Agreement, the Company entered into three separate subordinated debt agreements totaling approximately $5,525,000. Interest is charged at a rate of 2.0% over the Variable Rate Note interest rate and is due and payable subject to approval by the Senior Lender, the bank. Interest is compounding quarterly with any unpaid interest converted to principal. Amounts will be due and payable in full in April 2012. There were no amounts outstanding at December 31, 2005 as subordinated debt agreements are not in effect until amounts withdrawn on construction loan.
5. MEMBERS’ EQUITY
The Company prepared and filed a Registration Statement with the State of North Dakota, during fiscal 2004. The Offering was for up to 40,000,000 Class A membership units available for sale at $1.00 per unit. The minimum purchase requirement was 10,000 units for a minimum investment of $10,000. Thereafter, additional units were available for purchase in 1 unit increments for sale at $1.00 per unit. The Company has one class of membership units with each unit representing a pro rata ownership interest in the Company’s capital, profits, losses, and distributions. Investments were held in escrow through April 6, 2005, at which point the Company had raised the minimum required $25,000,000 in cash proceeds and obtained an executed debt financing commitment letter from a bank.
As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Company had sold 29,998,266 and 15,712,536 Class A membership units and received aggregate offering proceeds of $29,998,266 and $15,712,536, respectively. Subsequent to year end, on March 1, 2006, the Company closed its offering with a total of 36,714,724 Class A membership units sold, and aggregate offering proceeds of $36,714,724. The Company paid approximately $107,000 in costs of offering its membership units, which was offset against the equity raised once the minimum required cash proceeds were received.

12


Table of Contents

RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC
(A Development Stage Company)
Notes to Financial Statements
December 31, 2005 and 2004
and for the years and periods ending
December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
In August 2003, the Company granted an independent contractor an option to purchase up to 62,500 Class A membership units at $0.10 per unit. The options vest at the completion of the duties as specified by the project coordinator agreement. At December 31, 2005 and 2004 there were 62,500 options outstanding, with weighted average values of approximately $0.91 per unit. In addition, the options exercisable at December 31, 2005 and 2004, were 62,500 and 0, respectively, with weighted average fair values of $0.91 and $0.00 per unit. Subsequent to December 31, 2005, these options were exercised for a purchase of the full 62,500 units for aggregate proceeds of $6,250.
6. GRANTS
The Company has been awarded two grants. It has been awarded an Ag Products Utilization Council grant in the amount of $150,000 to be used for general business expenses, including legal and accounting. All proceeds from this grant were received in 2005 and 2004.
The Company also applied for a grant from the ND Lignite Council in the amount of $350,000. This grant has provisions for a portion of the proceeds to be repaid over a period of 10 years at $22,000 per year. The Company has not utilized this grant and no proceeds have been received from it as of May 18, 2006.
7. INCOME TAXES
The differences between financial statement basis and tax basis of assets are as follows:
                 
    2005     2004  
Financial statement basis of assets
  $ 36,972,579     $ 16,417,515  
Plus: organization and start-up costs
    2,941,290       868,431  
 
           
 
               
Income tax basis of assets
  $ 39,913,869     $ 17,285,946  
 
           

13


Table of Contents

RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC
(A Development Stage Company)
Notes to Financial Statements
December 31, 2005 and 2004
and for the years and periods ending
December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
The differences between the financial statement basis and tax basis of liabilities are as follows:
                 
    2005     2004  
Financial statement basis of liabilities
  $ 8,258,885     $ 15,867,168  
Less: Interest rate swap
    (277,952 )      
 
           
 
               
Income tax basis of liabilities
  $ 7,980,933     $ 15,867,168  
 
           
8. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Design Build Contract
The total cost of the project, including the construction of the ethanol plant and start-up expenses, is expected to approximate $99,000,000. The Company signed a Design-Build Agreement with Fagen, Inc. in September 2005, to design and build the ethanol plant at a total contract price of approximately $76,000,000.
Land Contracts
In March 2004, the Company purchased approximately 42 acres of land from Burlington Northern Santa Fe railroad to construct rail trackage intended to serve the new ethanol plant facility. The purchase price totaled approximately $16,000.
In November 2003, the Company entered into an option with an unrelated third party to purchase approximately 60 acres of land located near Richardton, ND. This option was entered into to enable the Company to seek a developer to construct an ethanol fuel plant on this site. The Company paid a non-refundable option deposit of $9,000. In November 2004, the Company exercised the option and purchased approximately 68 acres for approximately $210,000, less the amount of the non-refundable deposit.
In November 2003, the Company entered into a contract with an unrelated third party to have the option to purchase approximately 25 acres of land adjacent to the aforementioned 68 acres for purposes of constructing the ethanol fuel plant. The Company paid a non-refundable option deposit of approximately $4,000. In November 2004, the Company exercised the option to purchase the property for approximately $76,000, less the amount of the non-refundable deposit.

14


Table of Contents

RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC
(A Development Stage Company)
Notes to Financial Statements
December 31, 2005 and 2004
and for the years and periods ending
December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
Consulting Contracts
In August 2003, the Company entered into a contract with an individual to provide project coordination services for approximately $70,000 per year in connection with the construction of the Company’s plant. Either party may terminate this agreement upon default or thirty dates written notice. In 2005, this individual became a member of the Company through the purchase of units during 2005 and as a result of exercising options received under this consulting agreement in January 2006. Total costs paid to this member totaled $70,000, $70,000 and $29,000 for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
In December 2003, the Company entered into a contract with a consulting firm to provide project coordination and development services in connection with the design, construction and initial operation of the Company’s plant for $3,050,000. Either party upon a default of the other may terminate this agreement.
In December 2003, the Company entered into a contract with a consulting firm to provide management services related to the Company’s plant. For these services, the Company will pay the consultant $200,000 per year, reimburse the consultant for the salary and benefits of a General manager and Plant manager, as well as pay 4% of the Company’s pre-tax net income, once the plant is in compliance with the engineer’s performance standard, except for the reimbursement of the salary and benefits of the General Manager and Plant Manager, which will begin in June 2006. Either party may terminate this agreement upon a default of the other after thirty days written notice.
Utility Agreements
The Company entered into a contract with West Plains Electric Cooperative, Inc. dated August 2005, for the provision of electric power and energy to the Company’s plant site. The agreement is effective for five (5) years from August 2005, and thereafter for additional three (3) year terms until terminated by either party giving to the other six (6) months’ notice in writing. The agreement calls for a facility charge of $400 per month and an energy charge of $0.038 per kWh for the first 400,000 kWh and $0.028 per kWh thereafter. In addition, there is an $8.00 per kW monthly demand charge based on the highest recorded fifteen minute demand.
Marketing Agreements
The Company entered into a Distillers Grain Marketing Agreement with Commodity Specialist Company (CSC) in March 2004, for the sale and purchase of distillers dried grains with solubles. The contract is an all output contract with a term of one (1) year from start-up of production of the plant and continuing thereafter until terminated by either party after ninety (90) days notice. CSC receives a 2% fee based on the sales price per ton sold with a minimum fee of $1.35 per ton and a maximum fee of $2.15 per ton.

15


Table of Contents

RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC
(A Development Stage Company)
Notes to Financial Statements
December 31, 2005 and 2004
and for the years and periods ending
December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
The Company entered into an Ethanol Fuel Marketing Agreement in August 2005, with Renewable Products Marketing Group, LLC (RPMG), which makes RPMG the Company’s sole marketing representative for the Company’s entire ethanol product. The Agreement is a best good faith efforts agreement. The term of the Agreement is twelve (12) months from the first day of the month that the Company initially ships ethanol to RPMG, and at the termination of the initial twelve (12) month term, the Agreement provides that the parties “shall be at liberty to negotiate an extension of the contract”. The Company will pay RPMG $0.01 per gallon for each gallon of ethanol sold by RPMG.
Coal Purchase Contract
The Company entered into a contract in March 2004, with General Industries, Inc. d/b/a Center Coal Company (CCC) for the purchase of lignite coal. The term of the contract is for ten (10) years from the commencement date agreed upon by the parties. The Company will pay CCC $17.35 per ton of coal delivered beginning in 2005 plus/minus a fuel adjustment amount for delivery costs. The price per ton of coal delivered increases each year by approximately $0.05 per ton. The fuel adjustment is based on the market price of fuel. The Company did not purchase any coal from CCC during 2005.
Grain Origination Contract
The Company entered into a grain origination contract with New Vision Coop (NVC) in April 2004, for grain origination and related services. The term of the contract is three (3) years from its start date, unless extended through an amendment. However, either party may cancel the contract by providing sixty (60) days’ written notice to the other party. The Company shall pay NVC a development fee of $25,000, upon completion of construction. Thereafter, the fee will be $0.005 per bushel for all grain delivered by rail, with no fee for grain transported by truck. Corn procurement costs may be minimized through the use of corn futures, call options and put options. The Company will pay NVC an incentive fee of 10% for profits earned through the use of these financial instruments.
Rail Track Design
The Company entered into a railroad construction agreement with R & R Contracting, Inc. in November 2005. The agreement includes the engineering, site excavation, materials and track construction. The track is expected to be completed by September 1, 2006. The total costs of the rail track will be approximately $2,800,000. At December 31, 2005, the Company had made payments of approximately $570,000.

16


Table of Contents

RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC
(A Development Stage Company)
Notes to Financial Statements
December 31, 2005 and 2004
and for the years and periods ending
December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
9. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
In February 2006, the Company entered into a Risk Management Agreement for Grain Procurement and Byproduct Marketing with John Stewart & Associates (JSA). JSA will provide services in connection with grain hedging, pricing and purchasing. The Company will pay $2,500 per month for these services beginning no sooner than ninety days preceding plant startup. In addition, JSA will serve as clearing broker for the Company and charge a fee of $15.00 per contract plus clearing and exchange fees.
In March 2006, the Company entered into a ten year contract with Southwest Water Authority to purchase raw water. The contract includes a renewal option for successive periods not to exceed ten years. Additionally, the contract requires the Company to make an $80,000 prepayment to be held in escrow for a minimum of three years after which $40,000 may be applied toward their water bill. The base rate for raw water shall be $0.72 per each one thousand gallons of water. The base rate may be adjusted annually by the State Water Commission.

17


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
          Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
         
  RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC
 
 
Date: June 6, 2006  By:   /s/ Ambrose Hoff    
    Ambrose Hoff, President   
       

 


Table of Contents

         
EXHIBIT INDEX
     
Exhibit
No.
  Document
3.1
  Articles of Organization as filed with the North Dakota Secretary of State on July 16, 2003
 
   
3.2
  Operating Agreement of Red Trail Energy, LLC
 
   
4.1
  Membership Unit Certificate Specimen
 
   
4.2
  Member Control Agreement of Red Trail Energy, LLC
 
   
10.1
  The Burlington Northern and Santa Fe Railway Company Lease of Land for Construction/Rehabilitation of Track made as of May 12, 2003 by and between The Burlington Northern and Santa Fe Railway Company and Red Trail Energy, LLC
 
   
10.2
  Management Agreement made and entered into as of December 17, 2003 by and between Red Trail Energy, LLC and GreenWay Consulting, LLC
 
   
10.3
  Development Services Agreement entered into as of December 17, 2003 by and between Red Trail Energy, LLC and GreenWay Consulting, LLC
 
   
10.4
  The Burlington Northern and Santa Fe Railway Company Real Estate Purchase and Sale Agreement with Red Trail Energy, LLC dated January 14, 2004
 
   
10.5
  Distiller’s Grain Marketing Agreement entered into effective as of March 1, 2004 by Red Trail Energy, LLC and Commodity Specialist Company
 
   
10.6
  Contract for Purchase of Coal made and entered into the 9 th day of March, 2004 by and between Red Trail Energy, LLC and General Industries, Inc., d/b/a Center Coal Company
 
   
10.7
  Grain Origination Contract effective April 1, 2004 between Red Trail Energy, LLC and New Vision Coop
 
   
10.8
  Warranty Deed made as of January 13, 2005 between Victor Tormaschy and Lucille Tormaschy, Husband and Wife, as Grantors and Red Trail Energy as Grantee
 
   
10.9
  Warranty Deed made as of July 11, 2005 between Neal C. Messer and Bonnie M. Messer, Husband and Wife, as Grantors and Red Trail Energy as Grantee
 
   
10.10
  Agreement for Electric Service made the 18 th day of August, 2005 by and between West Plains Electric Cooperative, Inc. and Red Trail Energy, LLC
 
   
10.11
  Ethanol Fuel Marketing Agreement entered into the 18 th day of August, 2005 by and between Renewable Products Marketing Group, L.L.C. and Red Trail Energy, LLC
 
   
*10.12
  Lump Sum Design-Build Agreement between Red Trail Energy, LLC and Fagen, Inc. dated August 29, 2005
 
   
10.13
  Railroad Construction, Design, & Repair Contract made as of November 7, 2005 by and between R & R Contracting, Inc. and Red Trail Energy, LLC
 
   
10.14
  Construction Loan Agreement dated as of the 16 th day of December by and between Red Trail Energy and First National Bank of Omaha
 
   
10.15
  Construction Note for $55,211,740.00 dated December 16, 2005 between Red Trail Energy, LLC as Borrower and First National Bank of Omaha as Bank
 
   
10.16
  Revolving Promissory Notes for $3,500,000.00 dated December 16, 2005 between Red Trail Energy, LLC as Borrower and First National Bank of Omaha as Bank
 
   
10.17
  Promissory Note and Continuing Letter of Credit Agreement to First National Bank from Red Trail Energy, LLC signed December 16, 2005
 
   
10.18
  International Swap Dealers Association, Inc. Master Agreement dated as of December 16, 2005 signed by First National Bank of Omaha and Red Trail Energy, LLC

 


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit
No.
  Document
10.19
  Security Agreement and Deposit Account Control Agreement made December 16, 2005 by and among First National Bank of Omaha, Red Trail Energy, LLC and Bank of North Dakota
 
   
10.20
  Security Agreement given as of December 16, 2005 by Red Trail Energy, LLC to First National Bank of Omaha
 
   
10.21
  Control Agreement Regarding Security Interest in Investment Property made as of December 16, 2005 by and between First National Bank of Omaha, Red Trail Energy, LLC and First National Capital Markets, Inc.
 
   
10.22
  Loan Agreement between GreenWay Consulting, LLC and Red Trail Energy, LLC dated February 28, 2006
 
   
10.23
  Promissory Note for $1,525,000.00 dated February 28, 2006 given by Red Trail Energy, LLC to Greenway Consulting, LLC
 
   
10.24
  Loan Agreement between ICM Inc. and Red Trail Energy, LLC dated February 28, 2006
 
   
10.25
  Promissory Note for $3,000,000.00 dated February 28, 2006 given by Red Trail Energy to ICM Inc.
 
   
10.26
  Loan Agreement between Fagen, Inc. and Red Trail Energy, LLC dated February 28, 2006
 
   
10.27
  Promissory Note for $1,000,000.00 dated February 28, 2006 given by Red Trail Energy, LLC to Fagen, Inc.
 
   
10.28
  Southwest Pipeline Project Raw Water Service Contract executed by Red Trail Energy, LLC on March 8, 2006, by the Secretary of the North Dakota State Water Commission on March 31, 2006 and by the Chairman of the Southwest Water Authority on April 3, 2006
 
*   Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to certain portions of this exhibit. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Exhibit 3.1

RECEIVED

JUL 16 2003

SEC. OF STATE

ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

OF

RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC

The undersigned organizers, being natural persons 18 years of age or older, in order to form a limited liability company under North Dakota Statutes, Chapter 10-32, hereby adopt the following Articles of Organization:

ARTICLE I.

The name of this Company is Red Trail Energy, LLC.

ARTICLE II.

The principal place of business, the principal executive office, and the registered office of the company is located at 3754 Highway 85, Richardton, ND 58652. The name of the registered agent at that office is Ambrose Hoff.

ARTICLE III.

The names and addresses of the organizers of this Company are as follows:

    Name           Address
    ----           -------
Gary Goetz     4374 Highway 85
               Richardton, ND 58652

Ambrose Hoff   3754 Highway 85
               Richardton, ND 58652

Fred Braun     P.O. Box 1
               Richardton, ND 58652

ARTICLE IV.

Unless dissolved earlier according to law, this Company shall exist for a
period of perpetual duration.

NORTH DAKOTA
Filed 7-16-2003

Alvin A. Jaegen [SEAL] Secretary of State

1

ARTICLE V.

Upon the occurrence of an event under Subsection 1 of Section 10-32-109, NDCC, that terminates the continued membership of a member in the Company and providing that the Company is left with at least two remaining members or a new member is admitted as provided in Section 10-32-06, NDCC, the remaining members shall have the power to avoid dissolution by giving dissolution avoidance consent.

ARTICLE VI.

The members of the Company shall have the power to enter into a business continuation agreement.

ARTICLE VII.

Members of this Company shall have cumulative voting rights.

ARTICLE VIII.

The names of the first governors of this company are as follows:

Gary Goetz Ambrose Hoff Fred Braun Bill Dutoit Harold Frederick Jody Hoff Duane Zent Charlie Reisenauer John Gengler Tom Voegele Frank Kirschenheiter

ARTICLE IX.

Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the Board of Governors of this Company not needing approval by the members, may be taken by written action signed by the number of governors that would be required to take such action at a meeting of the Board of Governors at which all governors are present.

2

ARTICLE X.

No governor of this Company shall be personally liable to the Company or its members for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty by such governor as a governor; provided, however, that this Article shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a governor to the extent provided by applicable law (i) for any breach of the governor's duty of loyalty to the Company or its members, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under the North Dakota statutes, (iv) for any transaction from which the governor derived an improper personal benefit or (v) for any act or omission occurring prior to the effective date of this Article. No amendment to or repeal of this Article shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any governor of the Company for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such governor occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, We have hereunto set our hands this 15TH day of July, 2003.

/s/ Gary Goetz
----------------------------------------
Gary Goetz


/s/ Ambrose Hoff
----------------------------------------
Ambrose Hoff


/s/ Fred Braun
----------------------------------------
Fred Braun

3

RECEIVED

JUL 16 2003

SEC. OF STATE

STATEMENT OF CONSENT TO SERVE AS REGISTERED AGENT

To the Secretary of State
State of North Dakota File No. 19,464,900 State Capitol Building
Bismarck, ND 58505

I, Ambrose Hoff, hereby accept the appointment to serve in the capacity of registered agent for the LLC known as Red Trail Energy, LLC.

Dated this 15 day of July, 2003.

/s/ Ambrose Hoff
----------------------------------------
Ambrose Hoff

This filing is pursuant to Section 10-19.1-15, Section 10-22-06 and Section 10-22-08, NDCC.

Filing Date: 7-16-03
BY: NS
Receipt No. ______________


[SEAL]

STATE OF NORTH DAKOTA
Office of Secretary of State

I hereby certify that this is a true and correct copy, consisting of 4 pages as taken from the original on file in this office. Originality of this certification can be determined by the color red.

DATED: 9-9-05                           /s/ Alvin A. Jaeger
                                        ----------------------------------------
BY:                                     Alvin A. Jaeger
    -------------------------           SECRETARY OF STATE


Exhibit 3.2

OPERATING AGREEMENT

OF

RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC

MEMBERS

1.1. Place of Meetings. Each meeting of the members shall be held at the principal executive office of the Company or at such other place as may be designated by the Board of Governors or the President; provided, however, that any meeting called by or at the demand of a member or members shall be held in the county where the principal executive office of the Company is located.

1.2 Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the members may be held on an annual or other more frequent basis as determined by the Board of Governors; provided, however, that if a regular meeting has not been held during the immediately preceding fifteen (15) months, a member or members owning five percent (5%) or more of the voting power of all membership interests entitled to vote, may demand a regular meeting of members by written demand given to the President or Treasurer of the Company. At each regular meeting the members entitled to vote shall elect qualified successors for governors who serve for an indefinite term or whose terms have expired or are due to expire within six months after the date of the meeting and may transact any other business, provided, however, that no business with respect to which special notice is required by law shall be transacted unless such notice shall have been given.

1.3 Special Meetings. A special meeting of the members may be called for any purpose or purposes at any time by the President, by the Board of Governors or any two or more governors, or by one or more members owning not less than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all membership interests of the Company entitled to vote, who shall demand such special meeting by written notice given to the President of the Company specifying the purposes of such meeting.

1.4 Meeting Held Upon Member Demand. Within thirty (30) days after receipt of a demand by the President from any member or members entitled to call a meeting of the members, it shall be the duty of the Board of Governors of the Company to cause a special or regular meeting of members, as the case may be, to be duly called and held on notice no later than ninety (90) days after receipt of such demand. If the Board fails to cause such a meeting to be

Page 1 of 10

called and held as required by the Section, the member or members making the demand may call the meeting by giving notice as provided in Section 1.6 hereof at the expense of the Company.

1.5 Adjournments. Any meeting of the members may be adjourned from time to time to another date, time and place. If any meeting of the members is so adjourned, no notice as to such adjourned meeting need be given if the date, time and place at which the meeting will be reconvened are announced at the time of adjournment.

1.6 Notice of Meetings. Unless otherwise required by law, written notice of each meeting of the members, stating the date, time and place and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes, shall be given at least ten (10) days and not more than fifty (50) days prior to the meeting to every owner of membership interests entitled to vote at such meeting except as specified in
Section 1.5 or as otherwise permitted by law. The business transacted at a special meeting of members is limited to the purposes stated in the notice of the meeting.

1.7 Waiver of Notice. A member may waive notice of the date, time, place and purpose or purposes of a meeting of members. A waiver of notice by a member entitled to notice is effective whether given before, or after the meeting, and whether given in writing, orally, or by attendance. Attendance by a member at a meeting is a waiver of notice of that meeting, unless the member objects at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened, or objects before a vote on an item of business because the item may not lawfully be considered at that meeting and does not participate in the consideration of the item at that meeting.

1.8 Voting Rights. A member shall have voting power in proportion to the member's voting interest, as provided in a member control agreement. Except as otherwise required by law, an owner of a membership interest entitled to vote may vote any portion of the membership interest in any way the member chooses. If a member votes without designating the proportion of the membership interest voted in a particular way, the member is deemed to have voted all of the membership interest in that way.

1.9 Proxies. A member may cast or authorize the casting of a vote by filing a written appointment of a proxy with a manager of the Company at or before the meeting at which the appointment is to be effective. The member may sign or authorize the written appointment by telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission setting forth or submitted with information sufficient to determine that the member authorized such transmission. Any

Page 2 of 10

copy, facsimile, telecommunication or other reproduction of the original of either the writing or transmission may be used in lieu of the original provided that it is a complete and legible reproduction of the entire original.

1.10 Quorum. The owners of a majority of the voting power of the membership interests entitled to vote at a meeting of the members are a quorum for the transaction of business, unless a larger or smaller proportion is provided in the Articles of Organization of the Company or a member control agreement. If a quorum is present when a duly called or held meeting is convened, the members present may continue to transact business until adjournment, even though the withdrawal of members originally present leaves less than the proportion otherwise required for a quorum.

1.11 Acts of Members. Except as otherwise required by law or specified in the Articles of Organization of the Company or a member control agreement, the members shall take action by the affirmative vote of the owners of the greater of (a) a majority of the voting power of the membership interests present and entitled to vote on that item of business or (b) a majority of the voting power that would constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at a duly held meeting of members.

1.12 Action Without a Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the members of the Company may be taken without a meeting by written action signed by all of the members entitled to vote on that action. Any action, if the Articles of Organization or a member control agreement so provide, may be taken by written action signed by the members who own voting power equal to the voting power that would be required to take the same action at a meeting of the members at which all members were required members, unless a different effective time is provided in the written action. When written action is permitted to be taken by less than all members, all members shall be notified immediately of its text and effective date.

GOVERNORS

2.1 Number; Qualifications. Except as authorized by the members pursuant to a member control agreement or unanimous affirmative vote, the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of one or more governors. Governors shall be natural persons. The members at each regular meeting shall determine the number of governors to constitute the Board, provided that thereafter the authorized

Page 3 of 10

number of governors may be increased by the members or the Board and decreased by the members. Governors need not be members.

2.2 Term. Each governor shall serve for an indefinite term that expires at the next regular meeting of the members. A governor shall hold office until a successor is elected and has qualified or until the earlier death, resignation, removal or disqualification of the governor.

2.3 Vacancies. Vacancies on the Board of Governors resulting from the death, resignation, removal or disqualification of a governor may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining governors, even though less than a quorum. Vacancies on the Board resulting from newly-created governorships may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the governors serving at the time such governorships are created. Each person elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office until a qualified successor is elected by the members at the next regular meeting or at any special meeting duly called for that purpose.

2.4 Place of Meetings. Each meeting of the Board of Governors shall be held at the principal executive office of the Company or at such other place as may be designated from time to time by a majority of the governors or by the President. A meeting may be held by conference among the governors using any means of communication through which the governors may simultaneously hear each other during the conference.

2.5 Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Governors for the election of managers and the transaction of any other business shall be held without notice at the place of and immediately after each regular meeting of the members.

2.6 Special Meetings. A special meeting of the Board of Governors may be called for any purpose or purposes at any time by any governor by giving not less than ten (10) days notice to all governors of the date, time and place of the meeting. The notice need not state the purpose of the meeting.

2.7 Waiver of Notice; Previously Scheduled Meetings.

Subdivision 1. A governor of the Company may waive notice of the date, time, and place of a meeting of the Board. A waiver of notice by a governor entitled to notice is effective whether given before, at, or after the meeting, and whether given in writing, orally or by attendance. Attendance by a governor at a meeting is a waiver of notice of that meeting, unless the governor objects at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction

Page 4 of 10

of business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened and thereafter does not participate in the meeting.

Subdivision 2. If the day or date, time, and place of a Board meeting have been provided herein or announced at a previous meeting of the Board, no notice is required. Notice of an adjourned meeting need not be given other than by announcement at the meeting at which adjournment is taken of the date, time and place at which the meeting will be reconvened.

2.8 Quorum. A majority of the governors currently holding office shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of the governors present may adjourn a meeting from time to time without further notice until a quorum is present. If a quorum is present when a duly called or held meeting is convened, the governors present may continue to transact business until adjournment, even though the withdrawal of a number of the governors originally present leaves less than the proportion or number otherwise required for a quorum.

2.9 Acts of Board. Except as otherwise required by law or specified in the Articles of Organization of the Company or a member control agreement, the Board shall take action by the affirmative vote of a majority of the governors present at a duly held meeting.

2.10 Participation by Electronic Communications. A governor may participate in a Board meeting by any means of communication through which the governor, other governors so participating and all governors physically present at the meeting may simultaneously hear each other during the meeting. A governor so participating shall be deemed present in person at the meeting.

2.11 Absent Governors. A governor of the Company may give advance written consent or opposition to a proposal to be acted on at a Board meeting. If the governor is not present at the meeting, consent or opposition to a proposal does not constitute presence for purposes of determining the existence of a quorum, but consent or opposition shall be counted as a vote in favor of or against the proposal and shall be entered in the minutes or other record of action at the meeting, if the proposal acted on at the meeting is substantially the same or has substantially the same effect as the proposal to which the governor has consented or objected.

2.12 Action Without a Meeting. An action required or permitted to be taken at a Board meeting may be taken without a meeting by written action signed by all of the governors. Any

Page 5 of 10

action, other than an action requiring member approval, if the Articles of Organization or a member control agreement so provide, may be taken by written action signed by the number of governors that would be required to take the same action at a meeting of the Board at which all governors were present. The written action is effective when signed by the required number of governors, unless a different effective time is provided in the written action. When written action is permitted to be taken by less than all governors, all governors shall be notified immediately of its text and effective date.

2.13 Compensation. The Board may fix the compensation, if any, of governors.

MANAGERS

3.1 Number and Designation. The Company shall have one or more natural persons exercising the functions of the position of President and Secretary/Treasurer. The Board of Governors may elect or appoint such other managers or agents as it deems necessary for the operation and management of the Company, with such powers, rights, duties and responsibilities as may be determined by the Board, each of whom shall have the powers, rights, duties and responsibilities set forth in this Operating Agreement unless otherwise determined by the Board. Any of the positions or functions of those positions may be held by the same person.

3.2 President. Unless provided otherwise by a resolution adopted by the Board of Governors or in a member control agreement, the President (a) shall have general active management of the business of the Company; (b) shall, when present, preside at all meetings of the members of the Board; (c) shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board are carried into effect; (d) may maintain records of and certify proceedings of the Board and members; and (e) shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board.

3.3 Treasurer. Unless provided otherwise by a resolution adopted by the Board of Governors or in a member control agreement, the Treasurer (a) shall keep accurate financial records for the Company; (b) shall deposit all monies, drafts and checks in the name of and to the credit of the Company in such banks and depositories as the Board shall designate from time to time; (c) shall endorse for deposit all notes, checks and drafts received by the Company as ordered by the Board, making proper vouchers therefor (d) shall disburse Company funds and issue checks and drafts in the name of the Company, as ordered by the Board; (e)

Page 6 of 10

shall render to the President and the Board, whenever requested, an account of all of such manager's transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Company; and (f) shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board or the President from time to time.

3.4 Vice Presidents. Any one or more Vice Presidents, if any, may be designated by the Board of Governors as Vice President. During the absence or disability of the President, it shall be the duty of the Vice President to perform the duties of the President.

3.5 Secretary. The Secretary, unless otherwise determined by the Board of Governors, shall attend all meetings of the members and all meetings of the Board, shall record or cause to be recorded, all proceedings thereof in a book to be kept for that purpose, and may certify such proceedings. Except as otherwise required or permitted by law or this Operating Agreement, the Secretary shall give or cause to be given notice of all meetings of the members and all meetings of the Board.

3.6 Authority and Duties. In addition to the foregoing authority and duties, all managers of the Company shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the Company as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Governors. Unless prohibited by a resolution approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the governors present, a manager elected or appointed by the Board may, without the approval of the Board, delegate some or all of the duties and powers of a position to other persons.

3.7 Term.

Subdivision 1. All managers of the Company shall hold office until their respective successors are chosen and have qualified or until their earlier death, resignation or removal.

Subdivision 2. A manager may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Company. The resignation is effective without acceptance when the notice is given to the Company, unless a later effective date is specified in the notice.

Subdivision 3. A manager may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by a resolution approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the governors present at a duly held Board meeting, subject to the provisions of any member control agreement.

Subdivision 4. A vacancy in a position because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or other cause may, or in

Page 7 of 10

the case of a vacancy in the position of President or Treasurer shall be billed for the unexpired portion of the term by the Board.

3.8 Salaries. The salaries of all managers of the Company shall be fixed by the Board of Governors or by the President if authorized by the Board.

INDEMNIFICATION

4.1 Indemnification. The Company shall indemnify its managers and governors for such expenses and liabilities, in such manner, unless such circumstances, and to such extent, as require or permitted by North Dakota Statute, Section 10-32-99, as amended from time to time, or as required or permitted by other provisions of law.

4.2 Insurance. The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person in such person's official capacity against any liability asserted against and incurred by such person in or arising from that capacity, whether or not the Company would otherwise be required to indemnify the person against the liability.

MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS

5.1 Statement of Membership Interest. At the request of any member, the Company shall state in writing, the particular membership interest owned by that member as of the moment the Company makes the statement. The statement must describe the member's rights to vote, to share in profits and losses, and to share in distributions, as well as any assignment or the member's rights then in effect.

5.2 Declaration of Distributions. The Board of Governors shall have the authority to declare distributions upon the membership interests of the Company to the extent permitted by law.

5.3 Transfer of Membership Interests. Membership interests in the Company may be transferred only to the extent permitted by law and subject to any member control agreement.

MISCELLANEOUS

6.1 Execution of Instruments.

Subdivision 1. All deeds, mortgages, bonds, checks, contracts and other instruments pertaining to the business and affairs of the Company shall be signed on behalf of the Company by

Page 8 of 10

the President or the Secretary/Treasurer as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Governors.

Subdivision 2. If a document must be executed by persons holding different positions or functions and one person holds such positions or exercises such functions, that person may execute the document in more than one capacity if the document indicates each such capacity.

6.2 Advances. The Company may, without a vote of the governors, advance money to its governors, managers or employees to cover expenses that can reasonably be anticipated to be incurred by them in the performance of their duties and for which they would be entitled to reimbursement in the absence of an advance.

6.3 Company Seal. The Company will be a no seal company.

6.4 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Company shall be determined by the Board of Governors.

6.5 Construction. This Operating Agreement is subject to the terms of any member control agreement from time to time in effect and to the extent inconsistent, the member control agreement shall be controlling.

6.6 Amendments. The Board of Governors shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the Operating Agreement of the Company, subject to the power of the members to change or repeal the same, provided, however, that the Board shall not adopt, amend or repeal any Section fixing a quorum for meetings of members, prescribing procedures for removing governors or filling vacancies in the Board, or fixing the number of governors or their classifications, qualifications, or terms of office, but may adopt or amend a Section that increases the number of governors.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Agreement on the 10th day of September, 2003.

/s/ William N. DuToit
----------------------------------------


/s/ Duane Zent
----------------------------------------


/s/ Mark Erickson
----------------------------------------

Page 9 of 10

/s/ Fred Braun
----------------------------------------


/s/ Fred J. Berger
----------------------------------------


/s/ Mike Appert
----------------------------------------


/s/ Troy Jangula
----------------------------------------


/s/ Ambrose R. Hoff
----------------------------------------


/s/ William A. Price
----------------------------------------


/s/ Jody Hoff
----------------------------------------

Page 10 of 10

Exhibit 4.1

ORGANIZED UNDER THE LAWS OF

                                 [EAGLE PICTURE]

                                  NORTH DAKOTA

NUMBER                                                          MEMBERSHIP UNITS

______                                                              ________

RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC

a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of North Dakota

THIS CERTIFIES THAT Specimen is/are the owner(s) of _______________________ units (_____________) of the membership units of Red Trail Energy, LLC. Changes in the actual membership units held by the members are reflected in the Member Control Agreement of the company. The memberships units represented by this certificate may not be transferred or assigned except in compliance with the Member Control Agreement of the company, a copy of which is available at the principal office of the company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said LLC has caused this certificate to be signed by its duly authorized officers.
this _____________ day of _____________ A.D. 20__.

SIG. BY: AMBROSE HOFF                   SIG. BY: WILLIAM N. DUTOIT
-------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------
Ambrose R. Hoff, President              William DuToit, Treasurer

                                     (LOGO)


The transferability of the units represented by this certificate is restricted. Such units may not be sold, assigned, or transferred, nor will any assignee, vendee, transferee, or endorsee thereof be recognized as having acquired any such units for any purposes, unless and to the extent such sale, transfer, hypothication or assignment is permitted by, and is completed in strict accordance with, the applicable state and federal law and the terms and conditions set forth in the member control agreement.

The securities represented by this certificate may not be sold, offered for sale, or transferred in the absence of an effective registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and under applicable state securities laws, or an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the company that such transaction is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and under applicable state securities laws.

For Value Received, __________________ hereby sell, assign and transfer unto


___________________ units or percent represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint __________________________________________________ Attorney to transfer the said units or percent on the books of the within named Limited Liability Company with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated ________________________, 20__.

In presence of



Exhibit 4.2

MEMBER CONTROL AGREEMENT

OF

RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC

THIS MEMBER CONTROL AGREEMENT is made as of the 24th day of September 2003, by and among each of the undersigned:

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, the undersigned constitute all of the current members of Red Trail Energy, LLC, a North Dakota limited liability company; and

WHEREAS, Section 10-32-50 of the North Dakota limited liability company act authorizes a "member control agreement" as defined therein; and

WHEREAS, each of the undersigned wishes to enter into such an agreement; and

NOW, THEREFORE, each of the undersigned agrees as follows:

ARTICLE I.
DEFINITIONS

1.1 Definitions. The terms defined in this Article I (except as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or unless the context otherwise requires) shall, for all purposes of this Agreement, have the following respective meanings:

"ACT" means the North Dakota limited liability company act contained in North Dakota Statutes, Chapter 10-32.

"AGREEMENT" means this Member Control Agreement as hereafter amended from time to time, including any schedules to the Agreement.

"BOARD" or "BOARD OF GOVERNORS" means the board of governors of the Company.

"CAPITAL ACCOUNT" means the account of a Member which is maintained in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.11 hereof.

1

"CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and any successor thereto. Any reference herein to specific sections of the Code shall be deemed to include a reference to any corresponding provisions of future law.

"COMPANY" means Red Trail Energy, LLC, a North Dakota limited liability company.

"DISTRIBUTION" means a distribution to the Members of cash or other assets of the Company, made from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

"FINANCIAL RIGHTS" means a Member's rights to share in net income and net losses and distributions with respect to a membership interest in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and the power to assign financial rights.

"GOVERNANCE RIGHTS" means all of a Member's rights as a Member in the Company other than such Member's financial rights.

"GOVERNOR" means a natural person serving on the Board of Governors.

"MANAGER" means a person elected, appointed, or otherwise designated as a manager by the Board of Governors, and any other person considered elected as a manager pursuant to the Act.

"MEMBER" means a person reflected in the required records of the Company as the owner of governance rights of a membership interest of the Company.

"MEMBERSHIP INTEREST" means a Member's interest in the Company consisting of the number of units each member has divided by the total units held by all members.

"NET INCOME" and "NET LOSS" mean the profits and losses of the Company, as the case may be, as determined for federal income tax purposes as of the close of each of the fiscal years of the Company.

"VOTING INTEREST" as to any Member means the "voting interest" reflected in
Section 3.1 hereafter for such Member.

2

ARTICLE II.
FIRST GOVERNORS

2.1 First Governors. The first Governors of the Company shall be the following, who are hereby elected to hold office until their successors are elected and qualified pursuant to the Operating Agreement of the Company: ______
_______________________________________________________________________________.

ARTICLE III.
FOUNDERS' CONTRIBUTIONS AND
PURCHASE OF MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS BY INVESTORS

3.1 Contribution of Founders. The "Founders" contemporaneously herewith have each purchased membership units or made initial contributions as set forth in Schedule A hereto.

3.2 Purchase of Membership Interests by Intrastate Investors. The parties acknowledge that the Company plans to sell Membership Interests to interested North Dakota investors who enter into a Subscription Agreement with such rights, obligations, and preferences as the Board of Governors shall establish for such Membership Interests. The parties understand that upon the sale of Membership Interests to investors, their respective Membership Interests shall be diluted.

The names of the Members and their respective contributions and the agreed value thereof are as follows:

                              Voting
          Member             Interest
          ------             --------
as per subscription Report     ___%
__________________________     ___%
__________________________     ___%
__________________________     ___%
__________________________     ___%
__________________________     ___%
__________________________     ___%
__________________________     ___%

3

                              Voting
          Member             Interest
          ------             --------
__________________________     ___%
__________________________     ___%
__________________________     ___%
__________________________     ___%
__________________________     ___%
__________________________     ___%
__________________________     ___%

Other than as set forth in Section 3.11, no additional contributions shall be accepted or membership interests granted by the Board without the consent of 100% of the outstanding voting interests. Upon such consent and the issuance of additional membership interests, Section 3.1 shall be appropriately amended.

3.3 Terms of Membership Interests. The Company will have one class of Membership Interests as set forth below:

Class A member - Class to be owned by the Founders of the Company and outside investors in the Company with such rights with respect to voting and sharing in profits of the Company as determined by the Board of Governors from time to time. All Membership Interests of the Company shall have the rights provided by law, subject to any statement in this Agreement of the specific rights or terms of such Membership Interests.

3.4 Democracy Rights.

A. Meetings. Meetings of the Company may be called by the Governors and request, either in person or by certified mail, stating the purpose(s) of the meeting, the Governors and Managers shall provide all Members within ten days after receipt of said request, written notice, either in person or by mail, of a meeting and the purpose of such meeting to be held on a date not less than fifteen nor more than, sixty days after distribution of such notice, at a time and place specified in the request, or if none is specified, at a time and place convenient to Members.

4

B. Voting Rights of Members.

1. The Company agreement must provide that a majority of the then outstanding Company Interests may, without the necessity for concurrence by the Governors and Managers, vote to:

(a) amend the Company agreement;

(b) dissolve the Company;

(c) remove the Governors and Managers and elect a new Governors and Managers;

(d) Approve or disapprove the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, when such sale is to be made other than in the ordinary course of the Company's business;

2. Without concurrence of a majority of the outstanding Company Interests, the Governors and Managers may not:

(a) amend the Company agreement except for amendments which do not adversely affect the rights of Members;

(b) voluntarily withdraw as a Governors and Managers unless such withdrawal would not affect the tax status of the Company and would not materially adversely affect the Members;

(c) appoint a new Governor or Manager;

(d) sell all or substantially all of the Company's assets other than in the ordinary course of the Company's business; or

(e) cause the merger or other reorganization of the Company.

3. With respect to any Company interests owned by the Governors and Managers, the Governors and Managers may not vote or consent on matters submitted to the Members regarding the removal of the Governors and Managers or regarding any transaction between the Company and the Governors and Managers or in determining the existence of the requisite membership interest of Company interests necessary to approve a matter on which the Governors or Managers may not vote or consent, any Company interest owned by the Governors or Managers shall not be included.

5

3.5 Allocation of Net Income and Net Losses. Net income and net losses shall be allocated annually among the Members in proportion to their membership interests.

3.6 Operating Distributions. Any distributions authorized by the Board other than liquidating distributions pursuant to Section 3.5 shall be distributed among the Members based on their membership interests, provided, however, that the Board shall annually distribute cash to the members based on their membership interests in an amount equal to the estimated member tax liability, to the extent such a distribution is legally permitted.

3.7 Liquidating Distributions. If the Company is dissolved and (i) dissolution is not avoided under Section 5.1 and (ii) its business is being liquidated in accordance with statutes, the Company shall cease to carry on its business, except to the extent necessary for the winding up of the business of the Company. The Company shall thereafter be wound up and terminated as provided by the Act. All tangible or intangible property of the Company, including money remaining after the discharge of the debts, obligations, and liabilities of the Company shall be distributed to the Members as follows:

(a) To the Members in proportion to, and to the extent of, the positive balances in their capital accounts; and thereafter,

(b) To the Members in accordance with their membership interests.

3.8 Voting. Members shall be entitled to one vote per Membership Interest in all major matters to be voted upon by the holders of Membership Interests. Holders of Member Interests have no preemptive rights to subscribe for or to purchase any additional Membership Interests. Membership Interests owned by managers or governors may not be voted on where a conflict arises between such managers and governors and the Company.

3.9 Capital Accounts. A capital account shall be established for each Member and shall be maintained in accordance with Treasury regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). Any Member who shall receive any membership interest in the Company or whose membership interest shall be increased by means of the transfer to such member of any financial interest in the Company from another Member shall have a capital account that has been appropriately adjusted to reflect such transfer. No interest shall be paid by the Company on capital contributions or on balances in Members' capital accounts.

6

3.10 Additional Capital Contributions. Other than as set forth in this
Section 3.10, no Member shall have any obligation to make additional capital contributions to the Company or to fund, advance, or lend monies which may be necessary to pay deficits, if any, incurred by the Company during the term hereof.

(a) Members may make loans to the Company from time to time, as authorized by the Board. Any payment or transfer accepted by the Company from a Member which is not a capital contribution complying with Section 3.1 or this Section 3.10 shall be deemed a loan and shall neither be treated as a contribution to the capital of the Company for any purpose hereunder, nor entitle such Member (as such) to any increase in such Member's interest. Any such loan shall be repaid at such times and with such interest (at rates not to exceed the maximum permitted by law) as the Board and the lending Member shall reasonably agree.

(b) If, with respect to any real estate investment of the Company, the Board of Governors determines that an additional contribution is required (an "additional investment contribution"), each Member of the Company shall timely contribute to the Company Member's pro rata share of such additional investment contribution, determined in accordance with his membership interest. In the event that a Member (the "defaulting member") fails to make any payment, or installment thereof, when due, of any contribution or other obligation under this
Section 3.10(b), the remaining Members, acting through a majority of their interests, may enforce such obligation in such manner as may be permitted by law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such members may, in their sole discretion, (i) bring an action at law or in equity to enforce such obligation; (ii) assess interest on the unpaid amount at the highest rate of interest then being charged to the Company by any lender; and (iii) require the defaulting member, provided such default shall not theretofore have been cured, unconditionally and irrevocably to assign to one or more of the remaining Members (determined in accordance with the next succeeding sentence hereof) that portion of the defaulting Member's interest that bears the same ratio to all of the defaulting Member's interest as the remaining amount of unpaid contributions, whether due or not yet due, of the defaulting Member bears to the total amount of contributions, paid and unpaid, required to be made by the defaulting Member. If the non-defaulting member

7

requires assignment of all or a portion of a defaulting Member's interest pursuant to subdivision (iii) above, each remaining Member shall have the right to acquire such interest, determined as aforesaid, in the proportion that its interest bears to the aggregate interests of the remaining Members who desire to participate in such purchase.

ARTICLE IV.
TAX MATTERS

4.1 Tax Characterization and Returns. The Members acknowledge that the Company will be treated as a "partnership" for federal and North Dakota state income tax purposes. Within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year, the Company will deliver to each person who was a Member at any time during such fiscal year, a Form K-l and such other information, if any, with respect to the Company as may be necessary for the preparation of such Member's federal or state income tax (or information) returns, including a statement showing each Member's share of income, gain or loss and credits for such fiscal year for federal or state income tax purposes.

4.2 Accounting Decisions. All decisions as to accounting matters shall be made by the Board or the Members pursuant to the Act. The Company may make or revoke such elections as may be allowed pursuant to the Code, including the election referred to in the Code to adjust the basis of Company property.

4.3 Tax Matters Partner. The Board shall designate a Member to act on behalf of the Company as the "tax matters partner" within the meaning of the Code.

4.4 Special Allocations. Anything elsewhere contained in this Article IV to the contrary notwithstanding:

(a) MINIMUM GAIN CHARGEBACK. If for any Company fiscal year, there is a net decrease in partnership minimum gain as determined in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2 (i) (5), each Member shall be allocated items of Company income and gain in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(f) (1) (a "minimum gain chargeback") for such year (and, if necessary, for subsequent years) in an amount equal to such member's share of such net decrease of partnership minimum gain. For this purpose, a Member's share of the net decrease in partnership minimum gain shall be determined under Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(g)(2). This

8

Section 4.4(a) is intended to comply with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-(f)(1) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(b) QUALIFIED INCOME OFFSET. If any Member at any time unexpectedly receives any adjustment, allocation or distribution described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b) (2) (ii) (d) (4), Section 1.704-l(b) (2) (ii) (d)
(5), or Section 1.704-1(b) (2) (ii) (d) (6), and if such adjustment, allocation or distribution results in a negative balance in such Member's capital account in excess of the sum of (i) the amount such Member is obligated to restore to the Company under this Agreement and (ii) the amount such Member is deemed to be obligated to restore to the Company pursuant to the penultimate sentences of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(g) (1) (ii) and Section 1.704-2(i)(5), then items of Company income and gain shall be specially allocated to such member so as to eliminate, to the extent required by Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b) (2) (ii) (d), such negative balance in his or her capital account as quickly as possible.

(c) GROSS INCOME ALLOCATION. If any Member would have a negative balance in his or her capital account at the end of any Company taxable year in excess of the sum of (i) the amount such Member is obligated to restore to the Company under this Agreement and (ii) the amount such Member is deemed to be obligated to restore to the Company pursuant to the penultimate sentences of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2 (g) (1) (ii) and Section 1.704-2 (i) (5), then such Member shall be specifically allocated items of Company income (including gross income) in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible.

(d) CURATIVE ALLOCATIONS. Any allocation to a Member under subparagraphs
(a) through (c) of this Section 4.4 (a "regulatory allocation") shall be taken into account in determining subsequent allocations, so that the net amount of regulatory allocations and all other items allocated under the provisions of this Article IX shall, to the extent possible, be equal to the net amount that would have been allocated to such Member under the provisions of this Article IV if no regulatory allocation had been made.

4.5 Tax Allocations. In accordance with the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to any property contributed to the capital of the Company shall, solely for tax purposes, be allocated among the Members so as to take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such property to the Company for federal income tax purposes and its fair market value as of the date of contribution.

In the event any Company asset is adjusted as a result of a revaluation pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b) (2) (f),

9

subsequent allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to such asset shall take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such asset for federal income tax purposes and its fair market value as of the date of such revaluation in the same manner as under the Code and the Treasury regulations thereunder. Any election or other decision relating to such allocations shall be made by the Board in any manner that reasonably reflects the purpose and intention of this Agreement.

Allocations pursuant to this Section 4.5 are solely for purposes of federal, state and local taxes and shall not affect, or in any way be taken into account in computing any Member's capital account or share of income, profits, gains, losses, expenses, deductions, credits or other items or distributions pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.

ARTICLE V.
AGREEMENT TO AVOID DISSOLUTION

5.1 Dissolution Avoidance Consent. At the request of the Company and no later than ninety (90) days after the occurrence of an event that terminates the continued membership of another Member in the Company (including the events enumerated in Section 10-32-109 of the Act), each remaining Member shall be asked to consent to the continuation of the Company as a legal entity without dissolution and to the continuation of its business, pursuant to the power set forth in Article V of the Articles of Organization of the Company.

5.2 Status of Terminated Member if Dissolution is Avoided. If dissolution is avoided under Section 5.1, then the Member whose interest has terminated shall lose all governance rights and will be considered merely an assignee of the financial rights owned before the termination of membership.

5.3 Status of Terminated Member if Dissolution is Not Avoided. If dissolution is not avoided under Section 5.1, then the Member whose interest has terminated shall retain all governance rights and financial rights owned before the termination of the membership and may exercise those rights through the winding up and termination of the Company.

5.4 Restoration of Governance Rights in Certain Cases. If dissolution is avoided under Section 5.1, but the event that terminated the continued membership of a Member in the Company was the death of such Member or a transfer of such decedent Member's interest to or from his estate or to or from a trust that has received such interest by reason of such death, then the governance

10

rights associated with such interest shall be restored to such estate, trust or transferee thereof for all purposes under this Agreement.

ARTICLE VI.
BUSINESS CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

6.1 Agreement to Continue Business. If an event of dissolution occurs and dissolution is not avoided, the remaining Members shall have the right to transfer the Company's assets and business to a successor limited liability company and to continue its business in such successor as provided in North Dakota Statutes, Section 10-32-108.

6.2 Procedures to Transfer and Continue Business. If the remaining Members agree to continue the business of the Company, the Board shall organize a new limited liability company (the "successor") under the Act and shall prepare a plan of merger pursuant to which the Company shall be merged into the successor, which shall be the surviving Company, and the membership interests of the Members in the Company who do not dissent from the plan of merger shall be converted on a pro rata basis into membership interests in the successor, having substantially identical terms. If the plan of merger is approved, each Member who does not dissent from the plan of merger agrees to execute any documents required to effect the merger and create the membership interests in the successor including, without limitation, a member control agreement among the Members of the successor having terms substantially identical to the terms of this Agreement. When approved by the members of the Company (including Members voting pursuant to Section 10-32-102 of the Act), such merger shall be promptly effected in accordance with law.

ARTICLE VII.
TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

7.1 Restrictions on Transfers. No Member shall transfer all or any portion of an interest without the prior written consent of the Board of Directors which consent may be withheld in the sole discretion of the Board. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, no Member shall transfer any unit if, in the determination of the Board, such transfer would cause the Company to be treated as a publicly traded partnership, and any transfer of unit(s) not approved by the Board of Directors or that would result in a violation of the restrictions in this Agreement or applicable law shall be null and void with no force or effect whatsoever, and the intended transferee shall acquire no rights in such unit.

11

7.2 Permitted Transfers. Subject to Section 7.1 above, any transfer of units made in accordance with the following provisions will constitute a "Permitted Transfer" for purposes of this Agreement.

(a) A transfer by a member and any related persons (as defined in the Code) in one or more transactions during any thirty (30) calendar day period of interests representing in the aggregate more than two percent (2%) of the total interests in company.

(b) A transfer or series of related transfers by one or more members (acting together) which involves the transfer of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding units; or

(c) Transfers of units effected through a qualified matching services Program; or

(d) A transfer by gift or bequest only to a spouse or child of such transferring member, or to a trust established for the benefit of such spouse or child, or to an existing member of the company upon ten (10) days' prior written notice to the company of such gift or bequest.

7.3 Conditions Precedent to Transfers. The Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may elect not to recognize any transfer of units unless and until the company has received:

(a) an opinion of counsel (whose fees and expenses shall be borne by the transferor) satisfactory in form and substance to the Board that such transfer may be lawfully made without registration or qualification under applicable state and federal securities laws, or such transfer is properly registered or qualified under applicable state and federal securities laws and if, requested by the company that such transfer will not cause the company to be treated as a publicly traded partnership;

(b) such documents and instruments of conveyance executed by the transferor and transferee as may be necessary or appropriate in the opinion of counsel to the company to effect such transfer, except that in the case of a transfer of units involuntarily by operation of law, the transfer shall be confirmed by presentation of legal evidence of such transfer, in form and substance satisfactory to the company;

(c) the transferor's membership certificate;

(d) the transferee's taxpayer identification number and sufficient information to determine the transferee's initial tax

12

basis in the interest transferred, and any other information reasonably necessary to permit the company to file all required federal and state tax returns and other legally required information statements or returns;

(e) evidence satisfactory in form and substance to the Board that the transferee meets the maximum unit ownership limitation set forth in Section 4.3 of this Agreement; and

(f) other conditions on the transfer of units adopted by the Board from time to time as it deems appropriate, in its sole discretion.

7.4 Redemption of Interests.

(a) A member (the "Requesting Member") may request redemption of his or her interest upon not less than sixty (60) calendar days' prior written notice to the Board of Directors. The Board, in its sole discretion, shall determine whether to redeem such interest and the Board is under no obligation to redeem any interest of any requesting member.

(b) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, any redemption pursuant to this Section 7.4 shall be subject to a determination by the Board, in its sole discretion, that such redemption shall not cause the company to be deemed a publicly traded partnership, and such redemption shall be effected in accordance with this Agreement, the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations, and shall be further subject to the prior approval of the Board which may be withheld in its sole discretion.

7.5 Redemption Payment.

(a) Upon the redemption of a member under Section 7.4, the requesting member shall be entitled to a payment equal to the fair market value of such member's interest in the company as of the effective date of the (the "Redemption Payment"); provided, however, if the remaining members of the company agree to dissolve the company, then in no event shall such member be entitled to a redemption payment, but such member will be entitled to such member's share of the assets of the company.

(b) The redemption payment shall not be paid until at least sixty (60) days after the company's receipt of the notice from the requesting member required under Section 7.4(a) above. The redemption payment shall be paid in cash, or if the redemption payment exceeds five thousand dollars ($5,000), the company shall have the option to pay the redemption payment by paying five

13

thousand dollars ($5,000) upon the effective date of the redemption and executing a promissory note for the balance of the redemption payment. Such note shall be dated and delivered on the effective date of the withdrawal and shall be paid in five (5) equal annual installments due on the anniversary date of the withdrawal and shall accrue interest per annum at a rate determined by the Board which shall not be less than the then current prime rate established by any major bank selected by the Board for loans to the bank's most creditworthy commercial borrowers. The company may prepay the promissory note, in whole or in part, at any time without penalty or premium.

(c) The redemption payment shall be increased or decreased, as the case may be, by an amount equal to any indebtedness owed the requesting member by the company, or the deduction of any indebtedness owed the company by the requested member, or both. All rights of the member with respect to the interest, including the right to vote such interest and to receive distributions, shall terminate at closing, except for the member's right to receive payment therefor upon the effective date of the redemption which shall be determined in accordance with Section 7.6 below.

7.6 Effective Date of Transfer.

(a) Any transfer of a unit shall be deemed effective as of the day of the month and year; (i) which the transfer occurs (as reflected by the form of assignment); and (ii) the transferee's name and address and the nature and extent of the transfer are reflected in the records of the company; provided, however, the effective date of a transfer for purposes of allocation of profits and losses and for distributions shall be determined pursuant to Section 7.6(b) below. Any transferee of a unit shall take subject to the restrictions on transfer imposed by this Agreement.

(b) The Board, in its sole discretion, may establish interim periods in which transfers may occur (the "Interim Transfer Periods"); provided, however, the Board shall provide members reasonable notice of the interim transfer periods and advance notice of any change to the interim transfer periods. For purposes of making allocations of profits and losses, and distributions, the company will use the interim closing of the books method (rather than a daily proration of profit or loss for the entire period) and recognize the transfer as of the first day following the close of interim transfer period in which the member complied with the notice, documentation and information requirements of Article 7. All distributions on or before the end of the applicable interim transfer period in which such requirements have been substantially complied with shall be made to the transferor and all distributions

14

thereafter shall be made to the transferee. The board has the authority to adopt other reasonable methods and/or conventions.

(c) The Board shall have the power and authority to adopt another reasonable method and/or convention with respect to such allocations and distributions; provided, neither the company, the Board, any director nor any member shall incur any liability for making allocations and distributions in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.6 (other than tax liabilities which may be incurred by members), whether or not the Board or any director of the company or any member has knowledge of any transfer or ownership of any interest in the company.

7.7 Fair Market Value. Upon the redemption of an interest pursuant to
Section 7.4, the purchase price or redemption payment shall be equal to the fair market value of the interest. "Fair market value" of an interest on any date shall, unless otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, be equal to the most recent fair market valuation determination of the per unit value of the company by the Board in good faith; provided, that such valuation shall be calculated on a basis as consistent as practicable from period to period. The Board may, in its sole discretion, employ the advice of independent and qualified professionals in the determination of the fair market value, but is not under any obligation to do so. The fair market value of the company shall be determined at least annually. Valuations shall generally be performed, at the discretion of the Board, as of the end of each fiscal year of the company's operations at the annual meeting of the Board; however, the Board, in its sole discretion, may have fair market valuations of the company performed at any time or from time to time during any year and, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, shall utilize the results of the most recent valuation in determining the fair market value of an interest for purposes of this agreement. No member or any party other than the Board shall have the right to require or request that a new or more recent valuation be performed for purposes of determining the fair market value of the company or an interest hereunder. The company shall not establish the fair market value more than four
(4) times during the company's taxable year.

7.8 Pledged Units. Subject to Section 7.1 above, in the event that any member pledges or otherwise encumbers any part of its units as security for the payment of a debt, any such pledge or hypothecation shall be made pursuant to a pledge or hypothecation agreement that requires the pledgee or secured party to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Article 7. In the event that such pledgee or secured party becomes a member hereunder pursuant to the exercise of such party's right under such pledge or

15

hypothecation agreement, such pledgee or secured party shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement. In such case, such pledgee or secured party, and any transferee or purchaser of the units held by such pledgee or secured party, shall not have any voting rights associated with such units unless and until the directors have approved in writing and admitted as a member hereunder, such pledgee, secured party, transferee or purchaser of such units.

7.9 Expenses. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all expenses of the company incident to the admission of the transferee to the company as a member shall be charged to and paid by the transferring member.

ARTICLE VIII.
MEMBER MANAGEMENT

8.1 Management by Members. Pursuant to Section 10-32-42, NDCC, the Members may, by unanimous affirmative vote, take any action under the Act or this Agreement that the Board may take thereunder.

ARTICLE IX.
AMENDMENTS

9.1 Amendment of Agreement. No change, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be valid or binding unless such change, modification or amendment shall be in writing signed by 100% in voting interests of the Members; provided, however, in no event may this Agreement be amended to provide for less than unanimous consent to avoid dissolution under Section 5.1.

ARTICLE X.
MISCELLANEOUS

10.1 Governing Law. This Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder will be governed by, interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of North Dakota.

10.2 Binding Effect. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Members and their respective distributees, successors, and assigns.

10.3 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable under the present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision will be fully severable; this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid, or unenforceable

16

provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision, there will be added automatically as part of this Agreement, a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable.

10.4 Making Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original but all of which will constitute one and the same instrument. However, in making proof hereof, it will be necessary to produce only one copy hereof signed by the party to be charged.

10.5 Additional Documents and Acts. Each Member agrees to execute and deliver such additional documents and instruments and to perform such additional acts as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions, and conditions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

10.6 No Third Party Beneficiary. This Agreement is made solely and specifically among and for the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and assigns, and no other person will have any rights, interest, or claims hereunder or be entitled to any benefits under or on account of this Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise.

10.7 Notices. Any notice to be given or to be served upon the Company or any party hereto in connection with this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been given and received when delivered to the address specified by the Member at the address specified in the Company's required records. Any Member or the Company may, at any time, by giving five (5) days prior written notice to the other Members and the Company, designate any other address in substitution of the forgoing address to which such notice will be given.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement's of the day and year first above written.

/s/ Wm N. DuToit                        /s/ Mark Erickson
-------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------


/s/ Duane Zent                          /s/ Fred Braun
-------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------

17

/s/ Fred J. Berger
-------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------


/s/ Mike Appert
-------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------


/s/ Troy Jangula
-------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------


/s/ Ambrose R. Hoff
-------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------


/s/ William A. Price
-------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------


/s/ Jody Hoff
-------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------

18

Exhibit 10.1

Form Approved by VP-Law

THE BURLINGTON NORTHERN AND SANTA FE RAILWAY COMPANY
LEASE OF LAND FOR CONSTRUCTION/REHABILITATION OF TRACK

THIS LEASE, ("Lease") made as of the 12th day of My, 2003, by and between THE BURLINGTON NORTHERN AND SANTA FE RAILWAY COMPANY, a Delaware corporation
(hereinafter called "Railroad"), and RED TRAIL ENERGY L.L.C., a(n) a Limited Liability Corporation, formed under the laws of North Dakota, (hereinafter, whether one party or more, called "Industry").

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

LEASE OF PREMISES

1. Railroad hereby leases to Industry, subject to all rights, interests and estates of third parties, and upon the terms and conditions set forth below, the land situated at or near the railway station of Richardton, County of Stark, State of North Dakota, as described or shown on print hereto attached, dated 07/09/04, marked Exhibit "A", and made a part of this Lease ("Premises") for the construction, location and maintenance of trackage as described herein.

PERMITTED USE

2. (a) Industry shall use the Premises exclusively as a site for construction, location, and maintenance of trackage and for no other purpose. Industry shall not use or store hazardous substances, as defined by the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, as amended ("CERCLA") or petroleum or oil as defined by applicable Environmental Laws on the Premises. Industry shall provide all relevant information to Railroad's inquiries regarding the use or condition of the Premises. Railroad may enter the Premises at any time Railroad desires to inspect the Premises.

(b) Maintenance for the purpose of this Lease includes, but is not limited to, responsibility for providing proper drainage along the relevant portion of the track and for keeping the track free and clear of snow, ice, vegetation, structures, and other obstacles. Maintenance also includes, but is not limited to, responsibility for the maintenance of grade crossing warning devices, stop signs, gates, fences or barriers, roadway construction, track drainage facilities, lighting, track signals and signal maintenance.

TERM

3. Unless earlier terminated as hereinafter provided, this Lease shall be in force for the term of ONE YEAR from its date and shall automatically continue thereafter until terminated


Form Approved by VP-Law

by either party giving to the other thirty (30) days written notice of its desire to terminate the same.

RENTAL

4. Industry shall pay to Railroad, prior to the Effective Date of this Lease, a one-time sum of Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) for the Lease of the Premises.

COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

5. (a) Industry shall be responsible for obtaining, without expense to Railroad, all necessary real property rights and public authority and permission, including applicable permits, for the maintenance and operation of the Premises provided Industry obtains prior written consent from Railroad.

(b) Industry has examined the Premises and accepts the condition thereof "AS IS", and shall exercise its rights and fulfill its obligations hereunder in full compliance with all laws, statutes, regulations, ordinances, orders, covenants, restrictions, or decisions of any court of competent jurisdiction ("Legal Requirements") relating to the use of the Premises.

(c) Prior to entering the Premises, Industry shall and shall cause its contractor to comply with all Railroad's applicable safety rules and regulations. Prior to commencing any work on the Premises, Industry shall complete and shall require its contractor to complete the safety-training program at the Railroad's Internet Website "http://contractororientation.com". This training must be completed no more than one year in advance of Industry's entry on the Premises.

USE AND MAINTENANCE OF PREMISES

6. Railroad may require for safety purposes that Industry, at its sole cost and expense, provide flagmen, lights, traffic control devices, automatic warning devices, or any such safety measure that Railroad deems appropriate in connection with Industry's use of the Premises for the purpose identified in Section 2 above. Industry shall reimburse Railroad within thirty (30) days of receipt of bill rendered therefor for all costs expended by Railroad, including but not limited to the cost of Railroad's Flagman ($500.00 per eight hour day, $95.00 per hour thereafter), in connection with this Section.

7. In the event Industry requires access to and from the Premises by use of Railroad's property adjacent to the Premises, Railroad hereby grants Industry a non-exclusive license and permission to enter upon Railroad's property for such purpose. Railroad shall, at its sole discretion, designate the location or route to be used by Industry. For the purpose of this Lease, the designated access, whether specifically defined or not, is included in the definition of Premises.


Form Approved by VP-Law

8. Industry shall notify Railroad's representative Roadmaster Robert Kinzel, at Dickinson, North Dakota telephone (701) 227-7235, five (5) days prior to commencing construction/rehabilitation of the track on the Premises.

9. (a) All alterations, additions, or betterments to the Premises, other than the rails and the ties, shall upon construction, become the sole property of Railroad.

(b) Industry agrees that Railroad shall not be required to furnish to Industry any water, light, power or any other services in connection with the use of the Premises.

10. Industry shall maintain the Premises in a condition satisfactory to Railroad. Industry shall not cause, permit, commit, or maintain any waste or nuisance in, on or about the Premises.

DEFINITION OF COST AND EXPENSE

11.  (a)  For the purpose of this Lease, "cost" or "costs" "expense or expenses"
          includes, but is not limited to, actual labor and material costs
          including all assignable additives, and material and supply costs at
          current value where used.

     (b)  All invoices are due thirty (30) days after the date of invoice. In
          the event that Industry shall fail to pay any monies due to Railroad
          within thirty (30) days after the invoice date, then Industry shall
          pay interest on such unpaid sum from thirty (30) days after its
          invoice date to the date of payment by Industry at an annual rate
          equal to (i) the greater of (a) for the period January 1 through June
          30, the prime rate last published in The Wall Street Journal in the
          preceding December plus two and one-half percent (2 1/2%), and for the
          period July 1 through December 31, the prime rate last published in
          The Wall Street Journal in the preceding June plus two and one-half
          percent (2 1/2%), or (b) twelve percent (12%), or (ii) the maximum
          rate permitted by law, whichever is less.

RIGHT OF RAILROAD TO USE

12. Railroad excepts and reserves the right, to be exercised by Railroad and any other parties who may obtain written permission or authority from Railroad:

(a) to maintain, renew, use, operate, change, modify and relocate any existing pipe, power, communication lines and appurtenances and other facilities or structures of like character upon, over, under or across the Premises;

(b) to construct, maintain, renew, use, operate, change, modify and relocate any tracks or additional facilities or structures upon, over, under or across the Premises; or

(c) to use the Premises in any manner as the Railroad in its sole discretion deems appropriate; provided Railroad uses all commercially reasonably efforts to avoid


Form Approved by VP-Law

material interference with the use of the Premises by Industry for the purpose specified in Section 2 above.

CLEARANCES

13.  (a)  Industry shall not place, permit to be placed, or allow to remain, any
          permanent or temporary material, structure, pole, or other obstruction
          within 8 1/2% feet laterally from the center (nine and one-half
          (9-1/2) feet on either side of the centerline of curved track) or from
          24 feet vertically from the top of the rail of Railroad's track
          ("Minimal Clearances"), provided that if any Legal Requirement
          requires greater clearances than those provided for in this Section
          13, then Industry shall strictly comply with such Legal Requirement
          However, vertical or lateral clearances, which are less than the
          Minimal Clearances but are in compliance with Legal Requirements will
          not be a violation of this Section 13, so long as Industry strictly
          complies with the terms of any such Legal Requirement.

     (b)  Railroad's operation over the track with knowledge of an unauthorized
          reduced clearance will not be a waiver of the covenants of Industry
          contained in this Section 13 or of Railroad's right to recover and be
          indemnified and defended against such damages to property, or injury
          to or death of persons, that may result therefrom.

     (d)  Industry shall not place or allow to be placed any freight car within
          250 feet of either side of any at-grade crossings on the Premises.

LIABILITY

14.  (a)  TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, INDUSTRY SHALL RELEASE,
          INDEMNIFY, DEFEND AND HOLD HARMLESS RAILROAD AND RAILROAD'S AFFILIATED
          COMPANIES, PARTNERS, SUCCESSORS, ASSIGNS, LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES,
          OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, SHAREHOLDERS, EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS (COLLECTIVELY,
          "INDEMNITEES") FOR, FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS, LIABILITIES,
          FINES, PENALTIES, COSTS, DAMAGES, LOSSES, LIENS, CAUSES OF ACTION,
          SUITS, DEMANDS, JUDGMENTS AND EXPENSES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION,
          COURT COSTS, ATTORNEYS' FEES AND COSTS OF INVESTIGATION, REMOVAL AND
          REMEDIATION AND GOVERNMENTAL OVERSIGHT COSTS) ENVIRONMENTAL OR
          OTHERWISE (COLLECTIVELY "LIABILITIES") OF ANY NATURE, KIND OR
          DESCRIPTION OF ANY PERSON OR ENTITY DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT
          OF, RESULTING FROM OR RELATED TO (IN WHOLE OR IN PART):


Form Approved by VP-Law

(i) THIS LEASE, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ITS ENVIRONMENTAL PROVISIONS,

(ii) ANY RIGHTS OR INTERESTS GRANTED PURSUANT TO THIS LEASE,

(iii) INDUSTRY'S OCCUPATION AND USE OF THE PREMISES,

(iv) THE ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION AND STATUS OF THE PREMISES CAUSED BY, AGGRAVATED BY, OR CONTRIBUTED IN WHOLE OR IN PART, BY INDUSTRY, OR

(v) ANY ACT OR OMISSION OF INDUSTRY OR INDUSTRY'S OFFICERS, AGENTS, INVITEES, EMPLOYEES, OR CONTRACTORS, OR ANYONE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY ANY OF THEM, OR ANYONE THEY CONTROL OR EXERCISE CONTROL OVER,

EVEN IF SUCH LIABILITIES ARISE FROM OR ARE ATTRIBUTED TO, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, ANY NEGLIGENCE OF ANY INDEMNITEE. THE ONLY LIABILITIES WITH RESPECT TO WHICH INDUSTRY'S OBLIGATION TO INDEMNIFY THE INDEMNITEES DOES NOT APPLY ARE LIABILITIES TO THE EXTENT PROXIMATELY CAUSED BY THE GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF AN INDEMNITEE.

(B) FURTHER, NOTWITHSTANDING THE LIMITATION IN SECTION 14(A), INDUSTRY SHALL NOW AND FOREVER WAIVE ANY AND ALL CLAIMS, REGARDLESS WHETHER BASED ON THE STRICT LIABILITY, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE, THAT RAILROAD IS AN "OWNER", "OPERATOR", "ARRANGER", OR "TRANSPORTER" OF THE PREMISES FOR PURPOSES OF CERCLA OR OTHER ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS. INDUSTRY WILL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND AND HOLD THE INDEMNITEES HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL SUCH CLAIMS REGARDLESS OF THE NEGLIGENCE OF THE INDEMNITEES. INDUSTRY FURTHER AGREES THAT THE USE OF THE PREMISES AS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS LEASE SHALL NOT IN ANY WAY SUBJECT RAILROAD TO CLAIMS THAT RAILROAD IS OTHER THAN A COMMON CARRIER FOR PURPOSES OF ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS AND EXPRESSLY AGREES TO INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, AND HOLD THE INDEMNITEES HARMLESS FOR ANY AND ALL SUCH CLAIMS. IN NO EVENT SHALL RAILROAD BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION OF THE PREMISES.


Form Approved by VP-Law

(C) INDUSTRY FURTHER AGREES, REGARDLESS OF ANY NEGLIGENCE OR ALLEGED NEGLIGENCE OF ANY INDEMNITEE, TO INDEMNIFY, AND HOLD HARMLESS THE INDEMNITEES AGAINST AND ASSUME THE DEFENSE OF ANY LIABILITIES ASSERTED AGAINST OR SUFFERED BY ANY INDEMNITEE UNDER OR RELATED TO THE FEDERAL EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY ACT ("FELA") WHENEVER EMPLOYEES OF INDUSTRY OR ANY OF ITS AGENTS, INVITEES, CONTRACTORS CLAIM OR ALLEGE THAT THEY ARE EMPLOYEES OF ANY INDEMNITEE OR OTHERWISE. THIS INDEMNITY SHALL ALSO EXTEND, ON THE SAME BASIS, TO FELA CLAIMS BASED ON ACTUAL OR ALLEGED VIOLATIONS OF ANY FEDERAL, STATE OR LOCAL LAWS OR REGULATIONS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE SAFETY APPLIANCE ACT, THE BOILER INSPECTION ACT, THE OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY ACT, THE RESOURCE CONSERVATION AND RECOVERY ACT, AND ANY SIMILAR STATE OR FEDERAL STATUTE.

(D) Upon written notice from Railroad, Industry agrees to assume the defense of any lawsuit or other proceeding brought against any Indemnitee by any entity, relating to any matter covered by this Lease for which Industry has an obligation to assume liability for and/or save and hold harmless any Indemnitee. Industry shall pay all costs incident to such defense, including, but not limited to, attorneys' fees, investigators' fees, litigation and appeal expenses, settlement payments, and amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments.

PERSONAL PROPERTY WAIVER

15. ALL PERSONAL PROPERTY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, OR RELATED MATERIALS UPON THE PREMISES WILL BE AT THE RISK OF INDUSTRY ONLY, AND NO INDEMNITEE WILL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGE THERETO OR THEFT THEREOF, WHETHER OR NOT DUE IN WHOLE OR IN PART TO THE NEGLIGENCE OF ANY INDEMNITEE.

INSURANCE

16. Industry shall, at its sole cost and expense, procure and maintain during the life of this Agreement, except as stated in subsection D below, the following insurance coverage:

A. Commercial General Liability Insurance. This insurance shall contain broad form contractual liability with a combined single limit of a minimum of $5,000,000 each occurrence and an aggregate limit of at least $ 10,000,000. Coverage must be purchased on a post 1998 ISO occurrence or equivalent and include coverage for, but not limited to, the following:


Form Approved by VP-Law

- Bodily Injury and Property Damage

- Personal Injury and Advertising Injury

- Fire legal liability

- Products and completed operations

This policy shall also contain the following endorsements, which shall be indicated on the certificate of insurance:

- It is agreed that any workers' compensation exclusion does not apply to Railroad's payments related to the Federal Employers Liability Act or a Railroad Wage Continuation Program or similar programs and any payments made are deemed not to be either payments made or obligations assumed under any Workers Compensation, disability benefits, or unemployment compensation law or similar law.

- The definition of insured contract shall be amended to remove any exclusion or other limitation for any work being done within 50 feet of railroad property.

- Any exclusions related to the explosion, collapse and underground hazards shall be removed.

No other endorsements limiting coverage may be included on the policy with regard to the work being performed under this agreement.

B. Business Automobile Insurance. This insurance shall contain a combined single limit of at least $1,000,000 per occurrence, and include coverage for, but not limited to the following:

- Bodily injury and property damage

- Any and all vehicles owned, used or hired

C. Workers Compensation and Employers Liability insurance including coverage for, but not limited to:

- Industry's statutory liability under the worker's compensation laws of the state(s) in which the work is to be performed. If optional under State law, the insurance must cover all employees anyway.

- Employers' Liability (Part B) with limits of at least $500,000 each accident, $500,000 by disease policy limit, $500,000 by disease each employee.

- All such coverage shall include coverage for the Federal Employers Liability Act and include an alternate employer endorsement naming Railroad as the alternate employer with coverage for the Federal Employers Liability Act. The term Alternate Employer as used herein and above is being used solely as an insurance term of art. By Industry's actions of obtaining insurance coverage as set forth above Industry is in no way intending or evidencing an alternate or dual employment relationship with Railroad. The parties agree: (1) Railroad has no right to direct or control Industry's employees with respect to the physical conduct or the performance of services; (2) Railroad does not supervise, nor does it have the right to supervise, details of Industry's employees' work or the manner in which such work is accomplished; (3)


Form Approved by VP-Law

Railroad retains no control over the details of the Industry's employees' work; and (4) Railroad has no right to select, hire, train or fire Industry's employees.

D. Industry shall, at its sole cost and expense, procure prior to commencing and maintain during the entire period of any construction or maintenance on the Track the following insurance coverage:

Railroad Protective Liability insurance naming only the Railroad as the Insured with coverage of at least $5,000,000 per occurrence and $10,000,000 in the aggregate. The policy shall be issued on a standard ISO form CG 00 35 10 93 and include the following:

- Endorsed to include the Pollution Exclusion Amendment (ISO form CG 28 31 10 93)

- Endorsed to include the Limited Seepage and Pollution Endorsement.

- Endorsed to include Evacuation Expense Coverage Endorsement.

- No other endorsements restricting coverage may be added.

- The original policy must be provided to the Railroad prior to performing any work or services under this Agreement

In lieu of providing a Railroad Protective Liability Policy, Industry may participate in Railroad's Blanket Railroad Protective Liability Insurance Policy available to Industry or its contractor. The limits of coverage are the same as above. The cost is $_______.00.

- I ELECT to participate in Railroad's Blanket Policy for activities commencing as of the date hereof (if any);

- I elect NOT to participate in Railroad's Blanket Policy for activities commencing as of the date hereof (if any).

Other Requirements:

Where allowable by law, all policies (applying to coverage listed above) shall contain no exclusion for punitive damages and certificates of insurance shall reflect that no exclusion exists.

Industry agrees to waive its right of recovery against Railroad for all claims and suits against Railroad. In addition, its insurers, through policy endorsement, waive their right of subrogation against Railroad for all claims and suits. The certificate of insurance must reflect waiver of subrogation endorsement. Industry further waives its right of recovery, and its insurers also waive their right of subrogation against Railroad for loss of its owned or leased property or property under its care, custody or control.

Industry's insurance policies through policy endorsement must include wording, which states that the policy shall be primary and non-contributing with respect to any insurance carried by Railroad. The certificate of insurance must reflect that the above wording is included in evidenced policies.


Form Approved by VP-Law

All policy(ies) required above (excluding Workers Compensation and if applicable, Railroad Protective) shall include a severability of interest endorsement and shall name Railroad and Staubach Global Services - RR, Inc. as an additional insured with respect to work performed under this agreement. Severability of interest and naming Railroad and Staubach Global Services - RR, Inc. as additional insureds shall be indicated on the certificate of insurance.

If Industry elects to include any deductible, self-insured retention or other financial responsibility for claims, Industry shall itself directly cover, in lieu of insurance, any and all Railroad's liabilities that would otherwise, in accordance with the provisions of this License, be covered by Industry's insurance as if Industry elected not to include a deductible, self-insured retention or other financial responsibility for claims.

Prior to commencing the Work, Industry shall furnish to Railroad an acceptable certificate(s) of insurance including an original signature of the authorized representative evidencing the required coverage, endorsements, and amendments and referencing the contract audit/folder number if available. The policy(ies) shall contain a provision that obligates the insurance company(ies) issuing such policy(ies) to notify Railroad in writing at least 30 days prior to any cancellation, non-renewal, substitution or material alteration. This cancellation provision shall be indicated on the certificate of insurance. In the event of a claim or lawsuit involving Railroad arising out of this agreement, Industry will make available any required policy covering such claim or lawsuit.

Any insurance policy shall be written by a reputable insurance company acceptable to Railroad or with a current Best's Guide Rating of A- and Class VII or better, and authorized to do business in the state(s) in which the service is to be provide.

Industry represents that this License been thoroughly reviewed by Industry's insurance agent(s)/broker(s), who have been instructed by Industry to procure the insurance coverage required by this Agreement. Allocated Loss Expense shall be in addition to all policy limits for coverages referenced above.

Not more frequently than once every five years, Railroad may reasonably modify the required insurance coverage to reflect then-current risk management practices in the railroad industry and underwriting practices in the insurance industry.

If any portion of the operation is to be subcontracted by Industry, Industry shall require that the subcontractor shall provide and maintain insurance coverages as set forth herein, naming Railroad as an additional insured, and shall require that the subcontractor shall release, defend and indemnify Railroad to the same extent and under the same terms and conditions as Industry is required to release, defend and indemnify Railroad herein.

Failure to provide evidence as required by this section shall entitle, but not require, Railroad to terminate this Agreement immediately. Acceptance of a certificate that does


Form Approved by VP-Law

not comply with this section shall not operate as a waiver of Industry's obligations hereunder.

The fact that insurance (including, without limitation, self-insurance) is obtained by Industry shall not be deemed to release or diminish the liability of Industry including, without limitation, liability under the indemnity provisions of this License. Damages recoverable by Railroad shall not be limited by the amount of the required insurance coverage.

For purposes of this section, Railroad shall mean "Burlington Northern Santa Fe Corporation", "The Burlington Northern and Santa Fe Railway Company" and the subsidiaries, successors, assigns, and affiliates of each.

ENVIRONMENTAL

17.  (a)  Industry shall strictly comply with all federal, state and local
          environmental laws and regulations in its use of the Premises,
          including, but not limited to, the Resource Conservation and Recovery
          Act, as amended (RCRA), the Clean Water Act, the Oil Pollution Act,
          the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, CERCLA (collectively
          referred to as the "Environmental Laws"). Industry shall not maintain
          a treatment, storage, transfer or disposal facility, or underground
          storage tank, as defined by Environmental Laws on the Premises.
          Industry shall not release or suffer the release of oil or hazardous
          substances, as defined by Environmental Laws on or about the Premises.

     (b)  Industry shall give Railroad immediate notice to Railroad's Resource
          Operations Center at (800) 832-5452 of any release of hazardous
          substances on or from the Premises, violation of Environmental Laws,
          or inspection or inquiry by governmental authorities charged with
          enforcing Environmental Laws with respect to Industry's use of the
          Premises. Industry shall use the best efforts to promptly respond to
          any release on or from the Premises. Industry also shall give Railroad
          immediate notice of all measures undertaken on behalf of Industry to
          investigate, remediate, respond to or otherwise cure such release or
          violation.

     (c)  In the event that Railroad has notice from Industry or otherwise of a
          release or violation of Environmental Laws on the Premises which
          occurred or may occur during the term of this Lease, Railroad may
          require Industry, at Industry's sole risk and expense, to take timely
          measures to investigate, remediate, respond to or otherwise cure such
          release or violation affecting the Premises or Railroad's
          right-of-way.

     (d)  Industry shall promptly report to Railroad in writing any conditions
          or activities upon the Premises which create a risk of harm to
          persons, property or the environment and shall take whatever action is
          necessary to prevent injury to persons or property arising out of such
          conditions or activities; provided, however,


Form Approved by VP-Law

that Industry's reporting to Railroad shall not relieve Industry of any obligation whatsoever imposed on it by this Lease. Industry shall promptly respond to Railroad's request for information regarding said conditions or activities.

(e) Railroad may at its option prior to cancellation of this Lease, require Industry to conduct an environmental audit of said Premises, at Industry's sole cost and expense, to determine if any environmental damage to said Premises has occurred during Industry's occupancy thereof. The audit shall be conducted to Railroad's satisfaction and a copy of the audit report shall promptly be provided to Railroad for its review. Industry shall pay all expenses for any remedial action that may be required as a result of said audit to correct any environmental damage, and all necessary work shall be performed by Industry prior to cancellation of this Lease.

ALTERATIONS

18. Industry may not make any alterations of the Premises or permanently affix anything to the Premises or any buildings or other structures adjacent to the Premises without Railroad's prior written consent.

NO WARRANTIES

19. RAILROAD'S DUTIES AND WARRANTIES ARE LIMITED TO THOSE EXPRESSLY STATED IN THIS LEASE AND SHALL NOT INCLUDE ANY IMPLIED DUTIES OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, NOW OR IN THE FUTURE. NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTEES HAVE BEEN MADE BY RAILROAD OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS LEASE. INDUSTRY HEREBY WAIVES ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE PREMISES WHICH MAY EXIST BY OPERATION OF LAW OR IN EQUITY, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, HABITABELITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

QUIET ENJOYMENT

20. RAILROAD DOES NOT WARRANT ITS TITLE TO THE PROPERTY NOR UNDERTAKE TO DEFEND INDUSTRY IN THE PEACEABLE POSSESSION OR USE THEREOF. NO COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT IS MADE.

DEFAULT

21.  (a)  If Industry creates or maintains any condition, including without
          limitation, any environmental condition, on or about the Premises,
          which in Railroad's sole judgment interferes with or endangers the
          operations of Railroad, or in case of any assignment or transfer of
          this Lease by operation of law, Railroad may, at its


Form Approved by VP-Law

option, terminate this Lease by serving five (5) days' notice in writing upon Industry.

(b) Except as otherwise set forth in subparagraph (a) above, if Industry defaults on any of the covenants or agreements of Industry contained in this document, for a period of thirty (30) days following written notice of such default by Railroad, Railroad may, at its option, terminate this Lease on five (5) days' notice in writing to Industry.

Any waiver by Railroad of any default or defaults shall not constitute a waiver of the right to terminate this Lease for any subsequent default or defaults, nor shall any such waiver in any way affect Railroad's ability to enforce any Section of this Lease. The remedy set forth in this Section 21 shall be in addition to, and not in limitation of, any other remedies that Railroad may have at law or in equity.

LIENS

22. Industry shall promptly pay and discharge any and all liens arising out of any construction, alterations or repairs done, suffered or permitted to be done by Industry on Premises. Railroad is hereby authorized to post any notices or take any other action upon or with respect to Premises that is or may be permitted by law to prevent the attachment of any such liens to Premises; provided, however, that failure of Railroad to take any such action shall not relieve Industry of any obligation or liability under this
Section 22 or any other Section of this Lease.

TERMINATION

23. This Lease may be terminated by either party, at any time, by serving thirty (30) days' written notice of termination upon the other party. Upon expiration of the time specified in such notice, this Lease and all rights of Industry shall absolutely cease.

24. If Industry fails to surrender to Railroad the Premises, upon any termination of this Lease, all liabilities and obligations of Industry hereunder shall continue in effect until the Premises are surrendered. Termination shall not release Industry from any liability or obligation, whether of indemnity or otherwise, resulting from any events happening prior to the date of termination.

ASSIGNMENT/SUBLETTING

25. Neither Industry, nor the heirs, legal representatives, successors or assigns of Industry, nor any subsequent assignee, shall sublease the Premises nor assign or transfer this Lease or any interest herein, without the prior written consent and approval of Railroad, which may be withheld in Railroad's sole discretion.


Form Approved by VP-Law

NOTICES

26. Any notice required or permitted to be given hereunder by one party to the other shall be in writing and the same shall be given and shall be deemed to have been served and given if (i) placed in the United States mail, certified, return receipt requested, or (ii) deposited into the custody of a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, addressed to the party to be notified at the address for such party specified below, or to such other address as the party to be notified may designate by giving the other party no less than thirty (30) days' advance written notice of such change in address.

If to Railroad:   Staubach Global Services - RR, Inc.
                  3017 Lou Menk Drive, Suite 100
                  Ft. Worth, TX 76131
                  Attn: Track Agreements

If to Industry:   Red Trail Energy L.L.C.
                  37th Street East
                  Richardton, North Dakota 58652

SURVIVAL

27. Neither termination nor expiration will release either party from any liability or obligation under this Lease, whether of indemnity or otherwise, resulting from any acts, omissions or events happening prior to the date of termination or expiration, or, if later, the date when the right-of-way is restored to its condition as of the Effective Date.

RECORDATION

28. It is understood and agreed that this Lease shall not be placed on public record.

APPLICABLE LAW

29. All questions concerning the interpretation or application of provisions of this Lease shall be decided according to the laws of the State of North Dakota.

SEVERABILITY

30. To the maximum extent possible, each provision of this Lease shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Lease shall be prohibited by, or held to be invalid under, applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective solely to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, and this shall not invalidate the remainder of such provision or any other provision of this Lease.


[DIAGRAM]


[DIAGRAM]


Form Approved by VP-Law

INTEGRATION

31. This Lease is the full and complete agreement between Railroad and Industry with respect to all matters relating to lease of the Premises, and supersedes any and all other agreements between the parties hereto relating to lease of the Premises. However, nothing herein is intended to terminate any surviving obligation of Industry or Industry's obligation to defend and hold Railroad harmless in any prior written agreement between the parties.

MISCELLANEOUS

32. In the event that the Industry consists of two of more parties, all covenants and agreements of Industry herein contained shall be the joint and several covenants and agreements of such parties.

33. The waiver by Railroad of the breach of any provision herein by Industry shall in no way impair the right of Railroad to enforce that provision for any subsequent breach thereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Lease has been duly executed, in duplicate, by the parties hereto as of the day and year first above written.

THE BURLINGTON NORTHERN AND SANTA
FE RAILWAY COMPANY

By: /s/ Stephen M. Kuzma
    ------------------------------------
    Stephen M. Kuzma
    Manager - Land Revenue Management

RED TRAIL ENERGY L.L.C.
P.O. Box 11
Richardton, North Dakota 58652

By: /s/ Ambrose R. Hoff
    ------------------------------------
Title: Red Trail Energy, President
       Ambrose R. Hoff


Exhibit 10.2

MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC / GREENWAY CONSULTING LLC

This Agreement made and entered into this 17th day of December, 2003, by and between Red Trail Energy, LLC, a North Dakota Limited Liability Company of Richardton, North Dakota (Owner) and Greenway Consulting, LLC, a Minnesota LLC (Greenway);

RECITALS

A. Owner is in the process of designing and constructing an ethanol plant in Stark County, State of North Dakota, and is in need of management services to operate the ethanol plant;

B. Greenway is an ethanol consulting company providing, among other things, management services for the operation of ethanol plants.

C. Owner is desirous of utilizing the management services of Greenway, and Greenway is desirous of providing such services to Owner.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the following terms and conditions, Owner and Greenway hereby agree as follows:

SECTION I. SCOPE OF SERVICES

Greenway shall provide the following services:

A. Management of day to day plant operations, maintenance and repair, including management of installation of additional necessary capital equipment;

B. Set up, monitor and oversee policies and procedures for programs for input acquisitions including, among other things, corn supply

C. Sole operational control including hiring and termination of the General Manager, Controller/CFO and Plant Manager. Greenway will also have ultimate direction of all plant employees primarily through control of management. All employees will be on owner's payroll with the exception of the General Manager and Plant Manager whose compensation will be paid by Greenway. Compensation for all employees will be set by Greenway with the exception that General Manager, Controller/CFO and Plant Manager's salaries require Owner approval.


D. Greenway will report directly to the Board of Directors regarding all plant management concerns on at least a monthly basis or more frequently as necessary.

SECTION II. TERM

This Agreement shall begin thirty (30) days after successful commissioning of the plant and shall run for five (5) consecutive years. Successful commissioning is defined as reasonable compliance with the engineer's performance standards.

SECTION III. COMPENSATION

Owner shall pay Greenway compensation for services rendered under the terms of this Agreement as follows:

A. Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) per year payable in equal monthly installments of Sixteen Thousand Six Hundred Sixty-Six and 67/100 Dollars ($16,666.67) on the first day of each month.

B. Reimbursement to Greenway for the salary and benefit package for the General Manager and the Plant Manager payable each month, along with the monthly payment in "A." above.

C. Expenses are in addition to the above compensation and shall be billed monthly as incurred. Expenses shall include all out-of-pocket expenditures paid or accrued by Greenway in carrying out the terms of this Management Agreement. If expenses exceeding $5,000 per month are required, Greenway shall seek pre-approval by Owner, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

D. Four percent (4%) of the pre-tax net income, which income shall include all revenues including, but not limited to, governmental payments. This sum shall be payable within thirty (30) days after conclusion of each quarter, beginning with the first full quarter after the Contract commences and shall terminate after payment for the twentieth (20th) consecutive quarter.

SECTION IV. STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE

All services provided by Greenway will be provided on a best effort basis with no warranties of performance due to limitations of the equipment.

SECTION V. TERMINATION

This Agreement may not be terminated by either party except for good cause shown. 'Good Cause' shall be defined as (i) Insolvency or Bankruptcy of either party (ii) Dishonest or fraudulent

Page 2 of 5

acts of either party. (iii) Gross misconduct of either party. If either party desires to terminate this agreement, that party shall provide written notice to the other party setting forth, with particularity, the claimed basis for termination. The party receiving such notice shall have thirty (30) days to dispute this notice or to correct the claimed defect. In the event the party receiving notice disputes the claim it shall submit the claim to Arbitration pursuant to Section IX herein.

Failure to dispute this notice or to arbitrate or to correct the claimed defect within the given time frame shall result in termination of this Agreement at the option of the non-defaulting party. In the event of termination all sums accrued under this Agreement shall then become immediately due in full and any unpaid balance shall carry an interest rate of eight percent (8%) per annum.

SECTION VI. INDEMNIFICATION

RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC will indemnify and hold Greenway harmless from and against all claims, liabilities, losses, damages, expenses, attorney fees and disbursements related to or arising out of Greenway's performance under this Agreement, except in the event of gross misconduct on the part of Greenway, its employees or agents.

SECTION VII. INSURANCE

During the term of this Agreement, each party shall provide Workers' Compensation Insurance within the statutory requirements for all of its employees. Owner shall provide comprehensive general liability insurance and automobile liability insurance to cover claims for personal injury, death or property damage which may arise out of the performance of this Agreement. Owner agrees that Greenway shall be named as an additional named insured under its general liability and automobile liability insurance policies.

Comprehensive general liability limits shall be at least Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) for bodily injury or death for any one occurrence and Five Million dollars ($5,000,000) for property damage. Automobile liability limits shall be at least One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) for any one person with an aggregate of Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) for any occurrence of bodily injury or property damage.

Upon request, Owner agrees to furnish Greenway with a certificate of insurance naming Greenway as an additional insured as described above.

SECTION VIII. GOVERNING LAW

This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of North Dakota with respect to interpretation and performance.

Page 3 of 5

SECTION IX. ARBITRATION

If any dispute arises out of the interpretation or performance of this Agreement, the matter shall be referred to Arbitration pursuant to the commercial rules of the American Arbitration Association. The Arbitration shall be conducted in Fargo, North Dakota. Each party to the Arbitration shall bear one half, each, of the expenses of the Arbitrator(s), including their fees and costs, but each party shall bear their own expenses, including attorney fees.

SECTION X. NOTICES

Any written notice or communication required or permitted by this Agreement, or by law, to be served upon, given to, or delivered to either party, by the other party, shall be in writing, and shall be deemed duly served, given, or delivered when personally delivered to the party to whom it is addressed, or in lieu of such personal services, when deposited in the United States mail, first class postage prepaid, addressed to Owner at:

RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC
P.O. BOX 11/11 SOUTH AVE WEST
RICHARDTON, NORTH DAKOTA 58652
ATTN: FRANK KIRCHENHEITER

Or to:
GREENWAY CONSULTING, LLC
74 SOUTH COUNTY ROAD 22
MORRIS, MINNESOTA 56267
ATTN: GERALD BACHMEIER

SECTION XI. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

Greenway is an independent Consultant and nothing in this Agreement shall constitute or designate Greenway or any of its employees or agents as employees of Owner.

SECTION XII. CONFIDENTIALITY

Neither party shall disclose confidential information of the other party to a third party. (See previously executed Non-Disclosure Agreement which shall remain in effect; Exhibit A.) Each party shall designate to the other party information it considers to be confidential and not part of the public domain. A violation of this provision shall be resolved through Section IX. Arbitration, herein.

SECTION XIII. MODIFICATION

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties. Any prior agreements, promises, negotiations or representations not expressly set forth in this Agreement are of no force

Page 4 of 5

or effect. This Agreement may only be modified upon the written agreement of the parties executed as an amendment to this Agreement.

SECTION XIV. ASSIGNMENT

This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties and their respective assigns, representatives and agents including upon any third party buyer of all or a part of Owner's interest herein.

IN WITTNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement in the day and year first above written. By signature of its representative(s) below, each Party affirms that it has taken all necessary action to authorize said representative(s) to execute this Agreement.

EACH PARTY AGREES IT HAS READ AND UNDERSTANDS ALL THE TERMS OF THIS

AGREEMENT.

OWNER: RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC

By: /s/ Frank Ambrose Hoff
    ------------------------------------
    Frank Ambrose Hoff
    Its: President

CONSULTANT: GREENWAY CONSULTING LLC

By: /s/ Gerald Bachmeier
    ------------------------------------
    Gerald Bachmeier
    Its Chief Manager

Page 5 of 5

Exhibit 10.3

GREENWAY CONSULTING, LLC
CONFIDENTIAL

GREENWAY CONSULTING, LLC
RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC
RICHARDTON, ND

--CONFIDENTIAL--


GreenWay Consulting, LLC
--CONFIDENTIAL--

DEVELOPMENT SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Agreement is entered into the 17th day of December, 2003, by and between RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC, a North Dakota Limited Liability Company of Richardton, North Dakota, (hereinafter "RTE") and GREENWAY CONSULTING, LLC, a Minnesota Limited Liability Company of Morris, Minnesota (hereinafter "GreenWay").

RECITALS

WHEREAS, RTE requires Project Services (the "Services") in connection with the execution and delivery of project financing, facility design and construction, and initial plant operation for an ethanol production facility to be constructed during the term of this Agreement;

WHEREAS, RTE desires to engage GreenWay to render these specific Services; and

WHEREAS, RTE will be responsible for raising and providing seed capital and financial assistance to fund development costs and to raise certain equity funding for the project financing.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and stipulations hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:

SECTION I. - SCOPE OF SERVICES PROVIDER. The Scope of Services provided by GreenWay.

A. PHASE I - PROJECT DEVELOPMENT

1. PROJECT COORDINATION AND DEVELOPMENT:

a. Assist and advise RTE in recruiting and hiring a Project Coordinator;

b. Assist and advise RTE in engaging other firms to provide legal, accounting, risk management, and marketing expertise;

c. Assist and advise RTE in the site evaluation and selection process;

d. Assist and advise RTE in the negotiations of various contracts including insurance, utilities (gas, electrical, water, waste water), rail, raw material supply, and product off-take;

e. Assist and advise RTE in obtaining various permits; and

f. Assist and advise in the preparation of a Development Business Plan including a financial model with five years of operation projections (Exhibit C - Index).

Page 1

GreenWay Consulting, LLC
--CONFIDENTIAL--

2. DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION:

a. Assist and advise RTE in selecting a design and engineering firm and in negotiating a contract regarding price, schedule, and performance;

b. Assist and advise RTE in reviewing and approving preliminary and final process and detailed design;

c. Assist and advise RTE in selecting a construction company and in negotiating a contract regarding price, schedule, and performance.

3. FINANCING:

a. Assist and advise in developing and implementing a strategy for the financing needs for the project and RTE, including seed capital, equity, and debt;

b. Assist and advise in evaluating financial options, including associated costs and technical aspects of any USDA guarantee program, TIF, revenue bonds, subordinated debt, and State and Federal grants;

c. Assist and advise in sourcing and evaluating negotiations of debt financing for the project, including construction financing and long-term debt financing; and

d. Assist and advise in credit analyses, submissions, and presentations.

B. PHASE II - CONSTRUCTION

1. Assist and advise RTE in recruiting and hiring RTE's owners' representative/construction supervisor;

2. Attend monthly site progress meetings between RTE, Design Engineer and Contractor;

3. Assist and advise during plant start-up with providing assistance and coordinating the activities of the Design Engineer and Contractor through and including the monitoring of the performance tests to assist in determining the performance criteria have been met.

C. PHASE III- INITIAL PLANT OPERATIONS THROUGH START-UP

1. Assist and advise RTE in recruiting and hiring all plant employees;

2. Assist and advise in providing initial employee training; and

3. Assist and advise in providing on-site support staff through successful start-up and commissioning;

Page 2

GreenWay Consulting, LLC
--CONFIDENTIAL--

4. Assist and advise in providing technical support on an as-needed basis for start-up;

5. Assist and advise in providing ongoing employee training through startup;

6. Continuously advise RTE on ways to increase plant production and efficiency through start-up.

It is understood that the GreenWay will not limit its assistance to the services specifically enumerated above, but will extend their services and assistance as reasonably required to provide for the successful implementation of the project plan.

It is also understood that all services provided by the GreenWay will be provided on a best efforts basis with no warranties of performance.

SECTION II. -- COMPENSATION. Compensation for the Services provided under this Agreement shall be based on the following schedule:

A. SERVICE RETAINER. RTE shall advance a non-refundable retainer of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) (the "Retainer") to GreenWay Consulting, LLC payment not to be made until seed capital funding is completed. RTE will be obligated to pay for expenses incurred by GreenWay under SECTION III. After the Retainer is received, GreenWay shall not receive any additional service compensation until Financial Close and shall then be paid additional service compensation as set forth in SCHEDULE 1: COMPENSATION FOR SERVICES.

- SCHEDULE 1 - COMPENSATION FOR SERVICES

SERVICE          FEE         SOURCE OF FUNDS               PAYMENT TERMS
-------          ---         ---------------               -------------
PHASE I     $1,250,000.00   PROJECT FINANCING   DUE IN FULL @ FINANCIAL CLOSE

PHASE II    $1,100,000.00   PROJECT FINANCING   25% DOWN @ FINANCIAL CLOSE - 50% @
                                                MECHANICAL
                                                COMPLETION - 25% @ SUCCESSFUL
                                                COMMISSIONING

PHASE III   $  700,000.00   PROJECT FINANCING   AT SUCCESSFUL COMMISSIONING

In no case will GreenWay share or split the fees delineated above with any other party currently assisting RTE in other endeavors. However, GreenWay may, at its sole discretion, choose to engage other companies (other than as identified in
SECTION I) in order to effect the necessary transactions and may choose to share a portion of its fees for the services under this Agreement provided by those other companies.

Any lender commitment fees for any of the components of the funding shall be paid directly by RTE and will not be considered to be a part of the above scheduled fees for GreenWay.

Page 3

GreenWay Consulting, LLC
--CONFIDENTIAL--

The following definitions apply to this section:

a. Financial Close: Closing of senior debt financing for the project.

b. Mechanical Completion: Completion of construction such that corn can be ground for ethanol production.

c. Successful Commissioning: Production of ethanol meeting design specifications on a daily basis of nameplate production, and all production meets the guarantees provided by engineers and contractors.

d. Project Financing: Total debt and equity financing of the project.

e. Total Project Capitalization: The total source of funds including, but not limited to, grants, subordinated debt, senior debts, the equity portion of working capital, and revolving line of credit all as established as of Financial Close, provided, however, "Total Project Capitalization" does not include seed capital equity.

f. Working Capital: Operating revenues of the plant.

g. Seed Capital: At risk money for project development exclusive of total project

h. Capitalization (e) above.

[NOTE: The Services delineated in SECTION I and the corresponding fees delineated in SECTION II do not contemplate that GreenWay will solicit seed capital, subordinated debt or equity on behalf of RTE. While GreenWay will prepare materials and assist in making presentations under this Agreement, GreenWay or its members may assist RTE in direct solicitation of seed capital, subordinated debt, or equity, but such solicitation must be done on other mutually agreed terms and conditions.]

SECTION III. - EXPENSES.

A. OUT-OF-POCKET EXPENSES

RTE will be responsible for all of GreenWay's out-of-pocket expenses, including travel, lodging, meals, communication, cost of financial analysis, e.g. CPA prepared and approved GAAP financial information required by the capital markets, and reports prepared in fulfilling its duties for the Services outlined in SECTION I. If expenses (excluding Costs of Issuance as stated below) exceeding $5,000 per month are required, GreenWay shall seek pre-approval by RTE, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. GreenWay shall submit monthly updated expense reports to RTE for reimbursement. If RTE obtains its equity from producer members and investors there would be no anticipated "Costs of Issuance". If RTE seeks bond financing, issues debentures, or otherwise issues instruments to obtain financing, there will be fees and expenses commonly known as Costs of Issuance. RTE will be responsible for the payment of all Costs of Issuance, fees and expenses, including but not limited to: publication expenses, legal counsel, bond counsel, ratings, credit enhancement, all travel, printing of bonds, printing and

Page 4

GreenWay Consulting, LLC
--CONFIDENTIAL--

distribution of required disclosure documents, trustee fees, agent fees, CUSIP registration, and the like, provided however, RTE shall review and approve the Costs of Issuance prior to being incurred. In the event such a financing is attempted and ultimately does not occur, RTE will be responsible for paying all of the aforementioned pre-approved expenses.

B. GENERAL MANAGER & PLANT MANAGER SALARIES.

Approximately six (6) months prior to anticipated plant commissioning, Greenway will hire a General Manager and a Plant Manager for the Plant. All salary and benefits paid by Greenway shall be reimbursed to Greenway within ten (10) days of invoice to RTE.

SECTION IV. - TERM OF AGREEMENT: TERMINATION. The term of this Agreement shall begin on the date of execution set forth above and shall have an expiration date upon reaching Successful Commissioning of the plant. RTE and GreenWay as the non-defaulting party each shall retain the right to terminate this Agreement if either party fails to perform ("defaults") under the terms of this contract and attachments, including but not limited to meeting major milestones in development by their completion dates in Schedule 2 below. All expenses under
SECTION III shall be paid through Termination. Termination of this Agreement by RTE prior to Financial Close but after meeting the Business Plan and Capitalization Plan milestones in Schedule 2, followed by a Financial Close will result in RTE paying GreenWay a termination fee equal to the Phase I fee shown in Schedule 1 above. To terminate this Agreement, the non-defaulting party must notify the defaulting party in writing describing the cause of default and pay any uncontested amounts that are due through the date of the notice.

- SCHEDULE 2 - MILESTONES AND COMPLETION DATES

     MILESTONE                                       COMPLETION DATE   FAILURE
     ---------                                       ---------------   -------
1.   RTE raising at least                             ______________   GreenWay may terminate
     $1,000,000 in Seed Capital

2.   First draft Business Plan                        ______________   RTE may terminate

3.   First draft of Capitalization Plan               ______________   RTE may terminate

4.   Selection of Design Firm and Engineer            ______________   RTE or GreenWay may
                                                                       terminate

5.   Preliminary Resolution of Construction Issues    ______________   RTE or GreenWay may
     pre-PPM                                                           terminate

6.   Completion of raising at least                   ______________   RTE or GreenWay may
     $40,000,000 in Equity                                             terminate

7.   Financial Close                                  ______________   RTE or GreenWay may
                                                                       terminate

Page 5

GreenWay Consulting, LLC
--CONFIDENTIAL--

SECTION V. - INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. GreenWay is an independent contractor and nothing in this Agreement shall constitute or designate GreenWay or any of its employees or agents as employees or agents of RTE.

SECTION VI- CONFIDENTIALITY. RTE agrees all services being provided in this Agreement are the work product of GreenWay and proprietary property of GreenWay. GreenWay agrees to license the use of the proprietary property to RTE exclusively for RTE's use for its development, construction and operation of its Richardton, North Dakota area ethanol production facility only. RTE agrees it shall not disclose any proprietary property (information or work product) to third parties, including the media, without the third party executing a nondisclosure agreement attached as Exhibit D and first obtaining written permission from GreenWay. GreenWay agrees that financial and other information about the ethanol production project will be developed by RTE and disclosed to GreenWay. GreenWay agrees that proprietary information of RTE will only be used for purposes of RTE's project and will not be disclosed to others without first obtaining written permission from RTE. In the event RTE or GreenWay violates the terms and spirit of this license and disclosure provision, RTE and GreenWay agree they will be subject to an injunction and such other relief as allowed by law, including any damages caused to the other party and reimbursement to the other party for any attorney fees and costs incurred by the other party in enforcing this provision.

SECTION VII. - ENTIRE AGREEMENT/AMENDMENTS. This Agreement constitutes the entire Agreement between the parties hereto and sets forth the rights, duties, and obligations of each to the other as of this date. Any prior agreements, promises, negotiations, or representations not expressly set forth in this Agreement are of no force and effect. This Agreement may not be modified except in writing executed by both GreenWay and RTE.

SECTION VIII. - LEGAL ADVICE. Each Party agrees that it has relied on its own legal counsel or has had legal counsel available to them. The Parties agree they have not relied on any legal representations from the other party.

SECTION IX. - BINDING EFFECT. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties hereunder, and their respective representatives, distributees, successors and assigns.

SECTION X. NOTICES. Any written notice or communications required or permitted by this Agreement, or by law, to be served on, given to, or delivered to either party hereto by the other party, shall be in writing, and shall be deemed duly served, given, or delivered when personally delivered to the party to whom it is addressed, or in lieu of such personal services, when deposited in the United States' mail, first-class postage prepaid, addressed to:

Red Trail Energy, LLC
P.O. Box 11/11 South Avenue West
Richardton, North Dakota 58652

Page 6

GreenWay Consulting, LLC
--CONFIDENTIAL--

Attention: Frank Kirchenheiter

or to:

GreenWay Consulting, LLC
74 South County Road 22
Morris, Minnesota 56267
Attention: Gerald Bachmeier

SECTION XI. - CONTROLLING LAW. This Agreement and the rights of the Parties hereunder, will be governed by, interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of North Dakota.

SECTION XII. - DISPUTE/ARBITRATION. If any dispute arises out of or in connection with this Agreement, the obligations arising under it or the interpretation of its terms, the matter shall be referred to arbitration pursuant to the Commercial Rules of the American Arbitration Association and according to the following terms:

A. Either RTE or GreenWay may initiate arbitration by giving written notice requesting arbitration to the other.

B. The parties shall select a single arbitrator by mutual agreement, but if they fail to select an arbitrator within ten (10) calendar days of the receipt of notice of arbitration, then each party shall within seven (7) business days thereafter, appoint their respective arbitrator and the two (2) arbitrators thus chosen shall together, within seven (7) business days of their appointment, select a third arbitrator and that three member panel shall arbitrate the dispute. In the event that the two arbitrators shall fail within seven (7) business days of their appointment to select a third arbitrator, then upon written request of either party, the third arbitrator shall be appointed by the American Arbitration Association. If a party shall fail to appoint an arbitrator as required the arbitrator appointed by the other party shall be the sole arbitrator. The arbitration shall be conducted in Fargo, North Dakota.

C. Within fifteen (15) business days of the appointment of the arbitrator or panel, as the case may be, each party shall state in writing its position concerning the dispute, supported by the reasons therefore, and deliver its position to the arbitrator(s) and the other party. If either party fails to submit its position in a timely manner, the position submitted by the other party shall be deemed correct, and the arbitration shall be deemed concluded. The parties shall then have ten
(10) calendar days to respond to the position of the other party and deliver that response to the arbitrator(s). The arbitrator(s) shall, within thirty (30) calendar days thereafter, meet to consider the documents presented in order to make a determination by majority on the issues in dispute. Within fifteen (15) business days of the end of their meeting the arbitrator(s) shall present their award. The arbitrator(s) may

Page 7

GreenWay Consulting, LLC
--CONFIDENTIAL--

award a party the right to terminate this Agreement if termination is a remedy specified herein for the claim which is the subject of the arbitration.

D. Each party in such arbitration shall bear one-half each of the expenses of the arbitrators), including their fees and costs, but each party shall bear their own expenses, including attorney's fees.

SECTION XIII. - LIMITATION OF LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION.

A. GreenWay shall not be liable to RTE, its affiliates and each of their respective partners, directors, officers, agents, consultants, employees and controlling persons (all such persons for purposes of this SECTION XIII, a "RTE Party" or the "RTE Parties") for any losses, damages, expenses or liabilities (collectively, "Losses") suffered by a RTE- Party as a result of or relating to any act or omission of GreenWay, its affiliates or any of their respective partners, directors, officers, agents, consultants, employees and controlling persons (all such persons for purposes of this SECTION XIII, a "GreenWay Party or the GreenWay Parties") in performing the services under this Agreement, except to the extent and only to the extent of any direct (as opposed to consequential or incidental) damages or Losses suffered by a RTE Party which are caused proximately by (1) any acts of negligence or misrepresentations by a GreenWay Party; (2) GreenWay's breach of any provision of this Agreement; (3) any warranty, express or implied, or representation made by a GreenWay Party to any third party in connection with the project under development which is not authorized by RTE; (4) GreenWay's failure to meet its obligations to or perform any acts required under its agreements with its subcontractors, representatives or agents or any other third party; or (5) the relationship between GreenWay and any GreenWay Party. In addition to the foregoing limitation of liability, GreenWay's aggregate liability to the RTE Parties under this Agreement shall be limited to and shall not exceed the amount of compensation earned by GreenWay hereunder plus any expenses paid to GreenWay hereunder, except in the event any policy of insurance shall apply and in such case, Greenway's total liability shall be limited to any applicable insurance coverage. The foregoing limitations of liability shall not apply to GreenWay's indemnification of RTE Parties against third party claims as provided under SECTION XIII C hereof.

B. RTE shall not be liable to any GreenWay Party for any Losses suffered by any GreenWay Party as a result of or relating to any act or omission of a RTE Party in connection with this Agreement or the project under development, except to the extent and only to the extent of any direct (as opposed to consequential or incidental) damages or Losses suffered by any GreenWay Party which are caused proximately by
(1) any acts of negligence or misrepresentations by a RTE Party; (2) RTE's breach of any provision of

Page 8

GreenWay Consulting, LLC
--CONFIDENTIAL--

this Agreement; (3) any warranty, express or implied, or representation made by a RTE Party to any third party in connection with the project under development which is not authorized by GreenWay; (4) RTE's failure to meet its obligations to or perform any acts required under its agreements with its subcontractors, representatives or agents or any other third party; or (5) the relationship between RTE and any RTE Party. In addition to the foregoing limitation of liability, RTE's aggregate liability in the GreenWay Parties under this Agreement shall be limited to and shall not exceed the amount of compensation earned by GreenWay hereunder plus any expenses paid to Green Way hereunder, This limitation of liability shall not apply to RTE's indemnification of GreenWay Parties against third party claims as provided under SECTION XIIID hereof.

C. GreenWay shall indemnify and hold harmless any RTE Party from and against any and all claims, demands, salts, actions or proceedings, including any Inquiry or investigation. ("Claims") brought by third parties based primarily on or arising proximately from (1) any acts of negligence or misrepresentations by a GreenWay Party; (2) GreenWay's bleach of any provision of this Agreement; (3) any warranty, express or implied, or representation made by a GreenWay Party to any third party in connection with the project under development which is not authorized by RTE; (4) Greenway's failure to meet its obligations to or perform any acts required under its agreements with its subcontractors, representatives or agents or any other third party; or
(5) the relationship between GreenWay and any GreenWay Party. This indemnity and hold harmless shall include indemnity against all Losses, including reasonable attorneys fees, incurred by the RTE Party in connection with such Claim and the defense thereof, but shall exclude any consequential damages suffered by the RTE Party as a result of any such Claim brought by a third party. Provided, further, that the indemnity afforded under this SECTION XIII C shall not apply to any Claim or Losses actually paid pursuant to any insurance policy covering the RTE Party.

D. RTE shall indemnify and hold harmless any GreenWay Party from and against any and all claims, demands, suits, actions or proceedings, including any inquiry or investigation ("Claims") brought by third parties arising from or in connection with any act, omission, transaction or event contemplated by the Agreement. This indemnity and hold harmless shall include indemnity against all Losses, including reasonable attorneys fees, incurred by the GreenWay Party in connection with such Claim and the defense thereof, but shall exclude any consequential damages suffered by the GreenWay Party as a result of any such Claim brought by a third party. Provided, further, that the indemnity afforded under this SECTION XIII D shall not apply to any Claim or Losses based primarily on or arising proximately from (1) any acts of negligence or misrepresentations by a

Page 9

GreenWay Consulting, LLC
--CONFIDENTIAL--

GreenWay Party; (2) GreenWay's breach of any provision of this. Agreement; (3) any warranty, express implied, or representation made by a Green Way Party to any third Party in connection with the project under development which is not authorized by RTE; (4) GreenWay's failure to meet its obligations to or perform any acts required under its agreements with its subcontractors, representatives or agents or any other third party; (5) the relationship between GreenWay and any GreenWay Party; or (6) actually paid pursuant to any insurance policy covering the GreenWay Party.

E. The obligations of GreenWay and RTE under this SECTION XIII shall survive any termination of this Agreement. In the event of any fundamental change involving the corporate structure of either party, the obligations of the re-structuring party under this Agreement shall, if not assumed by operation of law, be assumed by contract by the acquiring entity or arrangements made to protect the interests of the non-restructuring party hereto reasonably satisfactory to such non-restructuring party.

F. In no event shall any GreenWay Party other than GreenWay be liable or responsible to a RTE Party for the debts, obligations or liabilities of GreenWay to such party under this Agreement. In no event shall any RTE Party other than RTE be liable or responsible to a GreenWay Party for the debts, obligations or liabilities of RTE to such party under this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date first above written. By the signature of its representatives below, each party affirms that it has taken all necessary action to authorize said representative(s) to execute this Agreement.

EACH PARTY AGREES IT HAS READ AND UNDERSTANDS ALL THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT.

RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC                   GREENWAY CONSULTING, LLC


By: /s/ Ambrose R. Hoff                 By: /s/ Gerald Bachmeier
    ---------------------------------       ------------------------------------
    Ambrose R. Hoff                         Gerald Bachmeier
    Its: President                          Its: Chief Manager

Page 10

AMENDMENT

TO THE DECEMBER 17, 2003 DEVELOPMENT SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Amendment to that certain Developmental Services Agreement of December 17, 2003 is entered into this 16th day of December, 2005 by and between GreenWay, LLC ("GreenWay") and Red Trail Energy, LLC ("Red Trail"):

FOR GOOD AND VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby amend their original Developmental Services Agreement (See 7/11/02 Developmental Services Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A) as follows;

SECTION 2 - COMPENSATION shall be amended to reflect the following payment dates:

PHASE I           Shall be due at Financial Close or January 9,
                  2006 whatever occurs later

25% OF PHASE II   Shall be due at Financial Close or January 9,
                  2006 whatever occurs later

All remaining terms of this Agreement shall remain in effect as originally agreed upon.

THIS AMENDMENT IS ENTERED INTO THE DAY AND YEAR FIRST ABOVE WRITTEN.

GREENWAY CONSULTING, LLC

/s/ Gerald Bachmeier
----------------------------------------
Gerald Bachmeier
By Its: Chief Manager

RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC

/s/ Ambrose R. Hoff
----------------------------------------
Ambrose R. Hoff
By Its: President


Exhibit 10.4

THE BURLINGTON NORTHERN AND SANTA FE RAILWAY COMPANY

REAL ESTATE PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT

Staubach Global Services
4105 Lexington Avenue N., Suite 200
Arden Hills, Minnesota 55126

JANUARY 14, 2004

BUYER'S OFFER

1. The undersigned, hereinafter called "Buyer", offers to purchase from The Burlington Northern and Santa Fe Railway Company herein after called "Seller", all of Seller's right, title and interest in and to that parcel of land situated in or near the City of Richardton, County of Stark and State of North Dakota, shown hatched black on map marked Exhibits "A" and "A-l", dated December 5, 2003, attached hereto and made a part hereof (said parcel of land being hereinafter called "the Property") at the price and upon the terms and conditions as follows.

PURCHASE PRICE AND PAYMENT

2. Seller may approve or disapprove this Agreement for any reason whatsoever, in Seller's sole and absolute discretion, whether reasonable or unreasonable or whether arbitrary or capricious, subject to the approval of this Agreement by Seller, Buyer agrees to pay to Seller the purchase price of $14,650.00 for Property, of which the amount of $14,650.00 (full amount) hereinafter called the "deposit", is paid to Seller, or Seller's assignee, to be applied on the purchase price. Said deposit check shall be forwarded to Staubach Global Services, Inc., at 4105 N. Lexington Avenue, Suite 200, Arden Hills, Minnesota 55126, and then forwarded to the Seller's account. Said deposit check should be made payable to JP MORGAN CHASE BANK/ESCROW AGENT/APEX. Said deposit shall be refunded to Buyer if this offer is not accepted by Seller within forty five (45) days from the date of said offer. Delivery of Seller's deed shall be made from Seller's above stated office.


[SEAL]

WHEN RECORDED MAIL TO
Hardy Law Firm
Box 570
Dickinson ND 58602

Carol Beckert, Recorder

[BARCODE]

QUITCLAIM DEED

KNOW ALL, MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that THE BURLINGTON NORTHERN AND SANTA FE RAILWAY COMPANY, a Delaware corporation, (formerly Burlington Northern Railroad Company), of 2500 Lou Menk Drive, Fort Worth, Texas 76131-2830, hereinafter called "Grantor", for Fourteen Thousand Six Hundred Fifty and No/100 Dollars ($14,650.00) and other good and valuable consideration, to it in hand paid by RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC, a North Dakota limited liability company, of 11 South Avenue W. Richardton, North Dakota 58652, hereinafter called "Grantee", the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged, does hereby REMISE, RELEASE and FOREVER QUITCLAIM, without any covenants of warranty whatsoever and without recourse to the Grantor, its successors and assigns, unto the said Grantee, its successors and assigns, all its right, title and interest, if any, in and to that piece, parcel or tract of land, subject, however, to all existing interests, including but not limited to all reservations, rights-of-way and easements of record or otherwise, situated in the County of Stark and State of North Dakota, hereinafter called "Property", being more particularly described as follows:

The Southerly or Southwesterly 150.0 feet of The Burlington Northern and Santa Fe Railway Company's (formerly Northern Pacific Railway Company) 400.0 foot wide Charter Right of Way, being 200.0 feet wide on each side of said Railway Company's Main Track centerline, as originally located and constructed upon, over and across the S 1/2 of Section 4, the NE 1/4 NE 1/4 of Section 9, and the NW 1/4, the SW 1/4 NE 1/4 and the SE 1/4 of Section 10, all in Township 139 North, Range 92 West of the 5th P. M., Stark County, North Dakota, bounded on the East by the East line of said Section 10, and bounded on the(1) West by the West line of said Section 4.


Grantee has been allowed to make an inspection of the Property and has knowledge as to the past use of the Property. Based upon this inspection and knowledge, Grantee is aware of the condition of the Property and GRANTEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT GRANTEE IS PURCHASING THE PROPERTY ON AN "AS-IS WITH ALL FAULTS" BASIS WITH ANY AND ALL PATENT AND LATENT DEFECTS, INCLUDING THOSE RELATING TO THE ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION OF THE PROPERTY, AND THAT GRANTEE IS NOT RELYING ON ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER FROM GRANTOR AS TO ANY MATTERS CONCERNING THE PROPERTY, including the physical condition of the Property and any defects thereof, the presence of any hazardous substances, wastes or contaminants in, on or under the Property, the condition or existence of any of the above ground or underground structures or improvements in, on or under the Property, the condition of title to the Property, and the leases, easements or other agreements affecting the Property. Grantee is aware of the risk that hazardous substances and contaminants may be present on the Property, and indemnifies, holds harmless and hereby waives, releases and discharges forever Grantor from any and all present or future claims or demands, and any and all damages, loss, injury, liability, claims or costs, including fines, penalties and judgments, and attorney's fees, arising from or in any way related to the condition of the Property or alleged presence, use, storage, generation, manufacture, transport, release, leak, spill, disposal or other handling of any hazardous substances or contaminants in, on or under the Property. Losses shall include without limitation (a) the cost of any investigation, removal, remedial or other response action that is required by any Environmental Law, that is required by judicial order or by order of or agreement with any governmental authority, or that is necessary or otherwise is reasonable under the circumstances, (b) capital expenditures necessary to cause the Grantor's remaining property or the operations or business of the Grantor on its remaining property to be in compliance with the requirements of any Environmental Law, (c) losses for injury or death of any person, and (d) losses arising under any Environmental Law enacted after transfer. The rights of Grantor under this section shall be in addition to and not in lieu of any other rights or remedies to which it may be entitled under this document or otherwise. This indemnity specifically includes the obligation of Grantee to remove, close, remediate, reimburse or take other actions requested or required by any governmental agency concerning any hazardous substances or contaminants on the Property.

The term "Environmental Law" means any federal, state or local statute, regulation, code, rule, ordinance, order, judgment, decree, injunction or common law pertaining in any way to the protection of human health or the environment, including without limitation, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, the Toxic Substances Control Act, and any similar or comparable state or local law.

The term "Hazardous Substance" means any hazardous, toxic, radioactive or infectious substance, material or waste as defined, listed or regulated under any Environmental Law, and includes without limitation petroleum oil and any of its fractions.

BNSF 03387 Richardton, ND

2

[BARCODE]


In connection with construction of any improvements on the Property, Grantee agrees, at Grantee's costs and expense, to construct, reconstruct, renew, maintain and operate, upon said Property to be conveyed hereby, such sewer line, ditches, culverts or flood plains as may be required so that water discharged from the Property to be conveyed hereby, whether created by nature or Grantee's operation of said Property, does not flow onto the land and trackage retained by Grantor located adjacent to said Property, or from said Property, so that said water does not flow toward Grantor's trackage. This covenant shall be binding upon Grantee, its successors and assigns. This covenant shall run with the land.

Grantee understands and acknowledges that a fiber optic communications line or lines traverses through the Property and that this sale shall be subject to all rights and interests of that certain telecommunications easement between Grantor and Catellus Fiber Optics, LLC dated December 30, 1998, to provide for the continued operation and maintenance of said line or lines. If during the development and use of the Property by the Grantee and its successors or assigns, it becomes necessary to relocate, encase or otherwise protect the said line or lines, those costs shall be assumed at the Grantee's sole expense.

Grantee agrees to construct or arrange for the construction on the Property within two (2) years from date of closing of this conveyance, a railroad spur track to serve the Property for the shipment of freight by railroad cars to be used in Grantee's business of operating an ethanol plant. In the event Grantee has not constructed said track within the said two (2) year period, Grantor shall have the right, for a period of one (1) year from and after the expiration of said two (2) year period, to repurchase the Property for the same consideration paid by Grantee; without further compensation for any improvements located thereon, upon giving written notice to Grantee of Grantor's intent to repurchase said Property. Upon service of such notice upon Grantee and the tender of the said consideration to Grantee by Grantor, Grantee shall reconvey the Property to the Grantor by good and sufficient warranty deed, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, except for those enumerated in the conveyance contemplated hereby, and Grantee shall give Grantor a title insurance policy or an abstract f title evidencing such good title.

BY ACCEPTING THIS DEED, GRANTEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT GRANTOR, AS SUCCESSOR IN INTEREST TO THE NORTHERN PACIFIC RAILWAY COMPANY, ACQUIRED A DETERMINABLE OWNERSHIP INTEREST IN THE PROPERTY FROM THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, PURSUANT TO SECTION 2 OF THE NORTHERN Pacific LAND GRANT ACT OF 1864, AND GRANTEE AGREES TO THE CONDITIONS AND LIMITATIONS IMPOSED BY THIS NORTHERN PACIFIC LAUD GRANT ACT.

TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the Property unto the said Grantee, its successors and assigns, forever.

BNSF 03387 Richardton, ND

[BARCODE]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Grarilor has caused this instrument to be signed by its authorized representative, attested by its Assistant Secretary, and its corporate seal to be affixed hereto on the 22nd day of March, 2004.

THE BURLINGTON NORTHERN AND SANTA FE
RAILWAY COMPANY

                        By: /s/ D. P. Schneider
                            ------------------------------------
                            D. P. Schneider
                            General Director Real Estate


                        ATTEST:


[SEAL]                  By: /s/ Patricia Zbichorski
                            ------------------------------------
                            Patricia Zbichorski
                            Assistant Secretary

[AUDITOR'S OFFICE STAMP]

BNSF 03387 Richardton, ND

4

[BARCODE]


STATE OF TEXAS      SECTION
                    SECTION SS.
COUNTY OF TARRANT   SECTION

On this 22nd day of March, 2004, before me, Hubert Glen Walter, a Notary Public in and for said County and State, personally appeared D. P. Schneider and Patricia Zbichorski, to me known to be the General Director Real Estate and Assistant Secretary, respectively, of THE BURLINGTON NORTHERN AND SANTA FE RAILWAY COMPANY, a Delaware corporation, the corporation that is described in and that executed the foregoing instalment and acknowledged to me that such corporation executed the same.

[SEAL]                                  /s/ Hubert Glen Walter
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Notary Public

My commission expires: 7/21/04

I certify that the requirement for a report or statement of foil consideration paid does not apply because this deed is for one of the transactions exempted by subdivision i as it relates to quitclaim deeds of the subsection 6 of N.D. Cent. Code, Section 11-18-02.2 (1999).

Signed: /s/ Michael J. Maus             Date: 7/22/05
        -----------------------------
        Michael J. Maus, Agent

THE LEGAL DESCRIPTION WAS PREPARED BY STAUBACH GLOBAL SERVICES, INC., 5650 NORTH RIVERSIDE DRIVE, SUITE 101, FORT WORTH, TEXAS 76137-2464

FORM APPROVED BY LAW

APPROVED
LEGAL      KKH

APPROVED
FORM       AH

APPROVED   REW

BNSF 03387 Richardton, ND

5

[BARCODE]


Exhibit 10.5

DISTILLER'S GRAIN MARKETING AGREEMENT

THIS DISTILLER'S GRAIN MARKETING AGREEMENT (the "Agreement"), is entered into effective as of March 1, 2004, by Red Trail Energy LLC, a North Dakota Limited Liability Company ("Seller"), and Commodity Specialist Company, a Delaware corporation ("Buyer").

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Seller desires to sell and Buyer desires to purchase the Distiller's Dried Grains with Solubles ("DDGS"), hereinafter DDGS, output of the ethanol production plant which Seller owns in Richardton, North Dakota; and

WHEREAS, Seller and Buyer wish to agree in advance of such sale and purchase to the price formula, payment, delivery and other terms thereof in consideration of the mutually promised performance of the other;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the mutual covenants and conditions herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by both parties, it is hereby agreed:

1. BUYER PERFORMANCE. Buyer agrees to perform the services that it provides for Seller in a professional and competent manner.

2. PURCHASE AND SALE. Seller agrees to sell to Buyer and Buyer agrees to purchase from Seller the entire bulk feed grade DDGS, output from Seller's plant at Richardton, North Dakota. (hereinafter the "Plant"), subject to all terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. Buyer shall label all Product that is sold by Buyer and shall register all labels with the states where the Products are sold.

3. TRADE RULES. All purchases and sales made hereunder shall be governed by the Feed Trade Rules of the National Grain and Feed Association unless otherwise specified. Said Trade Rules, a copy of which is appended hereto as Exhibit A, shall, to the extent applicable, be apart of this Agreement as if fully set forth herein.

4. TERM. The term of this Agreement shall be for one year commencing as of completion and start-up of production of the Plant. Start-up is anticipated to be July 1, 2005. Thereafter this agreement shall remain in effect until terminated by either party at its unqualified option by providing the other party hereto not less than 90 days written notice of its election to terminate this Agreement.

5. DELIVERY AND TITLE.

A. The place of delivery for all the Products sold pursuant to this Agreement shall be FOB Plant. Buyer and Buyer's agents shall be given access to Seller's Plant in a manner and at all times reasonably necessary and convenient for Buyer to take delivery as provided herein. Buyer shall coordinate the loading and shipping of all outbound Products purchased hereunder which is shipped by truck or rail with Seller. All labor and equipment necessary to load trucks or rail cars shall be supplied by Seller without charge to Buyer. Seller agrees to handle the Products in a good and workmanlike manner in


accordance with Buyer's reasonable requirements and in accordance with normal industry practice. Seller shall maintain the truck and rail loading facilities in safe operating condition in accordance with normal industry standards.

B. Seller further warrants that storage space for not less than seven days production of DDGS shall be reserved for Buyer's use at the Plant and shall be continuously available for storage of DDGS purchased by Buyer hereunder at no charge to Buyer. Seller shall be responsible at all times for the quantity, quality and condition of any the Products in storage at the Plant. Seller shall not be responsible for the quantity, quality and condition of any of the Products stored by Buyer at locations other than the Plant.

C. Buyer shall give to Seller a schedule of quantities of the Products to be removed by truck and rail with sufficient advance notice reasonably to allow Seller to provide the required services. Seller shall provide the labor, equipment and facilities necessary to meet Buyer's loading schedule and, except for any consequential or indirect damages, shall be responsible for Buyer's actual costs or damages resulting from Seller's failure to do so. Buyer shall order and supply trucks and rail cars as scheduled for truck and rail shipments. All freight charges shall be the responsibility of Buyer and shall be billed directly to Buyer.

D. Buyer shall provide loading orders as necessary to permit Seller to maintain Seller's usual production schedule, provided, however, that Buyer shall not be responsible for failure to schedule removal of the Products unless Seller shall have provided to Buyer production schedules as follows:
Five (5) days prior to the beginning of each calendar month during the term hereof, Seller shall provide to Buyer a tentative schedule for production in the next calendar month. Seller shall inform Buyer daily of inventory and production status. For purposes of this paragraph, notification will be sufficient if made by e-mail or facsimile as follows:

If to Buyer, to the attention of Steve Markham, Facsimile number 612-330-9894 or e-mail to smarkham@csc-world.com, and

If to Seller, to the attention of _________________________________ or e-mail to ______________________. Or to such other representatives of Buyer and Seller as they may designate to the other in writing.

E. Title, risk of loss and full shipping responsibility shall pass to Buyer upon loading the Products into trucks or rail cars and delivering to Buyer a the bill of lading for each such shipment.

6. PRICE AND PAYMENT

A. Buyer agrees to pay Seller as follows: for all DDGS removed by Buyer from the Plant a price equal to ninety eight (98%). For purposes of this provision, the FOB

2

Plant price shall be the actual sale price, less all freight costs incurred by Buyer in delivering the Product to its customer. Buyer agrees that it shall not sell Product for delivery more than 90 days from the date of entering into a sale without the consent of Seller. Buyer agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to achieve the highest resale price available under prevailing market conditions. Seller's sole and exclusive remedy for breach of Buyer's obligations hereunder shall be to terminate this Agreement, Buyer shall collect all applicable state tonnage taxes on Products sold by Buyer and shall remit to the appropriate governmental agency.

B. Within three (3) business days following receipt of certified weight certificates, which certificates shall be presented to Buyer each Thursday for all shipments during the preceding week, Buyer shall pay Seller the full price, determined pursuant to paragraph 6A above, for all properly documented shipments. Buyer agrees to maintain accurate sales records and to provide such records to Seller upon request. Seller shall have the option to audit Buyer's sales invoices at any time during normal business hours and during the term of this Agreement.

7. QUANTITY AND WEIGHTS.

A. It is understood that the output of the Products shall be determined by Seller's production schedule and that no warranty or representation has been made by Seller as to the exact quantities of Products to be sold pursuant to this Agreement,

B. The quantity of Products delivered to Buyer from Seller's Plant shall be established by weight certificates obtained from scale at the Plant which is certified as of the time of weighing and which complies with all applicable laws, rules and regulations or in the event that the scale at the Plant is inoperable then at other scales which are certified as of the time of weighing and which comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations. The outbound weight certificates shall be determinative of the quantity of the Products for which Buyer is obligated to pay pursuant to
Section 5.

8. QUALITY.

A. Seller understands that Buyer intends to sell the Products purchased from Seller as a primary animal feed ingredient and that said Products are subject to minimum quality standards for such use. Seller agrees and warrants that the Products produced at its plant and delivered to Buyer shall be accepted in the feed trade under current industry standards.

B. Seller warrants that all Products, unless the parties agree otherwise, sold to Buyer hereunder shall, at the time of delivery to Buyer, conform to the following minimum quality standard:

3

        Protein       Fat        Fiber      Moisture      Ash
       ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
       Min   Max   Min   Max   Min   Max   Min   Max   Min   Max
       ---   ---   ---   ---   ---   ---   ---   ---   ---   ---
DDGS    25          10                15          12          6

The standard for DDGS will be determined on an as is basis per original sample rather than a dry weight basis.

C. Seller warrants that at the time of loading, the Products will not be adulterated or misbranded within the meaning of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act and that each shipment may lawfully be introduced into interstate commerce under said Act. Payment of invoice does not waive Buyer's rights if goods do not comply with terms or specifications of this Agreement. Unless otherwise agreed between the parties to this Agreement, and in addition to other remedies permitted by law, the Buyer may, without obligation to pay, reject either before or after delivery, any of the Products which when inspected or used fail in a material way to conform to this Agreement. Should any of the Products be seized or condemned by any federal or state department or agency for any reason except noncompliance by Buyer with applicable federal or state requirements, such seizure or condemnation shall operate as a rejection by Buyer of the goods seized or condemned and Buyer shall not be obligated to offer any defense in connection with the seizure or condemnation. When rejection occurs before or after delivery, at its option, Buyer may:

(1) Dispose of the rejected goods after first offering Seller a reasonable opportunity of examining and taking possession thereof, if the condition of the goods reasonably appears to Buyer to permit such delay in making disposition; or

(2) Dispose of the rejected goods in any manner directed by Seller which Buyer can accomplish without violation of applicable laws, rules, regulations or property rights; or

(3) If Buyer has no available means of disposal of rejected goods and Seller fails to direct Buyer to dispose of it as provided herein, Buyer may return the rejected goods to Seller, upon which event Buyer's obligations with respect to said rejected goods shall be deemed fulfilled. Title and risk of loss shall pass to Seller promptly upon rejection by Buyer.

(4) Seller shall reimburse Buyer for all costs reasonably incurred by Buyer in storing, transporting, returning and disposing of the rejected goods. Buyer shall have no obligation to pay Seller for rejected goods and may deduct reasonable costs and expenses to be reimbursed by Seller from amounts otherwise owed by Buyer to Seller.

(5) If Seller produces Products which comply with the warranty in
Section C above but which do not meet applicable industry standards, Buyer agrees to purchase such Products for resale but makes no representation or warranty as to the price at which such Product can be sold. If the Products deviate so severely from industry standard as to

4

be unsalable, then it shall be disposed of in the manner provided for rejected goods in Section C above.

D. If Seller knows or reasonably suspects that any of the Products produced at its Plant are adulterated or misbranded, or outside of industry quality standards. Seller shall promptly so notify Buyer so that such Product can be tested before entering interstate commerce. If Buyer knows or reasonably suspects that any of the Products produced by Seller at its Plant are adulterated, misbranded or outside of industry quality standards, then Buyer may obtain independent laboratory tests of the affected goods. If such goods are tested and found to comply with all warranties made by Seller herein, then Buyer shall pay all testing costs; and if the goods are found not to comply with such warranties, Seller will pay all testing costs.

9. RETENTION OF SAMPLES. Seller will take an origin sample of Products from each truck and rail car before it leaves the Plant using standard sampling methodology. Seller will label these samples to indicate the date of shipment and the truck or railcar number involved. Seller will also retain the samples and labeling information for no less than one year.

10. INSURANCE.

A. Seller warrants to Buyer that all employees engaged in the removal of the Products from Seller's Plant shall be covered as required by law by worker's compensation and unemployment compensation insurance.

B. Seller agrees to maintain throughout every term of this Agreement comprehensive general liability insurance, including product liability coverage, with combined single limits of not less than $2,000,000. Seller's policies of comprehensive general liability insurance shall be endorsed to require at least thirty (30) days advance notice to Buyer prior to the effective date of any decrease in or cancellation of coverage. Seller shall cause Buyer to be named as an additional insured on Seller's insurance policy and shall provide a certificate of insurance to Buyer to establish the coverage maintained by Seller not later than fourteen (14) days prior to completion and start-up of production of the Plant.

C. Buyer agrees to carry such insurance on its vehicles operating on Seller's property as Seller reasonably deems appropriate. The parties acknowledge that Buyer may elect to self insure its vehicles. Upon request, Buyer shall provide certificate of insurance to Seller to establish the coverage maintained by Buyer.

D. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall be construed to constitute a waiver by either party of claims, causes of action or other rights which either party may have or hereafter acquire against the other for damage or injury to its agents, employees, invitees, property, equipment or inventory, or third party claims against the other for damage or injury to other persons or the property of others.

5

11. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

A. Seller represents and warrants that all of the Products delivered to Buyer shall not be adulterated or misbranded within the meaning of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act and may lawfully be introduced into interstate commerce pursuant to the provisions of the Act. Seller further warrants that the Products shall fully comply with any applicable state laws governing quality, naming and labeling of product. Payment of invoice shall not constitute a waiver by Buyer of Buyer's rights as to goods which do not comply with this Agreement or with applicable laws and regulations.

B. Seller represents and warrants that the Products delivered to Buyer shall be free and clear of liens and encumbrances.

12. EVENTS OF DEFAULT. The occurrence of any of the following shall be an event of default under this Agreement ("Event of Default"): (1) failure of either party to make payment to the other when due; (2) default by either party in the performance of the covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement;
(3) if either party shall become insolvent, or make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or to an agent authorized to liquidate any substantial amount of its assets, or be adjudicated bankrupt, or file a petition in bankruptcy, or apply to a court for the appointment of a receiver for any of its assets or properties with or without consent, and such receiver shall not be discharged within sixty (60) days following appointment.

13. REMEDIES. Upon the happening of an Event of Default, the parties hereto shall have all remedies available under applicable law with respect to an Event of Default by the other party. Without limiting the foregoing, the parties shall have the following remedies whether in addition to or as one of the remedies otherwise available to them; (1) to declare all amounts owed immediately due and payable; and (2) immediately to terminate this Agreement effective upon receipt by the party in default of the notice of termination, provided, however, the parties shall be allowed 10 days from the date of receipt of notice of default for to cure any default. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Buyer may offset against amounts otherwise owed to Seller the price of any product which fails to conform to any requirements of this Agreement.

14. FORCE MAJEURE. Neither Seller nor Buyer will be liable to the other for any failure or delay in the performance of any obligation under this Agreement due to events beyond its reasonable control, including, but not limited to, fire, storm, flood, earthquake, explosion, act of the public enemy, riots, civil disorders, sabotage, strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, labor shortages, war stoppages or slowdowns initiated by labor, transportation embargoes, failure or shortage of materials, acts of God, or acts or regulations or priorities of the federal, state or local government or branches or agencies thereof.

15. INDEMNIFICATION.

A. Seller shall indemnify, defend and hold Buyer and its officers, directors,

6

employees and agents harmless, from any and all losses, liabilities, damages, expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees), costs, claims, demands, that Buyer or its officers, directors, employees or agents may suffer, sustain or become subject to, or as a result of (i) any misrepresentation or breach of warranty, covenant or agreement of Seller contained herein or (ii) the Seller's negligence or willful misconduct.

B. Buyer shall indemnify, defend and hold Seller and its officer, directors, employees and agents harmless, from any and all losses, liabilities, damages, expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees), costs, claims, demands, that Seller or its officers, directors, employees or agents may suffer, sustain or become subject to, or as a result of (i) any misrepresentation or breach of warranty, covenant of agreement of Buyer contained herein or (ii) the Buyer's negligence or willful misconduct.

C. Where such personal injury, death or loss of or damage to property is the result of negligence on the part of both Seller and Buyer, each party's duty of indemnification shall be in proportion to the percentage of that party's negligence or faults.

D. Seller acknowledges that in order to maximize the total revenue to be generated through the sale of the Products, Buyer may take positions by selling Product in anticipation of Seller providing the Products. Notwithstanding the fact that Seller's obligation is to provide Buyer with the output of the Plant the parties acknowledge that Buyer may suffer losses as a result of positions taken by Buyer if Seller discontinues operations for any reason whatsoever including Force Majeure. Therefore, Seller shall indemnify defend and hold Buyer and its officers, directors, employees and agents harmless from any and all losses, liabilities, damages, expenses (including reasonable attorney's fees), costs, claims, demands that Buyer or its officers, directors, employees, or agents may suffer, sustain or become subject to as a result of any sale or purchase of product taken by Buyer in anticipation of Seller delivering the Products hereunder, provided Buyer has taken commercially reasonable steps to avoid the loss. Seller shall not be liable for any loss resulting from Seller discontinuing operations related to a position taken by Buyer for delivery more than 90 days from the date of entering into a sale without the consent of Seller.

16. GOVERNMENTAL ACTION. The parties recognize that the value of the Products could change as a result of various governmental programs, be they foreign or domestic. In the event that a significant value change of the Products as a result of any such governmental program, Buyer may request re-negotiation of the contract price for the Products by providing written notice to Seller. Buyer shall be required to demonstrate that the value of the Products has significantly changed in the market. Should such a change take place, the parties agree to negotiate, in good faith, a revised sale price for the Products. If, after a good faith effort, the parries are unable to agree on a new price within the 90 day period immediately fallowing notice to the other party, then in such event and notwithstanding the other provisions hereof, Buyer may terminate this Agreement upon 90 days prior written notice.

7

17. RELATIONSHIP OF PARTIES. This Agreement creates no relationship other than that of buyer and seller between the parties hereto. Specifically, there is no agency, partnership, joint venture or other joint or mutual enterprise or undertaking created hereby. Nothing contained in this Agreement authorizes one party to act for or on behalf of the other and neither party is entitled to commissions from the other.

18. MISCELLANEOUS.

A. This writing is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and a complete and exclusive statement of the terms thereof.

B. No course of prior dealings between the parties and no usage of trade, except where expressly incorporated by reference, shall be relevant or admissible to supplement, explain, or vary any of the terms of this Agreement,

C. Acceptance of, or acquiescence in, a course of performance rendered under this or any prior agreement shall not be relevant or admissible to determine the meaning of this Agreement even though the accepting or acquiescing party has knowledge of the nature or the performance and an opportunity to make objection.

D. No representations, understandings or agreements have been made or relied upon in the making of this Agreement other than as specifically set forth herein.

E. This Agreement can only be modified by a writing signed by all of the parties or their duly authorized agents.

F. The paragraph headings herein are for reference purposes only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

G. This Agreement shall be construed and performed in accordance with the laws of the State of Missouri.

H. The respective rights, obligations and liabilities of the parties under this Agreement are not assignable or delegable without the prior written consent of the other party.

I. Notice shall be deemed to have been given to the party to whom it is addressed ninety-six (96) hours after it is deposited in certified U.S. mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

Buyer: Commodity Specialist Company 310 Grain Exchange Bldg.

400 South Fourth Street,
Minneapolis, MN 55415
ATTN: Steve J. Markham

8

Seller:

IN WITNESS THEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed the day and year first above written.

COMMODITY SPECIALISTS COMPANY

By: /s/ Philip J. Lindau
    ------------------------------------
Title: EVP
       Philip J. Lindau

Red Trail Energy LLC

By: /s/ Ambrose R. Hoff
    ------------------------------------
    Ambrose R. Hoff

9

Exhibit 10.6

CONTRACT FOR PURCHASE OF COAL

THIS AGREEMENT, Made and entered into this 9th day of March, 2004, by and between RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC (RTE) AND GENERAL INDUSTRIES, INC., D/B/A CENTER Coal COMPANY (CENTER COAL).

In consideration of the mutual covenants agreed to herein, Center Coal agrees to deliver to RTE approximately 380 tons of lignite coal per day, such delivery to commence prior to plant start up in the summer or fall of 2005, the exact dates to be agreed upon by the parties. The contract shall run for a term of 10 years from the commencement date agreed upon by the parties.

Lignite Coal: The lignite coal will have a guaranteed analysis of 6,900 BTU's per pound, less than 10% ash, less than 1% sulfur, and less than 10% sodium. The lignite will be sized 3/4" and smaller and shall contain no more than 20% smaller than 1/8".

Center Coal will also remove of and dispose of all ash from RTE. Center Coal agrees to deliver approximately 133,000 tons of coal annually to RTE at Richardton, North Dakota, and agrees to dispose of the ash in a timely and efficient manner so as not to disrupt the operations of the plant.

Price: RTE agrees to pay Center Coal in accordance with the following schedule:

 Year     2005     2006     2007     2008     2009     2010     2011     2012     2013     2014
 ----    ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------
Coal     $11.60   $11.65   $11.70   $11.75   $11.80   $11.85   $11.90   $11.95   $12.00   $12.05
Trking   $ 5.75   $ 5.75   $ 5.75   $ 5.75   $ 5.75   $ 5.95   $ 5.95   $ 5.95   $ 5.95   $ 5.95
         ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------
Total    $17.35   $17.40   $17.45   $17.50   $17.55   $17.80   $17.85   $17.90   $17.95   $18.00
         ======   ======   ======   ======   ======   ======   ======   ======   ======   ======

The above specified prices per ton will be adjusted upward or downward from a base price of $1.55 per gallon of fuel, such adjustment to be a $.05 per ton increase or decrease for each $.10 per gallon increase or decrease in the price of fuel from the base price of $1.55 per gallon. This adjustment will be based upon actual fuel invoices.

Payment will be made on the 15th of the month following date of delivery at the price agreed upon.

Settlement for shipments in car load lots shall be made only on the basis of railroad, state or weighing association weights at the point of delivery, or truck scale weights at the point of delivery.

Interruption: If the RTE plant shuts down, for any reason or cause, the amount of coal which RTE would ordinarily consume will be reduced and such amount shall be deducted from the amount of coal called for by this agreement.

-1-

The delivery of the coal in a timely manner shall be considered the essence of this agreement and in the case of the failure of Center Coal to do so, then and in that event, and in addition to such other remedies as it may have, buyer shall have the right, at its election, to cancel this contract. Acceptance of any delivery by the buyer after such date, shall not be considered a waiver of this right.

Insurance: Center Coal shall at all times maintain liability insurance with RTE named as an additional insured. In addition, Center Coal shall be liable to RTE for actual damages and losses suffered by RTE in the event that Center coal fails or is unable to deliver coal as agreed to herein, including any disruption or interruption in delivery of coal. However, Center Coal shall not be liable if the failure of delivery is caused by an Act of God or any other cause which is beyond the control of Center Coal.

Hold Harmless: Center Coal agrees to indemnify RTE and hold it harmless from any loss, damage or liability, including reasonable attorney's fees, arising out of or in connection with its performance of the terms of this agreement.

Quality: RTE shall have the right to suspend deliveries at any time for delivery of coal that does not meet the specifications of this contract.

Assignment of Contract: Center Coal may not assign, transfer or encumber this contract, except by the express written consent of RTE, and then only subject to all of the terms, conditions and provisions hereof.

Penalty Clause: In the event that Center Coal fails to deliver 380 tons of lignite per day, Center Coal shall be penalized and shall forfeit to RTE the sum of $1,500 per day for all days when RTE had ordered coal and had expected delivery of such coal, unless the failure or inability to deliver is caused by an Act of God or any other cause which is beyond the control of Center Coal.

Time of the Essence: Time is deemed to be of the very essence of this agreement and contract.

Binding Effect: It is mutually agreed by and between the parties that the covenants and agreements herein contained shall extend to and be obligatory upon the successors and assigns of the respective parties.

Entire Contract: This Agreement constitutes the entire contract between the parties hereto and there are no other undertakings, representations or warranties, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof and neither party has relied upon any verbal representations, agreements or undertakings not set forth herein, whether made by any agent or party hereto. This agreement may not be changed, modified or amended, in whole or in part, except in writing signed by all parties hereto.

Law: This agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of North Dakota.

-2-

Waiver: Neither the extension of time for delivery of coal nor the waiver by RTE of its right to declare this contract canceled by reason of any breach of the contract, shall in any manner affect the right of RTE to declare this agreement forfeited because of any default subsequently occurring, and no extension of time shall be valid unless evidenced by a duly signed agreement.

Dated this 9 day of March, 2004.

RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC

By: /s/ Ambrose R. Hoff
    ------------------------------------
    Ambrose R. Hoff, its President

GENERAL INDUSTRIES, INC., d/b/a
CENTER COAL COMPANY

By: /s/ Gregg Baranko
    ------------------------------------
    Gregg Baranko, its President

-3-

Exhibit 10.7

GRAIN ORIGINATION CONTRACT

Red Trail Energy LLC from Richardton, North Dakota (hereafter called "LLC") is in the process of raising equity to build an ethanol production plant in Richardton, North Dakota.

Effective 1 day of April 2004, LLC has retained New Vision Coop, Worthington, Minnesota (hereafter called "NVC") to provide grain origination and other services described within this Grain Origination Contract (hereafter called "Contract"). LLC will administer and direct all NVC's work effort described in this contract. NVC shall communicate exclusively with LLC unless instructed by LLC to do otherwise.

LLC understands that NVC will provide information and perform its duties with the best interests of Red Trail Energy LLC stockholders.

NVC RESPONSIBILITIES

Construction. NVC will assist in the design of grain receiving, load out, storage and plant track layout.

Rail Rates & Service. NVC will assist in the negotiation of rail rates and service

Origination: NVC will establish a grain bid structure for the purpose of purchasing grain for delivery to the Richardton site. NVC will purchase all rail grain for delivery to the Richardton site. NVC will manage rail logistics to accommodate plant usage. NVC will provide origination programs and contracts for the Richardton site.

Risk Management. NVC will assist LLC in hedging commodities for LLC. NVC will assist LLC in minimizing corn procurement costs.

LLC RESPONSIBILITIES

LLC will direct NVC's work effort in an efficient manner.

LLC will be responsible for all legal review of all programs and documents submitted by NVC.

NVC LIMITATIONS

NVC cannot enter any contracts or agreements, either written or verbal on behalf of LLC EXCEPT cash, rail grain contracts.


P 2 GRAIN ORIGINATION CONTRACT

TERM

This contract shall terminate three years from its start date unless extended through an amendment.

CANCELLATION

Either party may cancel this contract by providing sixty (60) days written notice to the other party.

FEES

Development Fee: When the plant construction announcement is made, LLC shall pay NVC $ 25,000.00.

Operation Fee: LLC shall pay NVC one half cent ($ .005) per bushel for all rail grain delivered to Richardton. No fee will be assessed on truck grain delivered to the plant.

Incentive Fee: LLC shall pay NVC 10% of profit earned by minimizing corn procurement costs.

It is proposed that Red Trail Energy LLC maintain two commodity futures accounts. One would be used for hedging purposes (Hedge Account) and one would be used to minimize corn procurement costs (Trade Account). The incentive would apply to all profits earned on closed trades in the "Trade Account".

Hedge Account: This account would be used exclusively to offset cash corn purchased or cash product sold (DDG or ethanol). Gains or losses generated in account would be applied to the respective commodity.

Trade Account: This account would be used to purchase corn futures or call options or sell put options. Its primary function is to protect the plant from rising corn costs. The firm handling the transactions calculates gains or losses in this account. Gains or losses would be accounted for according to LLC's board and management team. Profits in this account would be split 10% to NVC and the balance to LLC. Losses would remain the responsibility of LLC. Reconciliation for the incentive shall coincide with LLC's fiscal year

All fees shall be due and payable upon receipt of an invoice from NVC.

GENERAL

Amendments. No amendment or modification of this Contract is acceptable unless it is in writing and signed by both parties.

Independent Contractor. NVC shall be an Independent Contractor and nothing in this Contract shall be deemed to place the parties in the relationship of employer-employee, principal-agent, partners or joint ventures.


P 3 GRAIN ORIGINATION CONTRACT

GENERAL

Assignment. Neither party may assign this Contract without written authorization by both parties.

Severability. Should any provision of this Contract be deemed invalid the remaining provisions of this Contract shall not be affected and shall continue in effect.

Attorney's Fees and Legal Costs. In an any dispute, the prevailing party shall be reimbursed for reasonable attorney's fees and legal costs by the other party.

Governing Law. The State laws of North Dakota shall govern this Contract.

Notices. All notices for NVC shall be sent to:

Frank McDowell
New Vision Coop
PO Box 877
1301 County Road 5
Worthington, MN 56187
Ph. 507-376-4113 ext 12
FAX: 507-376-6331
E-mail: fmcdowell@newvision.coop

Notices: All notices for LLC shall be sent to:

Ambrose Hoff, President
Red Trail Energy LLC
PO Box 11
11 South Avenue West
Richardton, ND 58652
Ph.701-974-4733
FAX: _______________
E-mail: frank@redtrailenergy.com

In witness whereof, the parties hereto have executed this Contract as of the date first written above.

Red Trail Energy LLC (LLC)              New Vision Coop (NVC)


By: /s/ Ambrose Hoff                    By: /s/ Frank McDowell
    ---------------------------------       ------------------------------------
    Ambrose Hoff, Board President           Frank McDowell, General Mgr.

April 1, 2004                           April 1, 2004


Exhibit 10.8

WARRANTY DEED

THIS INDENTURE, Made this 13th day of January, 2005, between Victor Tormaschy and Lucille Tormaschy, husband and wife, Grantors, and Rea Trail Energy, LLC, of P.0. Box 11, Richardton, North Dakota, 58652, Grantee;

WITNESSETH: For and in consideration of the sum of One Dollar and other good and valuable consideration, Grantors do hereby grant to the Grantee, all of the following described real property:

A tract of land located in the SE 1/4 of Section 4, Township 139 North, Range 92 West of the 5th P.M., Stark County, North Dakota, more particularly described as follows: All that portion of said SE1/4 lying south of the southerly 200 foot right-of-way line of the Burlington Northern/Santa Fe Railroad as surveyed and constructed across said SE 1/4 of Section 4. Said tract contains 25.06 acres.

The legal description was prepared by Kadrmas, Lee & Jackson, Dickinson, North Dakota.

And the said Grantors, for themselves, their heirs and assigns, do covenant with the Grantee that they are well seized in fee of the land and premises aforesaid and has good right to sell and convey the same in the manner and form aforesaid; that the same are free from all encumbrances, except installments of special assessments or assessments for special improvements which have not been certified to the County Auditor for collection, and the above granted lands and premises in the quiet and peaceable possession of the said Grantee against all persons lawfully claiming or to claim the whole or any part thereof, the said Grantors will warrant and defend.

WITNESS, The hands of the Grantors:

/s/ Victor Tormaschy
----------------------------------------
Victor Tormaschy


/s/ Lucille Tormaschy
----------------------------------------
Lucille Tormaschy

STATE Of NORTH DAKOTA   )
                        ss
COUNTY OF STARK         )

On this 13 day of January, 2005, before me personally appeared Victor Tormaschy and Lucille Tormaschy, husband and wife, known to me to be the same persons described in and who executed the within and foregoing instrument and acknowledged to me that they executed the same.

[ALBERT J. HARDY STAMP]                 /s/ Albert J. Hardy
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        _________________________, NOTARY PUBLIC
                                        State of North Dakota
                                        My commission expires: _________________

[BARCODE]

1

I certify that the full consideration paid for the property described in this deed is $75,180.

/s/ Micheal J. Maus
----------------------------------------
Micheal J. Maus, Agent
Date: 1-13-05

                                                        [AUDITOR'S OFFICE STAMP]

[SEAL]                                  Return to:
                                        Hardy Law Firm
                                        Box 570
                                        Dickinson ND 58602

Carol Beckert, Recorder

[BARCODE]

2

Exhibit 10.9

[BAR CODE]

WARRANTY DEED

THIS INDENTURE, made this 11th day of July, 2005, between NEAL C. MESSER AND BONNIE M. MESSER, husband and wife, Grantors, and RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC, a limited liability company under the laws of the State of North Dakota, Grantee, whose post office address is P.O. Box 11, Richardton, North Dakota 58652.

WITNESSETH, for and in consideration of the sum of One Dollar ($1.00) and other good and valuable consideration, Grantors do hereby grant to the Grantee all of the following real property lying and being in the County of Stark and State of North Dakota, and described as follows, to wit:

A tract of land located in the Southwest Quarter (SW 1/4) of Section 4, Township 139 North, Range 92 West of the 5th Principal Meridian, Stark County, North Dakota being more particularly described as follows;

Al that portion of said Southwest Quarter lying south of the southerly 200 foot right-of-way line of the Burlington Northern / Santa Fe Railroad as surveyed and constructed across said Southwest Quarter of Section 4, except the west 100.00 feet, and the south 850.00 feet of the west 920.00 feet of said Southwest Quarter of Section 4.

Said tract contains 67.93 acres.

EXCEPTING AND RESERVING therefrom all oil, gas, coal, and all paleontology artifacts

And the said Grantors for themselves, their heirs and personal representatives, do covenant with the Grantee that they are well seized in fee of the land and premises aforesaid and have good right to sell and convey the same in the manner and form aforesaid; that the same are free from all encumbrances, except installments of special assessments or assessments for special improvements which have not been certified to the County Auditor for collection, and the above-granted lands and premises in the quiet and peaceable possession of said Grantee, against all persons lawfully claiming or to claim the whole or any part thereof, the said Grantors will warrant and defend.

WITNESS, the hands of the Grantors.

[The legal description was drafted by
Rick Leach, of Kadrmas, Lee &
Jackson of Dickinson, North Dakota.]

/s/ Neal C. Messer
----------------------------------------
Neal C. Messer


/s/ Bonnie M. Messer
----------------------------------------
Bonnie M. Messer

(MACKOLL KELLOGG LAW FIRM LOGO)

-1-

********************************************************************************

I certify that a report of the full consideration paid for the property described in this deed will be filed with the North Dakota State Board of Equalization.

/s/ Michael J. Maus
----------------------------------------
Michael J. Maus, Agent

Date 7/11/05

********************************************************************************

STATE OF NORTH DAKOTA )

: ss.

COUNTY OF STARK )

On this 11th day of July, 2005, before me personally appeared Neal C. Messer and Bonnie M. Messer, husband and wife, known to me to be the persons whose names are subscribed to the foregoing instrument and acknowledged to me that they executed the same.

[MICHAEL J. MAUS STAMP]                 /s/ Michael J. Maus
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        -------------------------, Notary Public
                                        Stark County, North Dakota
                                        My Commission Expires: 7/5/08

[AUDITOR'S OFFICE STAMP]

(MACKOLL KELLOGG LAW FIRM LOGO) [BAR CODE]

-2-

Exhibit 10.10

AGREEMENT FOR ELECTRIC SERVICE

AGREEMENT made this 18th day of August, 2005, by and between West Plains Electric Cooperative, Inc., 2156 4th Avenue East, Dickinson, North Dakota, hereinafter referred to as Seller, and Red Trail Energy LLC, 11 South Ave. West Richardton, ND 58652, North Dakota, hereinafter referred to as Consumer.

WITNESSETH:

The Seller agrees to provide electric power and energy to the Consumer may need at the location described in EXHIBIT "A", attached hereto upon the following terms. The Consumer agrees to purchase all of its electric power and energy needs exclusively from the Seller upon the following terms:

1. Service Characteristics:

a. Service hereunder shall be alternating current, 3 phase, 4 wire, wye, 60 Hz, 12470/7200 volts and primary metered at 12470/7200 volts.

b. The Seller shall build, own, and maintain the primary electrical facilities. Such facilities include a 41.6 kV tap, 41.6kV/12.5kV Substation, 12.5kV breaker, and high side metering at the substation. Consumer shall be responsible to build, own, and maintained all other electrical facilities.

c. The Seller shall provide up to 6.0 Megawatt (mW) of electric demand and related energy.

d. The Consumer shall maintain a Power Factor (PF) between 95% leading and 93% lagging.

e. The Consumer may participate in load management programs offered by the Seller.

f. The Seller may also provide other electrical services as requested by Consumer at the rates determined by the Seller.

1

2. Rates and Payment:

a. The Consumer shall pay the Seller, monthly upon billings therefore, for electric service, demand and energy, at the rates and under the service provisions set forth in EXHIBIT "B" attached hereto and made a part of this Agreement.

b. The initial billing period shall start when Consumer begins using electric demand and energy, or thirty (30) days after the Seller notifies the consumer in writing that service is available hereunder, whichever occurs first.

c. No capital credits will be earned for interest, fees, penalties, or aid to construction payments.

d. Capital credit earnings will be allocated for the Consumer as per the Seller's Policy for the Contract Rate. It is further agreed that in the event the Consumer permanently ceases to operate, Seller shall have the right to apply all earned and allocated capital credits of the Consumer on a dollar for dollar basis to offset and reimburse the Seller the electric plant provided for this service.

3. Membership:

The Consumer has applied for membership, paid the membership fee, and been accepted as a member of the Seller. As part of this contract and the membership agreement, the Consumer is bound by the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Seller as amended from time to time and by rules or regulations that are already or that may hereafter be adopted by the Seller.

4. Continuity of Service:

The Seller shall use reasonable diligence to provide a constant and uninterrupted supply of electric demand and energy hereunder. If the supply of electric demand and energy shall fail or be interrupted, or become defective through act of God, Governmental authority, action of the elements, public enemy, accident, strikes, labor trouble, maintenance work, inability to secure right-of-way, or any inability, for whatever cause of the Seller's wholesale power supplier to provide demand and energy, or any other cause beyond the reasonable control of Seller, the Seller shall not be liable therefor or for any damages caused thereby and shall be relieved of all responsibility to furnish power and energy until electrical energy is again available to Seller.

2

5. Meter Testing and Revenue Billing

The seller shall be responsible to maintain and test all equipment related to revenue billing. Both the Seller and Consumer agree to any adjustments in the revenue billing if an error in billing is found by testing.

6. Right of Access:

Duly authorized representatives of the Seller shall be permitted to enter upon the Consumer's premises at all reasonable times in order to carry out the provisions hereof. Seller agrees to comply with all Environmental Safety and Health (ES&H) guidelines and guest procedures while on the Consumer's premises.

7. Term:

a. This Agreement shall become effective on the date signed by both parties.

b. This Agreement shall remain in effect for five (5) years following the start of the initial billing period and thereafter for additional three year terms until terminated by either party giving to the other six (6) months' notice in writing.

c. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, this agreement shall terminate immediately whenever the Consumer's load on the Seller's facilities exceeds 6.0 Megawatts (mW). If Consumer's future plans include a load increase beyond the 6.0 Megawatts limitation, the seller requires an 18 month notice to prepare the power grid to accommodate the Consumer's needs.

d. All parties expressly understand that the Seller's rate schedule may change upon approval of Seller's governing board. Seller agrees that any such change must be consistent with the formulae and criteria applicable to all consumers within the seller's current rate schedule 62 or to all consumers within any other rate charged the class of consumer to which the buyer may belong. The Seller agrees to make no discriminatory rate changes. The parties agree that a change in rate schedule shall be made effective and passed through in the next billing cycle following approval by the Seller's governing board.

8. Succession:

This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors, legal representatives and assigns of the respective parties hereto.

3

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement all as of the day and year first above written.

ATTEST:                                 WEST PLAINS ELECTRIC COOPERATIVE


By:                                     By: /s/ David C. Schelkoph
    ---------------------------------       ------------------------------------
                                            David C. Schelkoph
                                            CEO

(Corporate Seal)


ATTEST:                                 RED TRAIL ENERGY


By:                                     By: /s/ Ambrose R. Hoff
    ---------------------------------       ------------------------------------
                                            Ambrose R. Hoff
                                            President
(Corporate Seal)

4

[MAP]


[MAP]


EXHIBIT B

ELECTRIC RATE SCHEDULE 62

MONTHLY FACILTY CHARGE: $400

ENERGY CHARGE: First 400,000 kWh - 0.038 per kWh.


Excess kWh - 0.028 per kWh

MONTHLY DEMAND CHARGE: Demand charge $8.00 per kW

The monthly Demand Charge shall be the highest recorded 15-minute demand (kW).

POWER COST ADJUSTMENT (PCA)

A monthly Power Cost Adjustment (PCA) may be applied to all Non-Standby Energy. The PCA shall be based on the current month's kWh usage. The formula for calculating the PCA is based upon budgeted and actual wholesale power supply costs. The PCA and the formula used for calculating it will change from time to time without notice.

POWER FACTOR PENALTY CHARGE

A power factor penalty shall be applied for an average power factor less than 92% lagging or greater than 95% leading. The power factor penalty applies to either a lagging or leading power factor. The average monthly power factor shall be determined by the utility billing meter.

The power factor penalty charge will be an adjustment added to the monthly Demand Charge. The penalty shall only be applied when the average power factor exceeds the limit. The penalty shall be calculated as follows:

Lagging Power Factor

The monthly Demand (kW) multiplied by a power factor of 93% divided by the actual average power factor obtained from the billing meter. The resultant value less the actual monthly demand (kW) shall be charged at the current demand rate. Expressed as an equation thus:

[[monthly demand X 93%] ]
[[--------------------]- monthly demand] X demand rate
[[actual power factor ] ]


Leading Power Factor

The monthly Demand (kW) multiplied by a power factor of 95% divided by the actual average power factor obtained from the billing meter. The resultant value less the actual monthly demand (kW) shall be charged at the current demand rate. Expressed as an equation thus:

[[monthly demand X 95%] ]
[[--------------------]- monthly demand] X demand rate
[[actual power factor ] ]

6

Exhibit 10.11

(RPMG LOGO)

RENEWABLE PRODUCTS MARKETING GROUP

ETHANOL FUEL
MARKETING AGREEMENT


RPMG SIGNED
CONTRACT 8-18-05

ETHANOL FUEL MARKETING AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT, entered into this 18 day of August, 2005, by and between RENEWABLE PRODUCTS MARKETING GROUP, L.L.C., hereinafter referred to as "RENEWABLE PRODUCTS"; and RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC, a North Dakota Limited Liability Corporation, hereinafter referred to as "RED TRAIL ENERGY."

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Renewable Products is a limited liability company formed for the purpose of marketing ethanol for its members and others, and,

WHEREAS, RED TRAIL ENERGY is an L.L.C., intending to construct a plant in Richardton, North Dakota for the production of fuel grade ethanol, and,

WHEREAS, the parties have agreed that, for the duration of this marketing agreement, the sale and marketing of all of the ethanol produced by RED TRAIL ENERGY should be undertaken by Renewable Products.

NOW, THEREFORE, In consideration of the mutual covenants and promises herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Exclusive Marketing Representative. That if RED TRAIL ENERGY constructs a facility for the production of fuel grade ethanol, Renewable Products shall be the sole marketing representative for the entire production of said facility subject to all the terms and conditions of this agreement.

2. Plant Construction/Ethanol Specifications. That RED TRAIL ENERGY promises and agrees to proceed, with due diligence, toward the planning, financing and construction of a facility for the production of fuel grade ethanol with a capacity of approximately 50 million gallons per year, which fuel grade ethanol will be at least 200 proof (denatured), and conform to the specifications described in A.S.T.M. 4806 and such other specifications that may be, from time-to-time, promulgated by the industry for E-Grade denatured fuel ethanol. RED TRAIL ENERGY contemplates that said facility is anticipated to be in production by January, 2007, and will make every good faith effort to begin production by that time.

Page 2 of 10

3. Rail and Truck Loading Facilities. That the facility to be constructed and operated by RED TRAIL ENERGY, as aforesaid, shall include reasonable and convenient railcar and tank truck access at the facility of a size and design appropriate to handle production of approximately 50 million gallons of ethanol per year. All such railcar and tank truck loading facilities shall meet all industry and governmental safety standards and shall be capable of delivering a minimum of 800 gallons of product per minute to railcars and/or tank trucks. RED TRAIL ENERGY will be solely responsible for all demurrage charges for railcars in service for its use. RED TRAIL ENERGY shall provide personnel reasonably needed to load trucks or rail cars at its facility in a timely manner.

4. Storage Capacity. That the facility to be constructed and operated by RED TRAIL ENERGY as aforesaid shall have sufficient storage capacity for not less than 10 days ethanol production.

5. Best Efforts to Market. That since Renewable Products shall have the exclusive right to market all the fuel grade ethanol produced by RED TRAIL ENERGY during the term of this agreement, Renewable Products promises and agrees to use its best good faith efforts to market all such fuel grade ethanol; provided, however, that Renewable Products' obligation hereunder shall be excused in case of fire, flood, other natural calamity, labor dispute or any adverse governmental statute, regulations or decree (including any court order or decree).

6. Risk of Loss. That Renewable Products will be responsible for the marketing (subject to the terms of this agreement) of all such fuel grade ethanol produced by RED TRAIL ENERGY, from the time the common carrier accepts responsibility for the product at RED TRAIL ENERGY's facility in either a railcar and/or tank truck. In addition, Renewable Products shall bear the risk of loss for all such product that has been accepted for shipment by the common carrier.

7. Specific Marketing Tasks. Renewable Products shall be totally responsible for the marketing, sale and delivery of all the production from RED TRAIL ENERGY's facility during the term of this agreement, including, but not limited to:

- Obtaining sufficient railcar, tank trucks and other transport as may be needed to handle said production;

- Negotiating the rates and tariffs to be charged for delivery of such production to the customer;

Page 3 of 10

- Promoting and advertising the sale of fuel grade ethanol as appropriate;

- Ascertaining that such production is delivered where contracted and intended;

- Handling all purchase agreements with consumers and any complaints in connection therewith; and

- Collecting all accounts and undertaking any legal collection procedures as may be necessary.

8. Negotiation of Ethanol Price. That Renewable Products will use its best efforts to obtain the best price for all fuel grade ethanol sold by it pursuant to the terms of this agreement.

9. Compensation/Pooling.

RED TRAIL ENERGY will pay Renewable Products $.01 (one cent) per gallon for each gallon of ethanol sold by Renewable Products for the account of RED TRAIL ENERGY. Renewable Products shall have the right to deduct this fee from payments due RED TRAIL ENERGY as described in paragraph 10. The members of Renewable Products market their ethanol as a pool. It is the intent of Renewable Products to treat the production of RED TRAIL ENERGY in a similar manner in the future. The parties hereto agree that, upon request in writing, either party may require the other to make available its books and records, at reasonable intervals, in order to audit those books and records and to account for all dealings, transactions and sums relevant to this Agreement.

10. Accounts Receivable/Rail Car Leases/Termination of Contract. It will be the responsibility of Renewable Products to do all billing in regard to the sale of ethanol, to collect all receivables and to be responsible for any bad accounts. RENEWABLE PRODUCTS shall make payment to RED TRAIL ENERGY within 10 days after taking delivery of product into common carrier track or into railcar. All risks associated with accounts receivables shall be borne by Renewable Products. Renewable Products will lease approximately 125 railcars to be used by RED TRAIL ENERGY. A separate payment for leased railcars is not applicable as RED TRAIL ENERGY's production of fuel grade is part of the RENEWABLE PRODUCTS marketing pool. If this contract is terminated, by non-renewal or otherwise, the lease for the rail cars leased by Renewable Products for the transport of RED TRAIL ENERGY's ethanol will be assigned to RED TRAIL ENERGY, who will be obligated to the terms and conditions of said lease. Renewable Products shall provide RED TRAIL ENERGY the opportunity to review and approve of the terms and conditions of any such rail car lease before Renewable

Page 4 of 10

Products first executes the same. The parties understand that the assignment of the lease is subject to the approval of the lessor of the rail cars.

11. No "Take or Pay." The parties agree that this is not a "take or pay contract" and that Renewable Products' liability is limited to ethanol passing custody at RED TRAIL ENERGY'S facility.

12. Term. The term of this agreement shall commence on the first day of the month that RED TRAIL ENERGY initially ships ethanol and shall continue for a period of 12 months thereafter. At the termination of the initial 12-month term, the parties shall be at liberty to negotiate an extension of the contract.

13. Licenses and Permits. At all times from the commencement of this contract, RED TRAIL ENERGY will have all of the licenses and permits necessary to operate its production facilities.

14. Expected Volume. During the term of this agreement, or any renewals thereof, RED TRAIL ENERGY agrees to have Renewable Products market all of the ethanol produced by RED TRAIL ENERGY it at its production facility. The average monthly volume of ethanol produced by RED TRAIL ENERGY is estimated to be approximately 4,000,000 gallons.

15. Estimated 12-Month Volume. As of the effective date of this agreement, RED TRAIL ENERGY will provide Renewable Products with RED TRAIL ENERGY'S best estimate of its anticipated monthly ethanol production for the next twelve (12) months, to assist Renewable Products in developing appropriate marketing strategies for the ethanol to be produced by RED TRAIL ENERGY.

16. Updated Monthly Volume Estimates. On or before the first day of each month, RED TRAIL ENERGY will provide Renewable Products with its updated best estimate of RED TRAIL ENERGY'S anticipated monthly ethanol production for the next twelve (12) months, so that Renewable Products will have ethanol production estimates from RED TRAIL ENERGY twelve (12) months into the future during the entire time that this agreement is in effect.

17. Good and Marketable Title. RED TRAIL ENERGY represents that it will have good and marketable title to all of the ethanol marketed for it by Renewable Products and that said ethanol will be free and clear of all liens and encumbrances.

Page 5 of 10

18. Establishment of Price and Other Sale Terms. When Renewable Products sells the ethanol marketed pursuant to the terms of this agreement to its customers, the parties understand and agree that the ethanol sales prices and all other terms and conditions of ethanol sales to customers under this agreement will be established by Renewable Products. Renewable Products may make these decisions, without the need of obtaining consent from RED TRAIL ENERGY. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Renewable Products agrees to use its best efforts to communicate with RED TRAIL ENERGY the terms and conditions of ethanol sales.

19. Independent Contractor. Nothing contained in this agreement will make Renewable Products the agent of RED TRAIL ENERGY for any purpose whatsoever. Renewable Products and its employees shall be deemed to be independent contractors, with full control over the manner and method of performance of the services they will be providing on behalf of RED TRAIL ENERGY under this agreement.

20. Separate Entities. The parties hereto are separate entities and nothing in this agreement or otherwise shall be construed to create any rights or liabilities of either party to this agreement with regard to any rights, privileges, duties or liabilities of any other party to this agreement.

21. Working Relationship. Because the parties hereto have not done business together in the past in the manner described in this agreement, they have not yet attempted to develop efficient and effective procedures related to ordering, delivering ethanol and shipping ethanol and, therefore, agree to work together promptly and in good faith to develop effective and efficient policies and procedures to cover these matters.

22. Ethanol Shortage/Open Market Purchase. If RED TRAIL ENERGY is unable to deliver its estimated monthly ethanol production and if as a consequence of the non-delivery and in order to meet its sale obligation to third parties, Renewable Products may purchase ethanol in the market place to meet its delivery obligations. If it does so, and as a result thereof incurs a financial loss, RED TRAIL ENERGY will reimburse Renewable Products for any such loss. Under such circumstances, if Renewable Products realizes a financial gain, it will pay such gain to RED TRAIL ENERGY.

Page 6 of 10

23. Testing of Samples. At the request of Renewable Products, RED TRAIL ENERGY agrees to provide Renewable Products with samples of its ethanol produced at its production facility so that it may be tested for product quality on a regular basis.

24. Insurance. During the entire term of this agreement, RED TRAIL ENERGY will maintain insurance coverage that is standard, in the reasonable opinion of Renewable Products, for a company of its type and size that is engaged in the production and selling of ethanol. At a minimum, RED TRAIL ENERGY'S insurance coverage must include:

A. Comprehensive general product and public liability insurance, naming Renewable Products as an additional named insured, with liability limits of at least $5 million in the aggregate.

B. Property and casualty insurance adequately insuring its production facilities and its other assets against theft, damage and destruction on a replacement cost basis.

C. Renewable Products as a named insured under the comprehensive general product and public liability insurance policy and the property and casualty insurance policy.

D. Workers' compensation insurance to the extent required by law.

RED TRAIL ENERGY will not change its insurance coverage during the term of this agreement, except to increase it or enhance it, without the prior written consent of Renewable Products.

25. Indemnifications and Hold Harmless-- RED TRAIL ENERGY. If a third party makes a claim against Renewable Products or any person or organization related to it as the result of the actions or omissions of RED TRAIL ENERGY or any person or organization related to RED TRAIL ENERGY including, but not limited to, claims relating to the quality of ethanol produced by RED TRAIL ENERGY, then RED TRAIL ENERGY agrees to indemnify Renewable Products and its related persons and organizations and to hold them harmless from any liabilities, damages, costs and/or expenses, including costs of litigation and reasonable attorneys fees which they incur as a result of any claims, arising solely from the marketing of RED TRAIL ENERGY'S ethanol under this Agreement, made against them by third parties.

Page 7 of 10

26. Indemnifications and Hold Harmless--Renewable Products. The indemnification obligations of the parties under this agreement will be mutual and Renewable Products, therefore, makes the same commitment to indemnify RED TRAIL ENERGY and its related persons or organizations that RED TRAIL ENERGY has made to Renewable Products in the preceding paragraph,

27. Survival of Terms/Dispute Resolution. All representations, warranties and agreements made in connection with this agreement will survive the termination of this agreement. The parties will, therefore, be able to pursue claims related to those representations, warranties and agreements after the termination of this agreement, unless those claims are barred by the applicable statute of limitations. Similarly, any claims that the parties have against each other that arise out of actions or omissions that take place while this agreement is in effect will survive the termination of this agreement. This means that the parties may pursue those claims even after the termination of this agreement, unless applicable statutes of limitation bar those claims. The parties agree that, should a dispute between them arise in connection with this agreement, the parties will complete, in good faith, a mediation session prior to the filing of any action in any court. Such mediation session shall occur at a place that is mutually agreeable, and shall be conducted by a mediator to be selected by mutual agreement of the parties.

28. Choice of Law. The parties agree that this agreement will be governed by, interpreted under and enforced in accordance with North Dakota law.

29. Assignment. Neither party may assign its rights or obligations under this agreement without the written consent of the other party, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld.

30. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties covering everything agreed upon or understood in the transaction. There are no oral promises, conditions, representations, understandings, interpretations, or terms of any kind as conditions or inducements to the execution hereof or in effect between Buyer and Seller, except as expressed in this Agreement. No change or addition shall be made to this Agreement except by a written document signed by all parties hereto.

31. Execution of Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by the parties on any number of separate counterparts, and by each party on separate counterparts, each of such counterparts being deemed by the parties to be an

Page 8 of 10

original instrument; and all of such counterparts, taken together, shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

32. Duplicate Counterpart Includes Facsimile. The parties specifically agree and acknowledge that a duplicate hereof shall include, but not be limited to, a counterpart produced by virtue of a facsimile ("fax") machine.

33. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and there respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns.

34. Termination. The agreement may be terminated if either party engages in an uncured breach. After receiving written notice, the breaching party will have 30 days to cure the breach. If the breaching party does not cure the breach in the required time, the agreement will terminate 30 days later.

35. Notices. Any notice or other communication required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be considered delivered in all respects when it has been delivered by hand or mailed by first class mail postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

TO: Renewable Products Marketing Group, L.L.C.


809 East Main Street

Suite 2
Belle Plaine, MN 56011

TO: RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC

PO Box 11
Richardton, ND 58652

Page 9 of 10

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have set their hands the day and year first written above.

RENEWABLE PRODUCTS MARKETING GROUP, LLC

By /s/ C. Stephen Bleyl
   -------------------------------------
   C. Stephen Bleyl
Its CEO

RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC

By /s/ Ambrose R. Hoff
   -------------------------------------
   Ambrose R. Hoff
Its President

Page 10 of 10

Exhibit 10.12

LUMP SUM DESIGN-BUILD AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC ("OWNER")

AND

FAGEN, INC. ("DESIGN-BUILDER")

August 29, 2005


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Article 1 Definitions

Article 2 Red Trail Energy Project
   2.1   Services to Be Performed .......................................     4
   2.2   Extent of Agreement ............................................     4
   2.3   Conflicting Provisions .........................................     4

Article 3 Design-Builder Responsibilities
   3.1   Design-Builder's Services in General ...........................     5
   3.2   Design Development and Services. ...............................     5
   3.3   Standard of Care ...............................................     6
   3.4   Government Approvals and Permits ...............................     6
   3.3   Subcontractors. ................................................     6
   3.6   Maintenance of Site ............................................     7
   3.7   Project Safety. ................................................     7
   3.8   Submission of Reports ..........................................     8
   3.9   Training .......................................................     8

Article 4 Owner's Responsibilities
   4.1   Duty to Cooperate. .............................................     8
   4.2   Furnishing of Services and Information. ........................     9
   4.3   Financial Information ..........................................     9
   4.4   Owner's Representative .........................................    10
   4.5   Government Approvals and Permits ...............................    10
   4.6   Owner's Separate Contractors ...................................    10

Article 5 Ownership of Work Product; Risk of Loss
   5.1   Work Product. ..................................................    10
   5.2   Owner's Limited License Upon Payment in Full ...................    10
   5.3   Owner's Limited License Upon Owner's Termination for Convenience
         or Design-Builder's Election to Terminate ......................    11
   5.4   Owner's Limited License Upon Design-Builder's Default ..........    11
   5.5   Owner's Indemnification for Use of Work Product ................    12

Article 6 Commencement and Completion of the Project
   6.1   Work Schedule ..................................................    12
   6.2   Notice to Proceed; Commencement ................................    12
   6.3   Project Start-Up and Testing ...................................    13
   6.4   Substantial Completion. ........................................    13
   6.5   Final Completion. ..............................................    14
   6.6   Post Completion Support ........................................    15

Article 7 Performance Testing
   7.1   Performance Guarantee ..........................................    15
   7.2   Performance Testing. ...........................................    16

Article 8 Warranties
   8.1   Design-Builder Warranty ........................................    16
   8.2   Correction of Defective Work. ..................................    17
   8.3   Warranty Period Not Limitation to Owner's Rights ...............    17

Article 9 Contract Price
   9.1   Contract Price .................................................    17

i

Table of Contents
(continued)

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
Article 10 Payment Procedures
   10.1  Payment at Financial Close .....................................    18
   10 2  Progress Payments ..............................................    18
   10.3  Final Payment ..................................................    19
   10.4  Failure to Pay Amounts Due. ....................................    19
   10.5  Design-Builder's Payment Obligations ...........................    20
   10.6  Record Keeping and Finance Controls ............................    20

Article 11 Hazardous Conditions and Differing Site Conditions
   11.1  Hazardous Conditions. ..........................................    20
   11.2  Differing Site Conditions. .....................................    21

Article 12 Force Majeure; Change in Legal Requirements
   12.1  Force Majeure Event ............................................    22
   12.2  Effect of Force Majeure Event ..................................    22
   12.3  Change in Legal Requirements ...................................    22

Article 13 Changes to the Contract Price and Contract Time(s)
   13.1  Change Orders. .................................................    23
   13.2  Contract Price Adjustments. ....................................    23
   13.3  Emergencies ....................................................    24
   13.4  Requests for Contract Adjustments and Relief ...................    24
   13.5  Contract Time Adjustment

Article 14 Indemnity
   14.1  Patent and Copyright Infringement. .............................    24
   14.2  Tax Claim Indemnification ......................................    25
   14.3  Payment Claim Indemnification ..................................    25
   14.4  Design-Builder's General Indemnification. ......................    25
   14.5  Owner's General Indemnification ................................    26

Article 15 Stop Work; Termination for Cause
   15.1  Owner's Right to Stop Work .....................................    26
   15.2  Owner's Right to Perform and Terminate for Cause. ..............    26
   15.3  Owner's Right to Terminate for Convenience. ....................    27
   15.4  Design-Builder's Right to Stop Work. ...........................    28
   15.5  Design-Builder's Right to Terminate for Cause. .................    28
   15.6  Bankruptcy of Owner or Design-Builder. .........................    29
   15.7  Lenders Right to Cure ..........................................    30

Article 16 Representatives of the Parties
   16.1  Owner's Representatives ........................................    30
   16.2  Design-Builder's Representatives ...............................    30

Article 17 Insurance
   17.1  Insurance ......................................................    31
   17.2  Design-Builder's Insurance Requirements ........................    32
   17.3  Owner's Liability Insurance ....................................    33
   17.4  Owner's Property Insurance. ....................................    33
   17.5  Coordination with Loan Documents ...............................    34

ii

Table of Contents
(continued)

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
Article 18 Representations and Warranties
   18.1  Design-Builder and Owner Representations and Warranties ........    34
   18.2  Design-Builder Representation and Warranties ...................    35

Article 19 Dispute Resolution
   19.1  Dispute Avoidance and Mediation ................................    35
   19.3  Duty to Continue Performance ...................................    35
   19.4  Consequential Damages. .........................................    35

Article 20 Miscellaneous
   20.1  Assignment .....................................................    36
   20.2  Successors .....................................................    36
   20.3  Governing Law ..................................................    36
   20.4  Severability ...................................................    36
   20.5  No Waiver ......................................................    36
   20.6  Headings .......................................................    37
   20.7  Notice .........................................................    37
   20.8  No Privity with Design Consultant/Subcontractors ...............    38
   20.9  Amendments .....................................................    38
   20.10 Cooperation with Lenders and Independent Engineer. .............    38

iii

LUMP SUM DESIGN-BUILD CONTRACT

This LUMP SUM DESIGN-BUILD CONTRACT (the "Agreement") is made as of August 29, 2005, by and between Red Trail Energy, LLC, a North Dakota limited liability company (the "Owner") and Fagen. Inc. a Minnesota corporation (the "Design-Builder").

RECITALS

A. The Owner desires to develop, construct, own and operate a 50 million gallons per year ("MGY") coal-fired fuel ethanol production facility located at Richardton, ND (the "Red Trail Energy Plant'* or "Plant"); and

B. Design-Builder desires to provide design, engineering, procurement and construction services for the Plant.

NOW, THEREFORE in consideration of the mutual covenants and obligations contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, Owner and Design-Builder agree as follows.

AGREEMENT

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

Agreement is defined in the Preamble.

Air Emissions Tester means a third party entity engaged by Owner meeting all required state and federal requirements for such testing entities, to conduct air emissions testing of the Plant in accordance with Exhibit A.

Application for Payment is defined in Section 10.2.1.

Bankrupt Party is defined in Section 15.6.1.

Construction Documents is defined in Section 3.2.2.

Contract Documents is defined in Section 2.2.

Contract Price is defined in Section 9.1.

Day or Days shall mean calendar days unless otherwise specifically noted in the Contract Documents.

Design-Builder is defined in the Preamble.

Design-Builder's Representative is defined in Section 16.2.

Design-Builder's Senior Representative is defined in Section 16.2.


Design Consultant is a qualified, licensed design professional that is not an employee of Design-Builder, but is retained by Design-Builder, or employed or retained by anyone under contract with Design-Builder or Subcontractor, to furnish design services required under the Contract Documents.

Differing Site Conditions is defined in Section 11.2.1.

Expected Daily Capacity is 50 MGY divided by 353 days, which equals 141,643 gallons per day.

Final Application for Payment is defined in Section 10.3.

Final Completion is defined in Section 6.5.

Financial Close is defined in Section 10.1.

Financing Documents is defined in Section 10.1.

Force Majeure Event is defined in Section 12.1.

Hazardous Conditions are any materials, wastes, substances and chemicals deemed to be hazardous under applicable Legal Requirements, or the handling, storage, remediation, or disposal of which are regulated by applicable Legal Requirements.

ICM License Agreement means the license agreement to be executed between Owner and ICM, Inc., substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D.

Indemnified Parties is defined in Section 5.2.

Independent Engineer means Owner's independent engineer, if applicable.

Legal Requirements are all applicable federal, state and local laws, codes, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders and decrees of any government or quasi-government entity having jurisdiction over the Project or Site, the practices involved in the Project or Site, or any Work.

Lenders means the lenders that are party to the Financing Documents.

Lenders' Agent is defined in Section 20.10.1.

Notice to Proceed is defined in Section 6.2.

Oversight Items is defined in Section 20.10.3.

Owner is defined in the Preamble.

Owner's Representative is defined in Section 16.1.

Owner's Senior Representative is defined in Section 16.1.

2

Pay Period means, with respect to a given Application for Payment or Progress Report, the period following the last day of the previous Pay Period to which the immediately prior Application for Payment or Progress Report applied; provided, that the initial Pay Period shall commence on the Notice to Proceed and end on the date determined by the Design-Builder.

Performance Guarantee Criteria means the criteria listed in Exhibit A.

Performance Tests is defined in Section 7.2.1.

Plant is defined in the Recitals.

Plant Capacity means for a given period, the number of gallons produced by the Plant during such period of denatured fuel grade ethanol meeting ASTM 4806 and all other applicable Legal Requirements.

Preliminary Construction Documents are defined in Section 3.2.1.

Progress Report is defined in Section 3.8.

Project is the Plant, including all related improvements, and is defined in
Section 2.1.

Project Scope is defined in Exhibit B.

Punch List is defined in Section 6.4.3.

Safety Representative is defined in Section 3.7.1.

Schedule of Values is defined in Section 10.2.5.

Scheduled Substantial Completion Date is defined in Section 6.4.1.

Site is the land or premises on which the Project is located.

State is the State in which the Project is located.

Sub-Subcontractor is any person or entity retained by a Subcontractor as an independent contractor to perform any portion of a Subcontractor's Work and shall include materialmen and suppliers.

Subcontractor is any person or entity retained by Design-Builder as an independent contractor to perform a portion of the Work and shall include materialmen and suppliers.

Substantial Completion is defined in Section 6.4.2.

Work is defined in Section 3.1.

Work Product is defined in Section 5.1.

3

Work Schedule is defined in Section 6.1.

ARTICLE 2

RED TRAIL ENERGY PROJECT

2.1 SERVICES TO BE PERFORMED. Design-Builder shall perform all work and services in connection with the engineering, design, procurement, and construction of the Plant, and provide all material, equipment, tools and labor necessary to complete the Plant in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The Plant, together with all equipment, labor, services and materials furnished hereunder is defined as the "Project."

2.2 EXTENT OF AGREEMENT. This Agreement consists of the following documents, and all exhibits, schedules, appendices and attachments hereto and thereto (collectively, the "Contract Documents"):

2.2.1 All written modifications, amendments and change orders to this Agreement;

2.2.2 This Agreement, including all exhibits and attachments, executed by Owner and Design-Builder, including those below:

LIST OF EXHIBITS

Exhibit A Performance Guarantee Criteria Exhibit B General Project Scope
Exhibit C - Owner's Responsibilities Exhibit D - ICM License Agreement
Exhibit E - Schedule of Values
Exhibit F - Progress Report
Exhibit G Permits Required

2.2.3 Upon completion by Design-Builder, the Preliminary Construction Documents to be prepared by Design-Builder pursuant to Section 3.2.1 and the Construction Documents to be prepared by Design-Builder pursuant to Section 3.2.2 shall be incorporated in this Agreement.

2.3 CONFLICTING PROVISIONS. The Contract Documents are intended to permit the parties to complete the Work and all obligations required by the Contract Documents in accordance with the terms herein for the Contract Price. The Contract Documents are intended to be complementary and interpreted in harmony so as to avoid conflict, with words and phrases interpreted in a manner consistent with construction and design industry standards. In the event of any inconsistency, conflict, or ambiguity between or among the Contract Documents, the Contract

4

Documents shall take precedence in the order in which they are listed in Section 2.2 hereof. No oral representations or other agreements have been made by the parties except as specifically stated in the Contract Documents.

ARTICLE 3

DESIGN-BUILDER RESPONSIBILITIES

3.1 DESIGN-BUILDER'S SERVICES IN GENERAL. Except for services and information specifically set forth in Article 4 and Exhibit C to be provided by the Owner, Design-Builder shall perform or cause to be performed all design, engineering, procurement, construction services, supervision, labor, inspection, testing, start-up, material, equipment, machinery, temporary utilities and other temporary facilities to complete construction of the Project consistent with the Contract Documents (the "WORK"). All design and engineering and construction services of the Design-Builder shall be performed in accordance with (i) the Project Scope as set forth in Exhibit B, (ii) the Construction Documents, (iii) all Legal Requirements, and (iv) good ethanol fuel production industry practices. Any design and engineering or other professional service to be performed pursuant to this Agreement, which under applicable law must be performed by licensed personnel, shall be performed by licensed personnel as required by law. The enumeration of specific duties and obligations to be performed by the Design-Builder under the Contract Documents shall not be construed to limit in any way the general undertakings of the Design-Builder as set forth herein. Design-Builder's Representative shall be reasonably available to Owner and shall have the necessary expertise and experience required to supervise the Work. Design-Builder's Representative shall communicate regularly with Owner and shall be vested with the authority to act on behalf of Design-Builder.

3.2 DESIGN DEVELOPMENT AND SERVICES.

3.2.1 As of this date or within thirty (30) days from the date hereof, Design-Builder has or shall have provided to Owner the following documents, and any other documents reasonably agreed to by Design-Builder and Owner as applying to the conceptual design of the Project and required to apply for the construction air permit or completion of the site layout in cooperation with Owner's rail engineer (collectively, the "Preliminary Construction Documents"), which shall be consistent with the Project Scope and once reasonably approved by Owner, shall be part of this Agreement:

a) major equipment lists, with sizes;

b) process flow diagram;

c) process design criteria and/or process description; and

d) site layout.

Owner shall have thirty (30) days from the date it receives the Preliminary Construction Documents to review and approve such documents. The Preliminary Construction Documents shall establish performance standards for the completed Project and identify components

5

required to meet those performance standards. Design-Builder shall have the right to revise the layout of the equipment and substitute specific pieces of equipment, provided the completed Project shall conform to or exceed the performance standards established by the Preliminary Construction Documents.

3.2.2 Design-Builder may provide through qualified, licensed design professionals employed by Design-Builder, or procured from qualified, independent licensed Design Consultants, the necessary design services, including architectural, engineering and other design professional services, for the preparation of the required drawings, specifications and other design submittals required to permit construction of the Work in accordance with this Agreement and the Preliminary Construction Documents (such drawings, specifications and design submittals collectively and together with the Preliminary Construction Documents, the "Construction Documents"). To the extent not prohibited by Legal Requirements, Design-Builder may prepare Construction Documents for a portion of the Work to permit construction to proceed on that portion of the Work prior to completion of the Construction Documents for the entire Work.

3.2.3 Construction of the Work shall be consistent with the Construction Documents.

3.2.4 Design-Builder shall maintain a current, complete set of drawings and specifications at the Site. Owner may review such drawings and specifications, and Owner may be allowed, upon Design-Builder's approval, to make copies of drawings and specifications available at the Work site that are applicable to Owner.

3.3 STANDARD OF CARE. All services performed by the Design-Builder pursuant to the Construction Documents shall be performed in accordance with the standard of care and skill ordinarily used by members of design profession practicing under similar conditions at the same time and locality of the Project. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the parties agree upon specific higher performance standards for any aspect of the Work, including the standards set forth in Exhibit A hereof, the professional services shall be performed to achieve such standards. Design-Builder shall perform all construction activities efficiently and with the requisite expertise, skill and competence to satisfy the requirements of the Contract Documents and all Legal Requirements. Design-Builder shall at all times exercise complete and exclusive control over the means, methods, sequences and techniques of construction.

3.4 GOVERNMENT APPROVALS AND PERMITS. Except as identified in Exhibit C and with respect to items identified as Owner's responsibility, in Exhibit G (which items shall be obtained by Owner pursuant to Section 4.5), Design-Builder shall obtain and pay for all necessary permits, approvals, licenses, government charges and inspection fees required for the prosecution of the Work by any government or quasi-government entity having jurisdiction over the Project. Design-Builder shall provide reasonable assistance to Owner in obtaining those permits, approvals and licenses that are Owner's responsibility.

3.5 SUBCONTRACTORS.

3.5.1 Design-Builder shall employ only Subcontractors who are duly licensed (if required) and qualified to perform the Work consistent with the Contract Documents. Owner

6

may reasonably object to Design-Builder's selection of any Subcontractor; provided, that the Contract Price and/or the Contract Time shall be adjusted to the extent that Owner's objection impacts Design-Builder's cost and/or time of performance.

3.5.2 Design-Builder assumes responsibility to Owner for the proper performance of the Work of Subcontractors and any acts and omissions in connection with such performance. Nothing in the Contract Documents is intended or deemed to create any legal or contractual relationship between Owner and any Subcontractor or Sub-Subcontractor, including but not limited to any third-party beneficiary rights.

3.5.3 Design-Builder shall coordinate the activities of all of Design-Builders Subcontractors. If Owner performs other work on the Project or at the Site with separate contractors under Owner's control, Design-Builder agrees to reasonably cooperate and coordinate its activities with those of such separate contractors so that the Project can be completed in an orderly and coordinated manner without unreasonable disruption.

3.6 MAINTENANCE OF SITE. Design-Builder shall keep the Site reasonably free from debris, trash and construction wastes to permit Design-Builder to perform its construction services efficiently, safely and without interfering with the use of adjacent land areas. Upon Substantial Completion of the Work, or portion of the Work, as applicable, Design-Builder shall remove all debris, trash, construction wastes, materials, equipment, machinery and tools arising from the Work or applicable portions thereof to permit Owner to occupy the Project for its intended use.

3.7 PROJECT SAFETY.

3.7.1 Design-Builder recognizes the importance of performing the Work in a safe manner so as to prevent damage, injury or loss to (i) all individuals at the Site, whether working or visiting, (ii) the Work, including materials and equipment incorporated into the Work or stored on-Site or off-Site, and (iii) ail other property at the Site or adjacent thereto. Design-Builder assumes responsibility for implementing and monitoring all safety precautions and programs related to the performance of the Work. Design-Builder shall, prior to commencing construction, designate a representative (the "Safety Representative") with the necessary qualifications and experience to supervise the implementation and monitoring of all safety precautions and programs related to the Work. Unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, Design-Builder's Safety Representative shall be an individual stationed at the Site who may have responsibilities on the Project in addition to safety. The Safety Representative shall make routine daily inspections of the Site and shall hold weekly safety meetings with Design-Builder's personnel. Subcontractors and others as applicable.

3.7.2 Design-Builder and Subcontractors shall comply with all Legal Requirements relating to safety, as well as any Owner-specific safety requirements set forth in the Contract Documents; provided, that such Owner-specific requirements do not violate any applicable Legal Requirement. As promptly as practicable, Design-Builder will report in writing any safety-related injury, loss, damage or accident arising from the Work to Owner's Representative and, to the extent mandated by Legal Requirements, to all government or quasi-government authorities having jurisdiction over safety-related matters involving the Project or the Work.

7

3.7.3 Design-Builder's responsibility for safety under this Section 3.7 is not intended in any way to relieve Subcontractors and Sub-Subcontractors of their own contractual and legal obligations and responsibility for (i) complying with all Legal Requirements, including those related to health and safety matters, and (ii) taking all necessary measures to implement and monitor all safety precautions and programs to guard against injury, losses, damages or accidents resulting from their performance of the Work.

3.8 SUBMISSION OF REPORTS. Attached as Exhibit F is an example of a "Progress Report." Design-Builder shall provide Owner with regular communication regarding the progress ("Progress Report") and any revisions to the drawings and specifications of the Work, including whether (i) the Work is proceeding according to schedule, (ii) discrepancies, conflicts, or ambiguities exist in the Contract Documents that require resolution, (iii) health and safety issues exist in connection with the Work, and (iv) other items require resolution so as not to jeopardize Design-Builder's ability to complete the Work for the Contract Price and within the Contract Time(s).

3.9 TRAINING. At a mutually agreed time prior to start-up, Design-Builder shall provide up to two (2) weeks, as reasonably determined by Design-Builder, of off-site training at a plant in Russell, Kansas (or other location; e.g. Goldfield, Iowa) for all of Owner's employees required for the operation and maintenance of the Plant in accordance with all design specifications therefor contained in the Contract Documents and necessary in order to maintain the Performance Guarantee Criteria, including operators, laboratory personnel, general, plant and maintenance managers. Other personnel of Owner may receive such off-site training by separate arrangement between Owner and Design-Builder and as time is available. All training personnel and costs associated with such training personnel, including labor and all training materials will be provided to Owner within the Contract Price at no additional cost. Owner will be responsible for all travel and expenses of its employees and the Owner will pay all wages and all other expenses for its personnel during the training. The training services will include training on computers, laboratory procedures, field operating procedures, and overall plant section performance expectations. Prior to the start-up training, Design-Builder shall provide Owner training manuals and operating manuals and other documents reasonably necessary for the start-up process.

ARTICLE 4

OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES

4.1 DUTY TO COOPERATE.

4.1.1 Owner shall, throughout the performance of the Work, cooperate with Design-Builder and perform its responsibilities, obligations and services in a timely manner to facilitate Design-Builder's timely and efficient performance of the Work and so as not to delay or interfere with Design-Builder's performance of its obligations under the Contract Documents.

4.1.2 Owner shall provide timely reviews and approvals of Preliminary Construction Documents subject to Section 3.2.1.

8

4.1.3 Owner shall have no responsibility for any winter construction related activities including, but not limited to, special material costs, sheltering, heating, and equipment rental (the cost of which activities is included in the Contract Price), except that Owner shall use its best efforts to minimize frost by providing and maintaining an insulation layer (hay or straw) with a depth of not less than 24 inches on areas designated by the Design-Builder. All other related costs shall be paid by Design-Builder.

4.2 FURNISHING OF SERVICES AND INFORMATION.

4.2.1 Unless expressly stated to the contrary in the Contract Documents, Owner shall provide, at its own cost and expense, for Design-Builder's information and use the following, all of which Design-Builder is entitled to rely upon in performing the Work:

a) Surveys describing the property, boundaries, topography and reference points for use during construction, including existing service and utility lines:

b) Geotechnical studies describing subsurface conditions, and other surveys describing other latent or concealed physical conditions at the Site;

c) Temporary and permanent easements, zoning and other requirements and encumbrances affecting land use, or necessary to permit the proper design and construction of the Project and enable Design-Builder to perform the Work;

d) A legal description of the Site;

e) To the extent available, as-built and record drawings of any existing structures at the Site; and

f) To the extent available, environmental studies, reports and impact statements describing the environmental conditions, including Hazardous Conditions, in existence at the Site.

4.2.2 Owner is responsible for securing and executing all necessary agreements with adjacent land or property owners that are necessary to enable Design-Builder to perform the Work. Owner is further responsible for all costs, including attorneys' fees, incurred in securing these necessary agreements.

4.3 FINANCIAL INFORMATION. Prior to Financial Close, at Design-Builder's request, Owner shall promptly furnish reasonable evidence satisfactory to Design-Builder that Owner has adequate funds available and committed to fulfill all of Owner's contractual obligations under the Contract Documents. If Owner fails to furnish such financial information in a timely manner, Design-Builder may slop Work under Section 15.4 hereof or exercise any other right permitted under the Contract Documents. Upon Financial Close, Owner shall promptly provide to Design-

9

Builder an officer's certificate certifying that Financial Close has occurred and such Owner's officer's certificate shall constitute evidence satisfactory to Design-Builder that Owner has adequate funds available and committed to fulfill its obligations under the Contract Documents for all purposes hereunder.

4.4 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. Owner's Representative shall be responsible for providing Owner-supplied information and approvals in a timely manner to permit Design-Builder to fulfill its obligations under the Contract Documents. Owner's Representative shall also provide Design-Builder with prompt notice if it observes any failure on the part of Design-Builder to fulfill its contractual obligations, including any errors, omissions or defects in the performance of the Work. Owner's Representative shall be vested with the authority to act on behalf of Owner.

4.5 GOVERNMENT APPROVALS AND PERMITS. Owner shall obtain and pay for all necessary permits, approvals, licenses, government charges and inspection fees set forth in Exhibit C and, to the extent identified as Owner's responsibility, Exhibit G. Owner shall provide reasonable assistance to Design-Builder in obtaining those permits, approvals and licenses that are Design-Builder's responsibility pursuant to Exhibits G and Section 3.4.

4.6 OWNER'S SEPARATE CONTRACTORS. Owner is responsible for all work, including such work listed on Exhibit C, performed on the Project or at the Site by separate contractors under Owner's control. Owner shall contractually require its separate contractors to cooperate with, and coordinate their activities so as not to interfere with, Design-Builder in order to enable Design-Builder to timely complete the Work consistent with the Contract Documents.

ARTICLE 5

OWNERSHIP OF WORK PRODUCT; RISK OF LOSS

5.1 WORK PRODUCT. All drawings, specifications, calculations, data, notes and other materials and documents, including electronic data furnished by Design-Builder to Owner under this Agreement ("Work Product") shall be instruments of service and Design-Builder shall retain the ownership and property interests therein, including the copyrights thereto.

5.2 OWNER'S LIMITED LICENSE UPON PAYMENT IN FULL. Upon Owner's payment in full for all Work performed under the Contract Documents, Design-Builder shall grant Owner a limited license to use the Work Product in connection with Owner's occupancy and repair of the Project and Design-Builder shall provide Owner with a copy of the "as built" plans, conditioned on Owner's express understanding that its use of the Work Product and its acceptance of the "as built" plans is at Owner's sole risk and without liability or legal exposure to Design-Builder or anyone working by or through Design-Builder, including Design Consultants of any tier (collectively the "Indemnified Parties"); provided, however, that any performance guarantees, and warranties (of equipment or otherwise) shall remain in effect according to the terms of this Agreement.

5.2.1 Owner shall be entitled to use the Work Product for the purpose relating to this Project, but shall not be entitled to use the Work Product on any other projects, including

10

expansion of this Project. The limited license granted to Owner under Section 5.2, 5.3 or 5.4 to use the Work Product shall be limited by and construed according to the same terms contained in the ICM License Agreement between Owner and ICM, Inc., attached hereto as Exhibit D and incorporated herein by reference thereto, except (i) references in such ICM License Agreement to ICM and Proprietary Property shall refer to Design-Builder and Work Product, respectively, (ii) the laws of the State of Minnesota shall govern such limited license, and (iii) the dispute resolution provisions contained in Article 19 hereof shall apply to any breach or threatened breach of Owner's duties or obligations under such limited license, except that Design-Builder shall have the right to seek injunctive relief in a court of competent jurisdiction against Owner or its Representatives for any such breach or threatened breach. Design-Builder is utilizing certain proprietary property and information of ICM, Inc., a Kansas corporation ("ICM"), in the design and construction of the Project, and Design-Builder may incorporate proprietary property and information of ICM into the Work Product. Owner's use of the proprietary property and information of ICM shall be governed by the terms and provisions of the License Agreement between Owner and ICM, attached hereto as Exhibit D, to be executed by such parties in connection with the execution of this Agreement. The preceding last three sentences of this paragraph also apply to Articles 5.3 and 5.4 below.

5.3 OWNER'S LIMITED LICENSE UPON OWNER'S TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE OR DESIGN-BUILDER'S ELECTION TO TERMINATE. If Owner terminates the Project for its convenience as set forth in Section 15.3 hereof, or if Design-Builder elects to terminate this Agreement in accordance with Section 15.5, Design-Builder shall, upon Owner's payment in full of the amounts due Design-Builder under this Agreement, grant Owner a limited license to use the Work Product to complete the Project and subsequently occupy and repair the Project, subject to the following:

5.3.1 Use of the Work Product is at Owner's sole risk without liability or legal exposure to any Indemnified Party; provided, however, that any "pass through" warranties regarding equipment or express warranties regarding equipment provided by this Agreement shall remain in effect according to their terms; and

5.3.2 If the termination for convenience is by Owner in accordance with Section 15.3 hereof, or if Design-Builder elects to terminate this Agreement in accordance with Section 15.5, then Owner agrees to pay Design-Builder the additional sum of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) as compensation for the limited right to use the Work Product completed "as is" on the date of termination in accordance with this Article 5.

5.4 OWNER'S LIMITED LICENSE UPON DESIGN-BUILDER'S DEFAULT. If this Agreement is terminated due to Design-Builder's default pursuant to Section 15.2 and (i) it is adjudged that Design-Builder was in default, and (ii) Owner has fully satisfied all of its obligations under the Contract Documents through the time of Design-Builder's default, then Design-Builder shall grant Owner a limited license to use the Work Product in connection with Owner's completion and occupancy and repair of the Project. This limited license is conditioned on Owner's express understanding that its use of the Work Product is at Owner's sole risk without liability or legal exposure to any Indemnified Party; provided, however, that any "pass through" warranties regarding equipment or express warranties regarding equipment provided by this Agreement shall

11

remain in effect according to their terms. This limited license grants Owner the ability to repair the Project at Owner's discretion.

5.5 OWNER'S INDEMNIFICATION FOR USE OF WORK PRODUCT. If Owner uses the Work Product or Plant under any of the circumstances identified in this Article 5, to the fullest extent allowed by law. Owner shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnified Parties from and against any and all claims, damages, liabilities, losses and expenses, including attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from the use of the Work Product and Plant; provided, however, that any "pass through" warranties regarding equipment or express warranties regarding equipment provided by this Agreement shall remain in effect according to their terms.

ARTICLE 6

COMMENCEMENT AND COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT

6.1 WORK SCHEDULE. Design-Builder shall prepare and submit a schedule for the execution of the Work to Owner. The schedule ("Work Schedule") shall indicate the dates for the start and completion of the various stages of Work, including the dates when Owner's obligations are required to be complete to enable Design-Builder to achieve the Contract Time(s). The Work Schedule shall be revised as required by conditions and progress of the Work but such revisions shall not relieve Design-Builder of its obligations to complete the Work within the Contract Time(s), unless such revisions to the work Schedule are the result of any direct or indirect delay in the completion of Owner's obligations. Then Design-Builder shall be relieved of its obligations to complete the Work within the Contract Time(s) for completion of the Work shall be extended accordingly without penalty to Design-Builder.

6.2 NOTICE TO PROCEED; COMMENCEMENT. The Work shall commence within five
(5) days of Design-Builder's receipt of Owner's written valid notice to proceed ("Notice to Proceed") unless the parties mutually agree otherwise in writing. The parties agree that a valid Owner's Notice to Proceed cannot be given until:
[ * ] Design-Builder must receive a valid Owner's Notice to Proceed within 180 days of the signing of this Agreement; otherwise, the Contract Price referred to in Section 9.1 is subject to a price increase.

6.2.1 Owner shall provide the following within 90 days of Design-Builder's receipt of Owner's valid Notice to Proceed, as described in
Section 6.2 above of this Agreement:

- Owner shall determine its water supply and pretreatment system design and provide Design-Builder with a detailed design, and

[ * ] Portions omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

12

- Owner shall provide the name of its property/all risk insurance carrier and the specific requirements for fire protection.

The two bulleted requirements referred to above are further detailed in Exhibit C. The Scheduled Substantial Completion date will likewise be extended a corresponding amount of days for each day Owner exceeds the 90-day timeframe referred to above in Section 6.2.1.

6.3 PROJECT START-UP AND TESTING. Owner shall provide, at Owner's cost, equipment, tools, instruments and materials necessary for Owner to comply with its obligations under Exhibit C, raw materials, consumables and personnel, necessary for start-up and testing of the Plant, and Design-Builder shall provide supervision, standard and special test instruments, tools, equipment and materials required to perform component and equipment checkout and testing, initial start-up, operations supervision and corrective maintenance of all permanent Plant equipment within the scope of the Work. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, Design-Builder shall be responsible for raw materials and consumables to the extent such amounts provided by Owner are destroyed or damaged (as opposed to consumed in the ordinary course of start-up and testing) by Design-Builder or its personnel during start-up and testing. Design-Builder shall supervise and direct Owner's employees who shall participate in the start-up activities with Design-Builder's personnel to become familiar with all aspects of the Plant. Owner and the Independent Engineer may witness start-up and testing activities. Performance testing will be conducted in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.2 hereof.

6.4 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION.

6.4.1 Substantial Completion of the entire Work shall be achieved no later than 485 calendar days after the date of the Notice to Proceed, subject to adjustment in accordance with the Contract Documents hereof (the "Scheduled Substantial Completion Date").

6.4.2 "Substantial Completion" is the date on which the Work is sufficiently complete so that Owner can occupy and use the Project for its intended purposes. Substantial Completion shall be attained at the point in time when the Plant is ready to begin operation for its intended use (ethanol production; i.e., the "grind corn" date).

6.4.3 PROCEDURES. Design-Builder shall notify Owner in writing when it believes Substantial Completion has been achieved with respect to the Work. Within five (5) days of Owner's receipt of Design-Builder's notice, Owner and Design-Builder will jointly inspect such Work to verify that it is substantially complete in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. If such Work is substantially complete, Design-Builder shall prepare and issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion for the Work that will set forth (i) the date of Substantial Completion, (ii) the remaining items of Work that have to be completed before final payment ("the Punch List"), (iii) provisions (to the extent not already provided in this Agreement) establishing Owner's and Design-Builder's responsibility for the Project's security, maintenance, utilities and insurance pending Final Payment, and (iv) an acknowledgment that warranties with respect to the Work commence on the date of Substantial Completion, except as may otherwise be noted in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. Upon Substantial Completion of the entire Work or, if applicable, any portion of the Work, and Performance Testing, Owner shall release to Design-Builder all retained amounts relating, as applicable, to the

13

entire Work or completed portion of the Work, less an amount equal to the reasonable value of all remaining or incomplete items of Work as noted in the Certificate of Substantial Completion.

a) Owner, at its option, may use a portion of the Work prior to completion of the entire Work; provided, that (i) a Certificate of Substantial completion has been issued for the portion of Work addressing the items set forth in Section 6.4.3 above, (ii) Design-Builder and Owner have, to the extent required, obtained the consent of their sureties and insurers and the appropriate government authorities having jurisdiction over the Project, and (i) Owner and Design-Builder agree that Owner's use or occupancy will not interfere with Design-Builder's completion of the remaining Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.

6.5 FINAL COMPLETION.

6.5.1 final Completion of the Work shall be achieved as expeditiously as reasonably practicable.

6.5.2 Final Completion shall be achieved when the Owner reasonably determines that the following conditions have been met:

a) Substantial Completion has been achieved;

b) any outstanding amounts owed by Design-Builder to Owner have been paid in full;

c) the items identified on the Punch List have been completed by Design-Builder;

d) clean-up of the site has been completed;

e) all permits required to have been obtained by Design-Builder have been obtained;

f) the information in Section 6.5.4 has been provided to Owner;

g) certificates of insurance confirming that required coverages will remain in effect consistent with the requirements of the Contract Documents; and

h) the performance test report has been completed according to
Section 7.2

6.5.3 After receipt of a Final Application for Payment from Design-Builder, Owner shall make final payment in accordance with Section 10.3.

6.5.4 At the time of submission of its Final Application for Payment, Design-Builder shall provide the following information:

14

a) an affidavit that there are no claims, obligations or liens outstanding or unsatisfied for labor, services, material, equipment, taxes or other items performed, furnished or incurred for or in connection with the Work which will in any way affect Owner's interests;

b) a general release executed by Design-Builder waiving, upon receipt of final payment by Design-Builder, all claims for payment, additional compensation, or damages for delay, except those previously made to Owner in writing and remaining unsettled at the time of final payment provided such general release shall not waive defenses to claims that may be asserted by Owner after payment or claims arising after payment;

c) consent of Design-Builder's surety, if any, to final payment; and

d) all other documents or materials relating to the Project not previously provided to Owner, including as-built plans and drawings.

6.5.5 Upon making final payment, Owner waives all claims against Design-Builder except claims relating to (i) Design-Builder's failure to satisfy its payment obligations, if such failure affects Owner's interests, (ii) Design-Builder's failure to complete the Work consistent with the Contract Documents, including defects appearing after Substantial Completion, and (iii) the terms of any special warranties required by the Contract Documents.

6.6 POST COMPLETION SUPPORT. Adequate personnel to complete all Work within the guaranteed schedule will be maintained on-site by Design-Builder or a Subcontractor until Final Completion has been achieved. In addition to prosecuting the Work until Final Completion has been achieved, Design-Builder or its Subcontractor will provide one month of on-site operational support for Owner's personnel after successful completion of the Performance Tests and, from the date of Substantial Completion, will provide six (6) months of off-site technical and operating procedure support by telephone and other electronic data transmission and communication.

ARTICLE 7

PERFORMANCE TESTING

7.1 PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE. The Design-Builder guarantees the Criteria listed in Exhibit A. If there is a performance shortfall, Design-Builder will pay all design, and construction, and all other costs associated with making the necessary corrections, including corrections necessary to meet air emissions standards, except that Owner is responsible for the increased cost(s) related to the pollution control equipment referred to in Section 9.1. Design-Builder retains the right to use its sole discretion in determining the method to remedy any performance related issues.

7.1.1 If Owner, for whatever reason, prevents Design-Builder from demonstrating the Performance Guarantee Criteria within 30 days of Design-Builder's notice that the Project is ready for Performance Testing, Design-Builder is thereby deemed to have fulfilled all of its

15

Performance Guarantee obligations listed in Exhibit A.

7.2 PERFORMANCE TESTING.

7.2.1 The Design-Builder shall direct and supervise the tests and, if necessary, the retests of the Plant using Design-Builder's supervisory personnel and the Air Emissions Tester shall conduct the air emissions test, in each case, in accordance with the testing procedures set forth in Exhibit A (the "Performance Tests"), to demonstrate, at a minimum, compliance with the Performance Guarantee Criteria. Design-Builder shall cooperate with the Air Emissions Tester to facilitate performance of all air emissions tests.

7.2.2 No later than thirty (30) days prior to the earlier of Scheduled Substantial Completion and the Substantial Completion Date, Design-Builder shall provide to Owner for review a detailed testing plan for Performance Tests (other than for air emissions). Design-Builder shall notify the Owner five (5) business days prior to the date Design-Builder intends to commence the Performance Tests and shall notify the Owner upon commencement of the Performance Tests. Owner and Independent Engineer each have the right to witness all testing, including the Performance Tests and any equipment testing, whether at the Site or at the Sub-contractor's or equipment supplier's premises during the course of this Agreement. Owner shall bear the costs of providing a witness to any such testing.

7.2.3 Design-Builder shall provide to Owner a performance test report (excluding results from air emissions testing), including all applicable test data, calculations and certificates indicating the results of the Performance Tests and within five (5) business days of Owner's receipt of such results, Owner, Independent Engineer and Design-Builder will jointly inspect such Work and review the results of the Performance Tests to verify that the Performance Guarantee Criteria have been met. If Owner reasonably determines that the Performance Guarantee Criteria have not been met, Owner shall notify Design-Builder the reasons why Owner determined that the Performance Guarantee Criteria have not been met and Design-Builder shall promptly take such action or perform such additional work as will achieve the Performance Guarantee Criteria and shall issue to the Owner another notice in accordance with Section 7.2.2; provided however that if the notice relates to a retest, the notice may be provided no less than two (2) business days prior to the Performance Tests. Such procedure shall be repeated as necessary until Owner verifies that the Performance Guarantee Criteria have been met.

ARTICLE 8

WARRANTIES

8.1 Design-Builder Warranty. Design-Builder warrants to Owner that the construction, including all materials and equipment furnished as part of the construction, shall be new, of good quality, in conformance with the Contract Documents and all Legal Requirements, free of defects in materials and workmanship. Design-Builder's warranty obligation excludes defects caused by abuse, alterations, or failure to maintain the Work by persons other than Design-Builder or anyone for whose acts Design-Builder may be liable. Nothing in this warranty is intended to limit any manufacturer's warranty which provides Owner with greater warranty rights

16

than set forth in this Section 8.1 or the Contract Documents. Design-Builder will provide to Owner all manufacturers' and Subcontractors' warranties upon the earlier of Substantial Completion and termination of this Agreement. Owner's failure to materially comply with all Operating Procedures shall void those guarantees, representations and warranties, whether expressed or implied, that were given by Design-Builder to Owner, concerning the performance of the Plant that are reasonably determined by Design-Builder to be materially affected by such failure. If Design-Builder reasonably determines that all damage caused by such failure can be repaired and Owner makes all repairs needed to correct such damage, as reasonably determined by Design-Builder, such guarantees, representations and warranties shall be reinstated for the remaining term thereof, if any, from the date of such repair.

8.2 CORRECTION OF DEFECTIVE WORK.

8.2.1 Design-Builder agrees to correct any Work that is found to not be in conformance with the Contract Documents, including that part of the Work subject to Section 8.1, within a period of one year from the date of Substantial Completion of the Work; provided that such one-year period shall be extended for any part of the Work that is found to be not in conformance with the Contract Documents for each day that such part of the Work is not operating in conformity with the Contract Documents, including any time during which any part of the Work is repaired or replaced pursuant to this Article VIII.

8.2.2 Design-Builder shall, within seven (7) days of receipt of written notice from Owner that the Work is not in conformance with the Contract Documents, take meaningful steps to commence correction of such nonconforming Work, including the correction, removal or replacement of the nonconforming Work. If Design-Builder fails to commence the necessary steps within such seven
(7) day period, Owner, in addition to any other remedies provided under the Contract Documents, may provide Design-Builder with written notice that Owner will commence or assume correction of such nonconforming Work with its own forces. If Owner does perform such corrective Work, Design-Builder shall be responsible for all reasonable costs incurred by Owner in performing such correction. If the nonconforming Work creates an emergency requiring an immediate response, the seven (7) day periods identified herein shall be inapplicable.

8.3 WARRANTY PERIOD NOT LIMITATION TO OWNER'S RIGHTS. The one-year period referenced in Section 8.2 above applies only to Design-Builder's obligation to correct nonconforming Work and is not intended to constitute a period of limitations for any other rights or remedies Owner may have regarding Design-Builder's other obligations under the Contract Documents.

ARTICLE 9

CONTRACT PRICE

9.1 CONTRACT PRICE. Owner shall pay Design-Builder in accordance with the terms of Article 10, the sum of Seventy-five Million Eight Hundred Forty-one Thousand Seven Hundred Forty Dollars ($75,841,740) ("Contract Price"), subject to adjustments made in accordance with

17

Article 13. The Contract Price includes a Two Million Dollar ($2,000,000) allowance for pollution control equipment; the purpose for which is to reduce or control SOx emissions. Design and installation costs shall be at no markup to Owner, and the $2,000,000 is a maximum not to exceed cost to the Owner. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contract Price is deemed to include all sales, use, consumer and other taxes mandated by applicable Legal Requirements. Design-Builder and Owner acknowledge that a portion of the Project is exempt from sales tax, and Design-Builder agrees to reasonably cooperate with Owner in claiming any applicable refund of sales tax paid by Owner by providing reasonable documentation directly to the State Tax Agency only. Any refund of such taxes Owner receives for the Project will be split evenly (50/50) with the Design-Builder. The Contract Price assumes the use of non-union labor. If Legal Requirements require Owner or Owner otherwise requires Design-Builder to use union labor, the Contract Price shall be adjusted upwards to include any increased costs associated with the use of union labor.

ARTICLE 10

PAYMENT PROCEDURES

10.1 PAYMENT AT FINANCIAL CLOSE. As part of the Contract Price, Owner shall pay Design-Builder Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) as soon as allowed by its organizational documents and any other agreements or laws and at the latest, at Financial Close, as a mobilization fee. "Financial Close" is defined as the execution by Owner of final loan documents (the "Financing Documents") providing for the advance of financing to Owner to construct the Project and the fulfillment of all conditions precedent thereunder necessary to permit the initial advance of funds to pay amounts due under this Agreement. The Five Million Dollar ($5,000,000) mobilization fee payment shall be subject to retainage as provided by Section 10.2.7.

10.2 PROGRESS PAYMENTS

10.2.1 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT. On or before the twenty-fifth (25th) day of each month beginning with the first month following the Notice to Proceed, Design-Builder shall submit to Owner its request for payment for all Work performed and not paid for during the previous Pay Period (the "Application for Payment").

10.2.2 The Application for Payment shall constitute Design-Builder's representation that the Work has been performed consistent with the Contract Documents and has progressed to the point indicated in the Application for Payment. Title to the Work shall pass to Owner free and clear of all claims, liens, encumbrances, and security interests upon Design-Builder's receipt of payment therefor, or upon the incorporation of the Work into the Project, whichever occurs earlier.

10.2.3 Within ten (10) days after Owner's receipt of each properly submitted Application for Payment, Owner shall pay Design-Builder all amounts properly due, but in each case less the total of payments previously made, and less amounts properly withheld under this Agreement.

18

10.2.4 The Application for Payment may request payment for equipment and materials not yet incorporated into the Project; provided that (i) Owner is satisfied that the equipment and materials are suitably stored at either the Site or another acceptable location, (ii) the equipment and materials are protected by suitable insurance, and (iii) upon payment, Owner will receive the equipment and materials free and clear of all liens and encumbrances except for liens of the Lenders and other liens and encumbrances permitted under the Financing Documents.

10.2.5 SCHEDULE OF VALUES. Attached as Exhibit E is the "Schedule of Values" for all of the Work. The Schedule of Values (i) subdivides the Work into its respective parts, (ii) includes values for all items comprising the Work, and (iii) serves as the basis for monthly progress payments made to Design-Builder throughout the Work.

10.2.6 WITHHOLDING OF PAYMENTS. On or before the date set forth in
Section 10.2.3, Owner shall pay Design-Builder all amounts properly due. If Owner determines that Design-Builder is not entitled to all or part of an Application for Payment, it will notify Design-Builder in writing at least five
(5) days prior to the date payment is due. The notice shall indicate the specific amounts Owner intends to withhold, the reasons and contractual basis for the withholding, and the specific measures Design-Builder must take to rectify Owner's concerns. Design-Builder and Owner will attempt to resolve Owner's concerns prior to the date payment is due. If the parties cannot resolve such concerns, Design-Builder may pursue its rights under the Contract Documents, including those under Article 19. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Contract Documents, Owner shall pay Design-Builder all undisputed amounts in an Application for Payment within the times required by the Agreement.

10.2.7 RETAINAGE ON PROGRESS PAYMENTS. Owner will retain five (5%) of each payment In addition. Owner shall retain 5% of the pollution control equipment related payments (the Two Million Dollar allowance referred to in
Section 9.1) until successful completion of all compliance tests. Owner will also reasonably consider reducing retainage for Subcontractors completing their work early in the Project. Upon Substantial Completion of the entire Work or, if applicable, any portion of the Work, pursuant to Section 6.4, Owner shall release to Design-Builder all retained amounts relating, as applicable, to the entire Work or completed portion of the Work, less an amount equal to the reasonable value of all remaining or incomplete items of Work as noted in the Certificate of Substantial Completion, provided that such payment shall only be made if Design-Builder has met the Performance Guarantee Criteria listed in Exhibit A

10.3 FINAL PAYMENT. Design-Builder shall deliver to Owner a request for final payment (the "Final Application for Payment") when Design-Builder believes Final Completion has been achieved in accordance with Section 6.5. Owner shall make final payment within thirty (30) days after Owner's receipt of the Final Application for Payment.

10.4 FAILURE TO PAY AMOUNTS DUE.

10.4.1 INTEREST. Payments which are due and unpaid by Owner to Design-Builder, whether progress payments or final payment, shall bear interest commencing five (5) days after

19

payment is due at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum. This interest shall not apply to any amount actually adjudged to be in dispute.

10.4.2 RIGHT TO SUSPEND WORK. If Owner fails to pay Design-Builder any undisputed amount that becomes due, Design-Builder, in addition to all other remedies provided in the Contract Documents, may stop Work pursuant to Section 15.4 hereof. All payments properly due and unpaid shall bear interest at the rate set forth in Section 10.4.1.

10.5 DESIGN-BUILDER'S PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS. Design-Builder will pay Design Consultants and Subcontractors, in accordance with its contractual obligations to such parties, all the amounts Design-Builder has received from Owner on account of their work. Design-Builder will impose similar requirements on Design Consultants and Subcontractors to pay those parties with whom they have contracted. Design-Builder will indemnify and defend Owner against any claims for payment and mechanic's liens as set forth in Section 14.3 hereof.

10.6 RECORD KEEPING AND FINANCE CONTROLS. With respect to changes in the Work performed on a cost basis by Design-Builder pursuant to the Contract Documents, Design-Builder shall keep full and detailed accounts and exercise such controls as may be necessary for proper financial management, using accounting and control systems in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and as may be provided in the Contract Documents. During the performance of the Work and for a period of three (3) years after Final Payment, Owner and Owner's accountants shall be afforded access from time to time, upon reasonable notice, to Design-Builder's records, books, correspondence, receipts, subcontracts, purchase orders, vouchers, memoranda and other data relating to changes in the Work performed on a cost basis in accordance with the Contract Documents, all of which Design-Builder shall preserve for a period of three (3) years after Final Payment.

ARTICLE 11

HAZARDOUS CONDITIONS AND DIFFERING SITE CONDITIONS

11.1 HAZARDOUS CONDITIONS.

11.1.1 Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Documents to be part of the Work, Design-Builder is not responsible for any Hazardous Conditions encountered at the Site. Upon encountering any Hazardous Conditions, Design-Builder will stop Work immediately in the affected area and as promptly as practicable notify Owner and, if required by Legal Requirements, all government or quasi-government entities with jurisdiction over the Project or Site.

11.1.2 Upon receiving notice of the presence of suspected Hazardous Conditions, Owner shall take the necessary measures required to ensure that the Hazardous Conditions are remediated or rendered harmless. Such necessary measures shall include Owner retaining qualified independent experts to (i) ascertain whether Hazardous Conditions have actually been encountered, and, if they have been encountered, (ii) prescribe the remedial measures that Owner

20

must take either to remove the Hazardous Conditions or render the Hazardous Conditions harmless.

11.1.3 Design-Builder shall be obligated to resume Work at the affected area of the Project only after Owner's expert provides it with written certification that (i) the Hazardous Conditions have been removed or rendered harmless, and (ii) all necessary approvals have been obtained from all government entities having jurisdiction over the Project or Site.

11.1.4 Design-Builder will be entitled, in accordance with this Article 11, to an adjustment in its Contract Price and/or Contract Time(s) to the extent Design-Builder's cost and/or time of performance have been adversely impacted by the presence of Hazardous Conditions.

11.1.5 To the fullest extent permitted by law, Owner shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Design-Builder, Design Consultants, Subcontractors, anyone employed directly or indirectly for any of them, and their officers, directors, employees and agents, from and against any and all claims, losses, damages, liabilities and expenses, including attorneys' fees and expenses, arising out of or resulting from the presence, removal or remediation of Hazardous Conditions at the Site.

11.1.6 Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Section 11.1, Owner is not responsible for Hazardous Conditions introduced to the Site by Design-Builder, Subcontractors or anyone for whose acts they may be liable. Design-Builder shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Owner and Owner's officers, directors, employees and agents from and against all claims, losses, damages, liabilities and expenses, including attorneys' fees and expenses, arising out of or resulting from those Hazardous Conditions introduced to the Site by Design-Builder, Subcontractors or anyone for whose acts they may be liable.

11.2 DIFFERING SITE CONDITIONS.

11.2.1 Concealed or latent physical conditions or subsurface conditions at the Site that (i) materially differ from the conditions indicated in the Contract Documents, or (ii) are of an unusual nature, differing materially from the conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in the Work are collectively referred to herein as "Differing Site Conditions." If Design-Builder encounters a Differing Site Condition, Design-Builder will be entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Price and/or Contract Time(s) to the extent Design-Builder's cost and/or time of performance are adversely impacted by the Differing Site Condition.

11.2.2 Upon encountering a Differing Site Condition, Design-Builder shall provide prompt written notice to Owner of such condition, which notice shall not be later than fourteen (14) business days after such condition has been encountered. Design-Builder shall, to the extent reasonably possible, provide such notice before the Differing Site Condition has been substantially disturbed or altered.

21

ARTICLE 12

FORCE MAJEURE; CHANGE IN LEGAL REQUIREMENTS

12.1 FORCE MAJEURE EVENT. If Design-Builder is delayed in the performance of the Work due to acts, omissions, conditions, events, or circumstances beyond its control and due to no fault of its own or those for whom Design-Builder is responsible, the Contract Time(s) for performance shall be reasonably extended by Change Order. By way of example, events that will entitle Design-Builder to an extension of the Contract Time(s) include acts or omissions of Owner or anyone under Owner's control (including separate contractors), changes in the Work, Differing Site Conditions. Hazardous Conditions, wars (declared or not), hostilities, blockade, revolution, insurrection, riot, fire, floods, earthquakes, storms, labor disputes, unusual delay in transportation, delay in the delivery of materials or equipment that is beyond the control of Design-Builder, epidemics abroad, adverse weather conditions not reasonably anticipated, or similar acts of God, strikes or other labor difficulties ("Force Majeure Event").

12.2 EFFECT OF FORCE MAJEURE EVENT. Neither party shall be considered in default in the performance of any of the obligations contained in the Contract Documents, except for the Owners or the Design-Builder's obligations to pay money. If either party is rendered wholly or partly unable to perform its obligations under the Contract Documents because of a Force Majeure Event, such party will be excused from performance affected by the Force Majeure Event to the extent and for the period of time so affected; provided that:

a) the nonperforming party gives the other party notice describing the event or circumstance;

b) the suspension of performance is of no greater scope and of no longer duration than is reasonably required by the Force Majeure Event;

c) when the nonperforming party is able to resume performance of its obligations under the Contract Documents, that party shall give the other party written notice to that effect; and

d) in addition to Design-Builder's right to a time extension for those events set forth in Section 12.1 above, Design-Builder shall also be entitled to an appropriate adjustment of the Contract Price provided, however, that the Contract Price shall not be adjusted for those events set forth in Section 12.1 above that are beyond the control of both Design-Builder and Owner.

12.3 CHANGE IN LEGAL REQUIREMENTS. The Contract Price and/or the Contract Time(s) shall be adjusted to compensate Design-Builder for the effects of any changes to the Legal Requirements that occur after the date of this Agreement affecting the performance of the Work. Such effects may include, without limitation, revisions Design-Builder is required to make to the Construction Documents because of changes in Legal Requirements.

22

ARTICLE 13

CHANGES TO THE CONTRACT PRICE AND SCHEDULED COMPLETION DATES

13.1 CHANGE ORDERS.

13.1.1 A Change Order is a written instrument issued after execution of this Agreement signed by Owner and Design-Builder, stating their agreement upon all of the following:

a) The scope of the change in the Work;

b) The amount of the adjustment to the Contract Price; and

c) The extent of the adjustment to the Contract Time(s).

13.1.2 All changes in the Work authorized by an applicable Change Order shall be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents. Owner and Design-Builder shall negotiate in good faith and as expeditiously as possible the appropriate adjustments for such changes.

13.1.3 If Owner requests a proposal for a change in the Work from Design-Builder and subsequently elects not to proceed with the change, a Change Order shall be issued to reimburse Design-Builder for reasonable costs incurred for estimating services, design services and any other services involved in the preparation of proposed revisions to the Contract Documents.

13.2 CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENTS.

13.2.1 The increase or decrease in Contract Price resulting from a change in the Work shall be a mutually accepted lump sum, properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation by Owner.

13.2.2 If Owner and Design-Builder disagree upon whether Design-Builder is entitled to be paid for any services required by Owner, or if there are any other disagreements over the scope of Work or proposed changes to the Work, Owner and Design-Builder shall resolve the disagreement pursuant to Article 19 hereof. As part of the negotiation process, Design-Builder shall furnish Owner with a good faith estimate of the costs to perform the disputed services in accordance with Owner's interpretations. If the parties are unable to agree and Owner expects Design-Builder to perform the services in accordance with Owner's interpretations, Design-Builder shall proceed to perform the disputed services, conditioned upon Owner issuing a written order to Design-Builder (i) directing Design-Builder to proceed, and (ii) specifying Owner's interpretation of the services that are to be performed. If this occurs, Design-Builder shall be entitled to submit in its Applications for Payment an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of its reasonable estimated direct cost to perform the services, and Owner agrees to pay such amounts, with the express understanding that (x) such payment by Owner does not prejudice Owner's right to argue that it has no responsibility to pay for such services, and (y) receipt of such payment by

23

Design-Builder does not prejudice Design-Builder's right to seek full payment of the disputed services if Owner's order is deemed to be a change to the Work.

13.3 EMERGENCIES. In any emergency affecting the safety of persons and/or property, Design-Builder shall act, at its discretion, to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss and shall notify the Owner as soon as practicable. Any change in the Contract Price and/or the Contract Time(s) on account of emergency work shall be determined as provided in this Article 13.

13.4 REQUESTS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS AND RELIEF. If either Design-Builder or Owner believes that it is entitled to relief against the other for any event arising out of or related to the Work or Project, such party shall provide written notice to the other party of the basis for its claim for relief. Such notice shall, if possible, be made prior to incurring any cost or expense and in accordance with the notice requirements contained Section 20.7. In the absence of any specific notice requirement, written notice shall be given within a reasonable time, not to exceed twenty-one (21) days, after the occurrence giving rise to the claim for relief or after the claiming party reasonably should have recognized the event or condition giving rise to the request, whichever is later. Such notice shall include sufficient information to advise the other party of the circumstances giving rise to the claim for relief, the specific contractual adjustment or relief requested and the basis of such request.

13.5 CONTRACT TIME ADJUSTMENT. Design-Builder shall be entitled to an extension of the Scheduled Substantial Completion Date or Final Completion Date to the extent the Plant is unable to operate as expected not due to any act or omission of the Design-Builder, in addition to time extensions available due to an event as described in Section 12.1.

ARTICLE 14

INDEMNIFY

14.1 PATENT AND COPYRIGHT INFRINGEMENT.

14.1.1 Design-Builder shall defend any action or proceeding brought against Owner, its officers, directors, employees and agents ("Owner Indemnified Parties") based on any claim that the Work, or any part thereof, or the operation or use of the Work or any part thereof, constitutes infringement of any United States patent or copyright, now or hereafter issued. Owner shall give prompt written notice to Design-Builder of any such action or proceeding and will reasonably provide authority, information and assistance in the defense of same. Design-Builder shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner Indemnified Parties from and against all damages and costs, including but not limited to, attorneys' fees and expenses awarded against Owner or Design-Builder in any such action or proceeding. Design-Builder agrees to keep Owner informed of all developments in the defense of such actions.

14.1.2 If Owner is enjoined from the operation or use of the Work or any part thereof, as the result of any patent or copyright suit, claim, or proceeding, Design-Builder shall at its sole expense take reasonable steps to procure the right to operate or use the Work. If Design-Builder cannot so procure such right within a reasonable time, Design-Builder shall promptly, at Design-

24

Builder's option and at Design-Builder's expense, (i) modify the Work so as to avoid infringement of any such patent or copyright or (ii) replace the Work with Work that does not infringe or violate any such patent or copyright.

14.1.3 Sections 14.1.1 and 14.1.2 above shall not be applicable to any suit, claim or proceeding based on infringement or violation of a patent or copyright (i) relating solely to a particular process or product of a particular manufacturer specified by Owner and not offered or recommended by Design-Builder to Owner, or (ii) arising from modifications to the Work by Owner or its agents after acceptance of the Work, or (iii) relating to the operation or use of the Work by the Owner is a manner not permitted by this Agreement or the License Agreement attached to this Agreement as Exhibit D. If the suit, claim or proceeding is based upon events set forth in the preceding sentence, Owner shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Design-Builder to the same extent Design-Builder is obligated to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Owner in
Section 14.1.1 above.

14.1.4 The obligations set forth in this Section 14.1 shall constitute the sole agreement between the parties relating to liability for infringement of violation of any patent or copyright.

14.2 TAX CLAIM INDEMNIFICATION. If, in accordance with Owner's direction, an exemption for all or part of the Work is claimed for taxes, Owner shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Design-Builder from and against any liability, penalty, interest, fine, tax assessment, attorneys' fees or other expenses or costs incurred by Design-Builder as a result of any action taken by Design-Builder in accordance with Owner's directive.

14.3 PAYMENT CLAIM INDEMNIFICATION. To the extent Design-Builder has received payment for the Work. Design-Builder shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Owner Indemnified Parties from any claims or mechanic's liens brought against Owner Indemnified Parties or against the Project as a result of the failure of Design-Builder, or those for whose acts it is responsible, to pay for any services, materials, labor, equipment, taxes or other items or obligations furnished or incurred for or in connection with the Work. Within three (3) business days of receiving written notice from Owner that such a claim or mechanic's lien has been filed, Design-Builder shall commence to take the steps necessary to discharge such claim or lien, including, if necessary, the furnishing of a mechanic's lien bond. If Design-Builder fails to do so, Owner will have the right to discharge the claim or lien and hold Design-Builder liable for costs and expenses incurred, including attorneys' fees.

14.4 DESIGN-BUILDER'S GENERAL INDEMNIFICATION.

14.4.1 Design-Builder, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend Owner Indemnified Parties from and against claims, losses, damages, liabilities, including attorneys' fees and expenses, for bodily injury, sickness or death, and property damage or destruction (other than to the Work itself) to the extent resulting from the negligent acts or omissions of Design-Builder, Design Consultants, Subcontractors, anyone employed directly or indirectly by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable.

25

14.4.2 If an employee of Design-Builder, Design Consultants, Subcontractors, anyone employed directly or indirectly by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable has a claim against Owner Indemnified Parties, Design-Builder's indemnity obligation set forth in Section 14.4.1 above shall not be limited by any limitation on the amount of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for Design-Builder, Design Consultants, Subcontractors, or other entity under any employee benefit acts, including workers' compensation or disability acts.

14.5 OWNER'S GENERAL INDEMNIFICATION. Owner, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend Design-Builder and any of Design-Builder's officers, directors, employees, or agents from and against claims, losses, damages, liabilities, including attorneys' fees and expenses, for bodily injury, sickness or death, and property damage or destruction (other than to the Work itself) to the extent resulting from the negligent acts or omissions of Owner, its officers, directors, employees, agents, and Owner's separate contractors or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable.

ARTICLE 15

STOP WORK; TERMINATION FOR CAUSE

15.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP WORK. Owner may, without cause and for its convenience, order Design-Builder in writing to stop and suspend the Work. Such suspension shall not exceed sixty (60) consecutive days or aggregate more than ninety (90) days during the duration of the Project. Design-Builder is entitled to seek an adjustment of the Contract Price and/or the Contract Time(s) if its cost or time to perform the Work has been adversely impacted by any suspension or stoppage of work by Owner.

15.2 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM AND TERMINATE FOR CAUSE.

15.2.1 If Design-Builder persistently fails to (i) provide a sufficient number of skilled workers, (ii) supply the materials required by the Contract Documents, (iii) comply with applicable Legal Requirements, (iv) timely pay, without cause, Design Consultants or Subcontractors, (v) prosecute the Work with promptness and diligence to ensure that the Work is completed by the Contract Time(s), as such times may be adjusted, or (vi) perform material obligations under the Contract Documents, then Owner, in addition to any other rights and remedies provided in the Contract Documents or by law, shall have the rights set forth in Sections 15.2.2 and 15.2.3 below.

15.2.2 Upon the occurrence of an event set forth in Section 15.2.1 above, Owner may provide written notice to Design-Builder that it intends to terminate the Agreement unless the problem cited is cured, or commenced to be cured, within seven (7) days of Design-Builder's receipt of such notice. If Design-Builder fails to cure, or reasonably commence to cure, such problem, then Owner may give a second written notice to Design-Builder of its intent to terminate within an additional seven (7) day period. If Design-Builder, within such second seven (7) day period, fails to cure, or reasonably commence to cure, such problem, then Owner may

26

declare the Agreement terminated for default by providing written notice to Design-Builder of such declaration.

15.2.3 Upon declaring the Agreement terminated pursuant to Section 15.2.2 above, Owner may enter upon the premises and take possession, for the purpose of completing the Work, of all materials, equipment, scaffolds, tools, appliances and other items thereon, which have been purchased for the performance of the Work, all of which Design-Builder hereby transfers, assigns and sets over to Owner for such purpose, and to employ any person or persons to complete the Work and provide all of the required labor, services, materials, equipment and other items. In the event of such termination, Design-Builder shall not be entitled to receive any further payments under the Contract Documents until the Work shall be finally completed in accordance with the Contract Documents. At such time, if the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds the cost and expense incurred by Owner in completing the Work, such excess shall be paid by Owner to Design-Builder. If Owner's cost and expense of completing the Work exceeds the unpaid balance of the Contract Price, then Design-Builder shall be obligated to pay the difference to Owner. Such costs and expense shall include not only the cost of completing the Work, but also losses, damages, costs and expenses, including attorneys' fees and expenses, incurred by Owner in connection with the re-procurement and defense of claims arising from Design-Builder's default, subject to the waiver of consequential damages set forth in Section 19.4 hereof.

15.2.4 If Owner improperly terminates the Agreement for cause, the termination for cause will be converted to a termination for convenience in accordance with the provisions of Section 153.

15.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO TERMINATE FOR CONVENIENCE.

15.3.1 Upon ten (10) days' written notice to Design-Builder, Owner may, for its convenience and without cause, elect to terminate this Agreement. In such event, Owner shall pay Design-Builder for the following:

a) To the extent not already paid, all Work executed, and for proven loss, cost or expense in connection with the Work;

b) The reasonable costs and expenses attributable to such termination, including demobilization costs and amounts due in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors and Design Consultants;;

c) Overhead and profit margin in the amount of fifteen percent (15%) on the sum of items (a) and (b) above, except that overhead and profit shall not be due regarding amounts due in settlement of terminated contracts with subcontractors and design consultants; and

d) all retainage withheld by Owner on account of Work that has been completed in accordance with the Contract Documents.

27

15.3.2 If Owner terminates this Agreement pursuant to this Section 15.3 above and proceeds to design and construct the Project through its employees, agents or third parties, Owner's rights to use the Work Product shall be as set forth in Section 5.3.

15.4 DESIGN-BUILDER'S RIGHT TO STOP WORK.

15.4.1 Design-Builder may, in addition to any other rights afforded under the Contract Documents or at law, stop work for the following reasons:

a) Owner's failure to provide financial assurances as required under Section 4.3: or

b) Owner's failure to pay amounts properly due under Design-Builder's Application for Payment.

15.4.2 If any of the events set forth in Section 15.4.1 above occur Design-Builder has the right to stop work by providing written notice to Owner that Design-Builder will stop work unless such event is cured within seven (7) days from Owner's receipt of Design-Builder's notice. If Owner fails to cure or reasonably commence to cure, such problem, then Design-Builder may give a second written notice to Owner of its intent to stop work within an additional seven
(7) day period. If Owner, within such second seven (7) day period, fails to cure, or reasonably commence to cure, such problem, then Design-Builder may stop work. In such case, Design-Builder shall be entitled to make a claim for adjustment to the Contract Price and Contract Time(s) to the extent it has been adversely impacted by such stoppage.

15.5 DESIGN-BUILDER'S RIGHT TO TERMINATE FOR CAUSE.

15.5.1 Design-Builder, in addition to any other rights and remedies provided in the Contract Documents or by law, may terminate the Agreement for cause for the following reasons:

a) The Work has been stopped for sixty (60) consecutive days, or more than ninety (90) days during the duration of the Project, because of court order, any government authority having jurisdiction over the Work, or orders by Owner under Section 15.1 hereof, provided that such stoppages are not due to the acts or omissions of Design-Builder or anyone for whose acts Design-Builder may be responsible.

b) Owner's failure to provide Design-Builder with any information, permits or approvals that are Owner's responsibility under the Contract Documents which result in the Work being stopped for sixty (60) consecutive days, or more than ninety (90) days during the duration of the Project, even though Owner has not ordered Design-Builder in writing to stop and suspend the Work pursuant to Section 15.1 hereof.

c) Owner fails to make available to Design-Builder the Plant as required in Exhibit C which result in the Work being stopped for sixty
(60) consecutive days, or more than ninety (90) days during the duration of the Project even though Owner

28

has not ordered Design-Builder in writing to stop and suspend the Work pursuant to Section 15.1 hereof.

d) Owner's failure to cure the problems set forth in Section 15.4.1 above after Design-Builder has stopped the Work.

15.5.2 Upon the occurrence of an event set forth in Section 15.5.1 above, Design-Builder may elect to terminate this Agreement by providing written notice to Owner that it intends to terminate the Agreement unless the problem cited is cured, or commenced to be cured, within seven (7) days of Owner's receipt of such notice. If Owner fails to cure, or reasonably commence to cure, such problem, then Design-Builder may give a second written notice to Owner of its intent to terminate within an additional seven (7) day period. If Owner, within such second seven (7) day period, fails to cure, or reasonably commence to cure, such problem, then Design-Builder may declare the Agreement terminated for default by providing written notice to Owner of such declaration. In such case, Design-Builder shall be entitled to recover in the same manner as if Owner had terminated the Agreement for its convenience under Section 15.3.

15.6 BANKRUPTCY OF OWNER OR DESIGN-BUILDER.

15.6.1 If either Owner or Design-Builder institutes or has instituted against it a case under the United States Bankruptcy Code (such party being referred to as the "Bankrupt Party"), such event may impair or frustrate the Bankrupt Party's ability to perform its obligations under the Contract Documents. Accordingly, should such event occur:

a) The Bankrupt Party, its trustee or other successor, shall furnish, upon request of the non-Bankrupt Party, adequate assurance of the ability of the Bankrupt Party to perform all future material obligations under the Contract Documents, which assurances shall be provided within ten
(10) days after receiving notice of the request; and

b) The Bankrupt Party shall file an appropriate action within the bankruptcy court to seek assumption or rejection of the Agreement within sixty (60) days of the institution of the bankruptcy filing and shall diligently prosecute such action.

15.6.2 If the Bankrupt Party fails to comply with its foregoing obligations, the non-Bankrupt Party shall be entitled to request the bankruptcy court to reject the Agreement, declare the Agreement terminated and pursue any other recourse available to the non-Bankrupt Party under this Article 15.

15.6.3 The rights and remedies under this Section 15.6 above shall not be deemed to limit the ability of the non-Bankrupt Party to seek any other rights and remedies provided by the Contract Documents or by law, including its ability to seek relief from any automatic stays under the United States Bankruptcy Code or the right of Design-Builder to stop Work under any applicable provision of this Agreement.

29

15.7 LENDERS RIGHT TO CURE. At any time after the occurrence of any event set forth in Section 15.4.1 or Section 15.5.1, the Lenders shall have the right, but not the obligation, to cure such default on behalf of Owner.

ARTICLE 16

REPRESENTATIVES OF THE PARTIES

16.1 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVES. Owner designates the individual listed below as its Senior Representative ("Owner's Senior Representative"), which individual has the authority and responsibility for avoiding and resolving disputes under Article 19:

AMBROSE HOFF
CHAIRMAN
3754 HIGHWAY 85
RICHARDTON, ND 58652
TELEPHONE: (701) 974-4733

Owner designates the individual listed below as its Owner's Representative, which individual has the authority and responsibility set forth in Section 4.4:

MICK J. MILLER
GENERAL MANAGER
3754 HIGHWAY 85
RICHARDTON, ND 58652
TELEPHONE: (701) 974-4733

16.2 DESIGN-BUILDER'S REPRESENTATIVES. Design-Builder designates the individual listed below as its Senior Representative ("Design-Builder's Senior Representative"), which individual has the authority and responsibility for avoiding and resolving disputes under Article 19:

ROLAND "RON" FAGEN
CEO AND PRESIDENT
501 W. HIGHWAY 212
P.O. BOX 159
GRANITE FALLS, MN 56241
TELEPHONE: (320) 564-3324

Design-Builder designates the individual listed below as its Design-Builder's Representative, which individual has the authority and responsibility set forth in Section 3.1:

30

AARON FAGEN
CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER
501 W. HIGHWAY 212
P.O. BOX 159
GRANITE FALLS, MN 56241
TELEPHONE: (320) 564-3324

ARTICLE 17

INSURANCE

17.1 INSURANCE. Design-Builder shall procure and maintain in force through the Final Completion Date the following insurance coverages with the policy limits indicated, and otherwise in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement:

Commercial General Liability:

   General Aggregate
   Products-Comp/Op AGG             $ 2,000,000
   Personal & Adv Injury            $ 1,000,000
      Each Occurrence               $ 1,000,000
   Fire Damage (Any one fire)       $    50,000
   Med Exp (Any one person)         $     5,000

Automobile Liability:

   Combined Single Limit
   Each Occurrence                  $ 1,000,000

Excess Liability - Umbrella Form:

   Each Occurrence                  $20,000,000
   Aggregate                        $20,000,000

Workers' Compensation

   Statutory limits as required by the state in which the Work is performed.

Employers' Liability:
   Each Accident                    $ 1,000,000
   Disease-Policy Limit             $ 1,000,000
   Disease-Each Employee            $ 1,000,000

31

Prior to Design-Builder commencing any Work:

- Owner shall obtain a builder's risk policy naming Owner as the insured, with Design-Builder and its subcontractors as additional insureds, in an amount not less than the Contract Price.

- Owner shall also obtain Boiler and Machinery Insurance protecting Owner, Design-Builder, Design Consultants, Subcontracts and Subcontractors.

- In addition. Owner shall obtain terrorism coverage as described by the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002.

17.2 DESIGN-BUILDER'S INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS

17.2.1 Design-Builder is responsible for procuring and maintaining from insurance companies authorized to do business in the state in which the Project is located, and with the minimum rating set forth below, the following insurance coverages for certain claims which may arise from or out of the performance of the Work and obligations under the Contract Documents:

a) Coverage for claims arising under workers' compensation, disability and other similar employee benefit laws applicable to the Work;

b) Coverage for claims by Design-Builder's employees for bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death;

c) Coverage for claims by any person other than Design-Builder's employees for bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death;

d) Coverage for usual personal injury liability claims for damages sustained by a person as a direct or indirect result of Design-Builder's employment of the person, or sustained by any other person;

e) Coverage for claims for damages (other than to the Work) because of injury to or destruction of tangible property, including loss of use;

f) Coverage for claims of damages because of personal injury or death, or property damage resulting from ownership, use and maintenance of any motor vehicle: and

g) Coverage for contractual liability claims arising out of Design-Builder's obligations under Section 14.4.

17.2.2 Design-Builder's liability insurance required by this Section 17.2 above shall be written for the coverage amounts set forth in Section 17.1 and shall include completed operations insurance for the period of time set forth in the Agreement.

17.2.3 Design-Builder's liability insurance set forth in Sections
17.2.1 (a) through (g) above shall specifically delete any design-build or similar exclusions that could compromise coverages because of the design-build delivery of the Project.

32

17.2.4 To the extent Owner requires Design-Builder or any Design Consultant to provide professional liability insurance for claims arising from the negligent performance of design services by Design-Builder or the Design Consultant, the coverage limits, duration and other specifics of such insurance shall be as set forth in the Agreement. Any professional liability shall specifically delete any design-build or similar exclusions that could compromise coverages because of the design-build delivery of the Project. Such policies shall be provided prior to the commencement of any design services hereunder.

17.2.5 Prior to commencing any construction services hereunder, Design-Builder shall provide Owner with certificates evidencing that (i) all insurance obligations required by the Contract Documents are in full force and in effect and will remain in effect for the duration required by the Contract Documents and (ii) no insurance coverage required hereunder will be canceled, renewal refused, or materially changed unless at least thirty (30) days prior written notice is given to Owner.

17.3 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE. Owner shall procure and maintain from insurance companies authorized to do business in the state in which the Project is located such liability insurance to protect Owner from claims which may arise from the performance of Owner's obligations under the Contract Documents or Owner's conduct during the course of the Project.

17.4 OWNER'S PROPERTY INSURANCE.

17.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, Owner shall procure and maintain from insurance companies authorized to do business in the state in which the Project is located property insurance upon the entire Project to the full insurable value of the Project, including professional fees, overtime premiums and all other expenses incurred to replace or repair the insured property. The property insurance obtained by Owner shall include as additional insureds the interests of Owner, Design-Builder, Design Consultants, Subcontractors and Sub-Subcontractors, the Lenders and Lenders' Agent and shall insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage, theft, vandalism, malicious mischief, collapse, flood, earthquake, debris removal and other perils or causes of loss as called for in the Contract Documents. The property insurance shall include physical loss or damage to the Work, including materials and equipment in transit, at the Site or at another location as may be indicated in Design-Builder's Application for Payment and approved by Owner.

17.4.2 Unless the Contract Documents provide otherwise, Owner shall procure and maintain boiler and machinery insurance that will include the interests of Owner, Design-Builder, Design Consultants, Subcontractors and Sub-Subcontractors.

17.4.3 Prior to Design-Builder commencing any Work, Owner shall provide Design-Builder with certificates evidencing that (i) all Owner's insurance obligations required by the Contract Documents are in full force and in effect and will remain in effect until Design-Builder has completed all of the Work and has received final payment from Owner, and (ii) no insurance coverage will be canceled, renewal refused, or materially changed unless at least thirty (30) days prior written notice is given to Design-Builder. Owner's property insurance shall not lapse or be cancelled if Owner occupies a portion of the Work pursuant to Section 6.5.3. Owner shall

33

provide Design-Builder with the necessary endorsements from the insurance company prior to occupying a portion of the Work.

17.4.4 Any loss covered under Owner's property insurance shall be adjusted with Owner and Design-Builder and made payable to both of them as trustees for the insureds as their interests may appear, subject to any applicable mortgage clause. All insurance proceeds received as a result of any loss will be placed in a separate account and distributed in accordance with such agreement as the interested parties may reach. Any disagreement concerning the distribution of any proceeds will be resolved in accordance with Article 19 hereof.

17.4.5 Owner and Design-Builder waive against each other and Owner's separate contractors. Design Consultants, Subcontractors, agents and employees of each and all of them all damages covered by property insurance provided herein, except such rights as they may have to the proceeds of such insurance. Design-Builder and Owner shall, where appropriate, require similar waivers of subrogation from Owner's separate contractors, Design Consultants and Subcontractors and shall require each of them to include similar waivers in their contracts.

17.5 COORDINATION WITH LOAN DOCUMENTS. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, all provisions relating to insurance and insurance proceeds shall be conformed to the requirements of the Lenders in connection with any financing.

ARTICLE 18

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

18.1 DESIGN-BUILDER AND OWNER REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Each of Design-Builder and Owner represents that:

(1) If is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its formation and has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, to perform its obligations hereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby;

(2) this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such party and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of such party, enforceable against such party in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditor's rights or by general equitable principles;

(3) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not conflict with or violate (i) the certificate of incorporation or bylaws or equivalent organizational documents of such party, or (ii) any law applicable to such party and other than the permits listed on Exhibit G, such execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement does not require any governmental approval; and

34

(4) there is no action pending or, to the knowledge of such party, threatened, which would hinder, modify, delay or otherwise adversely affect such party's ability to perform its obligations under the Contract Documents.

18.2 DESIGN-BUILDER REPRESENTATION AND WARRANTIES. Design-Builder further represents that it has the necessary financial resources to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement.

ARTICLE 19

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

19.1 DISPUTE AVOIDANCE AND MEDIATION. The parties are fully committed to working with each other throughout the Project and agree to communicate regularly with each other at all times so as to avoid or minimize disputes or disagreements. If disputes or disagreements do arise, Design-Builder and Owner each commit to resolving such disputes or disagreements in an amicable, professional and expeditious manner so as to avoid unnecessary losses, delays and disruptions to the Work.

Design-Builder and Owner will first attempt to resolve disputes or disagreements at the field level through discussions between Design-Builder's Representative and Owner's Representative.

If a dispute or disagreement cannot be resolved through Design-Builder's Representative and Owner's Representative, Design-Builder's Senior Representative and Owner's Senior Representative, upon the request of either party, shall meet as soon as conveniently possible, but in no case later than thirty (30) days after such a request is made, to attempt to resolve such dispute or disagreement. Prior to any meetings between the Senior Representatives, the parties will exchange relevant information that will assist the parties in resolving their dispute or disagreement.

If, after meeting, the Senior Representatives determine that the dispute or disagreement cannot be resolved on terms satisfactory to both parties, the parties shall submit the dispute or disagreement to non-binding mediation. The mediation shall be conducted by a mutually agreeable impartial mediator, or if the parties cannot so agree, a mediator designated by the American Arbitration Association ("AAA") pursuant to its Construction Industry Mediation Rules. The mediation will be governed by and conducted pursuant to a mediation agreement negotiated by the parties or, if the parties cannot so agree, by procedures established by the mediator.

19.2 DUTY TO CONTINUE PERFORMANCE. Unless provided to the contrary in the Contract Documents, Design-Builder shall continue to perform the Work and Owner shall continue to satisfy its payment obligations to Design-Builder, pending the final resolution of any dispute or disagreement between Design-Builder and Owner.

19.3 CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.

35

19.3.1 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary (except as set forth in Section 19.4.2 below), neither Design-Builder nor Owner shall be liable to the other for any consequential losses or damages, whether arising in contract, warranty, tort (including negligence), strict liability or otherwise, including but not limited to, losses of use, profits, business, reputation or financing, except Design-Builder does not waive any such damages resulting from or arising out of any breach of Owner's duties and obligations under the limited license granted by Design-Builder to Owner pursuant to Article 5.

ARTICLE 20

MISCELLANEOUS

20.1 ASSIGNMENT. Neither Design-Builder nor Owner shall, without the written consent of the other, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, assign, transfer or sublet any portion or part of the Work or the obligations required by the Contract Documents. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Owner may, assign all of its rights and obligations under the Contract Documents to its Lenders or Lenders' Agent as collateral security in connection with Owner obtaining or arranging any financing for the Plant; provided, however, Owner shall deliver, at least ten (10) days prior to any such assignment, to Design-Builder (a) written notice of such assignment and (b) a written instrument of assignment from the assignee in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Design-Builder. In respect to any assignment to the Lenders or Lenders' Agent, the written assignment may authorize such Lenders or Lenders' Agent, to subsequently assign their rights under the Contract Documents in connection with any foreclosure or other enforcement of their security interest, if such Lenders or Lenders' Agent comply with clauses (a) and (b) above with respect to such subsequent assignment. Design-Builder shall execute, if requested, a consent to assignment for the benefit of the Lenders and/or the Lenders' Agent, with respect to any such assignments.

20.2 SUCCESSORS. Design-Builder and Owner intend that the provisions of the Contract Documents are binding upon the parties, their employees, agents, heirs, successors and assigns.

20.3 GOVERNING LAW. The Agreement and all Contract Documents shall be governed by the laws of Minnesota, without giving effect to its conflict of law principles.

20.4 SEVERABILITY. If any provision or any part of a provision of the Contract Documents shall be finally determined to be superseded, invalid, illegal, or otherwise unenforceable pursuant to any applicable Legal Requirements, such determination shall not impair or otherwise affect the validity, legality, or enforceability of the remaining provision or parts of the provision of the Contract Documents, which shall remain in full force and effect as if the unenforceable provision or part were deleted.

20.5 NO WAIVER. The failure of either Design-Builder or Owner to insist, in any one or more instances, on the performance of any of the obligations required by the other under the Contract Documents shall not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment of such obligation or right with respect to future performance.

36

20.6 HEADINGS. The headings used in this Agreement or any other Contract Document, are for ease of reference only and shall not in any way be construed to limit or alter the meaning of any provision.

20.7 NOTICE. Whenever the Contract Documents require that notice be provided to a party, notice shall be delivered to such party at the address listed below and will be deemed to have been validly given (i) if delivered in person to the individual intended to receive such notice, (ii) four (4) days after being sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid to the address indicated in the Agreement or (iii) if transmitted by facsimile, by the time stated in a machine-generated confirmation that notice was received at the facsimile number of the intended recipient.

If to Design-Builder to:

Fagen. Inc.
501 W. Highway 212
P.O. Box 159
Granite Falls, MN 56241
Attention: Aaron Fagen
Fax: (320) 564-3278

with a copy to:

Fagen. Inc.
501 W. Highway 212
P.O. Box 159
Granite Falls, MN 56241
Attention: Bruce Langseth
Fax: (320) 564-3278

If to Owner, to:

Red Trail Energy, LLC
3754 Highway 85
Richardton,ND 58652
Attn: Ambrose Hoff and Frank Kirscheneiter Telephone: (701) 974-4733

with copies to:

Michael J. Maus
Hardy, Maus & Nordsven, P.C.
137 First Avenue West
PO Box 570
Dickinson. ND 58602
Telephone: (701) 483-4500
Facsimile: (701) 483-4501

37

20.8 NO PRIVITY WITH DESIGN CONSULTANT/SUBCONTRACTORS. Nothing in the Contract Documents is intended or deemed to create any legal or contractual relationship between Owner and any Design Consultant or Subcontractor.

20.9 AMENDMENTS. The Contract Documents may not be changed, altered, or amended in any way except in writing signed by a duly authorized representative of each party.

20.10 COOPERATION WITH LENDERS AND INDEPENDENT ENGINEER.

20.10.1 In connection with any financing of the Project, Design-Builder, at Owner's cost, shall, it so requested by Owner: (1) deliver to the Lenders or the agent acting on behalf of the Lenders ("Lenders' Agent") certified copies of its corporate charter and bylaws, resolutions, incumbency certificates, and/or legal opinions (covering such items as the validity and enforceability of the Contract Documents and the due organization and existence of Design-Builder).

20.10.2 Design-Builder agrees that upon written notice that Owner has assigned its rights under the Contract Documents to Lenders' Agent as security for its obligations to Lenders: Design-Builder shall deliver to Lenders' Agent notices given under the Contract Documents to Owner at the same time and in the same manner as given to Owner; Lenders' Agent shall be entitled to exercise rights and to cure any defaults of Owner under the Contract Documents and Design-Builder shall accept such exercise or cure as though it had been done by Owner; and Design-Builder shall execute such further agreements or documents reasonably requested by Lenders' Agent providing assurances and other protections to Lenders in furtherance of the provisions set forth above in connection with the financing of the Work. Design-Builder further agrees that if Lenders succeed to the interests of Owner in foreclosure or otherwise, Design- Builder shall continue to perform in a timely manner its obligations under the Contract Documents and shall recognize Lenders or any substitute entity with proven sufficient financial and other resources to perform Owner's obligations hereunder nominated by Lenders, and accepted by Design-Builder, in the place of Owner.

20.10.3 Design-Builder and Owner acknowledge that the Lenders, as a condition to providing financing for the Plant, shall require Owner to provide the Independent Engineer with certain participation and review rights with respect to Design-Builder's performance of the Work. Design-Builder acknowledges and agrees that such participation and review rights shall consist of the right to (i) enter the Site and inspect the Work upon reasonable notice to Design-Builder; (ii) attend all start-up and testing procedures; and (iii) review and approve such other items for which Owner is required by Lenders to obtain the concurrence, opinion or a certificate of the Independent Engineer or the Lenders pursuant to the Financing Documents which items do not materially alter the rights or impose additional obligations on Design-Builder (collectively, the "Oversight Items").

20.10.4 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 20.10.3, all the rights of the Independent Engineer with respect to the Oversight Items derive from the corresponding rights of Owner under the Contract Documents, and as such, neither increase Owner's rights hereunder nor increase Design-Builder's obligations hereunder. The exercise of any

38

such rights by Independent Engineer shall be completed within the same time periods as are set forth in the Contract Documents for the exercise of the corresponding rights by Owner and Owner shall be solely responsible for obtaining any review, inspection or approval from Independent Engineer as required by Lenders. Should Owner fail to provide any required response to Design-Builder within the time periods set forth in the Contract Documents due to the action or inaction of the Independent Engineer, such failure shall have the same effect under the Contract Documents as if such failure had been caused by the action or inaction of Owner.

20.10.5 For purposes hereof, Design-Builder may rely solely upon Owner and shall have no duty to inquire as to whether or not the Independent Engineer has exercised its rights with respect to the Oversight Items or has provided Owner with any approval Owner may be required by Lenders to obtain from the Independent Engineer. Any right that the Independent Engineer has failed to exercise will be deemed waived.

OWNER:                                  DESIGN-BUILDER:

Red Trail Energy, LLC                   Fagen, Inc.
(Name of Owner)                         (Name of Design-Builder)


/s/ Ambrose R. Hoff                     /s/ Roland "Ron" Fagen
-------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------
(Signature)                             (Signature)

Ambrose R. Hoff                         Roland "Ron" Fagen
(Printed Name)                          (Printed Name)

President, RTE                          CEO and President
(Title)                                 (Title)

Date: 9/9/05                            Date: 9-20-05

39

EXHIBIT A

PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE CRITERIA

      CRITERIA              SPECIFICATION         TESTING STATEMENT        DOCUMENTATION
      --------              -------------         -----------------        -------------
Plant Capacity -       Operate at a rate of     Seven day              Production records
fuel grade ethanol     50 million gallons per   performance test       and written report
                       year of denatured fuel                          by Design-Builder.
                       grade ethanol meeting
                       the specifications of
                       ASTM 4806 based on 353
                       days of operation per
                       calendar year and
                       4.76% denaturant.

Corn to Ethanol        Not be less than 2.80    As determined by       Production records
Conversion ratio:      denatured gallons of     meter readings         and written analysis
Corn must be #2        ethanol per bushel       during a seven day     by Design-Builder.
Yellow or better       (56#) of corn            performance test.
54.6#/bushel min.,
16% or less
moisture, zero
aflatoxin tolerance

Electrical Energy      [ * ] kWh Per denatured  As determined by       Production records
                       gallon of fuel grade     meter readings         and written analysis
                       ethanol (less CO(2)      during a seven day     by Design-Builder.
                       plant) and chiller,      performance test.
                       and water supply
                       and treatment)

Coal                   Shall not exceed         As determined by       Production records
                       [ * ] Btu per            meter readings         and written analysis
                       denatured gallon of      during a seven day     by Design-Builder.
                       fuel grade ethanol.      performance test.
                       (This Performance
                       Criteria relates to
                       production of ethanol
                       and excludes any
                       energy usage that may
                       occur for drying
                       corn.)

Process Water          Zero gallons under       Process discharge      Control System
Discharge              normal operations.       meter.                 reports.

Air Emissions          Must meet the            As required by State   Written report by

[ * ] Portions omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

A-1

                       requirements             agency and performed   Owner's Air
                       prescribed as of the     by Owner's Air         Emission Tester.
                       date hereof by the ND    Emission Tester.
                       Department of Health-
                       Environmental Health
                       Section, Air Quality.
                       Design-Builder will
                       guarantee emissions
                       with the pollution
                       control equipment
                       allowance required by
                       Owner as referred to
                       in Sections 7.1.1 and
                       9.1.

Dry Distiller Grains   Dry all DDGS to          Determined from        Production records
With Soluables         produce 11% moisture     calculation of mass    and written analysis
                       DDGS                     flow from centrifuge   by Design-Builder.
                                                and dryers in a 7
                                                day performance test.

DISCLAIMER: Owner's failure to materially comply with the operating procedures issued by ICM, Inc./Fagen, Inc. shall void all performance guaranties and warranties set forth in this Design-Build Agreement.

Owner understands that the startup of the plant requires resources and cooperation of the Owner, vendors and other suppliers to the project. Design-Builder disclaims any liability and Owner indemnifies Design-Builder for non-attainment of the Performance Guarantee Criteria directly or indirectly caused by material non-performance or negligence of third parties not retained by Design-Builder.

A-2

EXHIBIT B

GENERAL PROJECT SCOPE

Construct a 50 million-gallon per year (MGY) coal-fired ethanol plant near Richardton, North Dakota. The plant will grind approximately 17.9 million bushels per year to produce approximately 50 MGY of fuel grade ethanol denatured with five percent gasoline. The plant will also produce approximately 160,750 tons per year of 11% moisture dried distillers grains with solubles (DDGS), and approximately 151,250 tons per year of raw carbon dioxide (CO(2)) gas.

Delivered corn will be dumped in the receiving building. The receiving building will have one truck and one rail receiving bay. The rail receiving bay will be serviced by both a 40,000 bushel/hour leg system and a 20,000 bushel/hour back-up leg system. The 20,000 bushel/hour leg system will also service the truck receiving bay, giving the plant the ability to unload unit trains of corn in the rail bay and simultaneously unloading truck quantities of corn in the truck bay. Said receiving building shall have sufficient height to accommodate end-dump trailers. The truck driver will drive onto one of the two 115 foot long scales located near the administration building, be weighed and sampled, then drive to the receiving building, dump the grain, then proceed back to the scale and obtain a final weight ticket from the scale operator. The trucks will not be required to move during the unloading process in the receiving building. Maximum truck dump time is ten minutes. The two independent legs will lift the corn to one of two 750,000 - bushel concrete storage bins or corn day bin with adequate clean out access or sweep auger. A dust collection system will be installed on the grain receiving system to limit particulate emissions as described in the Air Quality Permit application.

Ground corn will be mixed in a slurry tank, routed through a pressure vessel and steam flashed off in a flash vessel. Cooked mash will continue through liquefaction tanks and into one of the fermenters. Simultaneously, propagated yeast will be added to the mash as the fermenter is filling. After batch fermentation is complete, the beer will be pumped to the beer well and then to the beer column to vaporize the alcohol from the mash.

Alcohol streams are purified in the rectifier column and the side stripper, and dehydrated in the molecular sieve system. Two hundred proof alcohol is pumped to the tank farm day tank and blended with five percent natural gasoline as the product is being pumped into one of two 750,000 gallon final storage tanks. Loading facilities for truck and rail cars will be provided. Tank farm tanks include: one tank for 190 proof storage, one tank for 200 proof storage, one tank for denaturant storage and two 750,000 gallon tanks for denatured ethanol storage.

Corn mash from the beer column is dewatered in the centrifuge(s). The centrifuge capacity shall allow for 100% name plate production with one centrifuge out for maintenance. The solids, called wet cake are conveyed to the dryer system. The liquid, called thin stillage is routed to the evaporators where moisture is removed. The wet cake and syrup are routed to the drying system. The drying system will consist of three steam tube dryers. The exhaust from the drying system will be routed as combustion air to the coal combustor.

A modified wel or wet cake pad is located along side the DDGS dryer building to divert modified wet or wet cake to the pad when necessary such as start up or for limited production of modified wet or wet cake for sales. DDGS is pneumatically conveyed to flat storage in the DDGS storage building. Shipping is accomplished by scooping and pushing the product with a

B-1

front-end loader into an in-floor conveyor system. The DDGS load out pit has capacity for approximately one semi-trailer load. DDGS is weighed with a bulk weigh system.

Steam will be generated in a waste heat boiler driven by the flue gases from the coal combustor. Since the dryer exhaust is routed to the coal combustor for combustion air, the coal combustor destroys VOCs and acts like a Thermal Oxidizer. The combustion air is routed in such fashion that it also fluidizes a sand bed in which the coal is introduced to combust. The combustor requires natural gas or propane for start up. To achieve emission constraints, limestone will be metered in with the coal to react with sulfur. The layout of the combustor, boiler, and economizer are intended to provide drop out points for fly ash. The final item in the layout before the induced draft fan is a dust collector. All ash exiting the system will exit as fly ash. Both fly ash and limestone silos are included. The fly ash and limestone silos have nominal storage capacities of seven days.

Coal, received by truck delivery, will be stored in two silos with a combined storage capacity of approximately five days. At the outlet of each coal silo, coal will be sized (3/4" minus) and limestone added before being routed to the coal feeder bunkers. The coal combustor will also utilize anhydrous ammonia for NOx emission reduction. A CEMS (Continuous emission monitoring system) is included, sufficient to meet the monitoring requirements of the air permit

Fresh water for the boilers, cooking, cooling tower and other processes will be obtained from the Owner supplied water pretreatment system. Boiler water conditioned in regenerative softeners will be pumped through a deaerator scrubber and into a deaerator tank. Appropriate boiler chemicals will be added as preheated water is sent to the boiler.

The process will be cooled by circulating water through heat exchangers and a cooling tower. No chiller is included and Owner assumes sole and complete responsibility for any production capacity shortfalls or other limitations or efficiency loss related to the elimination of the chiller from the design.

The design includes a compressed air system consisting of air compressor(s), a receiver tank, pre-filter, coalescing filter, and double air dryer(s).

The design also incorporates the use of a clean-in-place (CIP) system for cleaning cook, fermentation, distillation, evaporation, centrifuges, and other systems. Fifty percent caustic soda is received by truck and stored in a tank.

Under normal operating circumstances, the plant will not have any wastewater discharges that have been in contact with com, corn mash, cleaning system, or contact process water. An ICM/Phoenix Bio-Methanator will reduce the BOD in process water allowing complete reuse within the plant. The plant will have blowdown discharges from the cooling tower and may have water discharge from any water pre-treatment processes. Owner shall provide on-site connection to sanitary sewer or septic system.

Most plant processes are computer controlled by a Siemens/Moore APACS distributed control system with graphical user interface and three workstations. The process control room control console will have dual monitors to facilitate operator interface between two graphics screens at the same time. Additional programmable logic controllers (PLCs) will control certain process equipment. Design Builder provides lab equipment.

The cooking system requires the use of anhydrous ammonia, and other systems require the use of sulfuric acid. Therefore, a storage tank for ammonia and a storage tank for acid will be on site to

B-2

provide the quantities necessary. The ammonia storage requires that plant management implement and enforce a Process Safety Management (PSM) program. The plant design may require additional programs to ensure safety and to satisfy regulatory authorities.

NOTE: Exhibit B is a general description of the plant's basic operation. Not all equipment and equipment sizes quoted may be used on every plant. Site specific equipment and equipment sizes will be determined during each plant's final design.

B-3

EXHIBIT C

OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES

The Owner shall perform and provide the permits, authorizations, services and construction as specifically described hereafter:

1) LAND AND GRADING -- Owner shall provide a site near or in Richardton, North Dakota. Owner shall obtain all legal authority to use the site for its intended purpose and perform technical due diligence to allow Design-Builder to perform including, but not limited to, proper zoning approvals, building permits, elevation restrictions, soil tests, and water tests. The site shall be rough graded per Design-Builder specifications and be +/- three inches of final grade including the rough grading for Site roadways. The site soils shall be modified as required to provide a minimum allowable soil bearing pressure as described in Table 1.

Other items to be provided by the Owner include, but are not limited to, the following: initial site survey (boundary and topographic) as required by the Design-Builder, layout of the property corners including two construction benchmarks, Soil Borings and subsequent Geotechnical Report describing recommendation for Roads, foundations and if required, soil stabilization/remediation, land disturbance permit, erosion control permit, site grading as described above with minimum soil standards, placement of erosion control measures, plant access road from a county, state or federal road designed to meet local county road standards, plant storm and sanitary sewers, fire water system with hydrants and plant water main branches taken from the system to be within five feet of the designated building locations, all tanks, motors and other equipment associated with or necessary to operate the fire water loop and associated systems, plant roads as specified and designed for the permanent elevations and effective depth, "construction" grading plan as drawn (including site retention pond), plant water well and associated permit(s). Owner shall also provide the final grading, seeding, and mulching, and the site fencing at the site.

Owner is encouraged to obtain preliminary designs/information and estimates of the cost of performing all Owner required permits and services as stated in this Exhibit C. Specifically, the cost of the fire water systems (including associated fire water pumps, required tank, building (if required), sprinklers, and all other equipment and materials associated with the fire water delivery systems) is estimated being in excess of $800,000. The requirements of each state and the decisions of each Owner will increase or decrease the actual cost.

The Owner's required activities related to site preparation for construction are to be divided into Phase I and Phase II activities as described below:

DELIVERABLES BY OWNER PRIOR TO START OF PHASE I CIVIL DESIGN:

Procure Boundary & Topographic Survey (to one foot contours)

Procure Soil Borings and Geotechnical Report with recommendations


(at Design-Builder's requested locations and depth)

C-1

PHASE I (DELIVERABLE SITE):

Design-Builder provides engineering services to develop these items:

1. Final Plant Layout with FFE and Top of Road Elevations

2. Final Cut/Fill Quantity Calculations

3. Grading and Erosion Control Plan

4. Clear & Grubbing Plan - graded to +/- 3" of subgrade

Subgrade is defined as 1' below proposed Building FFE and Administration Building FFE and 20" to 30" (based on rail designer input) below top of rail for the rail spurs. Subgrade for the in-plant roads will be determined upon recommendations from the geotechnical engineer (12" to 24" below final top of road)

* Owner shall prepare site according to Design-Builder's engineering plans for the above items.

Plant Access Road and all in-plant roads (which will act as base for final roadway system)

Soil Stabilization

Site Grading

Replacement Fill

Construction Layout (parking, laydown, access areas, temp. drainage and temp. facilities) Storm Water Drainage & Detention

DELIVERABLES BY OWNER PRIOR TO START OF PHASE II CIVIL DESIGN:

Owner shall determine its water source and provide Design-Builder an independent analysis of the water source.

PHASE II SITE WORK (FINAL CIVIL DESIGN PLANS):

Design-Builder provides engineering services to develop these items:

Site Utilities (Within Property Line):

1. Sanitary Sewer System

2. Potable Water Supply and Distribution

3. Process Water Supply and Distribution

4. Gas Supply and Distribution

5. Fire Loop and Fire Protection System

6. Site Electric

7. Site Natural Gas/Propane

Wells and Well Pumps (supply of sufficient quantity for construction activities)

Minimum 3 Phase. 480 Volt, 1,000 KVA Electrical Power Available for Construction at two locations (at Design-Builder's requested location)

Design/Builder shall be reimbursed on a "Time & Material" basis for any management of these Owner requirements and any design engineering requested by the Owner not otherwise required to be provided by Design-Builder pursuant to this Agreement.

C-2

2) PERMITS - Owner shall obtain all Operating Permits including, but not limited to, air quality permits, in a timely manner to allow construction and startup of the plant as scheduled by Design-Builder. Owner shall obtain all testing and site inspections required to secure the necessary operating permits.

3) STORM WATER RUNOFF PERMIT - Owner shall obtain the construction storm-water runoff permit, permanent storm-water runoff permit, and the erosion control/land disturbance permit.

4) NORTH DAKOTA POLLUTANT ELIMINATION DISCHARGE PERMIT - Owner shall obtain a permit to discharge cooling tower water and reverse osmosis ("R.O.") reject water and any other waste water directly to a designated waterway or other location. Owner shall supply the discharge piping to transport to the designated waterway or other location.

5) NATURAL GAS, PROPANE, COAL SUPPLY AND ASH DISPOSAL AGREEMENTS - Owner shall procure and supply a supply of natural gas or propane for the preheat and start up of the coal combustor. For the coal combustor, two separate gas burners will require natural gas or propane: the underbed air preheater rated for 20 mmbtu/hr and the overfire air preheater rated for 50 mmbtu/hr. Consumption will start at approximately 30% of the total rating and be ramped up to maximum over a nominal 8 hr period, depending on the starting temperature. Minimum demand will be 21 mm btu/hr and ramp up to a maximum of 70 mm btu/hr. Owner shall provide all natural gas and/or propane piping to the use points and supply meters, regulators, and vaporizers to provide burner tip pressures as specified by Design-Builder. Owner shall also supply a digital flowmeter on-site with appropriate output for monitoring by the plant's computer control system.

The coal combustor design will be based on the North Dakota lignite coal sample provided by Owner and tested by ICM on September 22, 2004, and the ultimate analysis results performed by Hazen Research on October 27, 2004. Planned emission control is to mix limestone with the coal, fed to the combustor and dry scrubber treatment of the flue gas. Procurement and supply of coal and limestone will be the responsibility of the Owner.

All ash is removed from the system as fly ash. Disposal will be at Owner's responsibility.

6) ELECTRICAL SERVICE - (1) The Owner is responsible to secure continuous service from an energy supplier to serve the facility. The service from the energy supplier shall be of sufficient size to provide at a minimum 10 MW of electrical capacity to the site. (2) The Owner is responsible for procurement, installation and maintenance of the site distribution system, including but not limited to the required substation and all associated distribution lines, switchgear, sectional cabinets, distribution transformers, transformer pads, etc. An on-site primary digital meter is also to be supplied for monitoring of electrical usage and demand. This meter must have the capability to be monitored via a telephone line or other electrical signal. (3) The responsibility of the Design-Builder starts at the secondary electrical terminals of the site distribution system transformers that have been installed by Owner (i.e.. the 480 volt terminals for the process building transformers; the 480 volt

C-3

terminals for the energy center transformers; the 480 volt terminals for the grains transformer; the 480 volt terminals for the pumphouse transformer; and the 4160 volt terminals for the chiller transformer; and the 4160 volt terminals of the thermal oxidizer transformer). (4) The site distribution system requirements, layout, and meters are to be determined jointly by the Owner, the Design-Builder and the energy supplier.

Design-Builder will be providing soft start motor controllers for all motors greater than 150 horsepower and where demanded by process requirements. Owner is encouraged to discuss with its electrical service supplier whether additional soft start motor controllers are advisable for this facility and such can be added, with any increased cost being an Owner's cost.

Design-Builder will provide power factor correction to 0.92 lagging at plant nameplate capacity. Owner is encouraged to discuss with its electrical service supplier any requirements for power factor correction above 0.92 lagging. Additional power factor correction can be added with any increased cost being an Owner's cost.

7) WATER SUPPLY AND SERVICE AGREEMENT - Owner shall supply on-site process wells or other water source capable of providing a quantity of water which includes process water, R.O. feed water, cooling tower make-up water, of a quality which will allow discharges to comply with NPDES limits. Owner should consider providing a redundant supply source. Design-Builder shall provide the standard zeolite water softener system. Any increased costs incurred for another water treatment system if water does not meet the quality requirements shall be the responsibility of the Owner. Owner will supply one process fresh water supply line terminating within five (5) feet of the point of entry designated by Design-Builder, one potable supply line terminating within five (5) feet of the process building at a point of entry designated by Design-Builder, and one potable supply line to the administration building at a point of entry designated by administration building contractor.

Owner is advised that most projects require a water pretreatment system including a reverse osmosis unit. Such system is an Owner's cost and Owner is advised that the purchase and installation cost of a water pretreatment system may exceed $2,000,000. Owner is also advised that such systems may be leased if Owner desires to avoid the costs of owning such a system.

8) WASTEWATER DISCHARGE SYSTEM, PERMITS AND/OR SERVICE AGREEMENT - Owner to provide the discharge piping, septic tank and drainfield system or connect to municipal system as required for the sanitary sewer requirements of the Plant. These provisions shall comply with all federal, state, and local regulations, including any permitting issues.

9) ROADS AND UTILITIES - Owner shall provide and maintain the ditches and permanent roads, including the gravel, pavement or concrete, with the roads passing standard compaction tests. (Design-Builder will maintain aggregate construction roads during construction of the Plant and will return to original pre-construction condition prior to Owner completing final grade and surfacing.)

Except as otherwise specifically stated herein the Owner shall install all utilities so that they are within five (5) feet of the designated building/structure locations.

C-4

10) ADMINISTRATION BUILDING - The administration building - one story free standing, office computer system, telephone system, office copier and fax machine and office furniture and any other office equipment and personal property for the administration building shall be the sole and absolute cost and responsibility of Owner and Design-Builder shall have no responsibility in regards thereto.

11) MAINTENANCE AND POWER EQUIPMENT - The maintenance and power equipment as described in Table 2 and any other maintenance and power equipment as required by the plant or desired by Owner shall be the sole and absolute cost and responsibility of Owner and Design-Builder shall have no responsibility in regards thereto.

12) RAILROADS - Owner is responsible for any costs associated with the railroads including, but not limited to, all rail design and engineering and construction and Design-Builder shall have no responsibility in regards thereto.

13) DRAWINGS - Owner shall supply drawings to Design-Builder of items supplied under items 10) and 12) and also supply Phase II redline drawings.

14) FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM - Fire protection system requirements vary by governmental requirements per location and by insurance carrier requirements. Owner is responsible to provide the required fire protection system for the Plant. This may include storage tanks, pumps, underground fire water mains, fire hydrants, foam or water monitor valves, sprinkler systems, smoke and heat detection, deluge systems, or other provisions as required by governmental codes or Owner's insurance carrier's fire protection criteria. Design-Builder will provide assistance to the Owner on a "Time & Material" basis for design and/or construction of the fire Protection Systems required for the plant.

TABLE 1 MINIMUM SOIL BEARING PRESSURE-RESPONSIBILITY OF OWNER

                          REQUIRED ALLOWABLE SOIL BEARING PRESSURE
DESCRIPTION                       (POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT)
-----------               ----------------------------------------
Grain Storage Silos                         8,000
Cook Water lank                             3,500
Methanator Feed Tank                        3,500
Liquefaction Tank #1                        3,500
Liquefaction Tank #2                        3,500
Coal Combustor                              4,000
Coal Storage Silo #1                        6,000
Coal Storage Silo #2                        6,000
Lime Silo                                   6,000
Coal Unloading Building                     4,000
Boiler                                      4,000
Dust Collector                              3,500
Fermentation Tank #1                        4,000

C-5

Fermentation Tank #2                        4,000
Fermentation Tank #3                        4,000
Fermentation Tank #4                        4,000
Beerwell                                    4,000
Whole Stillage Tank                         3,500
Thin Stillage Tank                          3,500
Syrup Tank                                  3,500
190 Proof Day Tank                          3,000
200 Proof Day Tank                          3,000
Denaturant Tank                             3,000
Fire Water Tank                             3,000
Denatured Ethanol Tank #1                   4,000
Denatured Ethanol Tank #2                   4,000
All Other Areas                             3,000

TABLE 2 MAINTENANCE AND POWER EQUIPMENT - RESPONSIBILITY OF OWNER

DESCRIPTION                   ADDITIONAL DESCRIPTION
-----------                   ----------------------
Spare Parts                   Spare parts
                              Parts bins
                              Misc. materials, supplies and equipment

Shop supplies and equipment   One shop welder
                              One portable gas welder
                              One plasma torch
                              One acetylene torch
                              One set of power tools
                              Two sets of hand tools with tool boxes
                              Carts and dollies
                              Hoists (except centrifuge overhead crane)
                              Shop tables
                              Maintenance office furnishings & supplies
                              Fire Extinguishers
                              Reference books
                              Safety manuals
                              Safety cabinets & supplies, etc.

Rolling stock                 Used 1 1/2 yard front end loader
                              New Skid loader
                              Used Fork lift
                              Used Scissors lift, 30 foot
                              Used Pickup truck
                              Track Mobile

C-6

EXHIBIT D

LICENSE AGREEMENT

THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT (this "License Agreement") is entered into and made effective as of the 9 day of Sept, 2005 ("Effective Date") by and between Red Trail Energy, LLC, a North Dakota limited liability company ("OWNER"), and ICM, Inc., a Kansas corporation ("ICM").

WHEREAS, OWNER has entered into that certain Lump Sum Design-Build Contract dated August 29, 2005 (the "Contract") with Fagen, Inc., a Minnesota corporation ("Fagen"), under which Fagen is to design and construct a 50 million gallon per year ethanol plant for OWNER to be located in or near Richardton, North Dakota (the "Plant");

WHEREAS, ICM has granted Fagen the right to use certain proprietary technology and information of ICM in the design and construction of the Plant; and

WHEREAS, OWNER desires from ICM, and ICM desires to grant to OWNER, a license to use such proprietary technology and information in connection with OWNER'S ownership and operation of the Plant, all upon the terms and conditions set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, agree as follows:

1. Upon OWNER's payment in full of all amounts due and owing to Fagen under the Contract, ICM agrees to grant to OWNER a limited license to use the Proprietary Property (hereinafter defined) solely in connection with the design, construction, operation, maintenance and repair of the Plant, subject to the limitations provided herein (the "Purpose").

2. The "Proprietary Property" means, without limitation, documents, Operating Procedures (hereinafter defined), materials and other information that are furnished by ICM to OWNER, whether directly or indirectly through Fagen, in connection with the Purpose including, without limitation, the design, arrangement, configuration, and specifications of (i) the combinations of distillation, evaporation, and alcohol dehydration equipment (including, but not limited to, pumps, vessels, tanks, heat exchangers, piping, valves and associated electronic control equipment) and all documents supporting those combinations; (ii) the combination of the distillers grain drying (DGD), and heat recovery steam generation (HRSG) equipment (including, but not limited to, pumps, vessels, tanks, heat exchangers, piping and associated electronic control equipment) and all documents supporting those combinations; and (iii) the computer system, known as the distributed control system (DCS and/or PLC) (including, but not limited to, the software configuration, programming, parameters, set points, alarm points, ranges, graphical interface, and system hardware connections) and all documents supporting that system. The "Operating Procedures" means, without limitation, the process equipment and specifications manuals, standards of quality, service protocols, data collection methods, construction specifications, training methods, engineering standards and any other information prescribed by ICM from time to time concerning the Purpose. Proprietary Property shall not include any information or materials that OWNER can demonstrate by written documentation: (i) was lawfully in the possession of OWNER prior to disclosure by ICM; (ii) was in the public domain prior to disclosure by ICM; (iii) was disclosed to OWNER by a third party having the legal right to possess and disclose such information or materials; or (iv) after disclosure by ICM comes into the public domain through no fault of OWNER or its directors, officers, employees, agents, contractors,

D-1

consultants or other representatives (hereinafter collectively referred to as "Representatives"). Information and materials shall not be deemed to be in the public domain merely because such information is embraced by more general disclosures in the public domain, and any combination of features shall not be deemed to be within the foregoing exceptions merely because individual features are in the public domain if the combination itself and its principles of operation are not in the public domain.

3. OWNER shall not use the Proprietary Property for any purpose other than the Purpose. OWNER shall not use the Proprietary Property in connection with any expansion or enlargement of the Plant.

4. OWNER's failure to materially comply with the Operating Procedures shall void all guarantees, representations and warranties, whether expressed or implied, if any, that were given by ICM to OWNER, directly or indirectly through Fagen, concerning the performance of the Plant. OWNER agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless ICM, Fagen and their respective Representatives from any and all losses, damages and expenses including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees resulting from, relating to or arising out of Owner's or its Representatives' (i) failure to materially comply with the Operating Procedures or, (ii) negligent or unauthorized use of the Proprietary Property.

5. Any and all modifications to the Proprietary Property by OWNER or its Representatives shall be the property of ICM. OWNER shall promptly notify ICM of any such modification and OWNER agrees to assign all of its right, title and interest in such modification to ICM; provided, however, OWNER shall retain the right, at no cost, to use such modification in connection with the Purpose.

6. ICM has the exclusive right and interest in and to the Proprietary Property and the goodwill associated therewith. OWNER will not, directly or indirectly, contest ICM's ownership of the Proprietary Property. OWNER'S use of the Proprietary Property does not give OWNER any ownership interest or other interest in or to the Proprietary Property except for the limited license granted to OWNER herein.

7. OWNER shall pay no license fee or royalty to ICM for OWNER'S use of the Proprietary Property pursuant to the limited license granted to OWNER, the consideration for this limited license is included in the amounts payable by OWNER to Fagen for the construction of the Plant under the Contract.

8. OWNER may not assign the limited license granted herein, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of ICM, which will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Prior to any assignment, OWNER shall obtain from such assignee a written instrument, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to ICM, agreeing to be bound by all the terms and provisions of this License Agreement. Any assignment of this License Agreement shall not release OWNER from (i) its duties and obligations hereunder concerning the disclosure and use of the Proprietary Property, or
(ii) damages to ICM resulting from, or arising out of, a breach of such duties or obligations by OWNER or its Representatives. ICM may assign its right, title and interest in the Proprietary Property, in whole or part, subject to the limited license granted herein.

9. The Proprietary Property is confidential and proprietary. OWNER shall keep the Proprietary Property confidential and shall use all reasonable efforts to maintain the Proprietary Property as secret and confidential for the sole use of OWNER and its Representatives for the Purpose. OWNER shall retain all Proprietary Property at its principal place of business and/or the Plant. OWNER shall not at any time without ICM's prior written consent, copy, duplicate, record, or otherwise reproduce the Proprietary Property, in whole or in part, or otherwise make the same available to any unauthorized

D-2

person. OWNER shall not disclose the Proprietary Property except to its Representatives who are directly involved with the Purpose, and even then only to such extent as is necessary and essential for such Representative's involvement. OWNER shall inform such Representatives of the confidential and proprietary nature of such information. OWNER shall make all reasonable efforts to safeguard the Proprietary Property from disclosure by its Representatives to anyone other than permitted hereby. In the event that OWNER or its Representatives are required by law to disclose the Proprietary Property. OWNER shall provide ICM with prompt written notice of same so that ICM may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy. In the event that such protective order or other appropriate remedy is not obtained, OWNER or its Representatives will furnish only that portion of the Proprietary Property which in the reasonable opinion of its or their legal counsel is legally required and will exercise its reasonable efforts to obtain reliable assurance that the Proprietary Properly so disclosed will be accorded confidential treatment.

10. OWNER agrees to indemnify ICM for any and all damages (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees) arising out of or resulting from any unauthorized disclosure or use of the Proprietary Property by OWNER or its Representatives. OWNER agrees that ICM would be irreparably damaged by reason of a violation of the provisions contained herein and that any remedy at law for a breach of such provisions would be inadequate. Therefore, ICM shall be entitled to seek injunctive or other equitable relief in a court of competent jurisdiction against OWNER or its Representatives for any unauthorized disclosure or use of the Proprietary Property without the necessity of proving actual monetary loss or posting any bond. It is expressly understood that the remedy described herein shall not be the exclusive remedy of ICM for any breach of such covenants, and ICM shall be entitled to seek such other relief or remedy, at law or in equity, to which it may be entitled as a consequence of any breach of such duties or obligations.

11. All provisions of this License Agreement shall survive and remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any termination or expiration of the Contract or the license granted herein under paragraph 12.

12. ICM may terminate the limited license granted to OWNER herein upon written notice to OWNER if OWNER willfully or wantonly uses the Proprietary Property for any purpose, or discloses the Proprietary Property to anyone, other than permitted herein. Upon termination of the license, OWNER, upon request by ICM, shall promptly return to ICM all documents in OWNER's or its Representatives' possession that contain Proprietary Property.

13. The laws of the State of Kansas, United States of America, shall govern the validity of the provisions contained herein, the construction of such provisions, and the interpretation of the rights and duties of the parties. Any legal action brought to enforce or construe the provisions of this License Agreement shall be brought in the federal or state courts located in Kansas, and the parties agree to and hereby submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts and agree that they will not invoke the doctrine of forum non conveniens or other similar defenses in any such action brought in such courts. In the event the Plant is located in, or OWNER is organized under the laws of, a country other than the United States of America, OWNER hereby specifically agrees that any injunctive or other equitable relief granted by a court located in the State of Kansas, United States of America, or any award by a court located in the State of Kansas, shall be specifically enforceable as a foreign judgment in the country in which the Plant is located, OWNER is organized or both, as the case may be, and agrees not to contest the validity of such relief or award in such foreign jurisdiction, regardless of whether the laws of such foreign jurisdiction would otherwise authorize such injunctive or other equitable relief, or award.

D-3

14. OWNER hereby agrees to waive all claims against ICM and ICM's Representatives for any consequential damages that may arise out of or relate to this License Agreement, the Contract or the Proprietary Property whether arising in contract, warranty, tort (including negligence), strict liability or otherwise, including but not limited to losses of use, profits, business, reputation or financing.

15. The terms and conditions of this License Agreement constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or between the parties, written or oral. Any rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguity is to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be applicable in the interpretation of this License Agreement. This License Agreement may not be modified or amended at any time without the written consent of the parties.

16. All notices, requests, demands, reports, statements or other communications (herein referred to collectively as "Notices") required to be given hereunder or relating to this License Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if transmitted by personal delivery or mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to the address of the party as set forth below. Any such Notice shall be deemed to be delivered and received as of the date so delivered, if delivered personally, or as of the second business day following the day sent, if sent by certified mail. Any party may, at any time, designate a different address to which Notices shall be directed by providing written notice in the manner set forth in this paragraph.

17. In the event that any of the terms, conditions, covenants or agreements contained in this License Agreement, or the application of any thereof, shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, such term, condition, covenant or agreement shall be deemed void ab initio and shall be deemed severed from this License Agreement. In such event, and except if such determination by a court of competent jurisdiction materially changes the rights, benefits and obligations of the parties under this License Agreement, the remaining provisions of this License Agreement shall remain unchanged unaffected and unimpaired thereby and, to the extent possible, such remaining provisions shall be construed such that the purpose of this License Agreement and the intent of the parties can be achieved in a lawful manner.

18. The duties and obligations herein contained shall bind, and the benefits and advantages shall inure to, the respective successors and permitted assigns of the parties hereto.

19. The waiver by any party hereto of the breach of any term, covenant, agreement or condition herein contained shall not be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant, agreement or condition herein, nor shall any custom, practice or course of dealings arising among the parties hereto in the administration hereof be construed as a waiver or diminution of the right of any party hereto to insist upon the strict performance by any other party of the terms, covenants, agreement and conditions herein contained.

20. In this License Agreement, where applicable, (i) references to the singular shall include the plural and references to the plural shall include the singular, and (ii) references to the male, female, or neuter gender shall include references to all other such genders where the context so requires.

D-4

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this License Agreement, the Effective Date of which is indicated on page I of this License Agreement.

OWNER:                                  ICM:

Red Trail Energy, LLC                   ICM, Inc.


By: /s/ AMBROSE R. HOFF                 By: /s/ DAVE VANDER GRIEND
    ---------------------------------       ------------------------------------
Title: President, RTE                   Title: CEO
Date Signed : 9/9/05                    Date Signed: 9-18-05

Address for giving notices:             Address for giving notices:

Mick Miller                             301 N First Street
Red Trail Energy, LLC                   Colwich,KS 67030
General Manager
PO Box 11
Rechardton, ND 58652

Mike Maus
Hardy, Maus, Nortsven, PC
PO Box 570
Dickinson, ND 58602

D-5

EXHIBIT E

Schedule of Values

Schedule of Values for
RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC

PAYMENT REQUEST BREAKDOWN

DESCRIPTION:
------------
MOBILIZATION                      $      [ * ]
ENGINEERING                       $      [ * ]
GENERAL CONDITIONS (16 MONTHS)    $      [ * ]
SITEWORK                          $      [ * ]
CONCRETE                          $      [ * ]
MASONRY                           $      [ * ]
STRUCTURAL STEEL & MISC. METALS   $      [ * ]
LUMBER, CARPENTRY & FINISHES      $      [ * ]
GIRTS, SIDING & ROOF DECK         $      [ * ]
DOORS & WINDOWS                   $      [ * ]
PAINT                             $      [ * ]
GRAIN HANDLING SYSTEM             $      [ * ]
DDG STORAGE BUILDING              $      [ * ]
CORN UNIT CAR UNLOADING           $      [ * ]
FIELD ERECTED TANKS               $      [ * ]
COAL SYSTEM                       $      [ * ]
PROCESS TANKS & VESSELS           $      [ * ]
MIXERS                            $      [ * ]
PUMPS                             $      [ * ]
HEAT EXCHANGERS                   $      [ * ]
SIEVE BOTTLES & BEADS             $      [ * ]
CENTRIFUGES                       $      [ * ]
AIR COMPRESSORS                   $      [ * ]
METHANATOR                        $      [ * ]
COOLING TOWER                     $      [ * ]
ETHANOL LOADOUT                   $      [ * ]
VAPOR FLARE SYSTEM                $      [ * ]
TRUCK SCALES & PROBE (115')       $      [ * ]
PROCESS PIPING & VALVES           $      [ * ]
INSULATION                        $      [ * ]
PLUMBING & HVAC                   $      [ * ]
ELECTRICAL                        $      [ * ]
START-UP                          $      [ * ]
DEMOB                             $      [ * ]
POLLUTION CONTROL EQUIPMENT       $      [ * ]
CHILLER                                    --
                                  -----------
   CONTRACT AMOUNT                $75,841,740

[ * ] Portions omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

E-1

EXHIBIT F

Progress Report (Example only; Illustrative purpose only)

A. Project Overview - Brief description of project including plant capacity, major contractors (if applicable), completion dates (including Substantial Completion Date, Final Completion Date, estimated performance testing start, etc.), etc. Should also include progress reporting period.

B. Project Status - Divided into engineering, construction, and Owner responsibilities as well as a summary describing project status as a whole. Subsections include:

B1 - Engineering - Current month progress and status as compared to plan, 1-month look ahead/goals, issues being worked, critical path activities, and statement regarding support of construction activities

B2 - Construction - Current month progress and status as compared to plan, 1-month look ahead/goals, issues being worked, critical path activities, procurement activities (if applicable), subcontracting activities (if applicable), and statement regarding completion of owner responsibilities as it relates to Design-Builder completion of work schedule. In addition, it should include:

A. Site Work and Utilities - Owner Responsibility

1. Plant Fire Water Loop - 98% Complete.
2. Railroad: Rail ties on tracks A and B are up to Rail Load out; tracks C and D are installed past DDG building to rail car storage area. Tracks A and B to be complete when Grains building is complete.
3. Power Company is 100% complete on permanent power.
4. Gas line to plant has commenced, gas to be on site by Oct. 21.
5. City water main from main entrance to tank is installed, awaiting word from City.
6. Road work has started at main entrance and Admin. Area, final grading has started in these areas as well.

B. Grains Storage & Handling
1. Grains receiving building is 95% complete.
2. Continuing to installing all miscellaneous ladders and platforms for collectors and bag houses. Continuing to install dust collection system for Grains receiving.
3. Electrical is right behind installing conduit and wire to equipment.
4. Pit area 95% complete.
5. Continue to install main legs for Grain to Silos.
6. HVAC equipment on site, yet to be installed.

C. Energy Building
1. 99% of Equipment installed.
2. Electrical nearly 94% complete. Have started bumping motors and conveyors for rotation.
3. Steel 100% complete.

F-1

4. All end walls are complete with siding. Half of the roof is installed.
5. Mechanical piping is at 30% complete.
6. All RO equipment is installed. All totes are installed. Tubing to Boiler and DA has started. Electrical completing installation for power and controls to RO equipment.

D. Process / Fermentation Building
1. 99% of the Equipment is installed.
2. Piping is 98% complete.
3. Vinyl Composite tile 70% complete. Ceramic tile to bathrooms is complete.
4. HVAC equipment installation is complete. Final tie ins for office area, server room and maintenance room continuing.

E. Distillation and Evap Area
1. Mechanical is about 98% complete. Complete small bore piping where needed.
2. Electrical is behind Mechanical installing instruments and wiring.

F. Tank Farm
1. Mechanical is 98% complete, waiting on Specialty items to arrive for installation.
2. All pumps have been installed and piping is complete to and from.
3. Electrical continuing installation of cable tray, 95% of instruments are installed, wire is about 85% complete.

G. Chiller Cooling Tower
1. Chiller Building -Overhead doors have been completed.
2. Cooling Tower erection is 100% complete.
3. HVAC unit on site, yet to be installed.

B3 - Commissioning and Start-up - Activities related to commissioning and start-up including training completed, turnover packages completed, status of testing procedures, etc.
B4 - Total Project - Overall project status, including critical path activities.

C - Health and Safety - Summary including number of craft, number of first aid cases, number of recordable cases, and number of lost time accidents. If applicable, safety programs implemented at site, etc.

D - Schedule Including most recent updated schedule accompanied with schedule overview, comparison to baseline, and critical path activities. The schedule should correspond to application for payment.

E - Financial Including total of invoices submitted to date as well as change orders submitted and status.

F-2

EXHIBIT G

REQUIRED PERMITS

                                      RESPONSIBILITY FOR     ASSISTANCE IN
NO.    TYPE OF APPLICATION/PERMIT      OBTAINING PERMIT       PREPARATION              NOTES
---   ----------------------------   --------------------   --------------   ------------------------
  1   Underground Utility Locating   Design-Builder/Owner                    Notification service
      Service                                                                for underground work.

  2   Septic Tank & Drain Field              Owner
      Permit

  3   Railroad Permit/Approval               Owner          Design-Builder

  4   Archeological Survey                   Owner

  5   Highway Access Permit                  Owner                           State Department of
                                                                             Transportation or County

  6   Building Permits                  Design-Builder
      Mechanical                        Design-Builder
      Electrical                        Design-Builder
      Structures                        Design-Builder

  7   Construction Air Permit                Owner          Design-Builder

  8   SWPPP Construction Permit              Owner          Design-Builder

  9   SWPPP Operations Permit                Owner          Design-Builder

 10   NPDES Wastewater Permit                Owner          Design-Builder

 11   Water Appropriation Permit             Owner          Design-Builder

 12   Fire Protection                        Owner          Design-Builder

 13   Above Ground Storage Tank         Design-Builder
      Permit

G-1

Exhibit 10.13

5201 NORTH WASHINGTON STREET PHONE: 701-772-7667
GRAND FORTES, ND 58203 FAX: 701-775-0158

[R & R CONTRACTING, INC. LOGO]

railroad construction, design, & repair

CONTRACT

THIS AGREEMENT, Made this 7th day of November, 2005, by and between R & R Contracting, Inc., a North Dakota corporation, hereinafter called "Contractor", and Red Trail Energy, LLC., hereinafter called the "Owner". WITNESSETH, that the Contractor and the Owner for the considerations hereinafter named agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1. SCOPE OF THE WORK.

The Contractor shall furnish all the materials and perform all of the work described in the Plans & Specifications dated October 14, 2005 in the amount of $2,848,500.00, and shall do everything required by this agreement and the specifications.

ARTICLE 2. TIME OF COMPLETION.

The engineering and purchasing required under this Contract shall be commenced no later than November 21, 2005 (based on contract award date of Nov. 9, 2005) and the project completed by September 1, 2006.

ARTICLE 3. PROGRESS PAYMENTS.

The Owner shall make payments in the following amounts:

20% Contract award

35% 50% of track materials delivered to site (within 45 days of contract award)

45% Progress payments *

* Lien waivers will be required prior to final 25% payment.

Upon receipt of written notice that the work is ready for final inspection and acceptance, the Owner shall promptly make such inspection. When the Owner finds the work acceptable and the Contract fully performed he shall promptly issue a final certificate, over his own signature, stating that the work provided for in this Contract has been completed and is accepted by him under the terms and conditions thereof, and that the entire balance found to be due the Contractor, and noted in said final certificate, is due and payable.

If after the work has been substantially completed, full completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor, the Owner shall, without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for the portions of the work fully completed and accepted. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims.

Any additional work outside the scope of work not included in the original specifications shall be performed by the contractor pursuant to the terms of a written change order which shall describe the additional work and the amount to be paid for the same be signed by the contractor and owner.

All requests for payment shall be paid upon receipt. All payment requests which remain unpaid after 30 days shall bear interest at the rate of 1 1/2 % per month.

ARTICLE 4. THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.

The Specifications together with this Agreement, form the Contract, and they are as fully a part of the Contract as if hereto attached or herein repeated.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have set their hands the day and year first above written.

R & R CONTRACTING,INC.                  RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC


/s/ Ron Lindborg                        /s/ Ambrose R. Hoff
-------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------
Ron Lindborg                            Ambrose R. Hoff
DATE 11/7/05                            DATE 11-8-05


BID FORM

PROJECT:
EARTHWORK & RAILROAD FOR
RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC
RICHARDTON, NORTH DAKOTA

BIDDER:              NAME: R & R Contracting, Inc.

                     ADDRESS: 5201 N. Washington St.
                              Grand Forks, ND 58203

CONTACT: Ron Lindborg

PHONE NUMBER: 701-772-7667

CONTRACT BASE BID:

Contractor agrees to provide all material, equipment and labor to perform all work required to complete the Earthwork and Railroad for Red Trail Energy, LLC.

Two million eight hundred forty-eight Dollars ($ 2,848,500.00) thousand five hundred dollars & no/100's

MATERIAL DETAILS:

1. Rail Class and Weight Class I & II #112

2. Ballast type Ballast type crushed rock

CONTRACT TIME:

Based on a contract award date of November 9, 2005, Contractor agrees to begin construction not later than November 21, 2005. Project will be completed by September 1, 2006.

/s/ Ron Lindborg                        CM-Construction   11/7/05
-------------------------------------   Title             Date
Signature
Ron Lindborg

NOTE: RED TRAIL ENERGY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REFUSE ANY OR ALL BIDS.


PROPOSAL AND

SPECIFICATIONS FOR

CONSTRUCTION


(LOGO)

PROPOSAL AND SPECIFICATIONS

FOR

CONSTRUCTION

OF

EARTHWORK & RAILROAD

FOR

RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC
RICHARDTON, NORTH DAKOTA


October 14, 2005

SUBJECT: INVITATION TO BID
EARTHWORK & RAILROAD FOR
RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC
RICHARDTON, NORTH DAKOTA

CONTRACTORS:

Enclosed is the proposal and specifications for the construction of this project as prepared by R&R Contracting, Inc. on behalf of Red Trail Energy, LLC.

This earthwork and railroad project shall be under one contract. Therefore, a bidder shall include pricing for both scopes of work (earthwork and railroad). It shall be the responsibility of the contractor to ensure that all scopes of work are covered within the bid.

THE COMPLETION DATE FOR THIS PROJECT IS SEPTEMBER 1, 2006.

BIDS WILL BE ACCEPTED UNTIL 1:00PM (MST), NOVEMBER 4, 2005. Fax the completed
bid to Red Trail Energy, (701)974-3294.

Based on a November 9, 2005 contract award date, earthwork will be required to start no later than November 21, 2005.

All questions relating to this proposal need to be submitted to Mick Miller at Red Trail Energy in writing by November 1, 2005. Please email questions to the following address: mick@redtrailenergy.com.


PROJECT DESCRIPTION (GENERAL SUMMARY)

This project consists of the construction of 6 spur tracks (approximately 21,100 track feet), with the main spur track being connected to the BNSF Mainline east and west of the ethanol plant. Included within this track construction is the installation of 12-No.l1 turnouts, 3-double switch point derails, and 3-24 foot full depth timber crossings.

TRACK NO.1 begins at the 14' clearance point off of the mainline connection west of the plant and extends east approximately 8565 feet to the 14' clearance point of the east mainline connection.

TRACK NO.2 begins at the point of switch (T.O. #12) and extends east approximately 2255 feet to the point of switch (T.O. #9).

TRACK NO.3 begins at the point of switch (T.O. #11) and extends east approximately 2210 feet to the point of switch (T.O. #8).

WEST CROSSOVER TRACK begins at the point of switch (T.O. #8) and extends approximately 395 feet to the point of switch (T.O. #10).

TRACK SEGMENT begins at the point of switch (T.O. #8) and extends east approximately 165 feet to the point of switch (T.O. #7).

EAST CROSSOVER TRACK begins at the point of switch (T.O. #7) and extends approximately 395 feet to the point of switch (T.O. #4).

TRACK NO.4 begins at the point of switch (T.O. #6) and extends to the east approximately 2785 feet to the point of switch (T.O. #1).

TRACK NO.5 begins at the point of switch (T.O. #7) and extends to the east approximately 2740 feet to the point of switch (T.O. #2).

TRACK NO.6 begins at the point of switch (T.O. #5) and extends to the east approximately 1590 feet to the point of switch (T.O. #3).

The earthwork shall consist of excavation, embankment, and the placing of subballast as per plan cross sections. Borrow material needed will be taken from the south backslope east of the plant at the discretion of the Owner.

The work includes all work required to strip the vegetation and topsoil, grading, installation of subballast, railroad, ballast, drainage culverts, and replacing topsoil. The work will also include railroad flagging and all other work required to complete the work as shown on the plans.


All quantities stated in the plans or work description is estimated. It is the Contractors responsibility to verify all quantities and complete the work as required. All work shall be done in accordance with the BNSF Industrial Track specifications, and/or Red Trail Energy requirements.

EARTHWORK SCOPE OF WORK (GENERAL SUMMARY)

The earthwork shall include all the work required to bring the subgrade up to the required elevations, place the subballast, and provide positive drainage for the trackbed. The following shall be included within the scope of work:

Stripping of vegetation and topsoil within the areas of excavation and embankment, stockpile and respread topsoil (6" minimum) on all disturbed areas upon completion of grading. Finish grading will be required after railroad construction is completed.

All grading required to reach the design elevations as per plan. Grading shall be completed as per BNSF requirements. The following procedures may be needed to successfully complete this earthwork: sub-cutting, de-watering, scarifying, reinforcement fabric, etc.

Grading for the BNSF mainline switch installations.

Installing any and all drainage culverts needed to provide positive drainage.

Installation of subballast. The subballast shall be ND DOT Class 13 gravel.

Construction of gravel approaches for the new railroad crossings.

Coordination with other on-site contractors.

Any flagging as required by BNSF for the railroad construction.

All required personnel safety as required by BNSF.

Final grading of all disturbed areas.

Construction staking and blue topping. Centerline coordinate data will be provided to Contractor.

Compaction testing.

NOTE: The right side of the earthwork has been partially completed from station 33+00 through station 57+00. This area will require the installation of subballast and final grading by Contractor.


REPORT OF SOIL INVESTIGATION

A report of soil investigation was prepared by Midwest Testing Laboratory, Inc. for the plant construction. Contact Red Trail Energy.

Any additional investigation will be the responsibility of the grading contractor.

THE OWNER WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE FOLLOWING:

Erosion control and seeding.

Utility adjustments or installations.


RAILROAD SCOPE OF WORK (GENERAL SUMMARY)

The scope of work of the railroad shall include all the work required to install the new tracks as per the plan. The following shall be included within the scope of work:

TRACK NO. 1

Minimum of 112#, Class I rail. New grade 4 (7"x 8") or grade 5 (7"x 9") hardwood ties.

TRACKS NO. 2-6

Minimum of 112#, Class I rail is required within curves. Class II rail may be used in tangents. New or relay grade 4 or grade 5 hardwood ties.

Construction of all tracks using a minimum of 112 lb rail and all required ties, plates, spikes, anchors and OTM. Tracks will be constructed to meet or exceed BNSF Industrial Track specifications.

Construction of all turnouts and derails where shown on the plan. All turnouts will be a minimum of 112 lb Class I, with new grade 5 (7"x 9") switch ties.

Connection to the BNSF mainline at the 14' clearance points on the two new mainline turnouts.

Installation of ballast. Ballast will be crushed rock, or granite, meeting AREMA Size No. 4 gradation.

Installation of walkway where required.

Installation of all required railroad crossings.

Any flagging as required by BNSF for the earthwork.

All required personnel safety as required by BNSF.

CONSTRUCTION STAKING. Centerline coordinate data will be provided to Contractor.

NOTE: The ethanol rail loadout containment will be addressed at a later time.
Final corn unload pit design is not complete at this time.


MINIMUM INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS

COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY (OCCURRENCE FORM):

Coverage must be endorsed to cover incidents that occur within 50 feet of railroad property. Coverage must specifically reflect that the definition for insured contract has been amended to eliminate the restriction

$4,000,000 - General Aggregate
$2,000,000 - Each Occurrence

COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COVERAGE:

Must indicate coverage for Any Auto or Owned, Hired or Borrowed, and Non-owned Vehicles

$1,000,000 - Combined Single Limit
Or
$750,000 - Bodily Injury per Person $1,500,000 - Bodily Injury per Accident $250,000 - Property Damage

WORKER'S COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS LIABILITY COVERAGE:

Statutory Worker's Compensation Insurance

RAILROAD PROTECTIVE LIABILITY:

Furnished by Owner

PAYMENT TERMS

20%   Contract award
35%   50% of track materials delivered to site (within 45 days of contract
      award)
45%   Progress payments *

* Lien waivers will be required prior to final 25% payment.


BID FORM

PROJECT:

EARTHWORK & RAILROAD FOR
RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC
RICHARDTON, NORTH DAKOTA

BIDDER:   NAME: ________________________________________________________________

          ADDRESS: _____________________________________________________________

                   _____________________________________________________________

          CONTACT: _____________________________________________________________

          PHONE NUMBER: ________________________________________________________

Contract BASE BID:

Contractor agrees to provide all material, equipment and labor to perform all work required to complete the Earthwork and Railroad for Red Trail Energy, LLC.

__________________________________________________________ Dollars ($__________)

MATERIAL DETAILS:

1. Rail Class and Weight ____________________

2. Ballast type ____________________

CONTRACT TIME:

Based on a contract award date of November 9, 2005, Contractor agrees to begin construction not later than November 21, 2005. Project will be completed by September 1, 2006.


Signature Title Date

NOTE: RED TRAIL ENERGY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REFUSE ANY OR ALL BIDS.


                                    CONTACTS:

RED TRAIL ENERGY          MICK MILLER, GENERAL MANAGER         PH. (701)974-3308

BNSF RAILROAD             BOB KINZEL, ROADMASTER               PH. (701)227-7235

R&R CONTRACTING, INC.     RON LINDBORG, GM-CONSTRUCTION        PH. (701)772-7667

                                  ATTACHMENTS:

ETHANOL RAIL LOADOUT AREA

AREMA RAIL GRADING CLASSIFICATION

BNSF GUIDELINES FOR INDUSTRIAL TRACK PROJECTS


[DIAGRAM]


[DIAGRAM]


Rail

TABLE 4-2-9. RECOMMENDED RAIL GRADING CLASSIFICATION

          MAXIMUM RAIL WEAR - INCHES
  RAIL    --------------------------
 WEIGHT           TOP    GAGE              GENERAL RAIL USE AND RAIL CONDITION
-------          -----   ----              -----------------------------------
                                       CLASS I

  140              1/4    1/2             Main Line use - Very minor engine burns
132-131           3/16    1/2             and corrugation.
  122             5/32   7/16
  115              1/8    3/8
  112              1/8    1/4
  100              1/8    1/8
   90              1/8    1/8

                                       CLASS II

  140              3/8    3/4             Branch Lines - Small engine burns and
132-131           5/16    3/4             corrugation.
  122             5/16    3/4
  115             5/16    3/4
  112             5/16    1/2
  100             3/16    1/4
   90              1/4   3/16

                                       CLASS III

  140              5/8    7/8             Light Branch Lines - Medium engine burns
132-131           7/16    7/8             and corrugation, may be pitted and show
  122              1/2    7/8             some oxidation.
  115              3/8    3/4
  112              3/8    3/4
  100              1/4    1/4
   90             5/16   5/16

                                       CLASS IV

  140              3/4      1             Yards - Any burns not mashed or
132-131           9/16      1             fractured.
  122            11/16      1
  115              1/2    7/8
  112              1/2    7/8
  100             7/16    7/8
   90              3/8    3/8

[MAP]

AREMA Manual for Railway Engineering


BURLINGTON NORTHERN SANTA FE

DESIGN GUIDELINES
FOR
INDUSTRIAL TRACK PROJECTS

BNSF

(BURLINGTON NORTHERN SANTA FE RAILWAY LOGO)

ENGINEERING SERVICES

4515 KANSAS AVENUE
KANSAS CITY, KS 66106

MARCH 2004


BURLINGTON NORTHERN AND SANTA FE RAILWAY CO.

STANDARDS FOR UNIT TRAIN/LOOP FACILITIES

1. ROADBED:

Roadbed and ballast section for industrial trackage shall conform to the special roadbed section (see appendix, page A-2). Embankment side slopes to be minimum of 1.5:1. All embankments shall be compacted to a density of not less than 95% of the maximum standard laboratory density, and not more than
+4 percentage points above the optimum moisture content, unless otherwise specified on the drawings. The standard laboratory density and optimum moisture content shall be the maximum density and optimum moisture as determined in accordance with ASTM Designation: D 698 (Standard Proctor Test). Compaction shall be accomplished by sheep's foot rollers, pneumatic-tired rollers, steel-wheeled rollers, vibratory compactors, or other approved equipment. Use construction procedures and drainage design that will provide a stable roadbed.

Subballast shall be crushed gravel or crushed stone with a minimum 75% of the material having two fractured faces. Subballast must meet the quality requirements of ASTM Designation: D 1241 and be approved by the Engineer.

2. CURVATURE:

Maximum degree of curve shall not exceed 7(degree)30' (764.49' radius). All curves are defined using the chord definition method. A minimum tangent length of 200 feet must be placed between reversing curves. No turnouts (switches) can be placed in a curve.

3. PROFILE GRADE:

Track profile grades shall be limited to a maximum of 1.5%. Grades steeper than 1.5% will require approval by BNSF Engineering and Division General Manager. For loop tracks, the maximum grade will be 0.5%. Other restrictions may be defined for individual projects.

4. VERTICAL CURVES:

Vertical curves must be provided at break points in profile grade. The rate of change shall not exceed 1.0 in summits or 0.5 in sags. Vertical curves shall not extend into limits of turnout switch ties. See appendix, pages A-27 and A-28 for BNSF's standard for vertical curves.

5. TRACK:

For New Unit Train Facilities minimum rail section is 112-lb and continuous welded rail (CWR) is recommended. Hardwood ties shall be new 7" X 8" (No.
4) or 7" X 9" (No. 5), 8'-6" long, placed on 21.5" centers. Each rail will be spiked with two spikes per tie plate on tangent track staggered with inside spikes to the east or north and outside spikes to the west or south. On curves a third spike is required on the gauge side of the rail. Rail anchorage shall be provided at a minimum rate of 16 anchors per 39' panel. Continuous welded rail (CWR) shall be box-anchored every other tie. Concrete ties can be spaced at 28" center to center with an 8" ballast section.

6. TURNOUTS:

All main line, controlled siding and passing track turnouts will be a minimum new No. 11-136 lb. and include either a spring-rail frog or a rigid, railbound manganese frog, as specified by BNSF Engineering. For other turnouts maintained by BNSF, a No. 11-115 lb. is the minimum (see appendix,

6

pages A-13 to A-18). Main line turnout switch ties shall be new and hardwood. All mainline, controlled siding and passing track turnouts and trackage are to be placed by BNSF personnel out to the 14' clearance point.

Mainline, controlled siding and passing track turnouts will require the placement of a construction berm alongside the track to allow assembly of the turnout, with no disruption to traffic. After the turnout is assembled, a track window is obtained to remove the trackage and insert the turnout. An example of a construction berm is shown in the appendix on page A-5.

For turnouts placed off of BNSF property and/or maintained by the Customer, and operated by BNSF, a No. 11 - 112 lb. turnout will be the minimum. All switch stands need to include a "30 Degree" handle (see appendix, page A-20).

7. DERAILS:

A derail shall be placed on all tracks connecting with a main line, siding, or industrial lead. Derails protecting mainline tracks and controlled sidings shall be double switch point (see appendix, page A-19) and installed so that the derailed car is directed away from BNSF trackage. Derails shall be placed a minimum of 50 feet behind the 14' clearance point, and placed on tangent track where possible. The type of derail and actual location may be determined by Operating Department requirements. A second derail may be required where BNSF locomotives are parked during unit train loading operations. BNSF's Operating department will determine the necessity and type. If required, placement will be 275 feet from first derail. A "Derail" sign needs to be placed next to the derail.

8. STRUCTURES:

Bridges, drainage structures, track hoppers, retaining walls, etc. shall be designed to carry Cooper E-80 live load with diesel impact. Structures shall be designed per American Railway Engineering and Maintenance of Way Association (AREMA) Manual chapters 1, 7, 8, or 15 as applicable, and designed by a licensed engineer. See AREMA standards for unloading pits. All structural plans will need to be reviewed and approved by BNSF Engineering.

9. ROAD CROSSINGS

The standard for a road crossing surface installed and maintained by the BNSF is concrete plank (for 136-lb. rail) placed on 10-ft. switch ties. Also, ten 10-ft. switch ties are placed on both ends of the crossing, replacing any standard cross-ties. For crossings installed and maintained by the Customer, a concrete plank is recommended, with a wood plank surface as acceptable (see appendix, pages A-21 to 23).

10. CLEARANCES:

BNSF will adhere to the "Clearance Requirements By State," BNSF Dwg. No. 2509, Sheet No. 1 (see appendix, page A-24) for each state. If a state does not have its own clearances, the "BNSF Minimum Clearances Diagram," BNSF Dwg. No. 2509, Sheet No. 2 (see appendix, page A-25) will apply. Side clearances for curves should have an additional 1-1/2" per degree of curvature. Warning signs will be installed for all close clearances less than standard (see appendix, page A-26).

All new tracks constructed will maintain a minimum distance of 25 feet for track centers from any main track, controlled siding or passing track. New tracks adjacent to other tracks will maintain a minimum distance of 14 feet for track centers.

At road crossings the set-back distance for storing rail cars on multiple adjacent tracks (track centers less than 25') is 250 feet from the edge of roadway. For single tracks, the setback distance varies for each state and is regulated by the states' appropriate agencies, BUT 150 FEET FROM THE EDGE OF ROADWAY IS THE MINIMUM. However, operating conditions may require greater distances.

7

11. WALKWAYS:

Walkways on bridges and adjacent to switches and trackage are governed by the appropriate State Public Service Commission, Railway Commission or other State and/or Federal agencies. Due to revised FRA Airbrake and Train Handling Rules, outbound trains are required to have an airbrake inspection on both sides of the train. New shuttle projects will be required to have a minimum 13' inspection road on one side and a minimum 8.5' walkway on the other. See Appendix pp. A-3 and A-4 for typical sections of roads and walkways.

12. SIGNALS AND ELECTRICAL SERVICE

CUSTOMER SHALL PROVIDE ELECTRICAL SERVICE TO BNSF PROPERTY SHOULD THE PROPOSED TRACKWORK REQUIRE POWER FOR THE SIGNAL FACILITIES. The requirement and locations will be identified at the initial meeting.

13. ACCESS ROAD:

Unless otherwise directed a road will be required that will provide access to inspect the entire train prior to movement from the facility. Due to revised FRA Airbrake and Train Handling Rules, outbound trains are required to have an airbrake inspection on both sides of the train. New shuttle projects will be required to have a minimum 13' inspection road on one side and a minimum 8.5' walkway on the other. See Appendix pp. A-3 and A-4 for typical sections of roads and walkways. A standard section with a 13-ft wide roadway is shown in the appendix, page A-4. The roadway can be constructed using subballast materials as specified in the Roadbed section of this document.

14. INSPECTION:

BNSF's Division Engineer representative should inspect all track materials prior to placement to avoid subsequent removal of sub-standard material. BNSF personnel will also inspect the track before placing it into service.

15. GENERAL:

a. Minimum Track Length: 7,200 feet of clear track length for unit train facilities

b. Loading and unloading tracks should be designed so that they are completely independent of railroad operating lines and passing tracks such that loading and unloading operations in no way interfere with train operations. Design of trackage is to be approved by BNSF Engineering, and the track layout (location of switches and derails) to be approved, in writing, by the Division General Manager.

c. Pipelines under track are to be encased per BNSF requirements. Wirelines are to be installed per BNSF requirements. Refer to "BNSF Utility Accommodation Guide" booklet.

d. The effect on sight distance must be considered when planning construction of trackage in the vicinity of any grade crossings. The required sight distance should be determined and preserved when performing and designing for construction near any grade crossing. Check with the Dept. of Transportation for each state's regulations. Less than the required sight distance will be the liability of the Industry.

Maintenance of Way Operating Rule No. 6.32.4:

"Leave cars, engines, or equipment clear of road crossings and crossing signal circuits. If possible, avoid leaving cars, engines, or equipment standing closer than 250 feet from the road crossing when there is an adjacent track (<25' track centers)."

8

e. An earthen berm (see appendix, page A-5) or suitable bumping post or wheel stop shall be installed at the end of track.

f. CUSTOMER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL GRADING INCLUDING PLACING ALL SUBBALLAST UP TO BNSF BALLAST AND THE PLACEMENT OF A CONSTRUCTION BERM, IF REQUIRED.

g. Customer to acquire any additional property required to construct grade and drainage. If the proposed trackage or facility will increase runoff onto BNSF property, a detailed drainage plan needs to be submitted for review prior to construction. Drainage should be handled in a manner as not to overload current drainage structures on BNSF property.

h. CONTRACTOR MUST NOT AT ANY TIME FOUL THE MAIN LINE TRACKS. A BNSF flagman will be required, at the Contractor's expense, when working within 25 feet from centerline of the track.

9

BURLINGTON NORTHERN AND SANTA FE RAILWAY CO.

SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF INDUSTRIAL TRACKAGE BY
PRIVATE CONTRACTOR

CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY

By acceptance of the contract the contractor assumes complete responsibility for construction of the work. The Contractor should understand that any work not specifically mentioned in the written specifications, but which is necessary, either directly or indirectly, for the proper carrying out of the intent thereof, shall be required and applied, and will perform all such work just as though it were particularly delineated or described. Contractor should also understand that final approval of the track for service is the prerogative of the Railroad and close contact with Railroad's System Engineering and Division Engineer (if applicable) is required. No work is to be performed on Railroad's right-of-way, or in such proximity as to interfere with the Railroad's tracks or roadbed, without advance permission by the Railroad, including insurance and if necessary, flagging protection.

INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS

Contained within the Contract for Industrial Track Agreement to be signed prior to construction.

GRADING

The work covered by this section of the specifications consists of furnishing all plant, labor, material and equipment and performing all operations in connection with construction of track roadbed, including clearing and grubbing, excavation, construction of embankments and incidental items, all in accordance with the contract drawings and specifications.

The Contractor shall load, haul, spread, place and compact suitable materials in embankments and shall finish the embankments to the grade, slope and alignment as shown in the plans. Suitable materials shall consist of mineral soils free from organics, debris, and frozen materials. Embankment slopes shall be compacted and dressed to provide a uniform and dense slope. Embankments shall be built with approved materials from excavation of cuts or from borrow unless otherwise shown on the plans.

If materials unsuitable for embankments (organics, debris, brush and trees, etc.) are encountered within the areas to be excavated, or material existing below the designated subgrade in cuts or within areas on which embankments are to be placed are of such nature that stability of the roadbed will be impaired, such material shall be removed and wasted or stockpiled for other use. Topsoil removed from embankment areas shall be spread uniformly over the embankment slopes.

Wherever an embankment is to be placed on or against an existing slope steeper than four horizontal to one vertical, such slope shall be cut into steps as the construction of the new embankment progresses. Such steps shall each have a horizontal dimension of not less than three feet and a vertical rise of one foot.

At all times, the Contractor shall operate sufficient equipment to compact the embankment at the rate at which it is being placed. Compaction shall be accomplished by sheep's foot rollers, pneumatic-tired rollers, steel-wheeled rollers, vibratory compactors, or other approved equipment. Use construction procedures and drainage design that will provide a stable roadbed.

Each layer in embankments made up primarily of materials other than rock shall not exceed 6" in loose depth and shall be compacted to the dry density as specified hereinafter before additional layers are placed. All embankments shall be compacted to a density of not less than 95% of the maximum standard laboratory density, and not more than +4 percentage points above the optimum moisture content, unless otherwise

12

specified on the drawings. The standard laboratory density and optimum moisture content shall be the maximum density and optimum moisture as determined in accordance with ASTM Designation: D 698 (Standard Proctor Test). Copies of soil test results shall be furnished to owner.

On top of the embankment fill, the Contractor shall place a minimum of 6 inches of granular sub-ballast which meets the above criteria and contains no material larger than that which will pass through a (3) inch square sieve. Subballast shall be crushed gravel or crushed stone with a minimum 75% of the material having two fractured faces. Subballast must meet the quality requirements of ASTM Designation: D 1241 and be approved by the Engineer. Additional sub-ballast may be required as determined from an engineering soil analysis.

Unsuitable material removed from embankment foundations or below subgrade elevation in excavation areas shall be replaced to grade with suitable material compacted as specified for embankments in these specifications.

ROADBED AND BALLAST SECTION

Minimum roadbed and ballast section for track shall conform to "Typical Sections for Industry Track," BNSF Dwg. No. 1000, Sheet No. 3 (see appendix, page A-2). Compliance with all applicable State and Federal rules and regulations regarding walkways is required.

CORRUGATED METAL CULVERTS

These instructions cover the selection, installation, and fabrication of circular type zinc coated (galvanized) corrugated steel culverts for nominal diameters of 36-inch to 96-inch, inclusive. Additional protective coatings may be specified or allowed by the Railroad System Engineering. The minimum diameter for all culverts installed under main tracks or tracks maintained by BNSF is 36 inches. This diameter will allow for inspection and cleaning. For culverts maintained by the Customer, 24 inches is the minimum diameter.

Galvanized corrugated steel pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ASSHTO Specifications M 36 and M 218. All areas of surface rust on re-corrugated ends or lockseams shall be painted using the hot-dip or metallizing process.

Design, installation, and fabrication shall be in accordance with current American Railway Engineering and Maintenance of Way Association (AREMA) Specifications Chapter 1, Part 4, Culverts. Additionally, all culvert pipe shall meet the requirements shown in Table 1.

13

TABLE 1

 Nominal      Nominal*       Minimum**     Nominal    Thickness     Rivet**
Diameter    Corrugation    Width of Lap   Thickness    U.S. Std.   Diameter    Max.    Min.
(Inches)      (Inches)       (Inches)      (Inches)      Gage      (Inches)   Cover   Cover
--------   -------------   ------------   ---------   ----------   --------   -----   -----
   36      2-2/3 x 1/2           2          0.109         12         3/8       40'     ***
   42      2-2/3 X 1/2           3          0.138         10         3/8       70'     ***
   42      3 x 1 & 5 x 1         3          0.109         12         7/16      70'     ***
   48      2-2/3 x 1/2           3          0.138         10         3/8       65'     ***
   48      3 x 1 & 5 x l         3          0.109         12         7/16      70'     ***
   54      2-2/3 x 1/2           3          0.168          8         3/8       60'     ***
   54      3 x 1 & 5 x l         3          0.138         10         7/16      75'     ***
   60      2-2/3 x 1/2           3          0.168          8         3/8       55'     ***
   60      3 x 1 & 5 x 1         3          0.138         10         7/16      70'     ***
   66      3 X 1 & 5 X 1         3          0.138         10         7/16      60'     ***
   72      3 X 1 & 5 X 1         3          0.168         10         7/16      65'     ***
   84      3 X 1 & 5 X 1         3          0.168          8         7/16      55'     ***
   96      3 X 1 & 5 X 1         3          0.168          8         7/16      45'     ***

* Where two types of corrugation are acceptable, the use of standard 2-2/3" x 1/2" material is preferred, if available. 5 x 1 corrugations to be used only on helical pipe.

** For riveted pipe.

Pipes 48 inches or greater in diameter shall be shop-elongated 5 percent of their diameter in a vertical direction and have lifting lugs.

*** Minimum cover to be one-half diameter of culvert pipe from top of subgrade to top of pipe.

Due to settlement of culvert pipes, cambering longitudinally is recommended to improve the flow line profile after settlement. This is accomplished by laying the upstream half of the pipe on a flatter grade than the downstream half. Riveted pipe shall be placed with the inside circumferential laps pointing downstream and with the longitudinal laps at the side. Pipes shall be installed with a camber suitable to the height of the cover over the pipe and bearing capacity of the supporting soil.

Firm support must be provided to obtain a satisfactory installation. The filling material adjacent to pipes shall be loose granular material, free from large stones, frozen lumps, cinders, or rubbish. The filling shall be deposited alternately on opposite sides of the pipe in layers not exceeding 6 inches in depth, and each layer shall be thoroughly tamped before placing the next layer. Special care shall be taken in tamping under the lower part of the pipe. For a trench installation, the backfill shall be tamped the entire width of the trench, and for surface installation it shall be tamped not less than one half the pipe diameter out from the sides of the pipe. The density of the backfill after tamping must be at least 95% of its maximum density, as determined by ASTM D 698.

Any other type or size drainage structure shall have approval of Railroad System Engineering prior to installation under track locations.

UTILITY CROSSINGS

Utility crossings and relocations shall conform to BNSF standards as outlined in the "BNSF Utility Accommodation Guide." Applications for utility crossings and relocations are handled by Staubach Global Services, phone number 1-866-498-6647. Any questions regarding utilities can be directed to the BNSF Engineering representative.

14

CURVATURE AND GRADES

Tracks will be staked and constructed as shown on the approved plans. Any changes to the approved design need to be reviewed by BNSF Engineering or appointed representative.

CLEARANCES

BNSF will adhere to the "Clearance Requirements By State," BNSF Dwg. No. 2509, Sheet No. 1 (see appendix, page A-24) for each state. If a state does not have its own clearances, the "BNSF Minimum Clearances Diagram," BNSF Dwg. No. 2509, Sheet No. 2 (see appendix, page A-25) will apply. Side clearances for curves should have an additional 1-1/2" per degree of curvature. Warning signs will be installed for all close clearances less than standard (see appendix, page A-26).

MATERIAL

BNSF's Division Engineer representative should inspect all track materials prior to placement to avoid removal of sub-standard material. BNSF personnel will also inspect the track before placing it into service.

Rail:

For trackage maintained by the Customer the minimum acceptable rail shall be 90# section, with 112# (5-1/2" base) recommended, and shall be compatible with Burlington Northern Santa Fe standard rail section. For locations where trackage will be maintained by BNSF rail and fastenings shall conform to the BNSF standard rail section in use in that area. Contractor shall contact BNSF Engineering for approved section. Rail shall be standard full lengths or cropped with not more than 10% short lengths and shall be free from defects. Minimum length shall not be less than 27 feet except in turnouts. Rail should be minimum full ball relay rail, not exceeding 3/16 inch wear on any surface. Continuous welded rail (CWR) will need to be de-stressed as soon as possible after laying.

Anchors:

Rail anchors shall be new or reconditioned, sized to fit the rail section, and shall be provided per industrial track design criteria on page 3. High traffic volumes or unusual grade or alignment problems may require additional anchors as determined by BNSF Engineering. Turnouts shall also be anchored.

Ties:

Hardwood ties shall be 7" X 8" (AREMA No. 4) or 7" X 9" (No. 5), 8'-6" long, placed on 21.5" centers. Switch ties shall have a minimum cross section of 7" x 9" and minimum lengths shall conform to applicable BNSF Standard plans.

Concrete ties shall be pre-stressed, measure 11" wide at the bottom and 9" high with a length of 8' 3" and weight of 630 pounds. Concrete ties can be placed on 28" centers provided there is a minimum ballast section of 8" below the tie.

Turnouts (Switches, Frogs & Guardrails):

All parts shall be new or good secondhand, with secondhand parts being free of injurious defects.

Tie Plates:

Tie plates may be new or secondhand, free of injurious defects and foreign material, conforming to AREA Specifications, and shall fit rail being used. For rail 110# section and greater, all plates will be double-shouldered.

Joints:

New or secondhand joints, free of foreign material and without injurious defects, and with 4 or 6 bolt holes, conforming to AREMA requirements, may be furnished to fit rail section for which they are designed.

15

New or secondhand compromise joints of manufactured type (welded or homemade not acceptable), free of foreign material and without injurious defects, shall be furnished and used where rail section (weight or design) changes. Rail section by weight shall not be compromised where difference in weight is in excess of 25 lbs. When this becomes necessary, a rail of some weight between the two different rail sections, in excess of 25 lbs., shall be used and the compromise made in two steps.

Spikes:

5/8" x 6" cut track spikes shall be installed. All spikes shall conform to AREMA requirements.

Track Bolts & Nuts:

Track bolts and nuts shall be installed conforming to AREMA Specifications. Bolts will be correct size and length to fit rail.

Lock Washers:

One lock washer conforming to AREMA Specifications shall be installed on each track bolt.

Ballast:

Ballast shall be minimum of AREMA size 5 (1" - 3/8"). Ballast shall be free from loam, dust, and other foreign particles and shall not have less than 75% crushed particles with two or more fractured faces, unless otherwise approved by the Railroad.

Bumping Post:

An earthen berm (see appendix, page A-6) or suitable bumping post or wheel stops, approved by the Railroad, shall be installed at the ends of tracks.

Derails:

A derail shall be placed on all tracks connecting with a main line, siding, or industrial lead. Derails protecting mainline tracks and controlled sidings shall be double switch point (see appendix, page A-19) and installed so that the derailed car is directed away from BNSF trackage. Derails shall be placed a minimum of 50 feet behind the 14' clearance point, and placed on tangent track where possible. The type of derail and actual location may be determined by Operating Department requirements. A second derail may be required where BNSF locomotives are parked during unit train loading operations. BNSF's Operating department will determine the necessity and type. If required, placement will be 275 feet from first derail. A "Derail" sign needs to be placed next to the derail.

Highway Crossings:

All crossings shall be approved by BNSF Engineering and local governments as to type and design, in advance of placing order. Effect on sight distance of crossings must be considered when planning construction of trackage in vicinity of public grade crossings not protected with automatic signals.

Under Track Hoppers or Pits:

Plans shall be approved by BNSF Engineering or authorized representative. Specifications for unloading pits are covered in the "AREMA Manual for Railway Engineering," Section 8.4.

TRACK CONSTRUCTION

General:

All work shall be of good quality in materials, equipment and workmanship and shall conform in every respect with the specifications and instructions.

Ties:

Ties will be unloaded and handled in such a manner as not to damage ties, using approved handling equipment.

16

Ties to be placed at design spacing of 21.5-inch center to center (22 ties/39 feet) for wood, and 28-inch centers for concrete, on the finished subgrade, perpendicular to center line of track with the right hand ends of ties being parallel. Exception: On curves, align the ties to the inside of the curve. All joints are to be suspended.

Top surface of ties shall be clean and smooth to provide full bearing for tie plates.

Lay wood ties with heartwood face down, and if not possible to determine position of the heartwood, lay the widest surface of the tie down.

If spikes are pulled from any tie, hole shall be filled by driving in a treated wood tie plug the full depth of the hole.

Boring or adzing of ties shall be kept to a minimum.

Tie Plates:

Tie plates will be used on all ties and set in position with cant surface sloping inward, making sure they are firmly seated and have full bearing. After rails are in place, shoulder of plates shall be in full contact with outside edge of rail base.

Rails:

Assemble joints before fastening rails to ties, using joint bars with full number of track bolts and spring washer for each bolt, first removing loose mill scale and rust from contact surfaces or joint bars and rails.

If necessary to force joint bar into position, strike lower edge of bar lightly with 4-lb. maul. Do not drive bolts in place.

Tighten bolts in sequence, beginning at joint center and working out to ends. Bolts to be tightened to a range of 20,000 to 30,000 lbs. tension. If a bolt tightening machine is not used, a standard track wrench with a 42" long handle may be used.

In laying secondhand rail, care must be taken to rail end mismatch at the joints.

Under no circumstances must rail be struck in web with tool or any metal object.

The right-hand rail facing in direction of increasing construction shall be spiked to ties, and the opposite rail shall be brought to gage of 4' 8-1/2", measured at right angles between the rails, in a place 5/8" below top of rail. Gage to be checked at every third tie.

Rail shall be laid with staggered joints. Joints shall be located as nearly as possible to the middle of the opposite rails with the following variation: (a) except through turnouts, the staggering of the joints on one side shall not vary more than 6' in either direction from the center of the opposite rail.

Continuous welded rail (CWR) will need to be de-stressed as soon as possible after laying.

17

Joints:

At the time of installation, rail expansion shims of softwood not over 1" width shall be placed between the ends of adjacent rails to insure proper space allowance for expansion required by the rail temperatures in the following table, and shall be left in place:

39-Ft.Rail    33-Ft. Rail
   Rail           Rail
Temperature   Temperature
   Deg.F          Deg. F    Expansion
-----------   -----------   ---------
 Over 85       Over 85         None
 66 to 85      60 to 85        1/16
 46 to 65      35 to 59        1/8
 26 to 45      15 to 34        3/16
 6 to 25       -10 to 14       1/4
 Below 6       Below-10        5/16

Bending Stock Rails:

Use approved rail bending equipment. Make bends uniform and accurate for all stock rails.

Spiking to Wood Ties:

Rails shall be spiked to every tie, using not less than 2 spikes for each rail at each tie. Drive spikes through tie plate holes into ties, located diagonally opposite each other but not less than 2" from edge of tie. Start and drive spikes vertically and square with rail. Take care to avoid slanting, bending, or causing sideways movement of spike. Do not strike rail directly with a maul, either on top when driving, or on side to obtain track gage. Spikes should not be placed in the slots on skirted joint bars when such practice can be avoided by providing other plates with a hole pattern that will clear the skirts. When spikes are driven by machine, work shall be closely supervised to see that they are driven with hammer centered exactly over each spike head and drive spike vertically. Set stop bolt on the machine to prevent over-driving.

Withdraw spikes that are incorrectly driven and fill hole by driving a tie plug to full depth of hole. Locate replacement spike at another hole in tie plate and tie.

Ballast and Surfacing:

Raise track by means of jacks placed close enough together to prevent excessive bending of rails or strain on joint. Lift both rails simultaneously and as uniformly as possible. Power jack may also be used. Each track raise shall not exceed 4" with ties tamped prior to additional raise.

Unloading and Tamping Ballast:

Unload and level down ballast by most practical means, taking care not to disturb grade stakes. Perform tamping, using power tamping machines wherever possible, or manually, using approved AREMA tamping tools appropriate for type of ballast being placed. Tamp each layer of ballast from a line 15" inside each rail, on both sides of and to the ends of ties. Center area between these limits shall be filled lightly with ballast but not tamped. At turnouts and crossovers, tamp ballast uniformly for full length of ties. Tamping shall proceed simultaneously at both ends of same tie, making sure ballast is forced directly under the ties and against sides and ends of ties.

18

Finishing and Dressing:

Dress ballast in conformance with dimensions shown on drawings, placing additional ballast material as necessary.

Final Inspection:

After ballasting and surfacing are completed, inspect track to see that joints are tight and rail attachments to ties are secure.

The BNSF Roadmaster, or designate, will inspect the finished trackwork and complete the checklist on Page 20, or similar document. After the Roadmaster's approval the track will be placed in service by the Division's General Manager and can then accept rail cars.

19

ACCEPTANCE

Final acceptance of the work will be subject to the inspection of the Burlington Northern Santa Fe, and any portion of the work not accepted will have its faults corrected before the track is put into service.

Customer ____________________________ Contractor ____________________________

Location ____________________________

Roadmaster's Check List: Indicate OK, NO, N/A or other comments

Before traffic is permitted on trackage constructed by private contractor, Roadmaster shall make an inspection for compliance with the attached specifications and submit form to Division Engineer and Manager Economic Development:

Subgrade ____________________________   Drainage _______________________________

Ballast ____________________________   Curvature & Alignment ___________________

Surface ____________________________   Any Clearance Problems? _________________

Rail _______________________________   Anchors _________________________________

Tie ________________________________   Switches, Frogs & Guard Rails ___________

Tie Plates _________________________   Joint Bars ________________________

Spikes _____________________________   Bolts, Nuts & Washers_________________

Bumping Post or
Wheel Stops ________________________   Derails, Derail Signs_________________

Track or Highway Crossings _____________________________________________________


Comments _______________________________________________________________________




Roadmaster


Date

20

REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTRACTORS WORKING

ON BNSF RIGHT-OF-WAY

In order to protect BNSF's investment in its right-of-way and for the safety of persons coming onto BNSF property, BNSF has established certain requirements. The following constitute minimum requirements for all persons coming on or near BNSF right-of-way. Contractors are encouraged to develop their own safety rules that meet or exceed the following requirements. A web site has been set up to assist in preparation of a safety plan--www.contractororientation.com. Contractors will not be allowed to occupy or work on BNSF right-of-way prior to registering on the web site and completing the course.

1. All permits and agreements must be in effect, required payments made, and insurance certificates received and approved prior to Contractor entering Railroad right-of-way. All of these documents are included in the packet containing the cost proposal. Prior to performing the preliminary survey, the consultant will obtain either a "Right of Entry Permit" or a "Release of Claim and Indemnity," or both, depending on the duration of the project. To obtain a permit, contact Staubach Global Services, phone number 1-866-498-6647. These permits require a preparation fee.

2. Any de-watering utilizing drains or ditches on BNSF property must be approved by a BNSF Engineering.

3. Contractor must have BNSF approved "Construction Plans" prior to commencing work on a project. No change will be made to "Construction Plans" without approval by all parties involved. Approved revised plan will be furnished to all parties prior to implementation of changes.

4. Road Authority or Contractor will incur all costs for track work, including flagging, etc., made necessary due to their construction operation.

5. Pursuant to BNSF safety rules, flagging protection is always required when equipment crosses or is working within 25 feet of center of any track. When deemed necessary by the Railroad, a flagman may be required at all times while working on BNSF right-of-way.

6. Crossing of any Railroad tracks must be done at approved locations and must be over full depth timbers, rubber, etc. Any equipment with steel wheels, lugs, or tracks must not cross steel rails without aid of rubber tires or other approved protection and proper flagging will be required.

7. All temporary construction crossings must be covered by a "Private Roadway & Crossing Agreement," and must be barricaded when not in use.

8. Contractor must furnish details on how work will be performed that may affect existing drainage and/or possible fouling of track ballast as well as removal of overhead bridges/structures. (Structures and bridge spans over tracks must be removed intact.)

9. Absolutely no piling of construction materials or any other material, including dirt, sand, etc., within 25 feet of any track or on properly of the Railroad not covered by construction easement, permit, lease or agreement. A 10-foot clear area on both sides of a main track must remain unobstructed at all times to allow for stopped train inspection.

21

10. No construction will be allowed within 25 feet of center of any track unless authorized by Burlington Northern Santa Fe's Division Engineer and as shown on Plan approved by the Railroad. This includes any excavation, slope encroachment and driving of sheet piles.

11. No vehicles or machines shall remain unattended within 25 feet of any track. All machines will be disabled when not in use to prevent unauthorized operation.

12. IMPORTANT: Disregard of any of these items will result in Contractor being shut down and prohibited from working on BNSF right-of-way while infraction is investigated. Based on findings of the investigation, it will be determined if the Contractor will be allowed to work on BNSF right-of-way in the future.

13. Contractor safety rules, including rules regarding Personal Safety Equipment, must not conflict with BNSF safety policies. Contractor's personnel will obtain BNSF's safety orientation prior to entering BNSF property. A safety job briefing will be held prior to beginning work each day and anytime work conditions change. All personnel will wear proper personal protective equipment (PPE) while on BNSF property. Any person working on BNSF property may be subjected to a safety audit by BNSF personnel, and is required to comply with the audit. The results of the audit will be presented to the contractor's supervisor immediately upon completion. Any questions regarding safety should be directed to the BNSF project representative.

14. Articles included in Agreement should compliment this document or exceed its contents.

22

[DIAGRAM]


[DIAGRAM]


[DIAGRAM]


[GRAPH]


[GRAPH]


[DIAGRAM]


Exhibit 10.14

CONSTRUCTION LOAN AGREEMENT

This Construction Loan Agreement (the "AGREEMENT") is dated as of the 16th day of December, 2005, and is by and between RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC, a North Dakota limited liability company ("BORROWER"), and FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA ("BANK"), a national banking association established at Omaha, Nebraska.

WHEREAS, the BORROWER has requested the BANK to lend to BORROWER up to the sum of Fifty-Five Million Two Hundred Eleven Thousand seven hundred forty and no one-hundredths ($55,211,740.00) Dollars (the "CONSTRUCTION LOAN"), for the purpose of partially funding the cost of construction for an ethanol plant on the real estate described in Exhibit F (the "PROPERTY"), attached hereto and by this reference made a part hereof, together with a Three Million Five Hundred Thousand ($3,500,000.00) Dollar revolving line of credit ("REVOLVING LOAN"), up to One Million ($1,000,000.00) Dollars of Letters of Credit, and SWAP CONTRACTS up to Two Million Seven Hundred Ten Thousand five hundred eighty-seven and no/hundredths ($2,710,587.00) Dollars.

WHEREAS, the BANK is willing to provide such credit facilities to BORROWER upon the terms and conditions herein set forth.

SECTION 1 Definitions.

1.1 "ASSIGNMENT OF CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT" means the assignment of the agreement ("CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT") between the BORROWER and Fagen, Inc. (the "DESIGN-BUILDER") dated August 29, 2005 for construction of the PROJECT in accordance with PLANS, by which the BORROWER assigns, as additional security for repayment of the OBLIGATIONS, the BORROWER'S interest in the CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT in a form acceptable to the BANK in the exercise of its reasonable discretion.

1.2 (Intentionally left blank).

1.3 "ASSIGNMENT OF RENTS" means the assignment of rents and leases as to the PROPERTY between BORROWER, as assignor, and the BANK, as assignee, as security for payment of the OBLIGATIONS in a form acceptable to the BANK.

1.4 "BANKING DAY" means a day on which the BANK is open for substantially all of its business. "EURODOLLAR BUSINESS DAY" means a BANKING DAY on which commercial banks are open for international business (including dealings in dollar deposits) in London, England.

1.5 "BORROWING BASE" means the lesser of:

$3,500,000.00,

or


The aggregate of (i) 75% of BORROWER'S inventory of corn at current value on the date reported, plus (ii) 75% of the amount of BORROWER's Ethanol or Distillers Grains Accounts aged thirty days or less, and 75% of the amount of BORROWER's Federal and State Incentive Accounts aged less than 120 days, excluding any Accounts reasonably deemed ineligible by BANK, plus (iii) 75% of BORROWER's Finished Goods-Ethanol and Distillers Grains Inventory (both wet and dry), valued at the lower of cost or market.

1.6 "CLOSING" shall mean the date on which the BANK receives this AGREEMENT, executed by the BORROWER, together with the CONSTRUCTION NOTE and the REVOLVING NOTE.

1.7 "CONSTRUCTION LOAN TERMINATION DATE" means the earlier of (i) the COMPLETION DATE, or (ii) such earlier date upon which the BANK'S commitment to make a disbursement under the CONSTRUCTION LOAN is terminated.

1.8 "COMPLETION DATE" means the earlier of April 16, 2007, or the date the BANK determines following a proper inspection and in the exercise of BANK's reasonable discretion, that the PROJECT has been completed in accordance with the PLANS.

1.9 "CONSTRUCTION NOTE" means the promissory note of the BORROWER in the form of Exhibit A evidencing borrowings under the CONSTRUCTION LOAN of up to a maximum amount of Fifty-Five Million Two Hundred Eleven Thousand seven hundred forty ($55,211,740.00) Dollars.

1.10 "DRAW REQUEST" means forms acceptable to the BANK to be submitted to the BANK by BORROWER when a disbursement is requested under the CONSTRUCTION NOTE.

1.11 "EBITDA" means Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization, all experienced during the applicable reporting period.

1.12 "EVENT OF DEFAULT" has the meaning provided for in Section 7 of this AGREEMENT.

1.13 "EXCESS CASH FLOW" means EBITDA, less scheduled payments on OBLIGATIONS and SUBORDINATED DEBT, and authorized capital expenditures, all experienced during the applicable reporting period.

1.14 "FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO" means the ratio derived when comparing (i) EBITDA, less all capital expenditures, allowed or allowable distributions, and taxes, to (ii) BORROWER's scheduled payments on the principal and interest of the OBLIGATIONS and SUBORDINATED DEBT made during the applicable reporting period, excluding any principal repaid on REVOLVING LOAN and LONG TERM REVOLVING NOTE.

1.15 "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles, applied on a basis consistent with the accounting principles applied in the preparation of the annual financial statements of the BORROWER referred to in Section 6.1 of this AGREEMENT and the PROJECTIONS described in Section 5.7 of this AGREEMENT. All accounting terms not otherwise defined in this AGREEMENT have the meaning assigned to them in accordance with GAAP.

-2-

1.16 "INDEBTEDNESS" means all indebtedness for borrowed money including long-term debt, short-term debt, the NEGATIVE TERMINATION VALUE of SWAP CONTRACTS, and capital leases.

1.17 "INDEPENDENT INSPECTOR" means the firm which will be retained by BANK, at BORROWER's cost, to conduct on site inspections of the work-in-progress on the PROJECT, and to issue periodic reports to BANK as to the progress of construction and adherence to the PLANS. The BANK's selection of the INDEPENDENT INSPECTOR shall be subject to BORROWER's approval, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld.

1.18 "INTEREST PERIOD" means initially, the period commencing on the date of any loan made pursuant to this AGREEMENT and, for FIXED RATE NOTE and VARIABLE RATE NOTE ending three months later, and for the CONSTRUCTION NOTE, LONG TERM REVOLVING NOTE and REVOLVING NOTE ending one month later; and thereafter, each period commencing on the first day immediately following the last day of the immediately preceding INTEREST PERIOD and, for FIXED RATE NOTE and VARIABLE RATE NOTE ending three months thereafter, and for the CONSTRUCTION NOTE, LONG TERM REVOLVING NOTE and REVOLVING NOTE ending one month thereafter; provided that:

1.18.1 subject to clauses 1.18.2 and 1.18.3 below, any INTEREST PERIOD which would otherwise end on a day which is not a EURODOLLAR BUSINESS DAY shall be extended to the next succeeding EURODOLLAR BUSINESS DAY unless such EURODOLLAR BUSINESS DAY falls in another calendar month, in which case such INTEREST PERIOD shall end on the immediately preceding EURODOLLAR BUSINESS DAY;

1.18.2 subject to clause 1.18.3 below, any INTEREST PERIOD which begins on the last EURODOLLAR BUSINESS DAY of a calendar month (or a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such INTEREST PERIOD) shall end on the last EURODOLLAR BUSINESS DAY of a calendar month; and

1.18.3 no INTEREST PERIOD shall extend beyond the LOAN TERMINATION
DATE.

1.19 "LIBOR BASE RATE" shall mean, with respect to the applicable INTEREST PERIOD, (a) the LIBOR INDEX RATE for such INTEREST PERIOD, if such rate is available or (b) if the LIBOR INDEX RATE cannot be determined, the average (rounded upward, if necessary, to the next higher 1/100 of 1%) of the respective rates per annum of interest at which deposits in dollars are offered to BANK in the London interbank market by two (2) Eurodollar dealers of recognized standing, selected by BANK in its sole discretion, at such time on the date two
(2) Eurodollar Business Days before the first day of such INTEREST PERIOD as BANK in its sole discretion elects, for delivery on the first day of the applicable INTEREST PERIOD for a number of days comparable to the number of days in such INTEREST PERIOD and in an amount approximately equal to the principal amount of the OBLIGATIONS.

-3-

1.20 "LIBOR INDEX RATE" shall mean, with respect to the applicable INTEREST PERIOD, the rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next higher 1/100 of 1%) for deposits in U.S. Dollars for a period equal to such INTEREST PERIOD, which appears on the BANK's information vendor as of 9:00 a.m. (Omaha time) on the day two (2) Eurodollar Business Days before the first day of such INTEREST PERIOD. The term "BANK's information vendor" means the Bloomberg service or such other vendor chosen by BANK for the purpose of displaying British Bankers' Association Interest Settlement Rates for U.S. Dollar Deposits.

1.21 "LIBOR RATE" shall mean (a) the quotient of the (i) LIBOR BASE RATE divided by (ii) one minus the applicable LIBOR RESERVE PERCENTAGE plus (b) the amount of additional basis points specified in the applicable NOTE, or, as set forth in 2.15 of this AGREEMENT. The LIBOR RATE shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in the LIBOR RESERVE PERCENTAGE.

1.22 "LIBOR RESERVE PERCENTAGE" shall mean for any day that percentage (expressed as a decimal) which is in effect on such day, as prescribed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor), for determining the maximum reserve requirement for a member bank of the Federal Reserve System with respect to "Eurocurrency liabilities" (or in respect of any other category of liabilities which includes deposits by reference to which the interest rate on LIBOR loans is determined or any category of extensions of credit or other assets which include loans by a non-United States office of any bank to United States residents). The LIBOR RATE shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in the LIBOR RESERVE PERCENTAGE.

1.23 "LOAN DOCUMENTS" means this AGREEMENT and each document referred to in
Section 4 of this AGREEMENT.

1.24 "LOAN TERMINATION DATE" means the earliest to occur of the following: (i) as to the CONSTRUCTION NOTE, April 16, 2007, as to the REVOLVING NOTE, December
15, 2006, as to FIXED RATE NOTE, VARIABLE RATE NOTE and as to LONG TERM REVOLVING NOTE, a date which is five years subsequent to the COMPLETION DATE,
(ii) the date the OBLIGATIONS are accelerated pursuant to this AGREEMENT, and
(iii) the date BANK has received (a) notice in writing from BORROWER of BORROWER's election to terminate this AGREEMENT and (b) indefeasible payment in full of the OBLIGATIONS.

1.25 "MANAGEMENT CONTRACT" means that written contract dated as of December 17, 2003 between BORROWER and GreenWay Consulting, LLC ("GREENWAY") by which the latter agreed to provide consulting and management services to BORROWER.

1.26 "MARKETING AND RISK MANAGEMENT CONTRACTS" means the contracts between BORROWER and the entities named below (or any other entity contracting with BORROWER for similar purposes)

-4-

Contracting Entity                                   Regarding:
------------------                                   ----------
Commodity Specialists Company                        distillers dried grains ("DDGS")
Renewable Products Marketing Group, LLC              ethanol products
DWGS marketer                                        wet distiller's grains ("DWGS")
New Vision Co-op                                     unit trains of corn
Corn hedging entity                                  corn hedging
General Industries, Inc. d/b/a Center Coal Company   provision of coal

1.27 "MORTGAGE" means the mortgage between the BORROWER as mortgagor and the BANK as mortgagee, or the Deed of Trust between BORROWER as Grantor and the BANK as Beneficiary, in either case creating a first lien on the PROPERTY and a security interest in all of the personal property located on the PROPERTY as security for payment of the OBLIGATIONS.

1.28 "NEGATIVE TERMINATION VALUE" means, with respect to any SWAP CONTRACT of the BORROWER, the amount (if any) that the BORROWER would be required to pay if such SWAP CONTRACT were terminated by reason of a default by or other termination event relating to BORROWER, such amount to be determined on the basis of a good faith estimate made by BANK, in consultation with BORROWER. The NEGATIVE TERMINATION VALUE of any such SWAP CONTRACT at any date shall be determined (i) as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter ended on or prior to such date if such SWAP CONTRACT was then outstanding or (ii) as of the date such SWAP CONTRACT is entered into if it is entered into after the end of such fiscal quarter. However, if an applicable agreement between the BORROWER and the relevant counterparty provides that, upon any such termination by such counterparty, one or more other SWAP CONTRACTS (if any exist) between the BORROWER and such counterparty would also terminate and the amount (if any) payable by the BORROWER would be a net amount reflecting the termination of all the SWAP CONTRACTS so terminated, then the NEGATIVE TERMINATION VALUE of all the SWAP CONTRACTS subject to such netting shall be, at any date, a single amount equal to such net amount (if any) payable by the BORROWER, determined as of the later of (i) the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter or (ii) the date on which the most recent SWAP CONTRACT subject to such netting was entered into.

1.29 "NET WORTH" means total assets less total liabilities and less the following types of assets: (1) leasehold improvements; (2) receivables (other than those created by sale of goods) to a member and other investments in or amounts due from any member, employee or other person or entity related to or affiliated with the BORROWER); (3) goodwill, patents, copyrights, mailing lists, trade names, trademarks, servicing rights, organizational and franchise costs, bond underwriting costs and other like assets properly classified as intangible, and (4) treasury stock. NET WORTH shall not include any debt due to BORROWER not acceptable to BANK in the exercise of its reasonable discretion, but SUBORDINATED DEBT and liabilities relating to SUBORDINATED DEBT need not be deducted.

1.30 "OBLIGATIONS" means the obligation of the BORROWER:

1.30.1 To pay the principal of, and interest on, the CONSTRUCTION NOTE, the TERM NOTES and the REVOLVING NOTE in accordance with the terms thereof and to satisfy all

-5-

of its other liabilities to the BANK, whether hereunder or otherwise, whether now existing or hereafter incurred, matured or unmatured, direct or contingent, joint or several, including any extensions, modifications, renewals thereof, and substitutions therefore and including, but not limited to, any obligations under letter of credit agreements;

1.30.2 To repay to the BANK all amounts advanced by the BANK hereunder or otherwise on behalf of the BORROWER, including, but without limitation, advances for principal or interest payments to prior secured parties, mortgagees, or licensers, or taxes, levies, insurance, rent, or repairs to, or maintenance or storage of, any of the real or personal property securing BORROWER's payment and performance of this AGREEMENT; and

1.30.3 To reimburse the BANK, on demand, for the BANK's reasonable and necessary out of pocket expenses and costs, including the reasonable fees and expenses of its counsel, in connection with the preparation, administration, amendment, modification, or enforcement of this AGREEMENT and the LOAN DOCUMENTS required hereunder, including, without limitation, any proceeding brought or threatened, to enforce payment of any of the OBLIGATIONS referred to in this section of the AGREEMENT.

1.31 "PERMIT" or "PERMITS" means ANY LICENSE OR PERMIT, AND ALL licenses or permits, required under any environmental law or regulation required to construct and operate the facility on the PROPERTY after completion of the PROJECT at its operational capacity, including without limitation the following:

1.31.1 An air emissions permit, which PERMIT will allow the BORROWER after COMPLETION DATE to operate the ethanol plant on the PROPERTY after construction of the PROJECT at maximum capacity.

1.31.2 All permits required in connection with the construction and operation of all above ground storage tanks included in the PLANS for the ethanol plant.

1.31.3 A National Pollution Discharge Elimination System Construction Permit for any storm water that is discharged during construction and after construction of the PROJECT.

1.32 "PLANS" means the plans and specifications prepared by ICM on behalf of the BORROWER for the PROJECT and identified to this AGREEMENT by the DESIGN-BUILDER, the BORROWER and the BANK.

1.33 "PROJECT" means the design and construction of an ethanol plant, together with all necessary and appropriate fixtures, equipment, attachments, and accessories, as described in the PLANS, to be constructed on the PROPERTY.

1.34 "REVOLVING NOTE" means that promissory note of BORROWER to BANK evidencing the revolving credit facility described in Section 2.8 of this AGREEMENT, its renewals, modifications and extensions.

-6-

1.35 "SECURITY AGREEMENT" means the SECURITY AGREEMENT between the BORROWER, as debtor, and the BANK, as secured party, creating a first security interest in all BORROWER'S assets, including general intangibles, securing the OBLIGATIONS.

1.36 "SUBCONTRACTOR" means any person who contracts with the DESIGN-BUILDER or BORROWER to perform any work or supply any of the materials or equipment necessary to complete the PROJECT.

1.37 "SUBORDINATED DEBT" means INDEBTEDNESS of BORROWER to entities other than BANK that has been subordinated, in form acceptable to BANK, to the OBLIGATIONS, including, without limitation, BORROWER'S debt to ICM, DESIGN-BUILDER, and GREENWAY.

1.38 "SWAP CONTRACT" or "SWAP CONTRACTS" means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and
(b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. Provided, however, the term SWAP CONTRACT shall not, for the purposes of this AGREEMENT, include commodity hedging or commodity risk management contracts. The term "commodity" includes grain, natural gas and other traded commodities.

1.39 "TERM NOTES" means those promissory notes of BORROWER to BANK which evidence permanent financing to pay the CONSTRUCTION NOTE as described in
Section 2.5 of this AGREEMENT, their renewals, modifications and extensions.
FIXED RATE NOTE, VARIABLE RATE NOTE, and LONG TERM REVOLVING NOTE refer to three individual promissory notes that constitute the TERM NOTES, in accordance with this AGREEMENT.

1.40 "WORKING CAPITAL" means current assets (less investments in or other amounts due from any member, employee or any person or entity related to or affiliated with the BORROWER and prepayments), plus the amount available to BORROWER for drawing under LONG TERM REVOLVING NOTE, less current liabilities.

SECTION 2 Amount and Terms of the LOANS.

2.1 CONSTRUCTION LOAN. The BANK agrees, on the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth, to make, from time to time during the period from the date of execution of this AGREEMENT to and including the CONSTRUCTION LOAN TERMINATION DATE disbursements to the BORROWER in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount of the CONSTRUCTION LOAN for the sole purpose of paying approved construction costs of the

-7-

PROJECT. If, prior to the COMPLETION DATE, there is paid to BANK a third party payment (a grant payment, for example), which is applied to the CONSTRUCTION LOAN, BANK will advance such amount, or a lesser sum, as in BANK'S reasonable discretion is necessary to complete the PROJECT. Approved construction costs are costs actually incurred in connection with the construction of the PROJECT, which shall include but not be limited to costs of permits, licenses, labor, supplies, materials, services, equipment, insurance premiums, real estate taxes and interest on disbursements, and BANK approved operating costs of the ethanol plant. Construction costs do not include the cost associated with payment of lost profits connected with termination under Section 14.1.3 of the General Conditions of Contract included in the CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT.

2.2 The CONSTRUCTION NOTE. The obligation of the BORROWER to repay the CONSTRUCTION LOAN shall be evidenced by the CONSTRUCTION NOTE. Notwithstanding any provisions of the CONSTRUCTION NOTE, interest shall be payable at the rate provided therein only on such portions of the CONSTRUCTION LOAN proceeds as actually have been disbursed pursuant to this AGREEMENT.

2.3 Interest on the CONSTRUCTION LOAN. Subject to Section 2.15, interest shall accrue on the CONSTRUCTION LOAN as set forth in the CONSTRUCTION NOTE.

2.4 Repayment of the CONSTRUCTION NOTE. Interest only shall be payable quarterly on the CONSTRUCTION NOTE. All outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid interest shall be payable on the LOAN TERMINATION DATE.

2.5 TERM LOAN. The existing balance on the CONSTRUCTION LOAN, including any advance made to increase WORKING CAPITAL, as of COMPLETION DATE will be restated and said balance will be paid by three new promissory notes, hereafter called "FIXED RATE NOTE", "VARIABLE RATE NOTE", and "LONG TERM REVOLVING NOTE" in the forms attached hereto as Exhibits B, C, and D, respectively, and are by this reference made a part hereof. The TERM NOTES evidence "TERM LOANS". Payments on such TERM NOTES shall be as follows:

On the tenth day of every third month, commencing three months after COMPLETION DATE, BORROWER shall pay to BANK the scheduled principal payment shown in Schedule I, attached hereto and by this reference made a part hereof, plus accrued interest on FIXED RATE NOTE.

In addition, on the tenth day of every third month, commencing three months after COMPLETION DATE, BORROWER shall pay $1,004,671.55 to BANK, which shall be allocated as follows:

a. first to accrued interest on LONG TERM REVOLVING NOTE;

b. next to accrued interest on VARIABLE RATE NOTE;

c. next to principal on VARIABLE RATE NOTE;

After VARIABLE RATE NOTE has been fully paid, such quarterly payments shall be allocated first to accrued interest on LONG TERM REVOLVING NOTE, and thence to principal,

-8-

reducing available revolving loan capacity. All unpaid principal and accrued interest under the TERM LOANS shall be due and payable on LOAN TERMINATION DATE, if not sooner paid.

2.6 Interest on the TERM LOANS. Subject to Section 2.15, interest shall accrue on the TERM LOANS as set forth in the TERM NOTES.

2.7 LONG TERM REVOLVING NOTE. BANK agrees to lend $10,000,000.00 to BORROWER pursuant to this facility. BANK will credit proceeds of this revolving loan ("LONG TERM REVOLVING LOAN") to BORROWER'S deposit account with the BANK, bearing number 110193357.

2.7.1 Subject to the terms hereof, the BANK will lend the BORROWER, from time to time until the "LOAN TERMINATION DATE" such sums in integral multiples of $10,000.00 as the BORROWER may request by reasonable same day notice to the BANK, received by the BANK not later than 11:00 A.M. of such day, but which shall not exceed in the aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding, $10,000,000.00 (the "LONG TERM REVOLVING LOAN COMMITMENT"). The BORROWER may borrow, repay without penalty or premium and reborrow hereunder, from the date of this AGREEMENT until the LOAN TERMINATION DATE, either the full amount of the LONG TERM REVOLVING LOAN COMMITMENT or any lesser sum which is $10,000.00 or an integral multiple thereof.

2.8 REVOLVING LOAN. BANK agrees to lend $3,500,000.00 to BORROWER pursuant to this facility. BANK will credit proceeds of this revolving loan ("REVOLVING LOAN") to BORROWER'S deposit account with the BANK, bearing number 110193357.

2.8.1 Subject to the terms hereof, the BANK will lend the BORROWER, from time to time until the LOAN TERMINATION DATE, such sums in integral multiples of $10,000.00 as the BORROWER may request by reasonable same day notice to the BANK, received by the BANK not later than 11:00 A.M. of such day, but which shall not exceed in the aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding, $3,500,000.00 (the "REVOLVING LOAN COMMITMENT"). The BORROWER may borrow, repay without penalty or premium and reborrow hereunder, from the date of this AGREEMENT until the LOAN TERMINATION DATE, either the full amount of the REVOLVING LOAN COMMITMENT or any lesser sum which is $ 10,000.00 or an integral multiple thereof. It is the intention of the parties that the outstanding balance of the REVOLVING LOAN shall not exceed the BORROWING BASE, as required in Section 6.1.9, and if at any time said balance exceeds the BORROWING BASE, BORROWER shall forthwith pay BANK sufficient funds to reduce the balance of the REVOLVING LOAN until it is in compliance with this requirement.

2.9 THE REVOLVING NOTE. The REVOLVING LOAN COMMITMENT shall be evidenced by a REVOLVING NOTE having stated maturity on the LOAN TERMINATION DATE, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E.

2.10 INTEREST ON THE REVOLVING NOTE. Subject to Section 2.15, interest on the principal

-9-

balance of the REVOLVING LOAN shall accrue and be payable as set forth in the NOTE evidencing the REVOLVING LOAN.

2.11 LETTERS OF CREDIT. BANK will issue its letters of credit at BORROWER'S request, on BORROWER'S account, pursuant to the BANK'S customary policies and with its standardized documents, in amounts outstanding at no time exceeding $1,000,000.00 in the aggregate.

2.12 Payments and Prepayments. All principal, interest and fees due under this AGREEMENT, the CONSTRUCTION NOTE, the REVOLVING NOTE, the TERM NOTES and the LOAN DOCUMENTS shall be paid in immediately available funds as contracted in this AGREEMENT and no later than the payment due dates set forth in the periodic statements mailed to the BORROWER by the BANK. Should a payment come due on a day other than a BANKING DAY, then the payment shall be made no later than the next BANKING DAY and interest shall continue to accrue during the extended period.

On the occasion of any prepayment of the CONSTRUCTION NOTE or the TERM NOTES in full, BORROWER will pay to BANK a prepayment fee calculated as follows:
If the prepayment occurs during the construction of the PROJECT or within the first three years of the TERM LOANS, a fee of one (1%) percent of the amount prepaid.

In the event that the BORROWER pre-pays all of FIXED RATE NOTE or VARIABLE RATE NOTE, where the rate is fixed in excess of one month, and except as to such payments as required by this AGREEMENT, the BORROWER shall pay BANK a breakage fee sufficient to make BANK whole for any expenses related to breaking fixed interest rates, which BANK shall apportion among its participants. Provided, however, no payment of EXCESS CASH FLOW shall be the cause of a payment to BANK for interest rate breakage fees or otherwise result in any prepayment fee.

2.13 Fees. At CLOSING, the BORROWER shall pay to the BANK the $70,000.00 balance of the due diligence and negotiation fee, which fee BORROWER agrees and acknowledges has been earned by BANK as of the execution hereof as the result of BANK's efforts to acquire participating lenders. At CLOSING, the BORROWER shall pay to the BANK a commitment fee of $414,088.05, which fee BORROWER agrees and acknowledges has been earned by BANK. On each annual anniversary of COMPLETION DATE, the BORROWER shall pay to the BANK an Annual Servicing Fee of $30,000.00, which fee shall be due and payable in four equal quarterly installments each year. BORROWER agrees to pay BANK an unused commitment fee equal to 30 basis points of the average unused portion of the REVOLVING LOAN COMMITMENT and of LONG TERM REVOLVING NOTE, calculated and payable on a quarterly basis in arrears; provided, however, the unused commitment fees on same shall not apply and be payable by the BORROWER until the COMPLETION DATE. BORROWER shall pay BANK commitment fees equal to Two and one-quarter (2.25%) percent of outstanding Letters of Credit issued on BORROWER'S account, together with such other fees as are consistent with BANK's then current International Trade Services Fee Schedule. The International Trade Services Fee Schedule effective at the execution of this AGREEMENT is attached hereto, marked Exhibit G, by this reference made a part hereof.

2.14 Appraisal. If the BANK is required by any government entity with regulatory authority over the BANK to obtain a real estate appraisal, the BANK will obtain, at BORROWER'S expense, an

-10-

appraisal of the PROJECT and PROPERTY providing values obtained by use of the cost approach, the income approach and the replacement cost approach. If such appraisal shows that the outstanding CONSTRUCTION LOAN amount at that time exceeds the value of the PROJECT and PROPERTY as determined by the appraisal, using the replacement cost approach, then the BORROWER shall, within thirty (30) days of notice by the BANK and without penalty or premium, pay the difference between the outstanding CONSTRUCTION LOAN amount and the appraised value amount of the PROJECT and PROPERTY as determined by such appraisal, and no further advances shall be made on the CONSTRUCTION LOAN thereafter until such time as the appraised value of the PROJECT and PROPERTY exceeds the CONSTRUCTION LOAN amount.

2.15 Incentive Pricing. The interest rate applicable to the VARIABLE RATE NOTE, LONG TERM REVOLVING NOTE, and the REVOLVING LOAN is subject to reduction commencing six months subsequent to COMPLETION DATE, based on the business results of BORROWER. In the event that BORROWER maintains the following ratios, measured monthly, the interest rate will be reduced accordingly:

If INDEBTEDNESS to NET WORTH
        is less than:                Interest rate will be:
----------------------------         ----------------------
         1.15 : 1.00           LIBOR RATE plus 325 basis points
         1.00 : 1.00           LIBOR RATE plus 300 basis points
          .75 : 1.00           LIBOR RATE plus 275 basis points

Following CLOSING, the parties contemplate the possibility of replacement promissory notes being delivered to BANK that may include different incentive pricing models. Any such replacement promissory notes may describe the same or different incentive pricing as above.

SECTION 3 Disbursement Procedures.

3.1 Submission of DRAW REQUESTS. Whenever the BORROWER desires a disbursement under the CONSTRUCTION LOAN, which shall be no more often than three times a month, unless BANK agrees otherwise, the BORROWER shall submit to the BANK a DRAW REQUEST, duly executed on behalf of the BORROWER setting forth the information requested therein. Each DRAW REQUEST shall be delivered to the BANK at least ten (10) days before the date the disbursement is desired.

3.2 Amount of DRAW REQUEST. Each DRAW REQUEST shall be limited to amounts equal to (i) the total of costs actually incurred and paid or owing by the BORROWER to the date of such DRAW REQUEST for work performed or materials incorporated in the PROJECT as described in the PLANS, plus (ii) the cost of materials and equipment not incorporated in the PROJECT, but delivered to and suitably stored at the PROJECT site, plus (iii) prepayments for equipment when prepayment is required by the manufacturer or supplier; less, (iv) prior disbursements for such costs and from the CONSTRUCTION LOAN or BORROWER'S WORKING CAPITAL for such costs. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no disbursements for materials stored at the

-11-

PROJECT site will be made by the BANK unless the BORROWER shall advise the BANK of its intention to store materials prior to their delivery, and provide suitable security for such storage.

3.3 Other Documents. At the time of submission of each DRAW REQUEST, the BORROWER shall submit or cause to be submitted to the BANK the following:

3.3.1. A written lien waiver from the DESIGN-BUILDER and each SUBCONTRACTOR for work done and materials supplied by it which were paid for pursuant to the next preceding DRAW REQUEST with copies of all invoices supporting the DRAW REQUEST.

3.3.2. A document from the BORROWER and DESIGN-BUILDER, and if applicable, the INDEPENDENT INSPECTOR requesting and/or approving payment of the relevant DRAW REQUEST.

3.3.3. Such other supporting evidence as may be reasonably requested by the BANK to substantiate all payments which are to be made out of the relevant DRAW REQUEST and/or to substantiate all payments then made with respect to the PROJECT.

3.4 Cost Over Runs. The BORROWER agrees that all cost over runs on the PROJECT shall be paid solely by the BORROWER and that the BORROWER shall deliver additional funds to the BANK in accordance with Section 3.6 of this AGREEMENT to pay any cash required to fund cost over runs on the PROJECT.

3.5 Making the Disbursements. If on the date a DRAW REQUEST is received by BANK, the BORROWER has performed all of its agreements and complied with all requirements therefore to be performed or complied with hereunder including satisfaction of all applicable conditions precedent contained in Section 4 of this AGREEMENT and, if required by the BANK, the BANK has received a current report from the INDEPENDENT INSPECTOR documenting compliance with the PLANS for those portions of the PROJECT indicated as completed in the DRAW REQUEST and otherwise confirming the acceptability of the PROJECT work represented by the DRAW REQUEST, the BANK shall pay to the BORROWER the amount of the requested disbursement. Each disbursement disbursed to the BORROWER under the CONSTRUCTION LOAN shall bear interest at the rate provided in the CONSTRUCTION NOTE evidencing the disbursement from the date such disbursement is so disbursed to the BORROWER or deposited into BORROWER'S account.

3.6 Deposit of Funds by the BORROWER. If the INDEPENDENT INSPECTOR shall at any time in good faith determine that the undisbursed amount of the CONSTRUCTION LOAN is less than the amount required to pay all cash required to pay costs and expenses of any kind which reasonably may be anticipated in connection with the completion of the PROJECT after application of all funds received from the BORROWER'S equity and shall thereupon send written notice thereof to the BORROWER specifying the amount required to be deposited by the BORROWER with the BANK to provide sufficient funds to complete the PROJECT, the BORROWER agrees that it will, within forty-five (45) calendar days of receipt of any such notice, deposit with the BANK, the amount of funds specified in the BANK'S notice. The BORROWER agrees that any such funds deposited with the BANK may be disbursed before any further disbursement of CONSTRUCTION

-12-

LOAN proceeds from the BANK, to pay any and all costs and expenses of any kind in connection with completion of the PROJECT.

3.7 Disbursements Without Receipt of DRAW REQUEST. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the BANK shall have the irrevocable right at any time and from time to time to apply funds which it agrees to disburse hereunder to pay interest on the CONSTRUCTION NOTE as and when such interest becomes due, and to pay any and all of the expenses of BANK related to the PROJECT and the CONSTRUCTION LOAN, all without receipt of a DRAW REQUEST.

3.8 Miscellaneous Procedures. BANK may establish additional procedures regarding disbursements as are reasonable to assure the proceeds of the CONSTRUCTION LOAN are paid only to those persons and entities entitled to the same, and that the liens securing the OBLIGATIONS are in all cases first and paramount liens on the PROPERTY.

3.9 Appointment of INDEPENDENT INSPECTOR. No DRAW REQUEST shall be honored after commencement of construction unless BORROWER has consented to the appointment of an INDEPENDENT INSPECTOR.

SECTION 4 Conditions of Lending.

4.1 Conditions Precedent to the Initial Disbursement. The obligation of the BANK to make its initial disbursement under the CONSTRUCTION LOAN is subject to the condition precedent that the BORROWER shall be in compliance with the conditions set forth in Section 4.2 of this AGREEMENT and to the further condition precedent that the BANK shall have received on or before the CLOSING all of the following, each dated (unless otherwise indicated) such day, in form and substance satisfactory to the BANK:

4.1.1 The CONSTRUCTION NOTE, duly executed on behalf of the BORROWER.

4.1.2 The MORTGAGE duly executed on behalf of the BORROWER.

4.1.3 The ASSIGNMENT OF RENTS, duly executed on behalf of the BORROWER.

4.1.4 The SECURITY AGREEMENT, duly executed on behalf of the BORROWER.

4.1.5 A financing statement or statements sufficient when filed to perfect the security interests granted under the MORTGAGE, the ASSIGNMENT OF RENTS, the SECURITY AGREEMENT, and the ASSIGNMENT OF CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT, to the extent such security interests are capable of being perfected by filing.

4.1.6 A copy of the PLANS, certified by ICM, DESIGN-BUILDER and the BORROWER.

4.1.7 The ASSIGNMENT OF CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT, duly executed by the BORROWER and consented to by the DESIGN-BUILDER and a copy of the

-13-

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT, together with the General Conditions of Contract referred to therein, if any.

4.1.8 A total project cost statement on the PROJECT duly executed by the BORROWER, setting forth the anticipated total cost of the PROJECT's completion, and a construction cost statement duly executed by the DESIGN-BUILDER, setting forth its anticipated construction costs of the PROJECT.

4.1.9 An ALTA/ACSM LAND TITLE SURVEY prepared in accordance with the current accuracy standards jointly adopted by ALTA (American Land Title Association), ACSM (American Congress on Surveying and Mapping) and NSPS (National Society of Professional Surveyors) together with optional survey requirements #2 (vicinity map showing the property surveyed in reference to nearby highway(s) or major street intersections); #6 (identify setbacks); #7 (identify exterior dimensions of all existing and proposed buildings "As-Built", including square footage of exterior footprint of all buildings, gross floor area of all buildings); and #11 (location of utilities). The survey shall show the location of all easements and encroachments onto or from the PROPERTY that are visible on the PROPERTY, known to the surveyor preparing the survey or of record, identifying easements of record by recording data. Such surveyor shall certify there are no easements or encroachments upon the PROPERTY except as shown on the survey,

4.1.10 An as built appraisal based upon the PLANS to be performed by Natwick Associates Appraisal Services which shows the as-completed value of the PROPERTY and PROJECT addressed to and otherwise acceptable to BANK.

4.1.11 A title binder, issued by Dakota Homestead Title Co., (the "TITLE COMPANY") at BORROWER'S expense, constituting a commitment by the TITLE COMPANY to issue a mortgagee's title policy in favor of the BANK as mortgagee under the MORTGAGE, that will be free from all standard exceptions, including mechanics' liens and all other exceptions not previously approved by the BANK and that will insure the MORTGAGE to be a valid first lien on the PROPERTY. Such policy shall include additional rider coverage as may be requested by BANK, including, without limitation, the following ALTA endorsement forms:

ALTA Endorsement Form 3.1   Zoning-Completed Structure
ALTA Endorsement Form 6     Variable Rate Mortgage
ALTA Endorsement Form 8.1   Environmental Protection
ALTA Endorsement Form 9     Restrictions, Encroachments, Minerals
ALTA Endorsement Form 11    Mortgage Modification
ALTA Construction Loan
Endorsement B

4.1.12 A soil report on the PROPERTY certified by a registered engineer including structural design recommendations in form and substance satisfactory to the BANK. Such report shall include soil borings and geo-technical analyses.

-14-

4.1.13 A Phase I Environmental Report of the PROPERTY, as well as any subsequent Limited Environmental Site Assessments issued prior to CLOSING, all in form and content satisfactory to the BANK.

4.1.14 An assignment of any License Agreements with ICM.

4.1.15 Copies of all PERMITS from the applicable regulatory agencies from whom a permit or license is required as of the then current stage of the PROJECT.

4.1.16 Copies of documents from the appropriate state, federal, city or county authority having jurisdiction over the PROPERTY and the PROJECT that provide to the reasonable satisfaction of the BANK that the PROJECT when constructed in accordance with the PLANS will comply in all material respects with all applicable ordinances, zoning, subdivision, platting, environmental and land use requirements, without special variance or exception, and such other evidence as the BANK shall reasonably request to establish that the PROJECT and the contemplated use thereof are permitted by and comply in all material respects with all applicable use or other restrictions and requirements in prior conveyances, zoning ordinances, environmental laws and regulations, water shed district regulations and all other applicable laws or regulations, and governmental authorities having jurisdiction over the PROJECT. BORROWER is not required to obtain advance confirmation from any governmental body that the PROJECT will comply with such ordinances, regulations and requirements.

4.1.17 Copies of certificates of insurance demonstrating the types, levels, deductibles, endorsements and other coverage parameter issues to the satisfaction of the BANK for builder's risk insurance, casualty/commercial general liability insurance, business automobile liability insurance, environmental liability insurance, worker's compensation insurance, and permanent all risk property insurance thirty days prior to completion of construction, required under Section 6.3 of this AGREEMENT, with all such insurance in full force and effect and approved by the BANK, in the exercise of its reasonable discretion, and naming BANK as an additional insured and loss payee together with appropriate flood insurance, if the PROPERTY is in a flood hazard area. Notwithstanding the foregoing, BORROWER is not required to obtain worker's compensation insurance until required by applicable law. In addition, BORROWER shall provide to BANK proof of insurance for business interruption/extra expense coverage for six months of operating expenses, and also directors/officers errors and omissions coverage in a minimum amount of $5,000,000.00.

4.1.18 A signed opinion of counsel for the BORROWER, addressed to the BANK and containing customary qualifications, opining that: 1) the BORROWER is duly organized and in good standing in the state of North Dakota; 2) the BORROWER is qualified in each state in which it does business and is legally required to be qualified; 3) the BORROWER has the limited liability company power to execute and deliver the LOAN DOCUMENTS to which it is a party and to borrow money and perform in accordance with the terms of such LOAN DOCUMENTS; 4) to the counsel's knowledge, all actions and consents by BORROWER necessary to the validity of the LOAN DOCUMENTS to which it is a party have been

-15-

obtained; 5) the LOAN DOCUMENTS to which it is a party have been duly signed and are the valid and binding obligation of the BORROWER and enforceable in accordance with their terms; and 6) to the best of counsel's knowledge, the LOAN DOCUMENTS to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated there under do not conflict with any provision of the Articles of Organization of BORROWER or its operating agreement, or any agreement binding upon the BORROWER or its properties.

4.1.19 A Certificate of Authority executed by such person or persons authorized by the BORROWER'S organizational documents and/or agreements to do so, certifying the incumbency and signatures of the officers or other persons authorized to execute the LOAN DOCUMENTS to which it is a party, and authorizing the execution of the LOAN DOCUMENTS to which it is a party and performance in accordance with their terms.

4.1.20 A recently certified copy of the BORROWER'S operating agreement, and any amendments, if applicable.

4.1.21 A recently certified copy of the BORROWER'S Articles of Organization and any amendments, if applicable.

4.1.22 A certificate of good standing for the BORROWER from the office of the North Dakota Secretary of State.

4.1.23 Proof of injection of equity capital into BORROWER of no less than $38,500,000.00 including SUBORDINATED DEBT. Such equity capital shall include no less than $31,500,000.00 of equity capital from BORROWER'S owners.

4.1.24 A copy of the MARKETING and RISK MANAGEMENT CONTRACTS, and the MANAGEMENT CONTRACT, together with assignments in favor of BANK in form satisfactory to BANK, as well as control agreements reasonably requested by BANK, in form reasonably acceptable to BANK.

4.1.25 A copy of any existing contracts for BORROWER'S coal purchases, natural gas, electricity and water service.

4.1.26 A copy of BORROWER'S loan documents representing all SUBORDINATED DEBT and a copy of any grant documents evidencing grants obtained by BORROWER.

4.1.27 A written marketing plan ("MARKETING PLAN") reasonably acceptable to BANK, in which BORROWER specifies the manner in which BORROWER intends to sell its inventories and defines the contracts and entities which BORROWER will utilize to effectuate such plan.

4.1.28 An executed security agreement and control agreement, in form satisfactory to BANK, regarding the BORROWER'S account at Bank of North Dakota.

-16-

4.1.29 Documentation of the SWAP CONTRACTS in form satisfactory to BANK.

4.2 Conditions Precedent to All Disbursements. The obligation of the BANK to make each disbursement under the CONSTRUCTION LOAN (including the initial disbursement) shall be subject to the further conditions precedent that on the date of such disbursement:

4.2.1 The representations and warranties contained in Section 5 of this AGREEMENT are correct on and as of the date of such disbursement as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate solely to an earlier date and except to the extent of changes permitted under the terms of this AGREEMENT.

4.2.2 No event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such disbursement, which constitutes an EVENT OF DEFAULT.

4.2.3 No determination shall have been made by the BANK that the undisbursed amount of the CONSTRUCTION LOAN is less than the amount required to pay all costs and expenses of any kind which reasonably may be anticipated in connection with the completion of the PROJECT; or, if such a determination has been made and notice thereof sent to the BORROWER in accordance with this AGREEMENT, the BORROWER shall have deposited the necessary funds with the BANK in accordance with the Section 3.6 of this AGREEMENT.

4.2.4 The disbursement requirements of Section 3 of this AGREEMENT have been satisfied.

4.2.5 If required by the BANK, the BANK shall be furnished with a statement from the BORROWER and the DESIGN-BUILDER, in form and substance satisfactory to the BANK, in the exercise of its reasonable discretion, setting forth the names, addresses and amounts due or to become due, as well as the amounts previously paid, to every SUBCONTRACTOR whose charges exceed $2,000.00.

4.2.6 No PERMIT necessary for the construction of the PROJECT shall have been revoked or the issuance thereof subjected to challenge before any court or other governmental authority having or asserting jurisdiction as to the PROJECT.

4.2.7 The parties intend that the CONSTRUCTION LOAN is available to fund the lesser of fifty-eight (58%) percent of the total cost of the PROJECT, including all other approved expenses as set forth in the final version of the Sources and Uses of Funds document furnished to BANK by BORROWER prior to CLOSING, or $55,211,740.00. No advances or disbursements under the CONSTRUCTION LOAN shall exceed such levels, unless BANK consents in writing to the same.

4.3 Conditions Precedent to the Final Disbursements. The obligation of the BANK to make the final disbursement on the CONSTRUCTION LOAN shall be subject to the condition precedent that the BORROWER shall be in compliance with all conditions set forth in Sections 4.1 and 4.2 of this

-17-

AGREEMENT and, further, that the following conditions shall have been satisfied on or prior to the COMPLETION DATE:

4.3.1 The PROJECT has been completed in material compliance with the PLANS and the BANK shall have received a certificate of completion from the DESIGN-BUILDER, certifying that (i) work on the PROJECT has been completed in material compliance with the PLANS and all labor, services, materials and supplies used in such work have been paid for and (ii) the completed PROJECT conforms in all material respects with all applicable zoning, land use planning, building and environmental laws and regulations of the governmental authorities having jurisdiction over the PROJECT.

4.3.2 The BANK has received satisfactory evidence that all work requiring inspection by municipal or other governmental authorities having jurisdiction has been duly inspected and approved by such authorities and by the rating or inspection organization, bureau, corporation or office having jurisdiction.

4.3.3 The BANK shall have received a lien waiver from each SUBCONTRACTOR whose charges exceed $2,000.00 and the DESIGN-BUILDER for all work done and for all materials furnished by it for the PROJECT.

4.3.4 The BANK has received an itemized list from BORROWER of all equipment and fixtures, which are at that time subject to BANK'S security interest.

4.4 No Waiver. The making of any disbursement under the CONSTRUCTION LOAN prior to fulfillment of any condition thereto shall not be construed as a waiver of such condition, and the BANK reserves the right to require fulfillment of any and all such conditions prior to making any subsequent disbursements under the CONSTRUCTION LOAN.

SECTION 5 Representations and Warranties.

To induce the BANK to enter into this AGREEMENT, the BORROWER makes the following representations and warranties and agrees that each DRAW REQUEST constitutes a reaffirmation of these representations and warranties:

5.1 Existence and Power. The BORROWER is a limited liability company duly formed and in good standing under the laws of the state of North Dakota. The BORROWER has accomplished all necessary actions required by a limited liability company under applicable law to own the PROPERTY and construct the PROJECT, and to execute and deliver, and to perform all of its obligations under the LOAN DOCUMENTS to which it is a party.

5.2 Authorization of Borrowing; No Conflict as to Law or Other Agreements. The execution, delivery and performance by the BORROWER of the LOAN DOCUMENTS and the borrowings from time to time hereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary limited liability company actions of the BORROWER and do not and will not (a) require any material consent or approval, or authorization, by any governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or

-18-

instrumentality, domestic or foreign, other than those obtained and in full force and effect, (b) violate, in any material respect, any provision of any law, rule or regulation or of any order, writ, injunction or decree presently in effect having applicability to the BORROWER, or violate any provision of the Articles of Organization or operating agreement of the BORROWER, (c) result in a breach of or constitute a default beyond any applicable cure period under any indenture or loan or credit agreement or any other agreement, lease or instrument to which the BORROWER is a party or by which it or its properties may be bound or affected, or (d) result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, lien, security interest or other charge or encumbrance of any nature to or with any other creditor of the BORROWER, in the aggregate exceeding $100,000.00, upon or with respect to any of the properties now owned or hereafter acquired by the BORROWER.

5.3 Legal Agreements. The LOAN DOCUMENTS to which it is a party constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the BORROWER enforceable against the BORROWER in accordance with their respective terms, and as to the LOAN DOCUMENTS to which BORROWER is not a party, BORROWER believes such documents constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the parties thereto, enforceable against such parties in accordance with their respective terms, except (a) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors' rights generally, and (b) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies.

5.4 License and Permits. The BORROWER has all necessary PERMITS required for construction and operation of the PROJECT except those which are not required for the current stage of construction of the PROJECT, or which cannot be obtained until completion of the PROJECT. BORROWER will provide BANK copies of all PERMITS as they are obtained and when required by the various regulatory agencies. BORROWER will timely obtain and will retain all necessary permits and licenses to operate its businesses at the PROPERTY.

5.5 Construction of the PROJECT. The PROJECT will be constructed in material compliance with the PLANS; and will not encroach upon or overhang any easement or right-of-way on land not constituting part of the PROPERTY. The PROJECT, both during construction and on COMPLETION DATE, and the contemplated use thereof, will not violate in any material respect, any applicable zoning or use statute, ordinance, building code, rule or regulation, or any covenant or agreement of record. The BORROWER agrees that it will furnish from time to time such satisfactory evidence with respect thereto as may be required by the BANK.

5.6 Title to the PROPERTY. The BORROWER has good and marketable fee simple title to the PROPERTY, subject to the limitations described in 4.1.11, above, and except to the extent title is affected by the matters permitted under 6.4.1, below..

5.7 Financial Condition. The BORROWER has furnished to the BANK its compiled cash flow projection of the BORROWER for the construction period and for the first ten (10) years of operations, which projections were given to the BANK on May 9, 2005 (the "PROJECTIONS"). The PROJECTIONS fairly present the projected financial condition of the BORROWER on the

-19-

dates thereof, and were prepared in GAAP format and on the basis of assumptions deemed reasonable by the BORROWER. There has been no material adverse change in the operations, properties or condition (financial or otherwise) of the BORROWER since the date of the PROJECTIONS and no additional borrowings have been made by the BORROWER other than the borrowing contemplated hereby or approved by the BANK. No certificate or statement furnished to the BANK by or on behalf of the BORROWER in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein or herein not misleading. To the best of the knowledge of the BORROWER, there is no fact which materially adversely affects or in the future (so far as the BORROWER now foresees) may materially adversely affect the operation or prospects or condition (financial or other) of the BORROWER or its properties or assets, which has not been set forth herein or in a certificate or statement furnished to the BANK by the BORROWER.

5.8 Litigation. There are no actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the BORROWER, threatened against or affecting the BORROWER or the properties of the BORROWER before any court or governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, which, if determined adversely to the BORROWER, would have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, properties, or operations of the BORROWER.

5.9 Taxes. The BORROWER has filed all federal, state and local tax returns which to the knowledge of the BORROWER are required to be filed, and the BORROWER has paid or caused to be paid to the respective taxing authorities all taxes as shown on said returns or on any assessment received by it to the extent such taxes have become due except those which the BORROWER is contesting in good faith and with respect to which adequate reserves have been set aside.

5.10 No Default. There is no event, which is, or with notice or the lapse of time would be, an EVENT OF DEFAULT under this AGREEMENT.

5.11 ERISA. The BORROWER is in compliance in all material respects with the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and has received no notice to the contrary from the Internal Revenue Service, the Department of Labor, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any other governmental entity or notice of any claims or pending claims under ERISA.

5.12 Environmental Matters. Except as set forth in the Phase I Environmental Report referenced in Section 4.1 of this AGREEMENT: 1) the BORROWER is in compliance in all material respects with all health and environmental laws applicable to the BORROWER and its operations and knows of no conditions or circumstances that could materially interfere with such compliance in the future; 2) except for PERMITS that cannot be obtained until completion of the PROJECT, the BORROWER has obtained all PERMITS, and approvals required by law for the operation of its business; and 3) the BORROWER has not identified any "recognized environmental conditions," as that term is defined by the American Society for Testing and Materials in its standards for environmental due diligence, which could subject the BORROWER to enforcement action if brought to the attention of appropriate governmental authorities.

-20-

5.13 Necessary Utilities, Etc. BORROWER has made suitable arrangements so that the PROJECT has all necessary electrical, coal, gas, water, and sewer facilities in place for the proper construction and operation of its ethanol plant. BORROWER has made adequate provision for all storage facilities, equipment and product supplies, including corn and coal, as specified by its engineers for the maximum output and operation of the plant.

SECTION 6 Additional Covenants of the BORROWER.

6.1 Financial Information and Reporting. Except as otherwise stated in this AGREEMENT, all financial information provided to the BANK shall be compiled using GAAP consistently applied. During the time period that any amounts are outstanding under the CONSTRUCTION NOTE or this AGREEMENT or the LOAN DOCUMENTS to which it is a party, unless the BANK shall otherwise agree in writing:

6.1.1 BORROWER shall provide the BANK within 120 days of the BORROWER'S fiscal year end, the BORROWER'S consolidated, annual financial statements. The statements must be audited with an unqualified opinion by a certified public accountant reasonably acceptable to the BANK, with such opinion directed both to BORROWER and to BANK, and must be accompanied by a certificate of such accountants stating whether, in conducting their audit, they have become aware of any event of default under this AGREEMENT, or of any event which would, after the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both, constitute an EVENT OF DEFAULT, specifying the nature and duration of the default. Such audit statement shall be accompanied by the accountants' calculations of BORROWER's compliance with the covenants contained in
Section 6.2 of this AGREEMENT as of the said fiscal year end.

6.1.2 The BORROWER will furnish to the BANK within thirty- (30) days after the end of each calendar month, a balance sheet of the BORROWER as of the end of such period, and income statements and statements of changes in cash flow for such period and year to date, prepared in accordance with GAAP, all in reasonable detail, except for the absence of financial footnotes.

6.1.3 For each quarter of each fiscal year ending after COMPLETION DATE, BORROWER will deliver to BANK, within thirty (30) days of each full quarter end, a certificate in form reasonably acceptable to BANK that has been signed by an authorized agent of BORROWER, which: 1) certifies that the statements required by section 6.1.1 and 6.1.2 have been accurately prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently (except for the absence of financial footnotes to the statements furnished under Section 6.1.2); 2) certifies that the neither the agent nor BORROWER have knowledge of any EVENT OF DEFAULT under this AGREEMENT or the LOAN DOCUMENTS, or of any event which would, after the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both, constitute an event of default under this AGREEMENT or the LOAN DOCUMENTS.

6.1.4 After COMPLETION DATE, BORROWER will deliver to BANK each month, within thirty (30) days of each month end, a monthly Production Report, in form reasonably

-21-

acceptable to BANK, reporting for such month BORROWER's Input and Output amounts of Corn Usage, Coal Usage, DDGs Output, Ethanol Output, and if applicable, CO(2) Output.

6.1.5 BORROWER shall notify BANK of the existence of any EVENT OF DEFAULT promptly after such EVENT OF DEFAULT becomes known to any management agent, officer or director of BORROWER.

6.1.6 BORROWER shall authorize all federal, state and municipal authorities to furnish reports of examinations, records and other information relating to the condition and affairs of the BORROWER and its ethanol plant, and any information from reports, returns, files and records by such authorities regarding BORROWER upon request to the BANK.

6.1.7 The BORROWER will give the BANK prompt written notice of any material violation as to any environmental matter by the BORROWER and, of the commencement of any judicial or administrative proceeding relating to health, safety or environmental matters (i) in which an adverse determination or result could result in the revocation of or have a material adverse effect on any PERMITS held by the BORROWER which are material to the operations of the BORROWER, and (ii) which will or threatens to impose a material liability on the BORROWER to any person or party or which will require a material expenditure by the BORROWER to cure any alleged problem or violation.

6.1.8 The BORROWER will give prompt notice to the BANK of (i) any litigation or proceeding in which it is a party if an adverse decision therein would require it to pay more than $100,000.00 or deliver assets the value of which exceeds such sum (whether or not the claim is considered to be covered by insurance); and (ii) the institution of any other suit or proceeding involving it that might materially and adversely affect its operations, financial condition, property, or business prospects.

6.1.9 BORROWER shall provide monthly borrowing base certificates in form reasonably acceptable to BANK, calculating advance rates under the REVOLVING LOAN pursuant to the BORROWING BASE beginning with the certificate with respect to the fourth month following COMPLETION DATE.

6.1.10 BORROWER shall provide to BANK monthly summaries of all grain hedging transactions, from the entity providing BORROWER's grain hedging account(s), and from any entity providing BORROWER with an ethanol hedging account(s), monthly summaries of all ethanol hedging transactions.

6.1.11 The BORROWER will provide the BANK with such other information as it may reasonably request.

6.1.12 BORROWER will deliver to BANK, no later than thirty- (30) days prior to its fiscal year end, its projected financial statements for the ensuing fiscal year, and a budget of BORROWER's projected capital expenditures for the ensuing fiscal year ("CAPEX BUDGET").

-22-

6.2 Financial Covenants. At all times that any amounts are outstanding under the CONSTRUCTION NOTE, the TERM NOTES, the REVOLVING NOTE, or this AGREEMENT or the LOAN DOCUMENTS to which BORROWER is a party, unless the BANK shall otherwise agree in writing, the BORROWER agrees to comply with the financial covenants described below, which shall be calculated using GAAP consistently applied, except as they may be otherwise modified by the capitalized definitions:

6.2.1 The BORROWER shall maintain a FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO, measured on a rolling four quarters trailing basis at the end of each full fiscal quarter, of no less than 1.25:1.0, for all periods following the COMPLETION DATE; provided, however, the FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO shall be measured as follows for the first three fiscal quarters after the COMPLETION DATE:

first fiscal quarter: on a rolling one quarter basis at the end of the fiscal quarter

second fiscal quarter: on a rolling two quarter basis at the end of each fiscal quarter

third fiscal quarter: on a rolling three quarter basis at the end of each fiscal quarter.

The FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO shall be tested by the BANK quarterly on a fiscal quarter basis commencing at the end of the first full fiscal quarter after the COMPLETION DATE.

6.2.2 The BORROWER shall maintain NET WORTH of not less than $37,000,000.00 at all times after COMPLETION DATE. The required minimum NET WORTH of BORROWER, which is to be measured annually at the end of each fiscal year of BORROWER, shall increase each fiscal year by an amount equal to the greater of (a) $250,000.00 or (b) the amount of undistributed earnings accumulated during the fiscal year just ended, but not including allowable distributions attributable to the just ended fiscal year's earnings.

6.2.3 The BORROWER shall determine, at each fiscal quarter following COMPLETION DATE, the amount of its EXCESS CASH FLOW for said fiscal quarter, and within sixty (60) days following such fiscal quarter end, pay to BANK the lesser of (i) twenty percent (20%) of such sum, or (ii) $4,000,000.00, to be applied to the outstanding principal amount of VARIABLE RATE NOTE, and after VARIABLE RATE NOTE is repaid, to LONG TERM REVOLVING NOTE to reduce the principal balance, if any, and after LONG TERM REVOLVING NOTE is repaid, BORROWER'S payment to BANK of EXCESS CASH FLOW shall no longer be required. Such quarterly payment shall not release BORROWER from making any payment of principal or interest otherwise required by this AGREEMENT. No payment of EXCESS CASH FLOW shall be the cause of a payment to BANK for interest rate breakage fees or otherwise result in any prepayment fee.

6.2.4 BORROWER shall maintain the following minimum WORKING CAPITAL during the periods stated below, measured continuously:

-23-

                                                                  Minimum
Period                                                        WORKING CAPITAL
------                                                        ---------------
Beginning with the first day of the fourth month after
   COMPLETION DATE                                             $5,000,000.00

During seventh through twelfth months after COMPLETION DATE    $5,500,000.00

Beginning with the thirteenth month after COMPLETION DATE
   until payment in full of the TERM LOAN                      $6,000,000.00

For the purpose of this covenant, the amount of any available borrowing under LONG TERM REVOLVING NOTE shall constitute an addition to WORKING CAPITAL.

6.3 Affirmative Covenants. During the time period that any amounts are outstanding under the CONSTRUCTION NOTE, the TERM NOTES, and the REVOLVING NOTE, this AGREEMENT or the LOAN DOCUMENTS to which BORROWER is a party, unless the BANK shall otherwise agree in writing, the BORROWER shall:

6.3.1 Diligently proceed with construction of the PROJECT in material compliance with the PLANS and in accordance in all material respects with all applicable laws and ordinances, and complete the PROJECT by the COMPLETION DATE.

6.3.2 Use the proceeds of each of the disbursements under the CONSTRUCTION LOAN solely for the purposes set forth in this AGREEMENT.

6.3.3 Use its reasonable best efforts to require the DESIGN-BUILDER and each SUBCONTRACTOR to comply in all material respects with all rules, regulations, ordinances and laws bearing on its conduct of work on the PROJECT.

6.3.4 Provide and maintain at all times during the process of building the PROJECT and, from time to time at the request of the BANK, furnish the BANK with proof of payment of premiums on:

(i) Builders' Risk completed value form insurance insuring the PROJECT (and after completion of the PROJECT, a permanent All Risk property policy of insurance with coverage equal to the replacement cost of the facility, as well as casualty/umbrella (Commercial General Liability) insurance), against all risks, including flood, earthquake, and mechanical and electrical breakdown including testing to the full value of the PROJECT (subject to reasonable loss deductible provisions). The BANK's interest shall be protected by naming the BANK as additional insured on the liability policies and loss payee on the property policies;

-24-

(ii) Casualty (Commercial General Liability) & Umbrella insurance (including products and completed operations, operations of subcontractors, and contractual liability insurance) with coverage in the amount of $2,000,000.00 in the form of either a $2,000,000.00 primary policy or a $1,000,000.00 primary policy and a $1,000,000.00 Umbrella policy. The BANK's interest shall be protected by naming the BANK as an additional named insured on all such policies;

(iii) State worker's compensation insurance, with statutory limits, and Employer's Liability coverage with coverage of no less than $500,000.00.

(iv) Business automobile liability insurance insuring all vehicles on the site, including hired and non-owned liability with coverage in the amount of $2,000,000.00 in the form of either a $2,000,000.00 primary policy or a $1,000,000.00 primary policy and a $1,000,000.00 Umbrella policy.

(v) Environmental coverage shall be provided for clean up and removal once the Project becomes operational (unless the condition precedent site survey and soil tests establish adverse findings which may generate the need for environmental coverage prior to operation), but only insofar as it is reasonably required by BANK.

(vi) Directors/Officers errors and omissions coverage of no less than $3,000,000.00.

(vii) By COMPLETION DATE, Business Interruption and Extra Expense insurance equal to 100% of the estimated revenue loss during a potential interruption of production of not less than six months.

The policies of insurance required pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above shall be in form and content satisfactory to the BANK and shall be placed with financially sound and reputable insurers. The policy of insurance referred to in clause (i) above shall contain an agreement of the insurer to give not less than thirty (30) days' advance written notice to the BANK in the event of cancellation of such policy or change affecting the coverage there under. Acceptance of insurance policies referred to above shall not bar the BANK from requiring additional insurance, which it reasonably deems necessary.

6.3.5 Assign to BANK, in form acceptable to BANK, all equipment and systems warranties relating to the PROJECT, together with all contracts for coal, natural gas, electricity, water and other utilities, as the same are obtained by BORROWER following CLOSING.

6.3.6 Maintain accurate and complete books, accounts and records pertaining to the PROPERTY and the PROJECT and its ongoing and continuing operations in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the BANK. The BORROWER will permit the BANK, at the BANK's expense if BANK employees makes the inspection, but at BORROWER's expense if BANK contracts with third parties at reasonable expense to make the inspection,

-25-

to examine upon reasonable notice all books, records, contracts, plans, drawings, PERMITS, bills and statements of account pertaining to the PROJECT and to inspect upon reasonable notice all books and records pertaining to its operations and to make extracts therefrom and copies thereof.

6.3.7 Cause to be paid to the proper authorities when due all federal, state and local taxes, including taxes on the PROPERTY, required to be paid or withheld by it except those which the BORROWER is contesting in good faith and with respect to which adequate reserves have been set aside.

6.3.8 Allow the BANK and its participants, upon reasonable notice, and at its expense, to conduct such inspections of the PROJECT and BORROWER's personal property subject to the BANK's security interest as the BANK may deem necessary for the protection of the BANK's interest. Provided, however, such inspections shall occur during regular business hours, or such other time as the BORROWER and BANK may agree, and shall not unreasonably interfere with BORROWER's business operations. Any such inspections shall be made and any certificates issued are solely for the benefit and protection of the BANK, and the BORROWER shall not be entitled to rely thereon.

6.3.9 Make all repairs, renewals or replacements necessary to keep its plant, properties and equipment in good working condition.

6.3.10 Comply in all material respects with all laws applicable to its form of organization, business, and the ownership of its property.

6.3.11 Maintain and preserve all PERMITS, licenses, rights, privileges, charters and franchises that it is required to hold to construct and operate the PROJECT.

6.3.12 Observe and comply with all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any government or government agency relating to health, safety, pollution, hazardous materials or other environmental matters to the extent non-compliance could result in a material liability or otherwise have a material adverse effect on the BORROWER.

6.3.13 Maintain primary banking accounts (including those accounts containing BORROWER's equity capital) at BANK, other than as otherwise agreed by BANK. BORROWER may maintain a depositary account at Bank of North Dakota, with collected balances of no less than $250,000 and no more than $500,000.

6.4 Negative Covenants. During the time period that any amounts are outstanding under the CONSTRUCTION NOTE, the TERM NOTES, the REVOLVING NOTE, or this AGREEMENT or the LOAN DOCUMENTS to which BORROWER is a party, unless the BANK shall otherwise agree in writing, the BORROWER shall not:

6.4.1 Permit any security interest or mortgage or lien on the PROPERTY or PROJECT or other real or personal property BORROWER owns now or in the future, or assign any

-26-

interest that it may have in any assets or subordinate any rights that it may have in any assets now or in the future, except: (i) liens, assignments, or subordinations in favor of the BANK; (ii) liens, assignments, or subordinations outstanding on the date of this AGREEMENT and disclosed in advance to the BANK in writing and approved by the BANK;
(iii) liens for taxes or assessments or other governmental charges not delinquent or which the BORROWER is contesting in good faith; (iv) liens which secure purchase money indebtedness allowed under this AGREEMENT; (v) liens that are imposed by law for obligations for labor or materials not overdue for more than 120 days, such as mechanics', materialmen's, carriers', landlords', and warehousemen's liens, or liens, pledges, or deposits under workers' compensation, unemployment insurance, Social Security, or similar legislation; (vi) liens securing INDEBTEDNESS which constitutes SUBORDINATED DEBT; and (vii) liens created in favor of hedging account entity and described in the control agreements to which hedging account entity, BORROWER and BANK are party.

6.4.2 Agree or consent to any material changes in the PLANS, any material changes in the terms and provisions of the CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT or, to any one change order in an amount exceeding $100,000.00, or all change orders when combined exceeding $500,000.00, or any material change to any other contract identified in Section 4 of this AGREEMENT.

6.4.3 Incorporate in the PROJECT any materials, fixtures or property that are subject to the claims of any other person, whether pursuant to conditional sales contract, security agreement, lease, mortgage, except as permitted under Section 6.4.1.

6.4.4 Lease, sell, transfer, convey, assign, or otherwise transfer all or any material part of the interest of the BORROWER in the PROJECT or the PROPERTY.

6.4.5 Cause or suffer any change in its MANAGEMENT CONTRACT, or the entity providing BORROWER'S management thereunder, without BANK's approval, which will not unreasonably be withheld.

6.4.6 Engage in any line of business materially different from that presently engaged in by the BORROWER.

6.4.7 Make any change to its organizational structure as a limited liability company.

6.4.8 Make any material changes in its accounting procedures for tax or other purposes.

6.4.9 Incur any INDEBTEDNESS except: (1) debt arising under this or another agreement with the BANK (including SWAP CONTRACTS); (ii) trade credit incurred in the ordinary course of business; (iii) indebtedness in existence on the date of this AGREEMENT and disclosed in advance to the BANK in writing, (iv) indebtedness set forth on Schedule 6.4.9, attached hereto and by this reference made a part hereof, and (v) SUBORDINATED DEBT. BORROWER shall not borrow other than pursuant to this AGREEMENT or as otherwise permitted hereunder, without permission of the BANK. Provided, however, BANK consents

-27-

to BORROWER in the ordinary course of its business, borrowing up to $100,000.00 each year, without further permission from BANK.

6.4.10 Consolidate, or merge or pool or syndicate or otherwise combine with any other entity, or give any preferential treatment, make any advance, directly or indirectly, by way of loan, gift, bonus, or otherwise, to any entity directly or indirectly controlling or affiliated with or controlled by BORROWER, or any other entity, or to any partner or employee of BORROWER, or of any such entity.

6.4.11 Make, or commit to make, capital expenditures (including the total amount of any capital leases, but excluding BANK approved plant construction) in an aggregate amount exceeding $500,000.00 in any single fiscal year, nor capital expenditures not included in a BANK approved CAPEX BUDGET.

6.4.12 Make or pay, without the written consent of BANK, which written consent will not be unreasonably withheld, in any fiscal year, distributions to members or shareholders of the BORROWER in excess of the following percentages of the previous fiscal year's net income, or which would result in the BORROWER at the time of such distribution not being in compliance with any of the covenants set forth in this AGREEMENT after payment of such distribution. Any such distributions shall be made only once per fiscal year, and only after receipt by BANK of BORROWER's annual audited financial statements and compliance statements as required herein, as well as the statements required by 6.1.13, and if no EVENT OF DEFAULT has occurred or is continuing.

If BORROWER'S ratio of INDEBTEDNESS
   to NET WORTH is:                       Allowable distributions up to:
---------------------------------------   ------------------------------
   Greater than or equal to 1.00 : 1.00                 50%
   Less than 1.00: 1.00                                 60%

6.4.13 Assume, guarantee, endorse or otherwise becoming contingently liable for any obligations of any other person, except for those guaranties outstanding at the time of execution of this AGREEMENT and disclosed to the BANK in writing.

6.4.14 Make sales to or purchases from any affiliate of the BORROWER or extend credit or make payments for services rendered by any affiliate of the BORROWER, unless such sales or purchases are made or such services are rendered in the ordinary course of business and on terms and conditions at least as favorable to the BORROWER as the terms and conditions which would apply in a similar transaction with a person or party not an affiliate of the BORROWER.

6.4.15 Sell or dispose of all or substantially all its assets.

6.4.16 Redeem, purchase, or retire any of its membership interests or grant or issue, or purchase or retire for any consideration, any warrant, right or option pertaining thereto, or

-28-

permit any redemption, retirement, or other acquisition by BORROWER of the ownership of the outstanding membership interests of the BORROWER, except as a result of a "Triggering Event" as defined in the BORROWER's Operating Agreement existing at time of CLOSING.

6.4.17 Allow the balance of its depository account at Bank of North Dakota to have a collected funds balance of less than $250,000 nor more than $500,000 at any time.

SECTION 7 EVENTS OF DEFAULT, Rights and Remedies.

7.1 EVENTS OF DEFAULT. Each of the following shall be an EVENT OF DEFAULT and give the BANK the right to exercise its remedies under this AGREEMENT:

7.1.1 The BORROWER shall fail to pay when due any OBLIGATIONS or any other installment of principal or interest or fee payable to BANK.

7.1.2 The BORROWER shall fail to timely provide reports to BANK as provided in Section 6, above.

7.1.3 The BORROWER shall fail to observe or perform any other obligation to be observed or performed by it hereunder or under any of the LOAN DOCUMENTS.

7.1.4 The BORROWER shall fail to pay any INDEBTEDNESS in an aggregate principal amount in excess of $100,000.00 due any third persons, and such failure shall continue beyond any applicable grace period, or the BORROWER shall default under any material agreement binding the BORROWER, and such default shall continue beyond any applicable grace period.

7.1.5 Any financial statement, representation, warranty, or certificate made or furnished by or with respect to the BORROWER to the BANK in connection with this AGREEMENT, or as an inducement to the BANK to enter into this AGREEMENT, or in any separate statement or document to be delivered to the BANK hereunder, shall be materially false, incorrect, or incomplete when made.

7.1.6 The BORROWER shall admit its inability to pay its debts as they mature or shall make an assignment for the benefit of itself or any of its creditors.

7.1.7 Proceedings in bankruptcy, or for reorganization of the BORROWER, or for the readjustment of debt under the Bankruptcy Code, as amended, or any part thereof, or under any other laws, whether state or federal, for the relief of debtors, now or hereafter existing, shall be commenced against or by the BORROWER and, except with respect to any such proceedings instituted by the BORROWER, shall not be discharged or stayed within sixty (60) days of their commencement.

7.1.8 A receiver or trustee shall be appointed for the BORROWER or for any substantial part of its respective assets, or any proceedings shall be instituted for the dissolution or the

-29-

full or partial liquidation of the BORROWER, and except with respect to any such appointments requested or instituted by the BORROWER, such receiver or trustee shall not be discharged within sixty (60) days of his appointment, and except with respect to any such proceedings instituted by the BORROWER, such proceedings shall not be discharged within sixty (60) days of their commencement, or the BORROWER shall discontinue business or materially change the nature of its business.

7.1.9 The BORROWER shall suffer final judgments for payment of money aggregating in excess of $100,000.00 which are not covered, without reservation, by insurance and shall not discharge the same within a period of thirty (30) days unless, pending further proceedings, execution has not been commenced or, if commenced, has been effectively stayed.

7.1.10 A judgment creditor of the BORROWER shall obtain possession of any of BANK's collateral by any means, including (without implied limitation) levy, distraint, replevin, or self-help.

7.1.11 The construction of the PROJECT is abandoned or shall be unreasonably delayed or be discontinued for a period of fifteen (15) consecutive calendar days, in each instance for reasons other than acts of God, fire, storm, adverse weather, strikes, blackouts, labor difficulties, riots, inability to obtain materials, equipment or labor, governmental restrictions or any similar cause not subject to the BORROWER'S control and other than a change in the DESIGN-BUILDER as provided in Section 7.1.14.

7.1.12 The BORROWER at any time prior to the completion of the PROJECT, shall delay construction or suffer construction to be delayed for any period of time, for any reason whatsoever, so that the completion of the PROJECT cannot be accomplished, in the reasonable judgment of the BANK, by the COMPLETION DATE.

7.1.13 The PROJECT is materially damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty and the loss, in the reasonable judgment of the BANK, is not adequately covered by insurance actually collected or in the process of collection.

7.1.14 Fagen, Inc. shall cease to be the DESIGN-BUILDER and BORROWER has not replaced the DESIGN-BUILDER, within thirty (30) days following the termination of the same with the replacement contractor to the satisfaction of BANK, which BANK approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, but which approval may include a bonding requirement in the reasonable exercise of BANK's judgment.

7.1.15 Any entity described in BORROWER'S MARKETING AND RISK MANAGEMENT CONTRACTS ceases to be the marketing agent of the BORROWER, and BORROWER has not within thirty- (30) days following termination of any of the foregoing obtained a replacement to the BANK's satisfaction, which BANK approval will not be unreasonably withheld.

-30-

7.1.16 BORROWER shall fail to obtain a plant operations manager or general manager with previous ethanol plant experience, of if BORROWER has not within thirty- (30) days following a termination of such persons obtained replacements to the BANK'S satisfaction, which BANK approval shall not unreasonably be withheld.

7.2 Rights and Remedies. If an EVENT OF DEFAULT shall have occurred and be continuing, the BANK may refrain from making any further disbursements hereunder (but the BANK may make disbursements after the occurrence of such an EVENT OF DEFAULT without thereby waiving its rights and remedies hereunder), and the BANK may exercise any or all of the following rights and remedies:

7.2.1 The BANK may declare the CONSTRUCTION LOAN, the REVOLVING LOAN, and the TERM LOANS to be terminated, whereupon the same shall forthwith terminate.

7.2.2 The BANK may declare the entire unpaid principal amount of the CONSTRUCTION NOTE, the TERM NOTES, or the REVOLVING NOTE then outstanding, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts payable under this AGREEMENT to be forthwith due and payable, whereupon the OBLIGATIONS, all such accrued interest and all such amounts shall become and be forthwith due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the BORROWER.

7.2.3 The BANK may exercise and enforce its rights and remedies under any or all of the LOAN DOCUMENTS.

7.2.4 The BANK may enter upon the PROPERTY, if allowed under applicable law, and take possession thereof, together with the PROJECT then in the course of construction, and proceed either in its own name or in the name of the BORROWER, as the attorney-in-fact of the BORROWER (which authority is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable by the BORROWER) to complete or cause to be completed the PROJECT, at the cost and expense of the BORROWER. If the BANK elects to complete or cause to be completed the PROJECT, it may do so according to the PLANS or according to such changes, alterations or modifications in and to the PLANS as the BANK may deem reasonable and appropriate; and the BANK may enforce or cancel all contracts let by the BORROWER relating to construction of the PROJECT, and/or let other contracts which in the BANK'S sole judgment may seem advisable; and the BORROWER shall forthwith turn over and duly assign to the BANK, as the BANK may from time to time require, contracts not already assigned to the BANK relating to construction of the PROJECT, blueprints, shop drawings, bonds, building permits, bills and statements of accounts pertaining to the PROJECT, whether paid or not, and any other instruments or records in the possession of the BORROWER pertaining to the PROJECT. The BORROWER shall be liable under this AGREEMENT to pay to the BANK, on demand, any amount or amounts reasonably expended by the BANK in so completing the PROJECT, together with any reasonable costs, charges, or expenses incident thereto or resulting therefrom, all of which shall be secured by the LOAN DOCUMENTS. In the event that a proceeding is instituted against the BORROWER for recovery and reimbursement of

-31-

any moneys expended by the BANK in connection with the completion of the PROJECT, a statement of such expenditures, verified by the affidavit of an officer of the BANK, shall be prima facie evidence of the amounts so expended and of the propriety of the necessity for such expenditures; and the burden of proving to the contrary shall be upon the BORROWER. The BANK shall have the right to apply any funds which it agrees to disburse hereunder to bring about the completion of the PROJECT and to pay the costs thereof; and if such money so agreed to be disbursed is insufficient, in the sole judgment of the BANK, to complete the PROJECT, the BORROWER agrees to promptly deliver and pay to the BANK such sum or sums of money as the BANK may from time to time demand for the purpose of completing the PROJECT or of paying any liability, charge or expense which may have been incurred or assumed by the BANK under or in performance of this AGREEMENT, or for the purpose of completing the PROJECT. It is expressly understood and agreed that in no event shall the BANK be obligated, or liable in any way to complete the PROJECT or to pay for the costs of construction thereof beyond the amount of the CONSTRUCTION LOAN.

7.2.5 The BANK may exercise any other rights and remedies available to it by law or agreement.

SECTION 8 Miscellaneous.

8.1 Inspections. The BORROWER and the DESIGN-BUILDER shall be responsible for making inspections of the PROJECT during the course of construction and shall determine to their own satisfaction that the work done or materials supplied by the DESIGN-BUILDER or any SUBCONTRACTOR to whom payment is to be made out of each disbursement has been properly done or supplied in accordance with the CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT. If any work done or materials supplied by the DESIGN-BUILDER or any SUBCONTRACTOR are not satisfactory to the BORROWER and/or its DESIGN-BUILDER and the same is not remedied within fifteen (15) days of the discovery thereof, the BORROWER will immediately notify the BANK in writing of such fact. It is expressly understood and agreed that the BANK and any party designated by the BANK may conduct such inspections of the PROJECT, subject to the limitations expressed in this AGREEMENT, as BANK may deem necessary for the protection of the BANK's interest, and that any inspections which may be made of the PROJECT by the BANK will be made, solely for the benefit and protection of the BANK, and that the BORROWER will not rely thereon.

8.2 Indemnification by the BORROWER. The BORROWER shall bear all loss, expense (including reasonable attorneys' fees) and damage in connection with, and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the BANK, its agents, servants and employees from, all claims, demands and judgments made or recovered against the BANK, its agents, servants and employees, because of bodily injuries, including death at any time resulting there from, and/or because of damages to property (including loss of use) from any cause whatsoever, arising out of, incidental to, or in connection with the construction of the PROJECT, whether or not due to any act of omission or commission, including negligence of the BORROWER or the DESIGN-BUILDER or of his or their employees, servants or agents, other than gross negligence or willful misconduct of BANK or its agents. The BORROWER'S liability hereunder shall not be limited to the extent of insurance carried by or provided by the BORROWER or subject to any exclusion from coverage in any insurance

-32-

policy. The obligations of the BORROWER under this Section shall survive the payment of the CONSTRUCTION NOTE.

8.3 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure or delay on the part of the BANK in exercising any right, power or remedy under the LOAN DOCUMENTS shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy under the LOAN DOCUMENTS. The remedies provided in the LOAN DOCUMENTS are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

8.4 Amendments, Etc. No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of any of the LOAN DOCUMENTS or consent to any departure by the BORROWER therefrom shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the BANK and the BORROWER, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on the BORROWER in any case shall entitle the BORROWER to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

8.7 Addresses for Notices, Etc. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for under the LOAN DOCUMENTS shall be in writing and sent by mail or telecopy (if by telecopy with a confirmation mailed within two BUSINESS DAYS thereafter), to the applicable party at its address indicated below:

If to the BORROWER: Red Trail Energy, LLC

                    P.O. Box 11
                    Richardton, North Dakota 58652
                    Attention: Ambrose Hoff
                    Telecopy: 701-974-3294

If to the BANK:     First National Bank of Omaha
                    1620 Dodge St. STOP 1050
                    Omaha, NE 68197-1050
                    Attention: Natalie E. Mason
                    Telecopy: 402-633-3519

or, as to each party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other party complying as to delivery with the terms of this Section. All such notices, requests, demands and other communications shall, when mailed, be effective when deposited in the mails, addressed as aforesaid, or, when telecopied, is effective when confirmation of receipt is received, except that notices or requests to the BANK pursuant to any of the provisions hereunder shall not be effective until received by the BANK.

8.8 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence in the performance of this AGREEMENT.

-33-

8.9 Execution in Counterparts. The LOAN DOCUMENTS may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which counterparts, taken together, shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

8.10 Binding Effect, Assignment. The LOAN DOCUMENTS to which they are parties shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the BORROWER and the BANK and their respective successors and assigns, except that the BORROWER shall not have the right to assign its rights thereunder or any interest therein without the prior written consent of the BANK.

8.11 Governing Law. The LOAN DOCUMENTS, to the extent they do not otherwise provide, shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Nebraska.

8.12 Severability of Provisions. Any provision of this AGREEMENT, which is prohibited or unenforceable, shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof.

8.13 Headings. Section headings in this AGREEMENT are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this AGREEMENT for any other purpose.

8.14 Integration. This AGREEMENT supersedes, replaces and terminates any prior oral offers, negotiations, understandings or agreements and any commitment letters or similar writings relating to any of the matters contemplated herein.

8.15 Participations. Notwithstanding any other provision of this AGREEMENT, the BORROWER understands that the BANK may enter into participation agreements with other lenders whereby the BANK will allocate a certain percentage of the OBLIGATIONS to them. The BORROWER specifically permits and authorizes the BANK to exchange financial information about the BORROWER with actual or potential participants. The BORROWER acknowledges that, for the convenience of all parties, this AGREEMENT is being entered into with the BANK only and that its obligations under this AGREEMENT are undertaken for the benefit of, and as an inducement to, each of the Participating Lenders as well as the BANK, and the BORROWER hereby grants to each of the Participating Lenders to the extent of its participation in the OBLIGATIONS, the right to set off deposit accounts maintained by the BORROWER with such BANK. The BORROWER understands that the terms of such participation agreements with any of the participants will limit the BANK's rights to amend, waive or modify the terms and conditions of this AGREEMENT without the express written consent of all or a designated percentage of such participants.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this AGREEMENT to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC                   FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA


By: /s/ Ambrose Hoff                    By: /s/ Natalie E. Mason
    ---------------------------------       ------------------------------------
Name: Ambrose Hoff                          Natalie E. Mason, Commercial Loan
                                            Officer

-34-

Title: President

And

By: /s/ William DuToit
    ---------------------------------
Name: William DuToit
Title: Tres

STATE OF North Dakota )
)ss.
COUNTY OF Stark )

On this 16 day of December, 2005, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public, personally appeared Ambrose Hoff, as President of Red Trail Energy, LLC, who executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged that he executed the same as his voluntary act and deed, as well as that of the limited liability company.

/s/ DEELL HOFF
----------------------------------------
Notary Public

STATE OF North Dakota )
)ss.
COUNTY OF Stark ) [DEELL HOFF STAMP]

On this 16 day of December, 2005, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public, personally appeared William DuToit, as Tres. of Red Trail Energy, LLC, who executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged that he executed the same as his voluntary act and deed, as well as that of the limited liability company.

/s/ DEELL HOFF
----------------------------------------
Notary Public

[DEELL HOFF STAMP]

-35-

EXHIBIT A
Construction Note

Note Date: December 16, 2005 $55,211,740.00 Maturity Date: April 16, 2007

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Red Trail Energy, LLC, a North Dakota limited liability company ("BORROWER"), promises to pay to the order of First National Bank of Omaha ("BANK"), at its principal office or such other address as BANK or holder may designate from time to time, the principal sum of Fifty-Five Million Two Hundred Eleven Thousand seven hundred forty and No/100 Dollars ($55,211,740.00), or the amount shown on the BANK's records to be outstanding, plus interest (calculated on the basis of actual days elapsed in a 360-day year) accruing each day on the unpaid principal balance at the annual interest rates defined below. Absent manifest error, the BANK's records shall be conclusive evidence of the principal and accrued interest owing hereunder.

This promissory note is executed pursuant to a Construction Loan Agreement ("LOAN AGREEMENT") between BORROWER and BANK dated as of December 16, 2005. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this note shall have the meanings provided in the LOAN AGREEMENT.

INTEREST ACCRUAL. Interest on the principal amount outstanding on the CONSTRUCTION LOAN shall accrue, for the period through and including the COMPLETION DATE, at a rate equal to the LIBOR RATE plus three hundred forty
(340) basis points from time to time until maturity, and six hundred (600) basis points in excess of said aggregate interest rate from time to time after maturity, whether by acceleration or otherwise. Interest shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year, counting the actual number of days elapsed.

REPAYMENT TERMS. Until LOAN TERMINATION DATE, interest only shall be payable every three months, commencing March 16, 2006. On LOAN TERMINATION DATE, all principal and accrued interest are due and payable. The LOAN AGREEMENT describes the TERM NOTES that may be used by BORROWER to pay this promissory note.

PREPAYMENT. The LOAN AGREEMENT contains provisions regarding prepayment.

ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS. The LOAN AGREEMENT, and any amendments or substitutions, contains additional terms and conditions, including default and acceleration provisions, which are incorporated into this CONSTRUCTION NOTE by reference. The BORROWER agrees to pay all costs of collection, including reasonable attorneys fees and legal expenses incurred by the BANK if this CONSTRUCTION NOTE is not paid as provided above. This CONSTRUCTION NOTE shall be governed by the substantive laws of the State of Nebraska.

WAIVER OF PRESENTMENT AND NOTICE OF DISHONOR. BORROWER and any other person who signs, guarantees or endorses this CONSTRUCTION NOTE, to the extent allowed by law, hereby waives presentment, demand for payment, notice of dishonor, protest, and any notice relating to the acceleration of the maturity of this CONSTRUCTION NOTE.

-36-

Red Trail Energy, LLC, a North Dakota limited liability company

By:
Name: Ambrose Hoff
Title: President

And

By:
Name: William Dutoit
Title: Tres

STATE OF North Dakota)
)ss.
COUNTY OF Stark )

On this 16 day of December, 2005, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public, personally appeared Ambrose Hoff, President of Red Trail Energy, LLC, a North Dakota limited liability company, on behalf of said entity, who executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged that he executed the same as his voluntary act and deed.


Notary Public

STATE OF North Dakota)
)ss.
COUNTY OF Stark )

On this 16 day of December, 2005, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public, personally appeared William DuToit, Tres. of Red Trail Energy, LLC, a North Dakota limited liability company, on behalf of said entity, who executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged that he executed the same as his voluntary act and deed.


Notary Public

-37-

EXHIBIT B
FIXED RATE NOTE

Note Date: ____________, 2007 $27,605,870.00 Maturity Date: ____________, 2012

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC, a North Dakota limited liability company ("BORROWER"), promises to pay to the order of First National Bank of Omaha ("BANK"), at its principal office or such other address as BANK or holder may designate from time to time, the principal sum of Twenty Seven Million Six Hundred and Five Thousand Eight Hundred Seventy and 00/100 Dollars ($27,605,870.00), or the amount shown on the BANK's records to be outstanding, plus interest (calculated on the basis of actual days elapsed in a 360-day year) accruing each day on the unpaid principal balance at the annual interest rates defined below. Absent manifest error, the BANK's records shall be conclusive evidence of the principal and accrued interest owing hereunder.

This promissory note is executed pursuant to a Construction Loan Agreement ("CONSTRUCTION LOAN AGREEMENT") between BORROWER and BANK dated as of December 16, 2005, (the Construction Loan Agreement, together with all amendments thereto is called the "AGREEMENT"). All capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this note shall have the meanings provided in the AGREEMENT.

INTEREST ACCRUAL. Interest on the principal amount outstanding shall accrue until maturity and be fixed based on a three month LIBOR +300 basis points on the Note Date, and at the LIBOR RATE plus six hundred (600) basis points in excess of said aggregate interest rate from time to time after maturity, whether by acceleration or otherwise. Interest shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year, counting the actual number of days elapsed.

REPAYMENT TERMS. Interest on the outstanding principal balance shall be due and payable quarterly, in arrears, with the first payment commencing on ___________________, 200______. Principal shall be due and payable in the amounts and on the dates set forth in Schedule I, attached to the AGREEMENT, which is incorporated herein by reference. In all events, the entire outstanding principal balance, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, shall be immediately due and payable in full on ___________________, 2012.

PREPAYMENT. The BORROWER may prepay this promissory note in full or in part at any time. Provided, however, a condition of any prepayment of all of the FIXED RATE NOTE, VARIABLE RATE NOTE and LONG TERM REVOLVING NOTE is that certain fees shall be paid to BANK. If such complete prepayment occurs within the first three years following COMPLETION DATE, a fee of one (1%) percent of the amount prepaid shall be paid to BANK.

In addition, if complete or partial prepayment occurs, a fee shall be paid to BANK equal to the amount calculated by the following formula: (Original LIBOR RATE minus current LIBOR RATE) multiplied by the amount prepaid, multiplied by the number of days to the next scheduled interest adjustment day, divided by
360. Any prepayment may be applied in inverse order of maturity or as the BANK in its sole discretion may deem appropriate. Such prepayment


shall not excuse the BORROWER from making subsequent payments each quarter until the indebtedness is paid in full. No payment of EXCESS CASH FLOW shall be the cause of a payment to BANK for interest rate breakage fees or otherwise result in any prepayment fee.

ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS. The AGREEMENT, and any amendments or substitutions, contains additional terms and conditions, including default and acceleration provisions, which are incorporated into this promissory note by reference. The BORROWER agrees to pay all costs of collection, including reasonable attorneys fees and legal expenses incurred by the BANK if this promissory note is not paid as provided above. This promissory note shall be governed by the substantive laws of the State of Nebraska.

WAIVER OF PRESENTMENT AND NOTICE OF DISHONOR. BORROWER and any other person who signs, guarantees or endorses this promissory note, to the extent allowed by law, hereby waives presentment, demand for payment, notice of dishonor, protest, and any notice relating to the acceleration of the maturity of this promissory note.

RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC

By:

Name:
Title:

And

By:
Name:
Title:

STATE OF North Dakota)
)ss.
COUNTY OF Stark )

On this 16 day of December 2005, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public, personally appeared Ambrose Hoff, President of Red Trail Energy, LLC, on behalf of said entity, who executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged that he executed the same as his voluntary act and deed and that of the Company.


Notary Public

-2-

STATE OF North Dakota)
)ss.
COUNTY OF Stark )

On this 16 day of December, 2005, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public, personally appeared William DuToit, Tres. of Red Trail Energy, LLC, on behalf of said entity, who executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged that he executed the same as his voluntary act and deed and that of the Company.


Notary Public

-3-

EXHIBIT C
VARIABLE RATE NOTE

Note Date: ______________, 2007 $17,605,870.00 Maturity Date: _____________, 2012

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC, a North Dakota limited liability company ("BORROWER"), promises to pay to the order of First National Bank of Omaha ("BANK"), at its principal office or such other address as BANK or holder may designate from time to time, the principal sum of Seventeen Million Six Hundred and Five Thousand Eight Hundred Seventy and 00/100 Dollars ($17,605,870.00), or the amount shown on the BANK'S records to be outstanding, plus interest (calculated on the basis of actual days elapsed in a 360-day year) accruing each day on the unpaid principal balance at the annual interest rates defined below. Absent manifest error, the BANK'S records shall be conclusive evidence of the principal and accrued interest owing hereunder.

This promissory note is executed pursuant to a Construction Loan Agreement ("CONSTRUCTION LOAN AGREEMENT") between BORROWER and BANK dated as of December 16, 2005, (the Construction Loan Agreement, together with all amendments thereto is called the "AGREEMENT"). All capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this note shall have the meanings provided in the AGREEMENT.

INTEREST ACCRUAL. Interest on the principal amount outstanding shall accrue based on a three month LIBOR +340 basis points from time to time until maturity, and at the LIBOR RATE plus six hundred (600) basis points in excess of said aggregate interest rate from time to time after maturity, whether by acceleration or otherwise. Interest shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year, counting the actual number of days elapsed.

INCENTIVE PRICING. The interest rate applicable to this promissory note is subject to reduction after a date six months subsequent to CONSTRUCTION COMPLETION DATE, based on the business results of BORROWER. In the event that BORROWER maintains the following ratios, measured monthly, the interest rates will be reduced accordingly:

If INDEBTEDNESS to NET WORTH
        is less than:          Interest will be:
----------------------------   -----------------
1.15:1.00                      three month LIBOR plus 325 basis points
1.00:1.00                      three month LIBOR plus 300 basis points
 .75:1.00                      three month LIBOR plus 275 basis points

REPAYMENT TERMS. Interest and Principal shall be due and payable in the amounts described in the AGREEMENT, which will be applied to this Note and the LONG TERM REVOLVING NOTE, in the manner described in the AGREEMENT. Any remaining principal balance, plus any accrued but unpaid interest, shall be fully due and payable on _________________, 2012.


PREPAYMENT. The BORROWER may prepay this promissory note in full or in part at any time. Provided, however, a condition of any prepayment of all of the FIXED RATE NOTE, VARIABLE RATE NOTE, and LONG TERM REVOLVING NOTE is that certain fees shall be paid to BANK. If such complete prepayment occurs within the first three years following COMPLETION DATE, a fee of one (1%) percent of the amount prepaid shall be paid to BANK.

In addition, if complete or partial prepayment occurs, a fee shall be paid to BANK equal to the amount calculated by the following formula: (Original LIBOR RATE minus current LIBOR RATE) multiplied by the amount prepaid, multiplied by the number of days to the next scheduled interest adjustment day, divided by
360. Any prepayment may be applied in inverse order of maturity or as the BANK in its sole discretion may deem appropriate. Such prepayment shall not excuse the BORROWER from making subsequent payments each quarter until the indebtedness is paid in full. No payment of EXCESS CASH FLOW shall be the cause of a payment to BANK for interest rate breakage fees or otherwise result in any prepayment fee.

ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS. The AGREEMENT, and any amendments or substitutions, contains additional terms and conditions, including default and acceleration provisions, which are incorporated into this promissory note by reference. The BORROWER agrees to pay all costs of collection, including reasonable attorneys fees and legal expenses incurred by the BANK if this promissory note is not paid as provided above. This promissory note shall be governed by the substantive laws of the State of Nebraska.

WAIVER OF PRESENTMENT AND NOTICE OF DISHONOR. BORROWER and any other person who signs, guarantees or endorses this promissory note, to the extent allowed by law, hereby waives presentment, demand for payment, notice of dishonor, protest, and any notice relating to the acceleration of the maturity of this promissory note.

RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC

By:

Name:
Title:

And

By:
Name:
Title:

-2-

STATE OF North Dakota)
)ss.
COUNTY OF Stark )

On this 16 day of December, 2005, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public, personally appeared Ambrose Hoff, President of Red Trail Energy, LLC, on behalf of said entity, who executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged that he executed the same as his voluntary act and deed and that of the Company.


Notary Public

STATE OF North Dakota)
)ss.
COUNTY OF Stark )

On this 16 day of December, 2005 before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public, personally appeared William DuToit, Tres. of Red Trail Energy, LLC, on behalf of said entity, who executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged that he executed the same as his voluntary act and deed and that of the Company.


Notary Public

-3-

EXHIBIT D
LONG TERM REVOLVING NOTE

Note Date: ______________________, 2007 $10,000,000.00 Maturity Date: _______________________, 2012

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC, a North Dakota limited liability company ("BORROWER") promises to pay to the order of First National Bank of Omaha ("BANK"), at its principal office or such other address as BANK or holder may designate from time to time, the principal sum of Ten Million and 00/100 Dollars ($10,000,000.00), or the amount shown on the BANK's records to be outstanding, plus interest (calculated on the basis of actual days elapsed in a 360-day year) accruing each day on the unpaid principal balance at the annual interest rates defined below. Absent manifest error, the BANK's records shall be conclusive evidence of the principal and accrued interest owing hereunder.

This promissory note is executed pursuant to a Construction Loan Agreement between BORROWER and BANK dated as of December 16, 2005, (the Construction Loan Agreement, together with all amendments thereto is called the "AGREEMENT"). All capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this note shall have the meanings provided in the AGREEMENT.

INTEREST ACCRUAL. Interest on the principal amount outstanding shall accrue based on a one month LIBOR +340 basis points from time to time until maturity, and at the LIBOR RATE plus six hundred (600) basis points in excess of said aggregate interest rate from time to time after maturity, whether by acceleration or otherwise. Interest shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year, counting the actual number of days elapsed.

REVOLVING FEATURE. The BORROWER may reborrow, on a revolving basis, that principal amount repaid on this promissory note which remains at a variable interest rate. BORROWER will pay BANK an unused commitment fee of three-tenths of one percent (3/10%) assessed quarterly in arrears against the unused portion of the note amount. Pursuant to this revolving loan feature the BANK will lend the BORROWER, from time to time until maturity of this note such sums in integral multiples of $10,000.00 as the BORROWER may request by reasonable same day notice to the BANK, received by the BANK not later than 11:00 A.M. on Friday, or the next BUSINESS DAY thereafter, each week but which shall not exceed in the aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding, $10,000,000.00. The BORROWER may borrow, repay and reborrow hereunder, from the date of this AGREEMENT until the maturity of this note, said amount or any lesser sum which is $10,000.00 or an integral multiple thereof.

INCENTIVE PRICING. The interest rate applicable to this promissory note is subject to reduction after a date six months subsequent to CONSTRUCTION COMPLETION DATE, based on the business results of BORROWER. In the event that BORROWER maintains the following ratios, measured monthly, the interest rates will be reduced accordingly:


If INDEBTEDNESS to NET WORTH
        is less than:          Interest will be:
----------------------------   -----------------
          1.15: 1.00           LIBOR plus 325 basis points
          1.00: 1.00           LIBOR plus 300 basis points
           .75: 1.00           LIBOR plus 275 basis points

REPAYMENT TERMS. Interest and principal shall be paid as set forth in the AGREEMENT. Any remaining principal balance, plus any accrued but unpaid interest, shall be fully due and payable on ______________________, 2012, if not sooner paid.

PREPAYMENT. The BORROWER may prepay this promissory note in full or in part at any time. Provided, however, a condition of any prepayment of all of the FIXED RATE NOTE, VARIABLE RATE NOTE, and LONG TERM REVOLVING NOTE is that certain fees shall be paid to BANK. If such complete prepayment occurs within the first three years following COMPLETION DATE, a fee of one (1%) percent of the amount prepaid shall be paid to BANK. Any prepayment may be applied in inverse order of maturity or as the BANK in its sole discretion may deem appropriate. Such prepayment shall not excuse the BORROWER from making subsequent payments each quarter until the indebtedness is paid in full. No payment of EXCESS CASH FLOW shall be the cause of a payment to BANK for interest rate breakage fees or otherwise result in any prepayment fee.

ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS. The AGREEMENT, and any amendments or substitutions, contains additional terms and conditions, including default and acceleration provisions, which are incorporated into this promissory note by reference. The BORROWER agrees to pay all costs of collection, including reasonable attorneys fees and legal expenses incurred by the BANK if this promissory note is not paid as provided above. This promissory note shall be governed by the substantive laws of the State of Nebraska.

WAIVER OF PRESENTMENT AND NOTICE OF DISHONOR. BORROWER and any other person who signs, guarantees or endorses this promissory note, to the extent allowed by law, hereby waives presentment, demand for payment, notice of dishonor, protest, and any notice relating to the acceleration of the maturity of this promissory note.

RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC

By:

Name:
Title:

And

By:
Name:
Title:

-2-

STATE OF North Dakota)
) ss.
COUNTY OF Stark )

On this 16 day of December, 2005, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public, personally appeared Ambrose Hoff, President of Red Trail Energy, LLC, on behalf of said entity, who executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged that he executed the same as his voluntary act and deed and that of the Company.


Notary Public

STATE OF North Dakota)
) ss.
COUNTY OF Stark )

On this 16 day of December, 2005, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public, personally appeared William DuToit, Tres. of Red Trail Energy, LLC, on behalf of said entity, who executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged that he executed the same as his voluntary act and deed and that of the Company.


Notary Public

-3-

EXHIBIT E
REVOLVING PROMISSORY NOTE

Omaha, Nebraska $3,500,000.00 Note Date: December 16, 2005 Maturity Date: December 15, 2006

On or before December 15, 2006, RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC ("BORROWER"), promises to pay to the order of FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA ("BANK") at any of its offices in Omaha, Nebraska the principal sum hereof, which shall be Three Million Five Hundred Thousand and no/100 ($3,500,000.00) Dollars or so much thereof as may have been advanced by BANK and shown on the records of the BANK to be outstanding, under this Note and the loan agreement executed by the BANK and BORROWER dated as of December 16, 2005, as it may, from time to time, be amended. Interest on the principal balance from time to time outstanding will be payable at a rate equal to the LIBOR RATE plus three hundred forty (340) basis points from time to time until maturity, and six hundred (600) basis points in excess of said aggregate interest rate from time to time after maturity, whether by acceleration or otherwise. Interest shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year, counting the actual number of days elapsed. Interest on the REVOLVING LOAN shall be payable quarterly. Provided, however, the LOAN AGREEMENT contains provisions for reduction of the interest rate under certain circumstances.

This note is executed pursuant to a Construction Loan Agreement dated as of December 16, 2005, between BANK and BORROWER (the "LOAN AGREEMENT"). The LOAN AGREEMENT contains additional terms of this Note, including, but not limited to enumerated events of default, and the granting of liens to secure BORROWER'S performance. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings as set forth in the LOAN AGREEMENT.

As provided in the LOAN AGREEMENT, upon any such enumerated default, BANK may accelerate the due date of this Note and declare all obligations set forth herein immediately due and payable, and BANK shall also have such other remedies as are described in the LOAN AGREEMENT and are provided by law. All makers and endorsers hereby waive presentment, demand, protest and notice of dishonor, consent to any number of extensions and renewals for any period without notice; and consent to any substitution, exchange or release of collateral, and to the addition or releases of any other party primarily or secondarily liable.

Executed as of the Note Date set forth above.

RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC,
a North Dakota limited liability company

By:

Name:
Title:

-38-

And

By:
Name:
Title:

-39-

EXHIBIT F
Real Estate Description

TRACT 1:

A TRACT OF LAND LOCATED IN THE SOUTHWEST QUARTER (SW1/4) OF SECTION 4, TOWNSHIP 139 NORTH, RANGE 92 WEST OF THE 5th PRINCIPAL MERIDIAN, STARK COUNTY, NORTH DAKOTA. Being more particularly described as follows:

All that portion of said Southwest Quarter lying South of the southerly 200 foot right of way line of the Burlington Northern / Santa Fe Railroad as surveyed and constructed across said Southwest Quarter of Section 4, except the west 100.00 feet and the south 850.00 feet of the west 920.00 feet of said Southwest Quarter of Section 4

TRACT 2:

A TRACT OF LAND IN THE SE1/4 OF SECTION 4, TOWNSHIP 139 NORTH, RANGE 92 WEST OF THE 5th P.M., STARK COUNTY, NORTH DAKOTA, more particularly described as follows:

All that portion of said SE1/4 lying south of the southerly 200 foot right of way line of the Burlington Northern / Santa Fe Railroad as surveyed and constructed across the said SE1/4 of Section 4

TRACT 3:

A tract of land located in the South Half (S1/2) of Section 4, Township 139 North, Range 92 West of the 5th Principal Meridian, Stark County, North Dakota, being more particularly described as follows:

The southerly 150.00 feet of the southerly 200.00 feet of right of way for the Burlington Northern / Santa Fe Railroad as surveyed and constructed across said South Half of Section 4. Said tract contains 16.87 acres.

TRACT 4:

A tract of land located in the Northeast Quarter of the Northeast Quarter (NE1/4 NE1/4) of Section 9, Township 139 North, Range 92 West of the 5th Principal Meridian, Stark County, North Dakota, being more particularly described as follows:

The southerly 150.00 feet of the southerly 200.00 feet of right of way for the Burlington Northern / Santa Fe Railroad as surveyed and constructed across said Northeast Quarter of the Northeast Quarter of Section 9. Said Tract contains 2.79 acres.

TRACT 5:

A tract of land located in the Northwest, Northeast, and Southeast Quarters of
Section 10, Township 139 North, Range 92 West of the 5th Principal Meridian, Stark County, North Dakota, being more particularly described as follows:

-40-

The southerly 150.00 feet of the southerly 200.00 feet of right of way for the Burlington Northern / Santa Fe Railroad as surveyed and constructed across said Northwest Quarter, the Northeast Quarter and the Southeast Quarter of Section
10. Said tract contains 22.05 acres.

-41-

(FIRST NATIONAL BANK LOGO)

EXHIBIT G TO CONSTRUCTION LOAN AGREEMENT
INTERNATIONAL TRADE SERVICES FEE SCHEDULE

ALL SERVICES MAY BE SUBJECT TO APPROVAL

DOCUMENTARY LETTERS OF CREDIT - IMPORT
Issuance....................................................................$100.00 flat fee (Includes Cable/SWIFT)
Preliminary Issuance Advice (As applicable)..................................................................$75.00
Amendment..............................................................................$50.00(lncludes Cable/SWIFT)
Examination/Payment............................................................................1/8%, $50.00 Minimum
Acceptance/Deferred Payments........................................................1.25% per annum, $50.00 Minimum
Expired/Cancelled Without Presentation of Documents..........................................................$50.00
Steamship Guarantee..........................................................................................$75.00
Transfer LC.....................................................................................25% $100.00 Minimum
Transfer Amendment...........................................................................................$50.00
Assignment of Proceeds....................................................1/10% On Assigned Amount, $100.00 Minimum
Discrepancy (Beneficiary)....................................................................................$50.00
Reimbursement Cable Fee (Beneficiary)........................................................................$30.00

DOCUMENTARY LETTERS OF CREDIT - EXPORT
Advising.....................................................................................................$50.00
Examination/Collection........................................................................1/10%, Minimum $75.00
Expedited Negotiation & Payment
   (24 hour payment service)..................................................................1/10%, Minimum $75.00
   (Subject to Approval)...................Plus interest at Libor +3% (# of days varies by country), Minimum $50.00
Amendment Advising...........................................................................................$30.00
Transfer LC........................................................................................25% $100 Minimum
Transfer Amendment...........................................................................................$50.00
Special Handling (As applicable)............................................................Varies, $30.00 - $50.00
Confirmation.........................................................................................By Arrangement
Acceptance/Deferred Payment..............................................................1.25% p.a., Minimum $50.00
Assignment of Proceeds....................................................1/10% On Assigned Amount, $100.00 Minimum

STANDBY LETTERS OF CREDIT
Application Preparation......................................................................Varies, $10.00 Minimum
Preliminary Issuance/Advise (if applicable)..................................................................$60.00
issuance Fee.................................................................................................$60.00
Commitment Fee............................................................................2.25% p.a. $50.00 Minimum
Amendments...................................................................................................$40.00
Payment Commission.............................................................................1.25% $50.00 Minimum
Annual Automatic Renewal....................................................................................$100.00
Transfer LC.....................................................................................25% $100.00 Minimum
Transfer LC Amendment........................................................................................$50.00
Assignment of Proceeds....................................................1/10% On Assigned Amount, $100.00 Minimum

-42-

DOCUMENTARY COLLECTIONS - EXPORT (OUTBOUND)

                            U.S. and Foreign Currency

Direct Sends (Our DC Forms)..................................................................................$50.00
Standard Non-Direct...........................................................................1/10%, $60.00 Minimum
Amendments (As applicable)...................................................................................$15.00
Tracers (Your schedule preference).......................................................Courier/SWIFT/Cable $25.00
Items held unaccepted/unpaid 30 days after first presentation....................................May Apply / Varies

               Any unpaid collection charges are for your account.
       Any charges for returned unpaid collections are for your account.

DOCUMENTARY COLLECTIONS - IMPORT (INBOUND)

                            U.S. and Foreign Currency

Sight (documents released against payment).....................................................1/10% Minimum $50.00
Time (Documents released against acceptance)...................................................1/10% Minimum $60.00
Collection Amendments (As applicable)........................................................................$15.00
Items held unaccepted/unpaid 30 days after first presentation....................................May Apply / Varies
Tracers...................................................................................Courier/SWIFT/Cable$25.00

               Any unpaid collection charges are for your account.
   Any charges incurred for returned unpaid collections are for your account.

COLLECTIONS-DEPOSITS/CASH LETTERS

U.S. Dollar or Canadian Dollar Checks Drawn on a Canadian Bank......................................$2.00 each item
Foreign Currency Check without Restrictions...................................................................$7.50
Clean Items - U.S. Dollars or Foreign Currency.................................Face Value less than $250.00, $10.00
............................................................................Face Value greater than $250.00, $25.00
Items deposited and returned unpaid.............................................Face Value less than $2,000, $20.00
.............................................................................Face Value greater than $2,000, $25.00
Tracers (Courier/SWIFT/Cable)................................................................................$25.00
Check Photocopy on Request..........................................................................$5.00 each item
Item Research on Request.................................$25.00 each item (plus other bank charges when applicable)

   ALL ITEMS ARE SUBJECT TO FINAL PAYMENT AT THE MARKET RATE (WITHOUT ADVICE).

        Any charges for returned unpaid collections are for your account.

CANADIAN TRANSBORDER ACCOUNT SERVICES AND LOCK BOX SERVICES

Contact First National for details on Canadian transborder account services,
including lock box and balance reporting.

INTERNATIONAL FOREIGN CURRENCY WIRE TRANSFERS
Wire Fee.....................................................................................................$25.00
Tracers......................................................................................................$25.00
Recall Funds/Stop Payment....................................................................................$25.00
Amendment tO Instructions...........................................$15.00(plus other bank charges when applicable)

-43-

FOREIGN CURRENCY DRAFTS
Draft........................................................................................................$15.00
Tracers/Recall Funds/Stop Payments...........................................................................$25.00

MISCELLANEOUS
Rush Handling................................................................................Varies, $25.00 Minimum
Special Handling............................................................................Varies, $30.00 - $50.00
SWIR/Telex Message...........................................................................Varies, $25.00 Minimum
Courier (International)......................................................................................$25.00
Courier (Domestic)...........................................................................................$15.00
Check Issuance...............................................................................................$15.00
Fed Wire Transfer............................................................................................$15.00
Inbound Payment Orders.......................................................................................$15.00
Document Preparation Service.................................................................Contact Us for Details

ALL FEES SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

-44-

SCHEDULE "I" TO SWAP NOTE

AMORTIZATION SCHEDULE - U.S. RULE (NO COMPOUNDING), 360 DAY YEAR

Red Trail Energy Swap Note Principal Schedule for Payments

AMORTIZATION SCHEDULE - U.S. Rule (no compounding), 360 Day Year

                        BEGINNING
            DATE         BALANCE        PRINCIPAL
         ----------   -------------   ------------
  Loan    4/16/2007   27,605,870.00
     1    7/16/2007                     471,576.51
     2   10/16/2007                     474,814.49
  2007                                  946,391.00
Totals

     3    1/16/2008                     483,778.46
     4    4/16/2008                     498,283.07
     5    7/16/2008                     507,587.85
     6   10/16/2008                     511,901.41
  2008                                2,001,550.79
Totals

     7    1/16/2009                     521,565.55
     8    4/16/2009                     541,317.96
     9    7/16/2009                     546,473.46
    10   10/16/2009                     551,948.44
  2009                                2,161,305.41
Totals

    11    1/16/2010                     562,368.63
    12    4/16/2010                     581,987.59
    13    7/16/2010                     588,354.42
    14   10/16/2010                     595,080.30
  2010                                2,327,790.94
Totals

    15    1/16/2011                     606,314.77
    16    4/16/2011                     625,790.00
    17    7/16/2011                     633,461.48
    18   10/16/2011                     641,534.61
  2011                                2,507,100.86
Totals

    19    1/16/2012                     653,646.08
    20    4/16/2012                     669,476.36
  2012                                1,323,122.44
Totals

-45-

Exhibit 10.15

Construction Note

Note Date: December 16, 2005 $55,211,740.00 Maturity Date: April 16, 2007

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Red Trail Energy, LLC, a North Dakota limited liability company ("BORROWER"), promises to pay to the order of First National Bank of Omaha ("BANK"), at its principal office or such other address as BANK or holder may designate from time to time, the principal sum of Fifty-Five Million Two Hundred Eleven Thousand seven hundred forty and No/100 Dollars ($55,211,740.00), or the amount shown on the BANK's records to be outstanding, plus interest (calculated on the basis of actual days elapsed in a 360-day year) accruing each day on the unpaid principal balance at the annual interest rates defined below. Absent manifest error, the BANK's records shall be conclusive evidence of the principal and accrued interest owing hereunder.

This promissory note is executed pursuant to a Construction Loan Agreement ("LOAN AGREEMENT") between BORROWER and BANK dated as of December 16, 2005. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this note shall have the meanings provided in the LOAN AGREEMENT.

INTEREST ACCRUAL. Interest on the principal amount outstanding on the CONSTRUCTION LOAN shall accrue, for the period through and including the COMPLETION DATE, at a rate equal to the LIBOR RATE plus three hundred forty
(340) basis points from time to time until maturity, and six hundred (600) basis points in excess of said aggregate interest rate from time to time after maturity, whether by acceleration or otherwise. Interest shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year, counting the actual number of days elapsed.

REPAYMENT TERMS. Until LOAN TERMINATION DATE, interest only shall be payable every three months, commencing March 16, 2006. On LOAN TERMINATION DATE, all principal and accrued interest are due and payable. The LOAN AGREEMENT describes the TERM NOTES that may be used by BORROWER to pay this promissory note.

PREPAYMENT. The LOAN AGREEMENT contains provisions regarding prepayment.

ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS. The LOAN AGREEMENT, and any amendments or substitutions, contains additional terms and conditions, including default and acceleration provisions, which are incorporated into this CONSTRUCTION NOTE by reference. The BORROWER agrees to pay all costs of collection, including reasonable attorneys fees and legal expenses incurred by the BANK if this CONSTRUCTION NOTE is not paid as provided above. This CONSTRUCTION NOTE shall be governed by the substantive laws of the State of Nebraska.

WAIVER OF PRESENTMENT AND NOTICE OF DISHONOR. BORROWER and any other person who signs, guarantees or endorses this CONSTRUCTION NOTE, to the extent allowed by law, hereby waives presentment, demand for payment, notice of dishonor, protest, and any notice relating to the acceleration of the maturity of this CONSTRUCTION NOTE.


Red Trail Energy, LLC, a North Dakota limited liability company

By: /s/ Ambrose R Hoff
    ---------------------------------
Name: Ambrose R Hoff
Title: President

And

By: /s/ William N. Dutoit
    ---------------------------------
Name: William N. Dutoit
Title: Treasurer

STATE OF North Dakota )
)ss.
COUNTY OF Stark )

On this 16th day of December, 2005, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public, personally appeared Ambrose Hoff, President of Red Trail Energy, LLC, a North Dakota limited liability company, on behalf of said entity, who executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged that he executed the same as his voluntary act and deed.

/s/ DEELL HOFF
----------------------------------------
Notary Public

STATE OF North Dakota )                 [DEELL HOFF STAMP]
                      )ss.

COUNTY OF Stark )

On this 16th day of December 2005, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public, personally appeared William Dutoit, Tres. of Red Trail Energy, LLC, a North Dakota limited liability company, on behalf of said entity, who executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged that he executed the same as his voluntary act and deed.

/s/ DEELL HOFF
----------------------------------------
Notary Public

[DEELL HOFF STAMP]


Exhibit 10.16

REVOLVING PROMISSORY NOTE

Omaha, Nebraska $3,500,000.00 Note Date: December 16, 2005 Maturity Date: December 15, 2006

On or before December 15, 2006, RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC ("BORROWER"), promises to pay to the order of FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA ("BANK") at any of its offices in Omaha, Nebraska the principal sum hereof, which shall be Three Million Five Hundred Thousand and no/100 ($3,500,000.00) Dollars or so much thereof as may have been advanced by BANK and shown on the records of the BANK to be outstanding, under this Note and the loan agreement executed by the BANK and BORROWER dated as of December 16, 2005, as it may, from time to time, be amended. Interest on the principal balance from time to time outstanding will be payable at a rate equal to the LIBOR RATE plus three hundred forty (340) basis points from time to time until maturity, and six hundred (600) basis points in excess of said aggregate interest rate from time to time after maturity, whether by acceleration or otherwise. Interest shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year, counting the actual number of days elapsed. Interest on the REVOLVING LOAN shall be payable quarterly. Provided, however, the LOAN AGREEMENT contains provisions for reduction of the interest rate under certain circumstances.

This note is executed pursuant to a Construction Loan Agreement dated as of December 16, 2005, between BANK and BORROWER (the "LOAN AGREEMENT"). The LOAN AGREEMENT contains additional terms of this Note, including, but not limited to enumerated events of default, and the granting of liens to secure BORROWER's performance. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings as set forth in the LOAN AGREEMENT.

As provided in the LOAN AGREEMENT, upon any such enumerated default, BANK may accelerate the due date of this Note and declare all obligations set forth herein immediately due and payable, and BANK shall also have such other remedies as are described in the LOAN AGREEMENT and are provided by law. All makers and endorsers hereby waive presentment, demand, protest and notice of dishonor, consent to any number of extensions and renewals for any period without notice; and consent to any substitution, exchange or release of collateral, and to the addition or releases of any other party primarily or secondarily liable.

Executed as of the Note Date set forth above.

RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC, a North Dakota limited liability company

By: /s/ Ambrose R. Hoff
    ------------------------------------
Name: Ambrose R. Hoff
Title: President


And

By: /s/ William N. DuToit
    ------------------------------------
Name: William N. DuToit
Title: Treasurer

-2-

Exhibit 10.17

PROMISSORY NOTE AND CONTINUING LETTER OF CREDIT AGREEMENT

(FIRST NATIONAL BANK LOGO)

TO: First National Bank
International Trade Services
1620 Dodge St
Omaha, NE 68197-1111

In consideration of your issuance of letters of credit from time to time substantially in accordance with our applications therefore, as the same may be amended with our agreement or consent, we hereby agree that, except as you and we shall otherwise specifically agree in writing in each instance, the Terms and Conditions hereinafter set forth shall apply to each such application and to each letter of credit issued by you pursuant to such application.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

In these provisions:

1) "Agreement" means this Promissory Note and Continuing Letter of Credit Agreement.

2) The "Applicant" means each party executing this Agreement.

3) "Application" means each Application for Letter of Credit by the Applicant as such application may be amended or modified from time to time with the written or oral agreement or consent of the Applicant.

4) The "Bank" means The "First National Bank".

5) "Financing Statement" means a Financing Statement or a Statement of Trust Receipt Financing in the form specified in applicable law.

6) An "instrument" means any draft, receipt, acceptance or cable or written demand for payment.

7) "Note" means the Business Promissory Note contained in Section 20 of the Agreement.

8) "Property" means goods and merchandise and any and all documents relative thereto, securities, funds, choses in action, and any and all other forms of property, whether real, personal or mixed and any right or interest therein.

9) "Security Agreement" means an agreement which creates or provides for a security interest, including, where applicable law provides therefore, a trust receipt as defined in and complying with such law.

10) "Uniform Customs and Practice" means the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits (1993 Revision), International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 500 and any subsequent revision thereof approved by a Congress of the International Chamber of Commerce and adhered to by the Bank.

11) "International Standby Practices - ISP 98' " means the International Standby Practices - ISP 98', International Chamber of Commerce Publication No.590 and any subsequent revisions thereof approved by a Congress of the International Chamber of Commerce and adhered to by the Bank.

In consideration of the issuance by the Bank, upon Application by the Applicant from time to time, at the Bank's option, of one or more letters of credit (each such letter of credit as from time to time amended or modified with the consent of the Application being hereinafter referred to as the "Credit"), the Applicant hereby agrees with the Bank as follows with respect to each Credit:

1) The Applicant will reimburse the bank, at its principal office, in cash, the amount required to pay each instrument, such reimbursement to be made on demand in the case of each sight draft on receipt, with interest from the date of payment of the instrument to the date of reimbursement, and not later than one business day prior to maturity in the case of each acceptance payable at the principal office of the Bank, and in time to reach the place of payment in the course of ordinary mail not later than one business day prior to maturity in the case of each acceptance that is not payable at the principal office of the Bank. If the instrument is in foreign currency, such reimbursement shall be in the United States currency at the Bank's selling rate for cable transfers to the place of payment of the instrument current on the date of reimbursement or of the Bank's settlement of its obligation, as the Bank may require. If, for any cause, on the date of reimbursement or settlement, as the case may be, there is no rate of exchange generally current for Bank for effecting such cable transfers, the Applicant will reimburse the Bank or demand an amount in United States currency equivalent to the Bank's actual cost of settlement of its obligation however or whenever the Bank shall make such settlement, with interest from the date of settlement to the date of reimbursement. The Applicant will comply with all governmental exchange regulations now or hereafter applicable to the Credit or instruments or payments related thereto and will pay the Bank, on demand, in United States currency, such amount as the Bank may be required to expend on account of such regulations

2) The Bank may accept or pay any draft presented to it, regardless of when drawn and whether or not negotiated, if such draft, the other required documents and any transmittal advice are dated on or before the expiration date of the Credit, and except in so far as instructions may be given by the Applicant in writing expressly to the contrary with regard to, and prior to, the Bank's issuance of the Credit: (a) although shipment(s) in excess of the quantity called for under the Credit are made, the bank may honor the relative instrument(s) in an amount or amounts not exceeding the amount of the Credit; and (b) the Bank may honor, as complying with the terms of the Credit and of the application therefore, any instruments or other documents otherwise in order signed or issued by an administrator, executor, trustee in bankruptcy, debtor in possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other legal representative of the party authorized under the Credit to draw or issue such instruments or other documents.

3) In the event of any change or modification, with the consent of the Applicant, relative to the Credit or any instruments or documents called for thereunder, including waiver of noncompliance of any such instruments or documents with the terms of the

1 of 4

Credit, these Terms and Provisions shall be binding upon the Applicant with regard to the Credit as so changed or modified, and to any action taken by the Bank or any of its correspondents relative thereto.

4) The Uniform Customs and Practice shall be binding on the Applicant and the Bank except to the extent it is otherwise expressly agreed. It is, also, agreed that: (a) neither the Bank nor its correspondents shall be responsible for: the validity or sufficiency of any endorsements; delay in giving or failure to give notice of arrival or any other notice; or failure of any instrument to bear any reference or adequate reference to the Credit or of documents to accompany any instrument at negotiation, or failure of any person to note the amount of any instrument on the reverse of the Credit or to surrender or take up the Credit or to forward documents in the manner required by the Credit; (b) the occurrence of any one or more of the contingencies referred to in the Uniform Customs and Practice or in the preceding clauses of this paragraph shall not affect, impair, or prevent the vesting of any of the Bank's rights or powers hereunder or the Applicant's obligation to make reimbursement; (c) the Applicant will promptly examine (i) the copy of the Credit (and of any amendments thereof) sent to it by the Bank and (ii) all instruments and documents delivered to it from time to time, and, in the event of any claim of noncompliance with Applicant's instruments or other irregularity, will immediately notify the Bank thereof in writing, the Applicant being conclusively deemed to have waived any such claim against the Bank and its correspondents, unless such notice is given. Any action, inaction or omission on the part of the Bank or any of its correspondents, under or in connection with the Credit or the relative instruments, documents or property, if in good faith and in conformity with such foreign or domestic laws, regulations or customs as the Bank or any of its correspondents may deem to be applicable, shall be binding upon the Applicant and shall not place the Bank or any of its correspondents under any liability to the Applicant. The Applicant agrees to hold the Bank and its correspondents indemnified and harmless against any and all claims, loss, liability or damage, including reasonable counsel fees, arising from or in connection with the Credit, including any such claim, loss, liability or damage arising out of any (i) transfer, sale, delivery, surrender or endorsement of any bill of lading, warehouse receipt or other document at any time(s) held by the Bank, or held for its account by any of its correspondents, in connection with the Credit and (ii) any proceedings to enjoin payment under the Credit, whether instituted by Applicant or another party. The Applicant agrees that such reasonable counsel fees incurred by the bank shall include, without limitation, counsel fees incurred by the Bank in connection with (i) determining whether to honor any draft under the Credit, (ii) interpreting any provision hereof or of the Credit, (iii) any dispute by or among the Applicant, the beneficiary of the Credit or any other person with respect to this Agreement or the Credit and (iv) reviewing the form and content of Applications and proposed amendments to this Agreement and the Credit. The Bank, at its option, may file a Financing Statement, without the signature of the Applicant, with respect to documents, property and interests relative to the Credit or which may be held as security hereunder and the Applicant will reimburse the Bank for the filing or recording fees

5) The Applicant will procure promptly any necessary import, export or other licenses for the import, export or shipping of the property shipped under or pursuant to or in connection with the Credit, and will comply with all foreign and domestic governmental regulations in regard to the shipment of such property or the financing thereof, and will furnish such certificates in that respect as the Bank may at any time(s) require, and will keep such property adequately covered by insurance in amounts, against risks and in companies satisfactory to the Bank, and will assign the policies or certificates of insurance to the Bank, or will make the loss or adjustment, if any, payable to the Bank, at its option, and will furnish the Bank, on its demand, with evidence of acceptance by the insurers of such assignment. Should the insurance upon such property for any reason be unsatisfactory to the Bank, the Bank may, at the Applicant's expense, obtain insurance satisfactory to the Bank.

6) As security for the payment of performance of any and all of the Applicant's obligations and/or liabilities hereunder, absolute or contingent, and also for the payment or performance of any and all other obligations and/or liabilities, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, which are now, or may at any time(s) hereafter be owing by the Applicant to the Bank, or which are now or hereafter existing, the Applicant hereby: (a) recognizes and admits the Bank's ownership in and unqualified right to the possession and disposal of any and all shipping documents, warehouse receipts, policies or certificates of insurance and other documents accompanying or relative to instruments drawn under the Credit and in and to any and all property shipped under or pursuant to or in connection with the Credit, or in any way relative thereto or to any of the instruments drawn thereunder (whether or not such documents, goods or other property be released to or upon the order of the Applicant under a security agreement or bailee receipt), and in and to the proceeds of each and all of the foregoing; (b) pledges to the Bank and/or gives the bank a general security interest in and/or right of set-off against, all right, title and interest of the Applicant in and to the balance of every deposit account, now or at any time hereafter existing, of the Applicant with the Bank, and any other claims of the Applicant against the Bank, and in and to all property, claims and demands and rights and interests therein of the Applicant, and in and to all evidences thereof, which have been or at any time shall be delivered to or otherwise come into the Bank's possession, custody or control, or into the possession, custody or control of any of its agents or correspondents for account of the Bank for any purpose, whether or not for the express purpose of being used by the Bank as collateral security or for safekeeping or for any other or different purpose, the Bank being deemed to have possession, custody or control of all such property actually in transit to or set apart for the Bank or any of its agents, correspondents or others acting in its behalf, it being understood that the receipt at any time by the Bank, or any of its correspondents, of other security, of whatever nature, including cash, shall not be deemed a waiver of any of the Bank's rights or powers hereunder; (c) if any party shall have joined in the Application for the Credit, assigns and transfers to the Bank all right, title and interest of the Applicant in and to all property and interests which the Applicant may now or hereafter obtain from such party as security for the obligations of such party arising in connection with the transaction to which the Credit relates; (d) agrees at any time and from time to time, on demand, to deliver, convey, transfer or assign to the Bank additional security of a value and character satisfactory to the Bank, or to make such payment as the Bank may require; and (e) acknowledges that any collateral pledged to Bank by any other security agreement in existence also constitutes collateral for the obligation set forth in this agreement.

7) If the bank shall in good faith deem itself insecure at any time, or upon the death of the Applicant, or if any of the obligation and/or liabilities of the Applicant to the Bank shall not be paid or performed when due or when demanded, or if the Applicant shall become insolvent (however such insolvency may be evidenced or defined) or commit any act of bankruptcy or insolvency, or make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or if the Applicant shall suspend the transaction of its usual business or be expelled or suspended form any exchange, or if an application is made by any judgement creditor of the Applicant for an order directing the Bank to pay over money or to deliver other property, or if a petition in bankruptcy shall be filed by or against the Applicant, or if a petition shall be filed by or against the Applicant or any proceeding shall be instituted by or against the Applicant for any relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws or any law relating to the relief of debtors, readjustment of

2 of 4

indebtedness, reorganization, composition or extensions, or if any governmental authority, or any court at the instance of any governmental authority, shall take possession of any substantial part of the property of the Applicant or shall assume control over the affairs or operations of the Applicant, or if a receiver shall be appointed of, or writ or order of attachment or garnishment shall be issued or made against, any of the property or assets of the Applicant, thereupon, unless the Bank shall otherwise elect, any and all obligations and liabilities of the Applicant to the Bank, whether now existing or hereafter incurred, shall become and be due and payable forthwith without notice or demand and Bank shall have all the rights of a secured party provided by applicable laws.

8) The Bank's rights and liens hereunder shall continue unimpaired, and the Applicant shall be and remain obligated in accordance with the terms and provisions hereof, notwithstanding the release and/or substitution of any property which may be held as security hereunder at any time(s), or of any rights or interest therein. No delay, extension of time, renewal, compromise or other indulgence which may occur or be granted by the bank, shall impair the Bank's right or powers hereunder. The Bank shall not be deemed to have waived any of its rights hereunder, unless the Bank or its authorized agent shall have signed such waiver in writing. No such waiver, unless expressly as stated therein, shall be effective as to any transaction which occurs subsequent to the date of such waiver, nor as to any continuance of a breach after such waiver.

9) If the Applicant is a banking institution, the Applicant hereby appoints the Bank its agent to issue the Credit in accordance with, and subject to, these Terms and Conditions and the application for the Credit.

10) If the Applicant is a partnership, the obligations hereof shall continue in force, and apply, notwithstanding any change in the membership of such partnership, whether arising from the death or retirement of one or more partners or the accession of one or more new partners.

11) The obligations hereof shall bind the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns of the Applicant, and all rights, benefits, and privileges hereby conferred on the Bank shall be and hereby are extended to and conferred upon and may be enforced by its successors and assigns. This Agreement and all rights, obligations and liabilities arising hereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Nebraska.

12) The Applicant, if more than one, shall be jointly and severally liable hereunder (including, without limitation, under provisions of the Note) and all provisions hereof regarding the liabilities or security of the Applicant shall apply to any liability or any security of any or all of them. Each Applicant shall be deemed to be the agent of all others, and, except as expressly provided otherwise herein, the Bank may act at the direction or request of any one or more of the Applicants and you may give a notice or notices (whether or not required to be given), to any one or more of the Applicants, all as the Bank may from time to time elect, without notice to or approval by the others. The Bank may terminate this Agreement with respect to, or release or discharge of, any one or more of the Applicants without affecting or impairing the obligations of the other Applicants. The death, incompetence or dissolution of any Applicant or any change in the composition of any partnership or any other firm which may be a party hereto shall not affect in any way the Credit or any rights with respect to indebtedness incurred under this Agreement or with respect to transactions theretofore initiated. In this Agreement, the term "Applicant" refers to any one or more Applicants, including without limitation, correspondent banks that have executed this Agreement, and each Applicant shall be deemed a customer of the Bank, without regard to whether any Applicant or any one of them is specified as the account party on any Credit.

13) This Agreement shall constitute a continuing agreement, applying to all future as well as existing transactions, whether or not of the character contemplated at the date of this Agreement, and if all transactions between the Bank and Applicant shall be at any time closed, shall be equally applicable to any new transactions thereafter. Any provision of the Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceable without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

14) The Applicant shall compensate the Bank for issuance of each Credit hereunder and the Bank's services in relation thereto in accordance with the Bank's written fee schedule, together with the amount of any and all charges and expenses paid or incurred by Bank or its agents or correspondents in connection with each Credit. Such fee schedule may be amended by the bank form time to time upon 30 days' notice. The Bank's compensation shall be due and payable on demand and interest shall accrue on unpaid compensation. Wherever in this Agreement interest shall be required to be paid to the Bank, such interest shall accrue at the lesser of: (a) the rate of three percent (3%) per annum in excess of the rate in effect from time to time designated as the First National Banks National Base Rate; or (b) the highest rate allowed by applicable law.

15) At its option, the Bank may electronically record all telephonic instructions received by the Bank from the Applicant or any representative thereof, and retain those recordings for 90 days following the date of instruction to transfer. The purpose of this procedure is to allow the Bank to recover verbal instructions should any questions arise.

16) This Agreement shall supersede any prior continuing letter of credit agreement entered into between the Bank and the identical Applicant or Applicants hereto and shall apply to each Credit heretofore or hereafter issued by the Bank for the account of the same.

17) Time is of the essence of this Agreement.

18) This Agreement is executed and is subject to the laws of the State of Nebraska.

19) This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties or this subject matter and may be amended only by a subsequent written instrument executed by all of the parties hereto.

3 of 4

20) BUSINESS PROMISSORY NOTE. The Applicant, as maker, promises to pay to the order of FIRST NATIONAL BANK ("Bank") at any of its offices in Omaha, Nebraska, on demand, the principal sum hereof, which shall be the total sum advanced by the Bank under the Agreement, including without limitation any amounts due under Section 2 of the Agreement.

Interest shall accrue on the principal amount from and including the date of each advance under the Agreement to the date of payment. Interest, which shall be computed on the basis of actual days elapsed and a year of 360 days, shall be payable on demand. Interest on the principal sum hereof shall accrue at the lesser of: (a) the rate of three percent (3%) per annum in excess of the rate in effect from time to time designated as the First National Banks National Base Rate; or (b) the highest rate allowed by applicable law.

Upon demand for payment hereunder and failure of Applicant to make full payment in accordance with such demand, the Bank shall have all rights and remedies provided by the Uniform Commercial Code, and any other applicable law. Unless the content otherwise requires, all terms used in the Note which are defined in the Uniform Commercial Code shall have the meanings therein stated. The Note and any amounts advanced under the Agreement evidence a loan for business or agricultural purposes, no part of which shall be used for personal, family or household purposes.

All costs and expenses incurred by the Bank in enforcing its rights under the Note and the Agreement are immediately due and payable and Applicant agrees to pay the same, including reasonable attorneys' fees and legal expenses incurred in connection with collection thereof. Interest shall accrue on such costs and expenses from the date of incurrence at the rate provided for herein. Applicant and each maker, endorser, surety and guarantor hereby waives presentment, protest, demand, notice of dishonor, and the defense of any statute of limitations.

Without affecting the liability of any maker, endorser, surety or guarantor, the holder may, without notice, renew any number of times or extend the time for payment, accept partial payments, release or impair any collateral security for the payment of the Note or agree to sue any party liable on it. The Applicant, if more than one, shall be jointly and severally liable hereunder as co-makers of this Note.

The Bank shall not be deemed to have waived any of its rights upon or under the Note or under the other provisions of the Agreement or under any endorsement, surety agreement or guaranty, unless such waivers be in writing and signed by the Bank. No delay or omission on the part of the Bank in exercising any right shall operate as a waiver of such right or any other right. A waiver on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to or waiver of any right on any future occasion. All rights and remedies of the Bank on liabilities or any collateral whether evidenced hereby or by any other instrument or papers shall be cumulative and may be exercised singularly or concurrently.

Dated: 12-16-05

Red Trail Energy, LLC
APPLICANT

By: /s/ Ambrose R. Hoff
    ---------------------------------
Title: President


By: /s/ William DuToit
    ---------------------------------
Title: Treasurer

4 of 4

Exhibit 10.18

(LOCAL CURRENCY--SINGLE JURISDICTION)

ISDA(R)
International Swap Dealers Association, Inc.

MASTER AGREEMENT

Dated as of: DECEMBER 16, 2005

FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA AND RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC

have entered and/or anticipate entering into one or more transactions (each a "Transaction") that are or will be governed by this Master Agreement, which includes the schedule (the "Schedule"), and the documents and other confirming evidence (each a "Confirmation") exchanged between the parties confirming those Transactions.

Accordingly, the parties agree as follows:--

1. INTERPRETATION

(a) DEFINITIONS. The terms defined in Section 12 and in the Schedule will have the meanings therein specified for the purpose of this Master Agreement.

(b) INCONSISTENCY. In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of the Schedule and the other provisions of this Master Agreement, the Schedule will prevail. In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of any Confirmation and this Master Agreement (including the Schedule), such Confirmation will prevail for the purpose of the relevant Transaction.

(c) SINGLE AGREEMENT. All Transactions are entered into in reliance on the fact that this Master Agreement and all Confirmations form a single agreement between the parties (collectively referred to as this "Agreement"), and the parties would not otherwise enter into any Transactions.

2. OBLIGATIONS

(a) GENERAL CONDITIONS.

(i) Each party will make each payment or delivery specified in each Confirmation to be made by it, subject to the other provisions of this Agreement.

(ii) Payments under this Agreement will be made on the due date for value on that date in the place of the account specified in the relevant Confirmation or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement, in freely transferable funds and in the manner customary for payments in the required currency. Where settlement is by delivery (that is, other than by payment), such delivery will be made for receipt on the due date in the manner customary for the relevant obligation unless otherwise specified in the relevant Confirmation or elsewhere in this Agreement.

(iii) Each obligation of each party under Section 2(a)(i) is subject to (1) the condition precedent that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default with respect to the other party has occurred and is continuing, (2) the condition precedent that no Early Termination Date in respect of the relevant Transaction has occurred or been effectively designated and (3) each other applicable condition precedent specified in this Agreement.

Copyright (C) 1992 by International Swap Dealers Association, Inc.

Second Printing


(b) CHANGE OF ACCOUNT. Either party may change its account for receiving a payment or delivery by giving notice to the other party at least five Local Business Days prior to the scheduled date for the payment or delivery to which such change applies unless such other party gives timely notice of a reasonable objection to such change.

(c) NETTING. If on any date amounts would otherwise be payable:--

(i) in the same currency; and

(ii) in respect of the same Transaction

by each party to the other, then, on such date, each party's obligation to make payment of any such amount will be automatically satisfied and discharged and, if the aggregate amount that would otherwise have been payable by one party exceeds the aggregate amount that would otherwise have been payable by the other party, replaced by an obligation upon the party by whom the larger aggregate amount would have been payable to pay to the other party the excess of the larger aggregate amount over the smaller aggregate amount.

The parties may elect in respect of two or more Transactions that a net amount will be determined in respect of all amounts payable on the same date in the same currency in respect of such Transactions, regardless of whether such amounts are payable in respect of the same Transaction. The election may be made in the Schedule or a Confirmation by specifying that subparagraph (ii) above will not apply to the Transactions identified as being subject to the election, together with the starting date (in which case subparagraph (ii) above will not, or will cease to, apply to such Transactions from such date). This election may be made separately for different groups of Transactions and will apply separately to each pairing of branches or offices through which the parties make and receive payments or deliveries.

(d) DEFAULT INTEREST; OTHER AMOUNTS. Prior to the occurrence or effective designation of an Early Termination Date in respect of the relevant Transaction, a party that defaults in the performance of any payment obligation will, to the extent permitted by law and subject to Section 6(c), be required to pay interest (before as well as after judgment) on the overdue amount to the other party on demand in the same currency as such overdue amount, for the period from (and including) the original due date for payment to (but excluding) the date of actual payment, at the Default Rate. Such interest will be calculated on the basis of daily compounding and the actual number of days elapsed. If, prior to the occurrence or effective designation of an Early Termination Date in respect of the relevant Transaction, a party defaults in the performance of any obligation required to be settled by delivery, it will compensate the other party on demand if and to the extent provided for in the relevant Confirmation or elsewhere in this Agreement.

3. REPRESENTATIONS

Each party represents to the other party (which representations will be deemed to be repeated by each party on each date on which a Transaction is entered into) that:--

(a) BASIC REPRESENTATIONS.

(i) STATUS. It is duly organised and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organisation or incorporation and, if relevant under such laws, in good standing;

(ii) POWERS. It has the power to execute this Agreement and any other documentation relating to this Agreement to which it is a party, to deliver this Agreement and any other documentation relating to this Agreement that it is required by this Agreement to deliver and to perform its obligations under this Agreement and any obligations it has under any Credit Support Document to which it is a party and has taken all necessary action to authorise such execution, delivery and performance;

(iii) NO VIOLATION OR CONFLICT. Such execution, delivery and performance do not violate or conflict with any law applicable to it, any provision of its constitutional documents, any order or judgment of any court or other agency of government applicable to it or any of its assets or any contractual restriction binding on or affecting it or any of its assets;

2

(iv) CONSENTS. All governmental and other consents that are required to have been obtained by it with respect to this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party have been obtained and are in full force and effect and all conditions of any such consents have been complied with; and

(v) OBLIGATIONS BINDING. Its obligations under this Agreement and any Credit Support Document to which it is a party constitute its legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms (subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganisation, insolvency, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to equitable principles of general application (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law)).

(b) ABSENCE OF CERTAIN EVENTS. No Event of Default or Potential Event of Default or, to its knowledge, Termination Event with respect to it has occurred and is continuing and no such event or circumstance would occur as a result of its entering into or performing its obligations under this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party.

(c) ABSENCE OF LITIGATION. There is not pending or, to its knowledge, threatened against it or any of its Affiliates any action, suit or proceeding at law or in equity or before any court, tribunal, governmental body, agency or official or any arbitrator that is likely to affect the legality, validity or enforceability against it of this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party or its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement or such Credit Support Document.

(d) ACCURACY OF SPECIFIED INFORMATION. All applicable information that is furnished in writing by or on behalf of it to the other party and is identified for the purpose of this Section 3(d) in the Schedule is, as of the date of the information, true, accurate and complete in every material respect.

4. AGREEMENTS

Each party agrees with the other that, so long as either party has or may have any obligation under this Agreement or under any Credit Support Document to which it is a party:--

(a) FURNISH SPECIFIED INFORMATION. It will deliver to the other party any forms, documents or certificates specified in the Schedule or any Confirmation by the date specified in the Schedule or such Confirmation or, if none is specified, as soon as reasonably practicable.

(b) MAINTAIN AUTHORISATIONS. It will use all reasonable efforts to maintain in full force and effect all consents of any governmental or other authority that are required to be obtained by it with respect to this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party and will use all reasonable efforts to obtain any that may become necessary in the future.

(c) COMPLY WITH LAWS. It will comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and orders to which it may be subject if failure so to comply would materially impair its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party.

5. EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND TERMINATION EVENTS

(a) EVENTS OF DEFAULT. The occurrence at any time with respect to a party or, if applicable, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any Specified Entity of such party of any of the following events constitutes an event of default (an "Event of Default") with respect to such party:--

(i) FAILURE TO PAY OR DELIVER. Failure by the party to make, when due, any payment under this Agreement or delivery under Section 2(a)(i) or 2(d) required to be made by it if such failure is not remedied on or before the third Local Business Day after notice of such failure is given to the party;

(ii) BREACH OF AGREEMENT. Failure by the party to comply with or perform any agreement or obligation (other than an obligation to make any payment under this Agreement or delivery under Section 2(a)(i) or 2(d) or to give notice of a Termination Event) to be complied with or performed

3

by the party in accordance with this Agreement if such failure is not remedied on or before the thirtieth day after notice of such failure is given to the party;

(iii) CREDIT SUPPORT DEFAULT.

(1) Failure by the party or any Credit Support Provider of such party to comply with or perform any agreement or obligation to be complied with or performed by it in accordance with any Credit Support Document if such failure is continuing after any applicable grace period has elapsed;

(2) the expiration or termination of such Credit Support Document or the failing or ceasing of such Credit Support Document to be in full force and effect for the purpose of this Agreement (in either case other than in accordance with its terms) prior to the satisfaction of all obligations of such party under each Transaction to which such Credit Support Document relates without the written consent of the other party; or

(3) the party or such Credit Support Provider disaffirms, disclaims, repudiates or rejects, in whole or in part, or challenges the validity of, such Credit Support Document;

(iv) MISREPRESENTATION. A representation made or repeated or deemed to have been made or repeated by the party or any Credit Support Provider of such party in this Agreement or any Credit Support Document proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or repeated or deemed to have been made or repeated;

(v) DEFAULT UNDER SPECIFIED TRANSACTION. The party, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any applicable Specified Entity of such party (1) defaults under a Specified Transaction and, after giving effect to any applicable notice requirement or grace period, there occurs a liquidation of, an acceleration of obligations under, or an early termination of, that Specified Transaction, (2) defaults, after giving effect to any applicable notice requirement or grace period, in making any payment or delivery due on the last payment, delivery or exchange date of, or any payment on early termination of, a Specified Transaction (or such default continues for at least three Local Business Days if there is no applicable notice requirement or grace period) or (3) disaffirms, disclaims, repudiates or rejects, in whole or in part, a Specified Transaction (or such action is taken by any person or entity appointed or empowered to operate it or act on its behalf);

(vi) CROSS DEFAULT. If "Cross Default" is specified in the Schedule as applying to the party, the occurrence or existence of (1) a default, event of default or other similar condition or event (however described) in respect of such party, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any applicable Specified Entity of such party under one or more agreements or instruments relating to Specified Indebtedness of any of them (individually or collectively) in an aggregate amount of not less than the applicable Threshold Amount (as specified in the Schedule) which has resulted in such Specified Indebtedness becoming, or becoming capable at such time of being declared, due and payable under such agreements or instruments, before it would otherwise have been due and payable or (2) a default by such party, such Credit Support Provider or such Specified Entity (individually or collectively) in making one or more payments on the due date thereof in an aggregate amount of not less than the applicable Threshold Amount under such agreements or instruments (after giving effect to any applicable notice requirement or grace period);

(vii) BANKRUPTCY. The party, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any applicable Specified Entity of such party:--

(1) is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger); (2) becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due; (3) makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors; (4) institutes or has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors' rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation, and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition instituted or presented against it, such proceeding or petition (A) results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or

4

the making of an order for its winding-up or liquidation or (B) is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 30 days of the institution or presentation thereof; (5) has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger); (6) seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets; (7) has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within 30 days thereafter; (8) causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in clauses (1) to (7) (inclusive); or (9) takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts; or

(viii) MERGER WITHOUT ASSUMPTION. The party or any Credit Support Provider of such party consolidates or amalgamates with, or merges with or into, or transfers all or substantially all its assets to, another entity and, at the time of such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer:--

(1) the resulting, surviving or transferee entity fails to assume all the obligations of such party or such Credit Support Provider under this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it or its predecessor was a party by operation of law or pursuant to an agreement reasonably satisfactory to the other party to this Agreement; or

(2) the benefits of any Credit Support Document fail to extend (without the consent of the other party) to the performance by such resulting, surviving or transferee entity of its obligations under this Agreement.

(b) TERMINATION EVENTS. The occurrence at any time with respect to a party or, if applicable, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any Specified Entity of such party of any event specified below constitutes an illegality if the event is specified in (i) below, and, if specified to be applicable, a Credit Event Upon Merger if the event is specified pursuant to (ii) below or an Additional Termination Event if the event is specified pursuant to (iii) below:--

(i) ILLEGALITY. Due to the adoption of, or any change in, any applicable law after the date on which a Transaction is entered into, or due to the promulgation of, or any change in, the interpretation by any court, tribunal or regulatory authority with competent jurisdiction of any applicable law after such date, it becomes unlawful (other than as a result of a breach by the party of Section 4(b)) for such party (which will be the Affected Party):--

(1) to perform any absolute or contingent obligation to make a payment or delivery or to receive a payment or delivery in respect of such Transaction or to comply with any other material provision of this Agreement relating to such Transaction; or

(2) to perform, or for any Credit Support Provider of such party to perform, any contingent or other obligation which the party (or such Credit Support Provider) has under any Credit Support Document relating to such Transaction;

(ii) CREDIT EVENT UPON MERGER. If "Credit Event Upon Merger" is specified in the Schedule as applying to the party, such party ("X"), any Credit Support Provider of X or any applicable Specified Entity of X consolidates or amalgamates with, or merges with or into, or transfers all or substantially all its assets to, another entity and such action does not constitute an event described in Section 5(a)(viii) but the creditworthiness of the resulting, surviving or transferee entity is materially weaker than that of X, such Credit Support Provider or such Specified Entity, as the case may be, immediately prior to such action (and, in such event, X or its successor or transferee, as appropriate, will be the Affected Party); or

(iii) ADDITIONAL TERMINATION EVENT. If any "Additional Termination Event" is specified in the Schedule or any Confirmation as applying, the occurrence of such event (and, in such event, the

5

Affected Party or Affected Parties shall be as specified for such Additional Termination Event in the Schedule or such Confirmation).

(c) EVENT OF DEFAULT AND ILLEGALITY. If an event or circumstance which would otherwise constitute or give rise to an Event of Default also constitutes an illegality, it will be treated as an illegality and will not constitute an Event of Default.

6. EARLY TERMINATION

(a) RIGHT TO TERMINATE FOLLOWING EVENT OF DEFAULT. If at any time an Event of Default with respect to a party (the "Defaulting Party") has occurred and is then continuing, the other party (the "Non-defaulting Party") may, by not more than 20 days notice to the Defaulting Party specifying the relevant Event of Default, designate a day not earlier than the day such notice is effective as an Early Termination Date in respect of all outstanding Transactions. If, however, "Automatic Early Termination" is specified in the Schedule as applying to a party, then an Early Termination Date in respect of all outstanding Transactions will occur immediately upon the occurrence with respect to such party of an Event of Default specified in Section 5 (a)(vii)(1), (3), (5), (6) or, to the extent analogous thereto, (8), and as of the time immediately preceding the institution of the relevant proceeding or the presentation of the relevant petition upon the occurrence with respect to such party of an Event of Default specified in Section 5(a)(vii)(4) or, to the extent analogous thereto, (8).

(b) RIGHT TO TERMINATE FOLLOWING TERMINATION EVENT.

(i) NOTICE. If a Termination Event occurs, an Affected Party will, promptly upon becoming aware of it, notify the other party, specifying the nature of that Termination Event and each Affected Transaction and will also give such other information about that Termination Event as the other party may reasonably require.

(ii) TWO AFFECTED PARTIES. If an Illegality under Section 5(b)(i)(1) occurs and there are two Affected Parties, each party will use all reasonable efforts to reach agreement within 30 days after notice thereof is given under Section 6(b)(i) on action to avoid that Termination Event.

(iii) RIGHT TO TERMINATE. If:--

(1) an agreement under Section 6(b)(ii) has not been effected with respect to all Affected Transactions within 30 days after an Affected Party gives notice under Section 6(b)(i); or

(2) an illegality other than that referred to in Section 6(b)(ii), a Credit Event Upon Merger or an Additional Termination Event occurs,

either party in the case of an illegality, any Affected Party in the case of an Additional Termination Event if there is more than one Affected Party, or the party which is not the Affected Party in the case of a Credit Event Upon Merger or an Additional Termination Event if there is only one Affected Party may, by not more than 20 days notice to the other party and provided that the relevant Termination Event is then continuing, designate a day not earlier than the day such notice is effective as an Early Termination Date in respect of all Affected Transactions.

(c) EFFECT OF DESIGNATION.

(i) If notice designating an Early Termination Date is given under Section 6(a) or (b), the Early Termination Date will occur on the date so designated, whether or not the relevant Event of Default or Termination Event is then continuing.

(ii) Upon the occurrence or effective designation of an Early Termination Date, no further payments or deliveries under Section 2(a)(i) or 2(d) in respect of the Terminated Transactions will be required to be made, but without prejudice to the other provisions of this Agreement. The amount, if any, payable in respect of an Early Termination Date shall be determined pursuant to Section 6(e).

(d) CALCULATIONS.

6

(i) STATEMENT. On or as soon as reasonably practicable following the occurrence of an Early Termination Date, each party will make the calculations on its part, if any, contemplated by Section 6(e) and will provide to the other party a statement (1) showing, in reasonable detail, such calculations (including all relevant quotations and specifying any amount payable under Section 6(e)) and (2) giving details of the relevant account to which any amount payable to it is to be paid. In the absence of written confirmation from the source of a quotation obtained in determining a Market Quotation, the records of the party obtaining such quotation will be conclusive evidence of the existence and accuracy of such quotation.

(ii) PAYMENT DATE. An amount calculated as being due in respect of any Early Termination Date under Section 6(e) will be payable on the day that notice of the amount payable is effective (in the case of an Early Termination Date which is designated or occurs as a result of an Event of Default) and on the day which is two Local Business Days after the day on which notice of the amount payable is effective (in the case of an Early Termination Date which is designated as a result of a Termination Event). Such amount will be paid together with (to the extent permitted under applicable law) interest thereon (before as well as after judgment), from (and including) the relevant Early Termination Date to (but excluding) the date such amount is paid, at the Applicable Rate. Such interest will be calculated on the basis of daily compounding and the actual number of days elapsed.

(e) PAYMENTS ON EARLY TERMINATION. If an Early Termination Date occurs, the following provisions shall apply based on the parties' election in the Schedule of a payment measure, either "Market Quotation" or "Loss", and a payment method, either the "First Method" or the "Second Method". If the parties fail to designate a payment measure or payment method in the Schedule, it will be deemed that "Market Quotation" or the "Second Method", as the case may be, shall apply. The amount, if any, payable in respect of an Early Termination Date and determined pursuant to this Section will be subject to any Set-off.

(i) EVENTS OF DEFAULT. If the Early Termination results from an Event of Default:--

(1) First Method and Market Quotation. If the First Method and Market Quotation apply, the Defaulting Party will pay to the Non-defaulting Party the excess, if a positive number, of (A) the sum of the Settlement Amount (determined by the Non-defaulting Party) in respect of the Terminated Transactions and the Unpaid Amounts owing to the Non-defaulting Party over (B) the Unpaid Amounts owing to the Defaulting Party.

(2) First Method and Loss. If the First Method and Loss apply, the Defaulting Party will pay to the Non-defaulting Party, if a positive number, the Non-defaulting Party's Loss in respect of this Agreement.

(3) Second Method and Market Quotation. If the Second Method and Market Quotation apply, an amount will be payable equal to (A) the sum of the Settlement Amount (determined by the Non-defaulting Party) in respect of the Terminated Transactions and the Unpaid Amounts owing to the Non-defaulting Party less (B) the Unpaid Amounts owing to the Defaulting Party. If that amount is a positive number, the Defaulting Party will pay it to the Non-defaulting party; if it is a negative number, the Non-defaulting Party will pay the absolute value of that amount to the Defaulting Party.

(4) Second Method and Loss. If the Second Method and Loss apply, an amount will be payable equal to the Non-defaulting Party's Loss in respect of this Agreement. If that amount is a positive number, the Defaulting Party will pay it to the Non-defaulting Party; if it is a negative number, the Non-defaulting Party will pay the absolute value of that amount to the Defaulting Party.

(ii) TERMINATION EVENTS. If the Early Termination Date results from a Termination Event:--

(1) One Affected Party. If there is one Affected Party, the amount payable will be determined in accordance with Section 6(e)(i)(3), if Market Quotation applies, or Section 6(e)(i)(4), if Loss applies, except that, in either case, references to the Defaulting Party and to the Non-defaulting Party will be deemed to be references to the Affected Party and the party which is not the Affected Party, respectively, and, if Loss applies and fewer than

7

all the Transactions are being terminated, Loss shall be calculated in respect of all Terminated Transactions.

(2) Two Affected Parties. If there are two Affected Parties: --

(A) If Market Quotation applies, each party will determine a Settlement Amount in respect of the Terminated Transactions, and an amount will be payable equal to (I) the sum of (a) one-half of the difference between the Settlement Amount of the party with the higher Settlement Amount ("X") and the Settlement Amount of the party with the lower Settlement Amount ("Y") and (b) the Unpaid Amounts owing to X less (II) the Unpaid Amounts owing to Y; and

(B) If Loss applies, each party will determine its Loss in respect of this Agreement (or, if fewer than all the Transactions are being terminated, in respect of all Terminated Transactions) and an amount will be payable equal to one-half of the difference between the Loss of the party with the higher Loss ("X") and the Loss of the party with the lower Loss ("Y").

If the amount payable is a positive number, Y will pay it to X; if it is a negative number, X will pay the absolute value of that amount to Y.

(iii) ADJUSTMENT FOR BANKRUPTCY. In circumstances where an Early Termination Date occurs because "Automatic Early Termination" applies in respect of a party, the amount determined under this Section 6(e) will be subject to such adjustments as are appropriate and permitted by law to reflect any payments or deliveries made by one party to the other under this Agreement (and retained by such other party) during the period from the relevant Early Termination Date to the date for payment determined under Section 6(d)(ii).

(iv) PRE-ESTIMATE. The parties agree that if Market Quotation applies an amount recoverable under this Section 6(e) is a reasonable pre-estimate of loss and not a penalty. Such amount is payable for the loss of bargain and the loss of protection against future risks and except as otherwise provided in this Agreement neither party will be entitled to recover any additional damages as a consequence of such losses.

8

7. TRANSFER

Neither this Agreement nor any interest or obligation in or under this Agreement may be transferred (whether by way of security or otherwise) by either party without the prior written consent of the other party, except that: --

(a) a party may make such a transfer of this Agreement pursuant to a consolidation or amalgamation with, or merger with or into, or transfer of all or substantially all its assets to, another entity (but without prejudice to any other right or remedy under this Agreement); and

(b) a party may make such a transfer of all or any part of its interest in any amount payable to it from a Defaulting Party under Section 6(e).

Any purported transfer that is not in compliance with this Section will be void.

8. MISCELLANEOUS

(a) ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to its subject matter and supersedes all oral communication and prior writings with respect thereto.

(b) AMENDMENTS. No amendment, modification or waiver in respect of this Agreement will be effective unless in writing (including a writing evidenced by a facsimile transmission) and executed by each of the parties or confirmed by an exchange of telexes or electronic messages on an electronic messaging system.

(c) SURVIVAL OF OBLIGATIONS. Without prejudice to Sections 2(a)(iii) and
6(c)(ii), the obligations of the parties under this Agreement will survive the termination of any Transaction.

(d) REMEDIES CUMULATIVE. Except as provided in this Agreement, the rights, powers, remedies and privileges provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, powers, remedies and privileges provided by law.

(e) COUNTERPARTS AND CONFIRMATIONS.

(i) This Agreement (and each amendment, modification and waiver in respect of it) may be executed and delivered in counterparts (including by facsimile transmission), each of which will be deemed an original.

(ii) The parties intend that they are legally bound by the terms of each Transaction from the moment they agree to those terms (whether orally or otherwise). A Confirmation shall be entered into as soon as practicable and may be executed and delivered in counterparts (including by facsimile transmission) or be created by an exchange of telexes or by an exchange of electronic messages on an electronic messaging system, which in each case will be sufficient for all purposes to evidence a binding supplement to this Agreement. The parties will specify therein or through another effective means that any such counterpart, telex or electronic message constitutes a Confirmation.

(f) NO WAIVER OF RIGHTS. A failure or delay in exercising any right, power or privilege in respect of this Agreement will not be presumed to operate as a waiver, and a single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege will not be presumed to preclude any subsequent or further exercise, of that right, power or privilege or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.

(g) HEADINGS. The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction of or to be taken into consideration in interpreting this Agreement.

9. EXPENSES

A Defaulting Party will, on demand, indemnify and hold harmless the other party for and against all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including legal fees, incurred by such other party by reason of the enforcement and protection of its rights under this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which

9

the Defaulting Party is a party or by reason of the early termination of any Transaction, including, but not limited to, costs of collection.

10. NOTICES

(A) EFFECTIVENESS. Any notice or other communication in respect of this Agreement may be given in any manner set forth below (except that a notice or other communication under Section 5 or 6 may not be given by facsimile transmission or electronic messaging system) to the address or number or in accordance with the electronic messaging system details provided (see the Schedule) and will be deemed effective as indicated:--

(i) if in writing and delivered in person or by courier, on the date it is delivered;

(ii) if sent by telex, on the date the recipient's answerback is received;

(iii) if sent by facsimile transmission, on the date that transmission is received by a responsible employee of the recipient in legible form (it being agreed that the burden of proving receipt will be on the sender and will not be met by a transmission report generated by the sender's facsimile machine);

(iv) if sent by certified or registered mail (airmail, if overseas) or the equivalent (return receipt requested), on the date that mail is delivered or its delivery is attempted; or

(v) if sent by electronic messaging system, on the date that electronic message is received,

unless the date of that delivery (or attempted delivery) or that receipt, as applicable, is not a Local Business Day or that communication is delivered (or attempted) or received, as applicable, after the close of business on a Local Business Day, in which case that communication shall be deemed given and effective on the first following day that is a Local Business Day.

(b) CHANGE OF ADDRESSES. Either party may by notice to the other change the address, telex or facsimile number or electronic messaging system details at which notices or other communications are to be given to it.

11. GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

(a) GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the law specified in the Schedule.

(b) JURISDICTION. With respect to any suit, action or proceedings relating to this Agreement ("Proceedings"), each party irrevocably:--

(i) submits to the jurisdiction of the English courts, if this Agreement is expressed to be governed by English law, or to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and the United States District Court located in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City, if this Agreement is expressed to be governed by the laws of the State of New York; and

(ii) waives any objection which it may have at any time to the laying of venue of any Proceedings brought in any such court, waives any claim that such Proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient forum and further waives the right to object, with respect to such Proceedings, that such court does not have any jurisdiction over such party.

Nothing in this Agreement precludes either party from bringing Proceedings in any other jurisdiction (outside, if this Agreement is expressed to be governed by English law, the Contracting States, as defined in Section 1(3) of the Civil Jurisdiction and Judgments Act 1982 or any modification, extension or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force) nor will the bringing of Proceedings in any one or more jurisdictions preclude the bringing of Proceedings in any other jurisdiction.

(c) WAIVER OF IMMUNITIES. Each party irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, with respect to itself and its revenues and assets (irrespective of their use or intended use), all immunity on the grounds of sovereignty or other similar grounds from (i) suit, (ii) jurisdiction of

10

any court, (iii) relief by way of injunction, order for specific performance or for recovery of property, (iv) attachment of its assets (whether before or after judgment) and (v) execution or enforcement of any judgment to which it or its revenues or assets might otherwise be entitled in any Proceedings in the courts of any jurisdiction and irrevocably agrees, to the extent permitted by applicable law, that it will not claim any such immunity in any Proceedings.

12. DEFINITIONS

As used in this Agreement:--

"ADDITIONAL TERMINATION EVENT" has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

"AFFECTED PARTY" has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

"AFFECTED TRANSACTIONS" means (a) with respect to any Termination Event consisting of an Illegality, all Transactions affected by the occurrence of such Termination Event and (b) with respect to any other Termination Event, all Transactions.

"AFFILIATE" means, subject to the Schedule, in relation to any person, any entity controlled, directly or indirectly, by the person, any entity that controls, directly or indirectly, the person or any entity directly or indirectly under common control with the person. For this purpose, "control" of any entity or person means ownership of a majority of the voting power of the entity or person.

"APPLICABLE RATE" means:--

(a) in respect of obligations payable or deliverable (or which would have been but for Section 2(a)(iii)) by a Defaulting Party, the Default Rate;

(b) in respect of an obligation to pay an amount under Section 6(e) of either party from and after the date (determined in accordance with Section 6(d)(ii)) on which that amount is payable, the Default Rate;

(c) in respect of all other obligations payable or deliverable (or which would have been but for Section 2(a)(iii)) by a Non-defaulting Party, the Non-default Rate; and

(d) in all other cases, the Termination Rate.

"CONSENT" includes a consent, approval, action, authorisation, exemption, notice, filing, registration or exchange control consent.

"CREDIT EVENT UPON MERGER" has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

"CREDIT SUPPORT DOCUMENT" means any agreement or instrument that is specified as such in this Agreement.

"CREDIT SUPPORT PROVIDER" has the meaning specified in the Schedule.

"DEFAULT RATE" means a rate per annum equal to the cost (without proof or evidence of any actual cost) to the relevant payee (as certified by it) if it were to fund or of funding the relevant amount plus 1% per annum.

"DEFAULTING PARTY" has the meaning specified in Section 6(a).

"EARLY TERMINATION DATE" means the date determined in accordance with Section 6(a) or 6(b)(iii).

"EVENT OF DEFAULT" has the meaning specified in Section 5(a) and, if applicable, in the Schedule.

"ILLEGALITY" has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

"LAW" includes any treaty, law, rule or regulation and "LAWFUL" and "UNLAWFUL" will be construed accordingly.

11

"LOCAL BUSINESS DAY" means, subject to the Schedule, a day on which commercial banks are open for business (including dealings in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits) (a) in relation to any obligation under Section 2(a)(i), in the place(s) specified in the relevant Confirmation or, if not so specified, as otherwise agreed by the parties in writing or determined pursuant to provisions contained, or incorporated by reference, in this Agreement, (b) in relation to any other payment, in the place where the relevant account is located, (c) in relation to any notice or other communication, including notice contemplated under Section 5(a)(i), in the city specified in the address for notice provided by the recipient and, in the case of a notice contemplated by Section 2(b), in the place where the relevant new account is to be located and (d) in relation to
Section 5(a)(v)(2), in the relevant locations for performance with respect to such Specified Transaction.

"LOSS" means, with respect to this Agreement or one or more Terminated Transactions, as the case may be, and a party, an amount that party reasonably determines in good faith to be its total losses and costs (or gain, in which case expressed as a negative number) in connection with this Agreement or that Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions, as the case may be, including any loss of bargain, cost of funding or, at the election of such party but without duplication, loss or cost incurred as a result of its terminating, liquidating, obtaining or reestablishing any hedge or related trading position (or any gain resulting from any of them). Loss includes losses and costs (or gains) in respect of any payment or delivery required to have been made (assuming satisfaction of each applicable condition precedent) on or before the relevant Early Termination Date and not made, except, so as to avoid duplication, if Section 6(e)(i)(1) or (3) or 6(e)(ii)(2)(A) applies. Loss does not include a party's legal fees and out-of-pocket expenses referred to under
Section 9. A party will determine its Loss as of the relevant Early Termination Date, or, if that is not reasonably practicable, as of the earliest date thereafter as is reasonably practicable. A party may (but need not) determine its Loss by reference to quotations of relevant rates or prices from one or more leading dealers in the relevant markets.

"MARKET QUOTATION" means, with respect to one or more Terminated Transactions and a party making the determination, an amount determined on the basis of quotations from Reference Market-makers. Each quotation will be for an amount, if any, that would be paid to such party (expressed as a negative number) or by such party (expressed as a positive number) in consideration of an agreement between such party (taking into account any existing Credit Support Document with respect to the obligations of such party) and the quoting Reference Market-maker to enter into a transaction (the "Replacement Transaction") that would have the effect of preserving for such party the economic equivalent of any payment or delivery (whether the underlying obligation was absolute or contingent and assuming the satisfaction of each applicable condition precedent) by the parties under Section 2(a)(i) in respect of such Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions that would, but for the occurrence of the relevant Early Termination Date, have been required after that date. For this purpose, Unpaid Amounts in respect of the Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions are to be excluded but, without limitation, any payment or delivery that would, but for the relevant Early Termination Date, have been required (assuming satisfaction of each applicable condition precedent) after that Early Termination Date is to be included. The Replacement Transaction would be subject to such documentation as such party and the Reference Market-maker may, in good faith, agree. The party making the determination (or its agent) will request each Reference Market-maker to provide its quotation to the extent reasonably practicable as of the same day and time (without regard to different time zones) on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the relevant Early Termination Date. The day and time as of which those quotations are to be obtained will be selected in good faith by the party obliged to make a determination under Section 6(e), and, if each party is so obliged, after consultation with the other. If more than three quotations are provided, the Market Quotation will be the arithmetic mean of the quotations, without regard to the quotations having the highest and lowest values. If exactly three such quotations are provided, the Market Quotation will be the quotation remaining after disregarding the highest and lowest quotations. For this purpose, if more than one quotation has the same highest value or lowest value, then one of such quotations shall be disregarded. If fewer than three quotations are provided, it will be deemed that the Market Quotation in respect of such Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions cannot be determined.

"NON-DEFAULT RATE" means a rate per annum equal to the cost (without proof or evidence of any actual cost) to the Non-defaulting Party (as certified by it) if it were to fund the relevant amount.

"NON-DEFAULTING PARTY" has the meaning specified in Section 6(a).

12

"POTENTIAL EVENT OF DEFAULT" means any event which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

"REFERENCE MARKET-MAKERS" means four leading dealers in the relevant market selected by the party determining a Market Quotation in good faith (a) from among dealers of the highest credit standing which satisfy all the criteria that such party applies generally at the time in deciding whether to offer or to make an extension of credit and (b) to the extent practicable, from among such dealers having an office in the same city.

"SCHEDULED PAYMENT DATE" means a date on which a payment or delivery is to be made under Section 2(a)(i) with respect to a Transaction.

"SET-OFF" means set-off, offset, combination of accounts, right of retention or withholding or similar right or requirement to which the payer of an amount under Section 6 is entitled or subject (whether arising under this Agreement, another contract, applicable law or otherwise) that is exercised by, or imposed on, such payer.

"SETTLEMENT AMOUNT" means, with respect to a party and any Early Termination Date, the sum of:--

(a) the Market Quotations (whether positive or negative) for each Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions for which a Market Quotation is determined; and

(b) such party's Loss (whether positive or negative and without reference to any Unpaid Amounts) for each Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions for which a Market Quotation cannot be determined or would not (in the reasonable belief of the party making the determination) produce a commercially reasonable result.

"SPECIFIED ENTITY" has the meaning specified in the Schedule.

"SPECIFIED INDEBTEDNESS" means, subject to the Schedule, any obligation (whether present or future, contingent or otherwise, as principal or surety or otherwise) in respect of borrowed money.

"SPECIFIED TRANSACTION" means, subject to the Schedule, (a) any transaction (including an agreement with respect thereto) now existing or hereafter entered into between one party to this Agreement (or any Credit Support Provider of such party or any applicable Specified Entity of such party) and the other party to this Agreement (or any Credit Support Provider of such other party or any applicable Specified Entity of such other party) which is a rate swap transaction, basis swap, forward rate transaction, commodity swap, commodity option, equity or equity index swap, equity or equity index option, bond option, interest rate option, foreign exchange transaction, cap transaction, floor transaction, collar transaction, currency swap transaction, cross-currency rate swap transaction, currency option or any other similar transaction (including any option with respect to any of these transactions), (b) any combination of these transactions and (c) any other transaction identified as a Specified Transaction in this Agreement or the relevant confirmation.

13

"TERMINATED TRANSACTIONS" means with respect to any Early Termination Date (a) if resulting from a Termination Event, all Affected Transactions and (b) if resulting from an Event of Default, all Transactions (in either case) in effect immediately before the effectiveness of the notice designating that Early Termination Date (or, if "Automatic Early Termination" applies, immediately before that Early Termination Date).

"TERMINATION EVENT" means Illegality or, if specified to be applicable, a Credit Event Upon Merger or an Additional Termination Event.

"TERMINATION RATE" means a rate per annum equal to the arithmetic mean of the cost (without proof or evidence of any actual cost) to each party (as certified by such party) if it were to fund or of funding such amounts.

"UNPAID AMOUNTS" owing to any party means, with respect to an Early Termination Date, the aggregate of (a) in respect of all Terminated Transactions, the amounts that became payable (or that would have become payable but for Section
2(a)(iii)) to such party under Section 2(a)(i) on or prior to such Early Termination Date and which remain unpaid as at such Early Termination Date and
(b) in respect of each Terminated Transaction, for each obligation under Section 2(a)(i) which was (or would have been but for Section 2(a)(iii)) required to be settled by delivery to such party on or prior to such Early Termination Date and which has not been so settled as at such Early Termination Date, an amount equal to the fair market value of that which was (or would have been) required to be delivered as of the originally scheduled date for delivery, in each case together with (to the extent permitted under applicable law) interest, in the currency of such amounts, from (and including) the date such amounts or obligations were or would have been required to have been paid or performed to (but excluding) such Early Termination Date, at the Applicable Rate. Such amounts of interest will be calculated on the basis of daily compounding and the actual number of days elapsed. The fair market value of any obligation referred to in clause (b) above shall be reasonably determined by the party obliged to make the determination under Section 6(e) or, if each party is so obliged, it shall be the average of the fair market values reasonably determined by both parties.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this document on the respective dates specified below with effect from the date specified on the first page of this document.

FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA            RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC
(Name of Party)                         (Name of Party)


By: /s/ NATALIE E. MASON                By: /s/ Ambrose R Hoff
    ---------------------------------       ------------------------------------
Name: NATALIE E. MASON                  Name: Ambrose R Hoff
Title: COMMERCIAL LOAN OFFICER          Title: President
Date: DECEMBER 16, 2005                 Date: 12-16-05


                                        By: /s/ William N. DuToit
                                            ------------------------------------
                                        Name: William N. DuToit
                                        Title: Treasurer
                                        Date: 12-16-05

                                                                    ISDA(R) 1992

14

SCHEDULE TO THE MASTER AGREEMENT

DATED AS OF DECEMBER 16, 2005

between FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA and RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC

("Party A") ("Party B")

PART 1 TERMINATION PROVISIONS.

(a) "SPECIFIED ENTITY" means in relation to Party A for the purpose of:

Section 5(a)(v), None

Section 5(a)(vi), None

Section 5(a)(vii), None

Section 5(b)(ii), None

and in relation to Party B for the purpose of:

Section 5(a)(v), Any current or future Affiliate of Party B

Section 5(a)(vi), Any current or future Affiliate of Party B

Section 5(a)(vii), Any current or future Affiliate of Party B

Section 5(b)(ii), Any current or future Affiliate of Party B

(b) "SPECIFIED TRANSACTION " will have the meaning specified in Section 12 of this Agreement.

(c) The "CROSS DEFAULT" provisions of Section 5(a)(vi) will apply to Party B.

(d) "SPECIFIED INDEBTEDNESS" will have the meaning specified in Section 12 of this Agreement.

(e) "THRESHOLD AMOUNT" means $100,000.

(f) The "CREDIT EVENT UPON MERGER" provisions of Section 5(b)(ii) will apply to Party B.

(g) The "AUTOMATIC EARLY TERMINATION " provision of Section 6(a) will not apply to Party A or Party B.

(h) PAYMENTS ON EARLY TERMINATION. For the purpose of Section 6(e) of this Agreement: The Second Method and Market Quotation will apply.

(i) ADDITIONAL TERMINATION EVENT: For the purpose of Section 5(b)(iii) of this Agreement, it shall be an "Additional Termination Event" with Party B being the Affected Party if (i) the loan or other indebtedness in connection with which a Transaction is entered into by Party B for the purpose or with the effect of altering the net combined payment of Party B from a floating to fixed or a fixed to floating rate basis is repaid, whether upon acceleration of principal, at maturity, or otherwise, or for any other reason ceases to be an obligation of Party B, with or without the consent of Party A, or (ii) any Credit Support Document expires, terminates, or ceases to be in full force and effect for the purpose of this Agreement unless this Agreement is expressly amended in writing to reflect that it is no longer a Credit Support Document hereunder.

Page 1 of 4

PART 2. AGREEMENT TO DELIVER DOCUMENTS.

For the purpose of Section 4(a) of this Agreement, Party B agrees to deliver the following documents:

(a) A certificate of an authorized officer of Party B evidencing the necessary corporate authorizations, resolutions, and approvals with respect to the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, and certifying the names, true signatures, and authority of the officer(s) signing this Agreement and executing Transactions hereunder.

(b) Quarterly and annual financial statements of Party B when requested by Party A.

(c) IRS Form W-9 of Party B when requested by Party A.

PART 3. MISCELLANEOUS.

(A) ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES: For the purpose of Section 10(a) of this Agreement

Address for notices or communications to Party A:

Address: 1620 Dodge Street - Mail Stop 1089 Omaha. NE 68197

Attention: Justin Vossen - Investment Officer

Facsimile No.: (402) 633-7499 Telephone No.: (402) 633-7489

Address for notices or communications to Party B:

Address:: PO Box 11, Richardton, ND 58652

Attention: Ambrose Hoff

Facsimile No.:701-974-3294 Telephone No.: _________________

(b) CALCULATION AGENT. The Calculation Agent is Party A.

(c) CREDIT SUPPORT DOCUMENT: In relation to Party B, means any guarantee, security agreement, or other document in effect from time to time that by its terms guarantees or otherwise supports the full and timely performance of Party B's obligations under this Agreement.

(d) CREDIT SUPPORT PROVIDER: Any individual or entity named in a Credit Support Document who is securing Party B's full and timely performance of its obligations to Party A under such documents, including without limitation guarantors.

(e) GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without reference to choice of law doctrine.

(f) DEFINITIONS. Section 12 is modified as follows:

(i) "Default Rate" means Party A's "National Base Rate" plus 6% per annum

Page 2 of 4

(g) PAYMENTS.

Party A will make payments to Party B by transfer to the account of Party B at First National Bank of Omaha (ACCOUNT NUMBER: 110193357).

Party B will make payments to Party A by transfer from the account of Party B at First National Bank of Omaha (ACCOUNT NUMBER: 110193357) and Party A is irrevocably authorized to debit such account for each such payment (it being understood that Party B will at all times maintain sufficient balances in such account for such purposes).

Part 4. OTHER PROVISIONS.

(a) ADDITIONAL REPRESENTATIONS. Party B represents to Party A (which representation will be deemed to be repeated by Party B on each date on which a Transaction is entered into) that it, or any Credit Support Provider, has: (A) if a corporation, partnership, proprietorship, limited liability company or trust, (1) total assets exceeding $10,000,000 or (2) a net worth exceeding $1,000,000 and is entering into the Transaction in connection with the conduct of its business or to manage the risk associated with an asset or liability owned or incurred in the conduct of its business, or (B) if an individual, total assets exceeding (1) $10,000,000 or (2) $5,000,000 and who is entering into the Transaction to manage the risk associated with an asset owned or liability incurred, or reasonably likely to be owned or incurred, by the individual.

(b) EVENT OF DEFAULT. Each Party agrees to notify the other party of the occurrence of any Event of Default or Potential Event of Default immediately upon learning of the occurrence thereof.

(c) DISCLAIMER. In entering into this Agreement, Party B understands that there is no assurance as to the direction in which interests rates in financial markets may move in the future and that Party A makes no covenant, representation, or warranty in this regard or in regard to the suitability of the terms of the Agreement or any Transaction to the particular needs and financial situation of Party B. Party B represents, which representation shall be deemed repeated with respect to and at the time of each Transaction, that (A) it has had the opportunity, independently of Party A and Party A's affiliates, officers, employees, and agents, to consult its own financial advisors and has determined that it is in Party B's interest to enter into the Agreement and any Transaction and (B) it is capable of assuming and assumes the risks of any Transaction. Party A is not acting as a fiduciary for or advisor to Party B in respect of any Transaction.

(d) WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. Each party hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all rights it may have to trial by jury in respect of any proceedings arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any Transaction and acknowledges that it and the other party have been induced to enter into this Agreement by, among other things, these mutual waivers.

(e) SET-OFF. The right to exercise a Set-off against any amount otherwise payable in respect of an Early Termination Date pursuant to Section 6(e) may be applied solely at the election of the Non-Defaulting Party in the case of an Event of Default, and by the party other than the Affected Party in the case of a Termination Event or Additional Termination Event, whether or not such party is the payer or payee of an amount determined pursuant to
Section 6. If an obligation is unascertained, such party may in good faith estimate that obligation and exercise a Set-off in respect of the estimate, subject to the relevant party accounting to the other party when the obligation becomes ascertained.

Page 3 of4


(f) JURISDICTION. Section 11 (b)(i) is modified to read:

(i) submits to the jurisdiction of the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Nebraska and the United States District Court located in Omaha,

     Nebraska

FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA            RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC


By: /s/ Natalie E. Mason                By: /s/ Ambrose R Hoff
    ---------------------------------       ------------------------------------
Name: Natalie E. Mason                  Name: Ambrose R Hoff
Title: Commercial Loan Officer          Title: President


                                        By: /s/ William N. DuToit
                                            ------------------------------------
                                        Name: William N. DuToit
                                        Title: Treasurer

Page 4 of 4

Exhibit 10.19

SECURITY AGREEMENT & DEPOSIT ACCOUNT CONTROL AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT, made this 16th day of December, 2005, by and among FIRST
NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA (hereinafter called "SECURED PARTY"), RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC, a North Dakota limited liability company (hereinafter called "DEBTOR"), and BANK OF NORTH DAKOTA ("DEPOSITARY BANK"), a bank organized under the laws of North Dakota, whose mailing address is P.O. Box 5509, Bismarck, ND 58506-5509.

WITNESSETH:

1. DEBTOR warrants that DEBTOR'S only place of business is the address appearing following DEBTOR'S signatures. DEBTOR will promptly notify SECURED PARTY, in writing, of any change in the location of any place of business, or the establishment of any new place of business.

2. For valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, DEBTOR hereby grants to the SECURED PARTY a security interest in the following property (hereinafter called the "COLLATERAL").

A. A certain deposit account numbered 4502569 in the name of DEBTOR, established at DEPOSITARY BANK on behalf of DEBTOR. DEBTOR agrees to maintain a minimum amount in the account of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) but said account balance shall not exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) at any time. If said account balance exceeds Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00), DEBTOR shall transfer the excess funds to an account established at the banking offices of SECURED PARTY.

B. Each and every deposit account now or hereinafter identified to or becoming a part of the account hereinabove set out, and all monies or funds now or hereinafter identified to or becoming a part of said account above set out.

3. The COLLATERAL secures several Promissory Notes dated December 16, 2005, in the aggregate amount of Fifty Eight Million Seven Hundred Eleven Thousand Seven Hundred Forty Dollars ($59,711,740.00), plus interest accruing thereon; and all prior, contemporaneous and future debts owed to the SECURED PARTY by the DEBTOR, whether originally owned or transferred to the SECURED PARTY.

4. DEBTOR does hereby grant to the SECURED PARTY such control of the above set out account and money which is a "deposit account" within the meaning of the Nebraska Uniform Commercial Code Section 9-102(a)(29) and similar statutes which may govern any aspect of this transaction.


5. DEBTOR may acquire assets to be identified to or become a part of the above set out account. None of the COLLATERAL may be pledged or otherwise hypothecated without the prior written consent of SECURED PARTY.

6. The DEBTOR warrants that there are no adverse claims to the COLLATERAL.

7. Hereinafter, DEPOSITARY BANK shall hold the account and any monies on behalf of the SECURED PARTY, and such retention of possession thereof by DEPOSITARY BANK shall constitute possession of the account by the SECURED PARTY.

8. It is agreed and understood that DEPOSITARY BANK does not represent that any valid security interest exists in the account and the assets in the account and DEPOSITARY BANK shall have no ongoing responsibility for ensuring that a valid security interest exists in favor of the SECURED PARTY.

9. DEPOSITARY BANK shall send to SECURED PARTY at the following address monthly statements of the above account: First National Bank of Omaha, 1620 Dodge St. STOP 1050, Omaha, NE 68197-1050, Attention: Natalie E. Mason.

10. REMEDIES. If total or partial default is made in the payment at maturity of any sum (principal or interest), at any time secured hereby, or if default is made in the performance of any obligation imposed upon the DEBTOR hereunder, or by any document, instrument or thing executed by the DEBTOR in connection with any debt or obligation secured hereby, or hereafter secured hereby; or if any of the representations or warranties of the DEBTOR made in connection with this transaction shall prove false; or if any proceeding is instituted by or against the DEBTOR under provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, or any other insolvency law; or if the SECURED PARTY shall reasonably at any time deem its rights hereunder insecure, then, in any of such events, the holder of this security interest may, at its option, declare the entire indebtedness secured hereby (with all interest secured hereunder) to be immediately due and payable. In such event, DEPOSITARY BANK, upon written notice from the SECURED PARTY of the default and of the amount of debt in default, shall immediately proceed to relinquish all monies in or identified to the account and pay the amount of the debt to the SECURED PARTY. In such an event, the SECURED PARTY may also enforce all remedies available to it afforded under the Uniform Commercial Code, or otherwise authorized by law, or at equity, or given in this instrument, or any other document, instrument or thing executed by the DEBTOR in connection with any debt or obligation secured hereby or hereinafter secured hereby. Such remedies may be pursued contemporaneously, or otherwise.

11. All rights of the SECURED PARTY will inure to the benefit of its successors and assigns.

SIGNED IN TRIPLICATE and delivered on the date first above written, the DEBTOR hereby acknowledging receipt of a copy of this Agreement.

-2-

SECURED PARTY: First National Bank of Omaha

By: /s/ Natalie E. Mason
    ---------------------------------
Its Commercial Loan Officer
DEBTOR: Red Trail Energy, LLC


By: /s/ Ambrose R. Hoff
    ---------------------------------
Its President

And

By: /s/ William DuToit
    ---------------------------------
Its Treasurer

DEBTOR's Address: Red Trail Energy, LLC
P.O. Box 11
Richardton, North Dakota 58652 Attention: Ambrose Hoff

DEPOSITARY BANK: Bank of North Dakota

BY: /s/ Dale Eberle
    ---------------------------------
Its SVP & Cashier

ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND AGREEMENT

THE UNDERSIGNED, Bank of North Dakota, does hereby acknowledge receipt of an executed copy of the above and foregoing Security Agreement, and does hereby agree to be bound by the agreement and does adopt and publish to the SECURED PARTY the warranties provided therein.

EXECUTED the 16th day of December, 2005.

BANK OF NORTH DAKOTA

                                        By: /s/ Dale Eberle
                                            ------------------------------------
                                        Its SVP & Cashier


ATTEST:


/s/ Lynda Doll
-------------------------------------

-3-

RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC

12/14/2005

BANK OF NORTH DAKOTA DEPOSITS

                         5/12/2004   $   531,000.00
                         5/20/2004   $   731,000.00
                         5/26/2004   $   645,700.00
                          6/2/2004   $   780,000.00
                          6/3/2004   $   275,500.00
                         6/10/2004   $   566,000.00
                         6/22/2004   $ 1,821,000.00
                          7/2/2004   $ 1,437,000.00
                          7/9/2004   $   700,000.00
                         7/27/2004   $ 1,060,000.00
                          8/5/2004   $   915,000.00
                         8/18/2004   $   599,764.00
                          9/7/2004   $   479,963.00
                        10/12/2004   $   590,000.00
                        10/27/2004   $   485,559.00
                         11/9/2004   $   900,000.00
                         12/6/2004   $ 1,422,000.00
                        12/16/2004   $   672,800.00
                        12/22/2004   $   390,000.00
                        12/28/2004   $   770,150.00
                          1/4/2005   $   775,909.00
                          1/6/2005   $   905,200.00
                          2/1/2005   $ 1,114,278.00
                         2/10/2005   $   781,100.00
                         2/25/2005   $ 1,203,000.00
                          3/9/2005   $ 1,523,145.58
                         3/14/2005   $   856,500.00
                         3/29/2005   $ 1,599,506.00
                         3/30/2005   $   830,377.12
                          4/4/2005   $   712,000.00
                         4/12/2005   $   601,713.28
                         4/25/2005   $   512,589.26
                          6/3/2005   $   130,000.00
                         6/16/2005   $   145,000.00
                         7/15/2005   $   383,500.00
                          8/4/2005   $    50,000.00
                         8/18/2005   $   128,412,00
                         9/21/2005   $   625,143,00
                         9/28/2005   $   893,500,00
                         11/2/2005   $   166,956.00
                        11/10/2005   $   134,400.00
                        11/29/2005   $    50,000.00   DL's Quoted Total 12/9/05   Variance
                         12/9/2005   $    55,000.00
                                     --------------
                                     $29,949,665.24   $29,859,665.24              $90,000.00
Refund 2/4/05 (Death)                   ($30,000.00)
Bad Check                               ($60,000.00)
                                     --------------
Total Equity                         $29,859,665.24


BND INTEREST
                         5/31/2004   $       363.71
                         6/30/2004   $     1,869.69
                         7/31/2004   $     3,863.11
                         8/31/2004   $     5,668.74
                         9/30/2004   $     6,195.26
                        10/31/2004   $     7,425.67
                        11/30/2004   $     8,062.22
                        12/31/2004   $    13,555.69
                         1/31/2005   $    17,741.23
                         2/28/2005   $    19,208.90
                         3/31/2005   $    26,612.69
                         4/30/2005   $    30,469.85
                         5/31/2005   $    32,314.78
                         6/30/2005   $    31,309.82
                         7/31/2005   $    36,483.67
                         8/31/2005   $     4,162.44
                         9/30/2005   $       576.16
                        10/31/2005   $     1,651.86
                         11/4/2005   $       236.78
                        11/30/2005   $       848.17
                                     --------------
                                     $   248,620.44

FN CAPITAL MARKETS INTEREST
                         8/31/2005   $    48,751.47
                         9/15/2005   $    26,541.67
                         9/30/2005   $    65,369.22
                        10/31/2005   $    81,788.26
                        11/30/2005   $    86,257.90
                                     --------------
                                     $   308,708.52   Total Interest   $557,328.96
SEED CAPITAL - BREMER BANK
                                     $ 1,200,000.00   Confirmed by Bremer Bank Statements

GRANT FUNDS (EXPECTING $500M TOTAL: $350M FOR LIGNITE GRANT, WILL BE RECEIVED AFTER RECEIPT OF $:
                          1/9/2004   $   100,000.00   Confirmed by Bremer Bank Statements - Ag Products Utili
                          2/7/2005   $    50,000.00   Confirmed by Bremer Bank Statements - Ag Products Utili
                                     --------------
                                     $   150,000.00
                                     $   350,000.00   Remaining Grant Funds - Comes in After $2.7MM State
                                     --------------
                                     $   500,000.00

EQUITY RECEIVABLE       12/13/2005 All Checks in the Bank of North Dakota by January 15, 20
State Money                          $ 2,700,000.00
Bachmeier Farms                      $ 1,000,000.00
Mike Appert                          $   720,000.00
Bachmeier Farms                      $   215,000.00
Burton Hoovestol                     $   400,000.00
Ron Heller                           $    10,000.00
Roger Hoovestol                      $    30,000.00
DeEII Hoff                           $    10,000.00


Gross Family Farms                   $   200,000.00
Gene Rudolph                         $    20,000.00
Karen Saxosky                        $     7,202.57
Shawn Franek                         $    10,000.00
                                     --------------
                                     $ 5,322,202.57
                                     --------------
TOTAL EQUITY & GRANTS                $37,439,196.77
                                     ==============
SUB DEBT                             $ 5,525,000.00   ICM, Greenway & Fagen
EQUITY & SUB-DEBT                    $42,964,196.77   44%
SENIOR DEBT                          $55,211,740.00
                                     --------------
TOTAL PROJECT COST                   $98,175,936.77
                                     ==============


Exhibit 10.20

SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT, is given this 16th day of December, 2005, by Red Trail Energy, LLC, a North Dakota limited liability company ("DEBTOR") to FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA, a national banking association, with principal offices at 1620 Dodge St Stop 1050, Omaha, Nebraska 68197-1050 ("SECURED PARTY").

WHEREAS, DEBTOR has borrowed from SECURED PARTY the sum of Fifty Eight Million Seven Hundred Eleven Thousand Seven Hundred Forty Dollars ($59,711,740.00), herein called the "LOAN," and has executed and delivered to SECURED PARTY a Construction Loan Agreement ("LOAN AGREEMENT"), a Promissory Note ("NOTES") for the principal sum of the Construction Loan amount, with interest therein expressed, the Revolving Loan amount with interest therein expressed, and the Line of Credit Note with interest therein expressed, a Deed of Trust and Assignment of Rents of even date therewith (herein called the "MORTGAGES"), securing said NOTES and covering all right, title and interest of the Debtor in and to certain real estate and improvements ("REAL ESTATE") described on Exhibit A hereto, by this reference made a part hereof, which is set forth in the MORTGAGES, together with all easements, rights and appurtenances thereunto belonging, and

WHEREAS, SECURED PARTY has required, as additional security for said LOAN, a first lien upon all collateral, as hereinafter defined, now owned or hereafter acquired by DEBTOR, and DEBTOR desires to grant to SECURED PARTY a first lien upon said property as additional security for said LOAN and the LOAN AGREEMENT.

A. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the consummation of said LOAN and the LOAN AGREEMENT and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency whereof are hereby acknowledged, DEBTOR, for itself, its successors and assigns, has bargained and sold, and by these presents does grant, bargain, sell and convey unto SECURED PARTY a security interest in the following collateral and the products and proceeds thereof:

1. Accounts, Chattel Paper, Commercial Tort Claims, Contracts, Contract Rights, Documents, Equipment, Fixtures, General Intangibles, Goods, Health-care-insurance receivables/accounts, Instruments, Intellectual Property, Inventory, Investment Property, Letter-of-credit rights, Payment Intangibles, Tangible Chattel Paper, Rights as seller of Goods and rights returned or repossessed goods; and all Records pertaining to Collateral.

2. All of the rents, royalties, issues and profits of the real estate and improvements described in the MORTGAGES, or arising from the use or enjoyment of all or any portion thereof or from any lease, license, concession, occupancy agreement or other agreement pertaining thereto.

3. All building materials and supplies now or hereafter placed on the REAL ESTATE or in the improvements owned by DEBTOR.

4. All proceeds of the conversion, voluntary or involuntary, of any of the foregoing into cash or liquidated claims, including, without limitation, proceeds of insurance and condemnation awards.

B. This Security Agreement is made for the purpose of additionally securing:


1. The payment of the indebtedness evidenced by the NOTES.

2. The payment of all other sums, and interest thereon, becoming due and payable to SECURED PARTY under the provisions hereof or under the provisions of the NOTES and MORTGAGES.

3. The performance and discharge of each and every obligation, covenant and agreement of the DEBTOR herein, in said NOTES and MORTGAGES, and the LOAN AGREEMENT, and in any other security agreements executed by the DEBTOR evidencing or securing the LOAN, or incorporated by reference in any of them.

4. The repayment of all sums or amounts that are advanced or extended by SECURED PARTY, its successors and assigns, for the maintenance or preservation of the collateral, or any part thereof.

5. The payment of all amounts due under all extensions or renewals, and successive extensions or renewals, of the NOTES, or the indebtedness represented thereby, or of any other or further indebtedness at any time owing by DEBTOR to SECURED PARTY, however the same may be advanced, and in whatever form it may be, whether represented by notes, drafts, open accounts or otherwise, and all interest thereon, the payment of which this Agreement shall stand as continuing security until full and complete payment shall have been made.

C. DEBTOR declares and warrants to SECURED PARTY that DEBTOR is (or upon installation of the collateral will be) the absolute owner and in possession of all the collateral and that said property is (or upon installation of said property will be) free and clear of all prior liens, encumbrances, security interests and adverse claims, and DEBTOR shall and will warrant and defend the title to said property against the claims of all persons whomsoever. Without the written consent of SECURED PARTY, DEBTOR will not permit any lien, encumbrance, security interest or adverse claim to attach to the collateral. DEBTOR further warrants that no financing statement covering the collateral is on file in any public office and at the request of SECURED PARTY, DEBTOR will join SECURED PARTY in executing one or more financing statements pursuant to the North Dakota Uniform Commercial Code, in a form satisfactory to SECURED PARTY, and DEBTOR will pay the cost of filing in all public offices wherever filing is deemed necessary by SECURED PARTY.

D. Except in the ordinary course of business, DEBTOR shall not have the right, power or authority, and will not remove from the location described in Exhibit A any of the collateral without the prior written consent of SECURED PARTY; any such removal, without such consent to be construed as a breach hereof, the same as if a default were made in the payment of any amount secured hereunder, and the entire amount then unpaid shall immediately become due and payable. If DEBTOR fails to make any payment, or perform any act which it is obligated to perform under the provisions of this Agreement, SECURED PARTY, without demand or notice to DEBTOR, or any successor in interest of DEBTOR, may make such payment or perform such acts and incur any liability or expend whatever amounts in its absolute discretion as it may deem necessary therefor, and all sums incurred or expended by SECURED PARTY, or its successors, under the terms of this Agreement, shall immediately become due and payable by DEBTOR to SECURED PARTY, or its successor in interest, when so incurred or expended, and shall bear interest at the rate provided for in the LOAN AGREEMENT and shall be secured hereby.

E. The parties recognize that after the collateral is installed in the REAL ESTATE, portions thereof may become inadequate, obsolete, worn out, unsuitable or unnecessary in the operation of the business operated upon the REAL ESTATE. DEBTOR shall promptly renew, repair, or replace any inadequate,

-2-

obsolete, worn out or unsuitable property in which this security interest is given if it is material and necessary to the operation of the DEBTOR's Ethanol Plant.

F. Upon the happening and continuance of any one or more of the EVENTS OF DEFAULT as defined in the LOAN AGREEMENT or MORTGAGES, SECURED PARTY may exercise any one or more of the following rights, or any combination of any of the following rights:

1. SECURED PARTY, without notice or demand, and without the necessity of having a receiver appointed, and without regard to the adequacy or inadequacy of any security for the indebtedness, or the solvency or insolvency of the DEBTOR, may, at any time, take possession of the collateral and repair, care for, lease or manage the said property and perform any act necessary to collect the rents, issues, income and profits thereof and apply the proceeds in the manner specified herein upon sale of the collateral.

2. SECURED PARTY may declare all sums secured hereby immediately due and payable and may exercise any or all of the rights and remedies available to a SECURED PARTY under the North Dakota Uniform Commercial Code and it may, at its option, enter upon the premises where said property may be and take such measures as to SECURED PARTY may be deemed necessary or proper for the care or protection thereof and remove and/or dispose of said property at either public or private sale (the DEBTOR hereby expressly waiving demand). SECURED PARTY, its successors or assigns, may become the purchaser and from the proceeds of said sale, retain all costs and charges (including attorney's fees) incurred in the taking or sale of said property and in the care and protection thereof, and may apply the balance toward the payment of all sums due SECURED PARTY and secured hereby and shall dispose of the surplus remaining as provided by law. Any requirement of reasonable notice of and disposition of the collateral shall be satisfied if such notice is mailed by regular mail to the address of DEBTOR shown in this Agreement, at least five days prior to the time of such public or private sale.

3. SECURED PARTY, its successors or assigns, shall be entitled, in addition to the foregoing, as a matter of right, to the appointment of a receiver by a court of competent jurisdiction to assist it in performing and doing any acts hereinabove set forth. All expenses of such receiver (including attorney's fees) shall likewise become immediately due and payable by DEBTOR to SECURED PARTY, or its successors in interest, shall bear interest at the rate provided by the NOTES, and shall be secured hereby.

4. The taking of possession of the collateral and the receipt of any income provided for herein shall not cure or waive any default, or notice of default, or invalidate any act done pursuant to such notice.

G. Failure on the part of SECURED PARTY to demand the entire payment after the happening of any default shall not be deemed a waiver by SECURED PARTY of its rights to make immediate demand for the entire amount remaining unpaid, or to exercise any right or remedy, or combination thereof, as provided in this Agreement; and any payments made subsequent to a default, or the acceptance of partial payment, shall not be deemed a waiver of such rights. The lien of this Agreement shall continue until payment in full of the amounts secured by this Agreement have been completed.

H. This Agreement shall be construed to be a lien against (1) any like or similar property hereinafter acquired by DEBTOR, either as additions to, or in the place of, the collateral subject to this Agreement, and whether the additions or substitutions be made with or without the knowledge or consent of SECURED PARTY, and (2) the proceeds of such after-acquired property.

-3-

I. All remedies allowed SECURED PARTY under applicable law and under the terms of this Agreement are, and shall be, concurrent and cumulative, and may be exercised and enforced as hereinabove and as by law provided, without reference to the time or manner of foreclosure or enforcement of any other security for said indebtedness or obligations, whether held by deed of trust, mortgage, pledge, security agreement or otherwise.

J. In this Agreement, whenever the context so requires, the masculine gender includes the feminine and/or neuter, and the singular number includes the plural, and the term "SECURED PARTY" shall include any future holder, including pledge, of the NOTES secured hereby.

K. SECURED PARTY may, at any time, or from time to time, without liability therefor and without notice, upon request of DEBTOR, and without affecting the personal liability of any person for the payment of the indebtedness secured hereby, release any part of the collateral or join in any extension agreement or subordination agreement in connection herewith. SECURED PARTY shall have the right to inspect the collateral at any time.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, DEBTOR has caused these presents to be executed the day and year first above written.

Red Trail Energy, LLC:

By: /s/ Ambrose R. Hoff
    ---------------------------------
Title: President

And

By: /s/ William N. DuToit
    ---------------------------------
Title: Treasurer

STATE OF North Dakota)
)ss.
COUNTY OF STARK )

On this 16 day of December, 2005, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public, personally appeared Ambrose Hoff, President of Red Trail Energy, LLC, a North Dakota limited liability company, on behalf of said entity, who executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged that he executed the same as his voluntary act and deed and that of the company.

/s/ Deell Hoff
----------------------------------------
Notary Public

[DEELL HOFF STAMP]

-4-

STATE OF North Dakota)
)ss.
COUNTY OF STARK )

On this 16 day of December, 2005, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public, personally appeared William DuToit, Tres. of Red Trail Energy, LLC, a North Dakota limited liability company, on behalf of said entity, who executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged that he executed the same as his voluntary act and deed and that of the company.

/s/ Deell Hoff
----------------------------------------
Notary Public

[DEELL HOFF STAMP]

-5-

EXHIBIT A

LEGAL DESCRIPTION

TRACT 1:

A TRACT OF LAND LOCATED IN THE SOUTHWEST QUARTER (SW1/4) OF SECTION 4, TOWNSHIP 139 NORTH, RANGE 92 WEST OF THE 5th PRINCIPAL MERIDIAN, STARK COUNTY, NORTH DAKOTA. Being more particularly described as follows:

All that portion of said Southwest Quarter lying South of the southerly 200 foot right of way line of the Burlington Northern / Santa Fe Railroad as surveyed and constructed across said Southwest Quarter of Section 4, except the west 100.00 feet and the south 850.00 feet of the west 920.00 feet of said Southwest Quarter of Section 4

TRACT 2:

A TRACT OF LAND IN THE SE1/4 OF SECTION 4, TOWNSHIP 139 NORTH, RANGE 92 WEST OF THE 5th P.M., STARK COUNTY, NORTH DAKOTA, more particularly described as follows:

All that portion of said SE1/4 lying south of the southerly 200 foot right of way line of the Burlington Northern / Santa Fe Railroad as surveyed and constructed across the said SE1/4 of Section 4

TRACT 3:

A tract of land located in the South Half (S1/2) of Section 4, Township 139 North, Range 92 West of the 5th Principal Meridian, Stark County, North Dakota, being more particularly described as follows:

The southerly 150.00 feet of the southerly 200.00 feet of right of way for the Burlington Northern / Santa Fe Railroad as surveyed and constructed across said South Half of Section 4. Said tract contains 16.87 acres.

TRACT 4:

A tract of land located in the Northeast Quarter of the Northeast Quarter (NE1/4 NE1/4) of Section 9, Township 139 North, Range 92 West of the 5th Principal Meridian, Stark County, North Dakota, being more particularly described as follows:

The southerly 150.00 feet of the southerly 200.00 feet of right of way for the Burlington Northern / Santa Fe Railroad as surveyed and constructed across said Northeast Quarter of the Northeast Quarter of Section 9. Said Tract contains 2.79 acres.

TRACT 5:

A tract of land located in the Northwest, Northeast, and Southeast Quarters of
Section 10, Township 139 North, Range 92 West of the 5th Principal Meridian, Stark County, North Dakota, being more particularly described as follows:

The southerly 150.00 feet of the southerly 200.00 feet of right of way for the Burlington Northern / Santa Fe Railroad as surveyed and constructed across said Northwest Quarter, the Northeast Quarter and the Southeast Quarter of Section
10. Said tract contains 22.05 acres.

-6-

Exhibit 10.21

CONTROL AGREEMENT
REGARDING SECURITY INTEREST IN INVESTMENT PROPERTY

This Agreement, made as of the 16th day of December, 2005, by and between First National Bank of Omaha, a national banking association established in Omaha Nebraska ("BANK"), Red Trail Energy, LLC, a North Dakota limited liability company ("CUSTOMER"), and First National Capital Markets, Inc. ("COMPANY"), a Nebraska corporation with offices at 1620 Dodge St., Omaha, Nebraska.

RECITALS

A. CUSTOMER is indebted to BANK as the result of one or more promissory notes, or other evidence of indebtedness. Such indebtedness, whether resulting from a promissory note, guaranty, letter of credit, or any other document or cause, is herein called an "OBLIGATION".

B. For purposes of this agreement, all capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the same meanings as defined in Nebraska Uniform Commercial Code.

C. CUSTOMER has provided BANK security interests in the COLLATERAL (as defined below) and CUSTOMER desires to provide BANK with CONTROL (as such term is defined in Nebraska Uniform Commercial Code Section 8-106) over the COLLATERAL (as defined below).

Now, therefore, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. The COMPANY represents and agrees that: (i) it has established and is maintaining on its books and records the account number 23200041 in the name of BORROWER, (said account, together with any replacements thereof or substitutions therefore, collectively the ACCOUNT) and (ii) the ACCOUNT is a "securities account" (within the meaning of Section 8-501(a) of the UCC) in respect of which the COMPANY is a "securities intermediary" (within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(14) of the UCC) and the BANK is the "entitlement holder" (within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(7) of the UCC).

2. The COMPANY hereby agrees that each item of property (whether cash, a security, an instrument or any other property whatsoever) credited to the ACCOUNT shall be treated as FINANCIAL ASSETS under Article 8 of the UCC (the ACCOUNT and the FINANCIAL ASSETS credited thereto shall be hereafter referred to as the COLLATERAL).


3. The COMPANY agrees that, if there is any conflict between this Agreement and any other agreement relating to the ACCOUNT, the provisions of this Agreement shall control.

4. COMPANY agrees that it will comply with INSTRUCTIONS and ENTITLEMENT ORDERS originated by BANK as to the COLLATERAL, without further consent of CUSTOMER. Until otherwise instructed, CUSTOMER is to receive any cash dividends attributable to the COLLATERAL.

5. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 4, above, CUSTOMER retains the right to originate instructions to COMPANY as to substitutions for the COLLATERAL, until BANK provides written notice to COMPANY of a default by CUSTOMER as to any OBLIGATION, following receipt of which only BANK may originate instructions to COMPANY as to the COLLATERAL. After the Company receives notice from the BANK that a default has occurred, the Company agrees that it will no longer comply with ENTITLEMENT ORDERS originated by, or other directions or instructions received from, the CUSTOMER with respect to the ACCOUNT or cash, securities or other property credited thereto.

6. This Agreement is executed in Nebraska and is subject to the laws of Nebraska, including the Nebraska Uniform Commercial Code. This Agreement is effective until terminated by a written notice executed by BANK delivered to COMPANY, or until the COLLATERAL is no longer registered to or owned by CUSTOMER.

7. COMPANY represents that it has not and covenants that it will not agree to comply with any instructions or entitlement orders with respect to the ACCOUNT other than as set forth herein.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this agreement as of the date first set forth above.

BANK
First National Bank of Omaha

By /s/ Natalie E. Mason
   ----------------------------------
   Natalie E. Mason, Commercial Loan
   Officer

COMPANY
First National Capital Markets, Inc.

By /s/ DAVID COTA
   ----------------------------------
     DAVID COTA
Its: President

-2-

CUSTOMER
Red Trail Energy, LLC

By /s/ Ambrose R. Hoff
   ----------------------------------
       Ambrose R. Hoff
Title: President

And

By /s/ William Dutoit
   ----------------------------------
       William Dutoit
Title: Treasurer

-3-

Exhibit 10.22

LOAN AGREEMENT

between

Green Way Consulting, LLC

LENDER

and

Red Trail Energy, LLC.

BORROWER

Dated: February 28, 2006


LOAN AGREEMENT

THIS LOAN AGREEMENT is entered into as of this _______________________ day of FEBRUARY, 2006, by and between RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC, a North Dakota limited liability company (herein "BORROWER"), and GREENWAY CONSULTING, LLC, a Minnesota limited liability company (herein "LENDER").

WHEREAS, Borrower desires Lender to loan to Borrower an amount not to exceed One Million Five Hundred Twenty-five Thousand and no/100 Dollars ($1,525,000.00) to be used by Borrower for the purpose of constructing a ethanol production facility in or near Richardton, North Dakota (the "PROJECT"), and Lender is willing to make the loan, all upon the terms, conditions, security, commitments, promises and undertakings set forth below; and

WHEREAS, this Loan Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents (as hereinafter defined), shall set forth the rights, duties, and obligations of the parties with respect to amounts borrowed hereunder.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, the benefits to be derived herefrom and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS.

1.1 Certain Definitions. As used herein, the following terms have the following definitions, unless otherwise defined herein, or the context clearly requires otherwise.

"AGENT" means ICM, as agent for Lender, ICM, and Fagen under the terms of the Collateral Agreement, or any successor agent thereunder.

"APPLICABLE RATE" means the fluctuating per annum rate of interest utilized under the Construction Loan Agreement, as determined from time to time, plus two percent (2%).

"AVAILABLE FUNDS" means (i) Debt Service Payments, (ii) any contributions to the capital of Borrower made after the date of this Loan Agreement, or (iii) any other amounts to be paid by Borrower to Lender that have been authorized by FNBO pursuant to the Construction Loan Agreement or the Subordination Agreement.

"CLOSING" means the date of execution and delivery of this Loan Agreement.

"COLLATERAL" means the Property which is provided as security for the Indebtedness of Borrower hereunder.

"COLLATERAL AGREEMENT" means that certain Collateral and Agency Agreement dated as of February_____, 2006 by and among Lender, ICM, and Fagen.

"CONSTRUCTION LOAN AGREEMENT" means that certain Construction Loan Agreement dated December 15, 2005, by and between Borrower, as borrower, and FNBO, as lender.

Loan Agreement

Page 1

"DEFAULT" means and refers to an event that with notice or with the passage of time or both would constitute an Event of Default.

"Debt Service Payments" means, with respect to any period, any payments received by Agent in payment of any cash interest payments (whether stated interest or default interest), principal payments, late charges, and other charges with respect to any Subordinate Loan required to be paid during such period,

"EVENT OF DEFAULT" has the meaning ascribed to such term in ARTICLE 8 of this Loan Agreement.

"FAGEN" means Fagen, Inc., a Minnesota corporation.

"FAGEN LOAN" means a loan made by Fagen to Borrower in an amount not to exceed One Million and no/100 Dollars ($1,000,000.00).

"FAGEN LOAN DOCUMENTS" means those agreements, instruments and other documents that evidence or secure the Fagen Loan.

"FINANCING STATEMENTS" means collectively, all financing statements, if any, executed or to be executed by Borrower, to perfect or to continue the perfection of any security interests granted to Lender in any Collateral securing the Loan.

"FNBO" means First National Bank of Omaha, a national banking association established at Omaha, Nebraska.

"FNBO LOAN" means the loan made by FNBO to Borrower pursuant to the Construction Loan Agreement.

"GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, as in effect at the time of application of the provisions hereof.

"GOVERNMENTAL REQUIREMENTS" means the duties, requirements or other obligations imposed by applicable laws, rules, regulations or ordinances.

"ICM" means ICM, Inc., a Kansas corporation.

"ICM LOAN" means a loan made by ICM to Borrower in an amount not to exceed Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000).

"ICM LOAN DOCUMENTS" means those agreements, instruments and other documents that evidence or secure the ICM Loan.

"INDEBTEDNESS" means all present and future indebtedness, obligations and liabilities, or any part thereof, of Borrower now existing or hereafter arising under or in connection with this Loan Agreement, the Promissory Note or any of the other Loan Documents (specifically including, without limitation, the principal amount outstanding under the Promissory Note), together with (a) all interest accrued thereon; and (b) all costs, charges, commissions, reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses owing and to become owing in connection with the enforcement and

Loan Agreement

Page 2

collection of the foregoing obligations and indebtedness, and those owing to or to become owing in connection with the repossession, operation, maintenance, preservation or foreclosure of any Collateral, regardless of whether such indebtedness, obligations and liabilities are direct, contingent, fixed, liquidated, unliquidated, joint, several or joint and several. The Indebtedness shall include all renewals, extensions, modifications, rearrangements and replacements of any of the above-described obligations and indebtedness. Indebtedness shall not include any amounts due under the Other Loan Documents.

"INDEMNIFIED PERSON" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.7.

"LIEN" means, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest, assignment or encumbrance of any kind.

"LOAN AGREEMENT" means and refers to this loan agreement executed by Borrower and Lender, as the same may at any time and from time to time be amended, extended, modified, renewed, restated or supplemented.

"LOAN DOCUMENTS" means and refers to this Loan Agreement, the Promissory Note, the Collateral Agreement, the Security Documents, together with all other documents or instruments contemplated therein as any of them may at any time and from time to time be amended, extended, modified, renewed, restated or supplemented.

"LOAN" means the amount loaned by Lender to Borrower pursuant to this Loan Agreement in connection with the Project.

"MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT" means an effect resulting from any circumstance or event of whatever nature (including, but not limited to, the filing of, or any adverse determination or development in, any litigation, arbitration or governmental investigation or proceeding) which (a) has any adverse effect whatsoever upon the ability of Lender to enforce any material provisions of any of the Loan Documents; (b) is material and adverse to financial condition or other property of Borrower; or (c) impairs the ability of Borrower to fulfill any material obligation under the Loan Documents.

"MATURITY DATE" means the date all amounts due and owing by Borrower to First National Bank of Omaha under the Construction Loan Agreement are paid in full or, if earlier, the date that is sixty-one (61) months after the date of this Loan Agreement.

"MORTGAGE" means that certain mortgage, assignment of rents, security agreement, and fixture financing statement executed by Borrower in favor of Agent, which encumbers the Property and secures the Promissory Note and the Other Loan Documents.

"OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS" means, collectively, the Fagen Loan Documents and the ICM Loan Documents.

"PAYMENT PERCENTAGE" means, for so long as no Subordinated Loan has been paid in full: with respect to ICM, forty-five percent (45%); with respect to Lender, twenty-seven and one-half percent (27.5%); and with respect to Fagen, twenty-seven and one-half percent (27.5%). Once the Loan or the Fagen Loan has been paid in full, the Payment Percentage shall be two-thirds (2/3) to ICM and one-third (1/3) to Fagen or Lender, whichever is remaining, or if the

Loan Agreement

Page 3

ICM Loan is paid in fully prior to the payment in full of the Fagen Loan and the Loan, then the Payment Percentage shall be one-half (1/2) to Fagen and one-half (1/2) to Lender. Once the Loans of two of the Participants have been paid in full, then the Payment Percentage shall be 100% to the remaining Participant.

"PARTICIPATION PERCENTAGE" means the percentage amount that the outstanding principal balance of a Subordinated Lender's Subordinate Loan bears to the aggregate outstanding principal balance of all of the Subordinate Loans.

"PERSON" means an individual, a corporation, a partnership, a limited liability company, an association, a trust or any other entity or organization, including a government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.

"PROPERTY" means and refers to the following property, rights, interests and estates now owned, or hereafter acquired, by Borrower:

(a) Land. The real property described in Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof (collectively, the "LAND"), together with all additional lands and estates therein which may, from time to time, by supplemental mortgage be expressly made subject to the lien of this Mortgage.

(b) Improvements. The buildings, structures, fixtures, additions, accessions, enlargements, extensions, modifications, repairs, replacements and improvements now or hereafter erected or located on the Land (the "IMPROVEMENTS");

(c) Easements. All easements, rights-of-way or use, rights, strips and gores of land, streets, ways, alleys, passages, sewer rights, water, water courses, water rights and powers, air rights and development rights, and all estates, rights, titles, interests, privileges, liberties, servitudes, tenements, hereditaments and appurtenances of any nature whatsoever, in any way now or hereafter belonging, relating or pertaining to the Land and the Improvements and the reversion and reversions, remainder and remainders, and all land lying in the bed of any street, road or avenue, opened or proposed, in front of or adjoining the Land, to the center line thereof and all the estates, rights, titles, interests, property, possession, claim and demand whatsoever, both at law and in equity, of Borrower of, in and to the Land and the Improvements and every part and parcel thereof, with the appurtenances thereto;

(d) Fixtures and Personal Property. All machinery, equipment, goods, inventory, fixtures (including, but not limited to, all heating, air conditioning, plumbing, lighting) and other property of every kind and nature whatsoever owned by Borrower, or in which Borrower has or shall have an interest, now or hereafter located upon the Land and the Improvements, or appurtenant thereto, and usable in connection with the present or future use, maintenance, enjoyment, operation and occupancy of the Land and the Improvements and all building equipment, materials and supplies of any nature whatsoever owned by Borrower, or in which Borrower has or shall have an interest, now or hereafter located upon the Land and the Improvements, or appurtenant thereto, or usable in connection with the

Loan Agreement

Page 4

present or future operation and occupancy of the Land and the Improvements and the right, title and interest of Borrower in and to any of the Personal Property (as hereinafter defined) which may be subject to any security interests, as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code, as adopted and enacted by the state or states where any of the Property is located ("UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE"), superior in lien to the lien of this Mortgage and all proceeds and products of the above;

(e) Leases and Rents. All leases and other agreements affecting the use, enjoyment or occupancy of the Land and the Improvements heretofore or hereafter entered into, (individually, a "LEASE"; collectively, the "LEASES") and all right, title and interest of Borrower, its successors and assigns therein and thereunder, including, without limitation, cash or securities deposited thereunder to secure the performance by the lessees of their obligations thereunder and all rents (including all tenant security and other deposits), additional rents, revenues, issues and profits (including all oil and gas or other mineral royalties and bonuses) from the Land and the Improvements whether paid or accruing before or after the filing by or against Borrower of any petition for relief under the Bankruptcy Code (collectively the "RENTS") and all proceeds from the sale or other disposition of the Leases and the right to receive and apply the Rents to the payment of the Indebtedness;

(f) Condemnation Awards. All awards or payments, including interest thereon, which may heretofore and hereafter be made with respect to the Property, whether from the exercise of the right of eminent domain (including but not limited to any transfer made in lieu of or in anticipation of the exercise of the right), or for a change of grade, or for any other injury to or decrease in the value of the Property;

(g) Insurance Proceeds. All proceeds of and any unearned premiums on any insurance policies covering the Property, including, without limitation, the right to receive and apply the proceeds of any insurance, judgments, or settlements made in lieu thereof, for damage to the Property;

(h) Tax Certiorari. All refunds, rebates or credits in connection with a reduction in real estate taxes and assessments charged against the Property as a result of tax certiorari or any applications or proceedings for reduction;

(i) Conversion. All proceeds of the conversion, voluntary or involuntary, of any of the foregoing including, without limitation, proceeds of insurance and condemnation awards, into cash or liquidation claims;

(j) Rights. The right, in the name and on behalf of Borrower, to appear in and defend any action or proceeding brought with respect to the Property and to commence any action or proceeding to protect the interest of Lender in the Property;

(k) Agreements. All agreements, contracts (including purchase, sale, option, right of first refusal and other contracts pertaining to the Property), certificates,

Loan Agreement

Page 5

instruments, franchises, permits, licenses, approvals, consents, plans, specifications and other documents, now or hereafter entered into, and all rights therein and thereto, respecting or pertaining to the use, occupation, construction, management or operation of the Property (including any Improvements or respecting any business or activity conducted on the Land and any part thereof) and all right, title and interest of Borrower therein and thereunder, including, without limitation, the right, upon the happening of any default hereunder, to receive and collect any sums payable to Borrower thereunder;

(l) Trademarks. All tradenames, trademarks, servicemarks, logos, copyrights, goodwill, books and records and all other general intangibles relating to or used in connection with the operation of the Property;

(m) Accounts. All accounts, accounts receivable, documents, instruments, chattel paper, deposit accounts, investment property, claims, reserves (including deposits) representations, warranties, and general intangibles, as one or more of the foregoing terms may be defined in the Uniform Commercial Code, and all contract rights, franchises, books, records, plans, specifications, permits, licenses (to the extent assignable), approvals, actions, choses, commercial tort claims, suits, proofs of claim in bankruptcy and causes of action which now or hereafter are owned by Borrower and relate to, or are derived from or are used in connection with the Property, or the use, operation, maintenance, occupancy or enjoyment thereof or the conduct of any business or activities thereon; and

(n) Other Rights. Any and all other rights of Borrower in and to the Property and any accessions, renewals, replacements and substitutions of all or any portion of the Property and all proceeds derived from the sale, transfer, assignment or financing of the Property or any portion thereof.

"PROMISSORY NOTE" means that certain promissory note executed by Borrower to the order of Lender on the _________ day of February, 2006 in the principal amount of not to exceed $1,525,000.00, including any and all promissory notes given in renewal, extension, modification, restatement, rearrangement or replacement of the Promissory Note.

"SECURITY DOCUMENTS" shall mean any agreement, instrument or document (including, but not limited to the Mortgage and Financing Statements) that secures Borrower's obligations under the Promissory Note and this Loan Agreement.

"SUBORDINATED LENDER" means any of Lender, Fagen, and ICM.

"SUBORDINATED LOANS" means the Loan, the Fagen Loan and the ICM Loan.

"SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT" means that certain subordination agreement between Borrower, Lender, FNBO, ICM and Fagen dated December 15, 2005.

1.2 Titles. Underlined titles to sections have been included for convenience only and shall not define, affect or limit any of the terms or provisions of this Loan

Loan Agreement

Page 6

Agreement and shall be disregarded in construing the language of any such term or provision.

1.3 Capitalized Terms, Capitalized terms used herein shall have the same meaning given to such terms in the other Loan Documents unless otherwise defined herein or the context clearly indicates otherwise.

ARTICLE 2. THE LOAN.

2.1 Loan Facility, Subject to and upon the terms, covenants and conditions of this Loan Agreement, Lender agrees that it shall make a Loan in a principal amount that does not exceed One Million Five Hundred Twenty-five Thousand and no/100 Dollars ($1,525,000.00). The Loan shall be evidenced by the Promissory Note and the other Loan Documents.

2.2 Repayment of Loan.

(a) Prior to the Maturity Date, Borrower shall repay the principal amount of the Loan from Available Funds as hereinafter provided, and shall also pay accrued interest thereon in quarterly payments on the first day of January, April, July and October of each year. Such interest payments shall commence on the 1st day of April, 2006. The remaining outstanding principal balance and all accrued but unpaid interest shall become due and payable on the Maturity Date. In addition to the amounts being loaned by FNBO and Lender, Borrower is borrowing an amount not to Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) from ICM under the terms of the ICM Loan Documents and an amount not to exceed One Million and no/100 Dollars ($1,000,000.00) from Fagen under the terms of the Fagen Loan Documents.

(b) Upon each and every date Borrower obtains Available Funds, Borrower shall pay out such Available Funds within five (5) business days thereafter to the Agent, who shall distribute such payment of Available Funds to Lender, ICM, and Fagen pursuant to the terms of the Collateral Agreement. The terms of the Collateral Agreement provide as follow:

(i) The Agent shall distribute such Available Funds consisting of payments of interest to the Subordinate Lenders pari passu in accordance with the Subordinate Lenders' respective Participation Percentages.

(ii) The Agent shall distribute such Available Funds consisting of payments of principal to the Subordinate Lenders pari passu in accordance with the Subordinate Lenders' respective Payment Percentages.

(iii) The Agent shall distribute such Available Funds consisting of Extraordinary Payments to the Participants pari passu in accordance with the Participants' respective Participation Percentages.

(c) Payments of Available Funds received by Lender under the terms of this of
Section (regardless of how classified by the Agent) shall be applied to first to amounts

Loan Agreement

Page 7

other than interest and principal that are due hereunder, second to accrued but unpaid interest, and then third to principal. Any payment of principal on the Loan shall be evidenced by notations on the books and records of Lender. If requested by Borrower from time to time, Lender shall deliver a statement of account to Borrower setting forth the unpaid principal balance of the Loan. Such statement shall (absent clerical error) be deemed conclusively correct and accepted by Borrower unless Borrower notifies Lender to the contrary in writing within five (5) business days following delivery of such statement. Upon receipt of the payment or prepayment by Borrower of any portion of the Loan, Lender is hereby authorized to record the date and amount of each such payment or prepayment on its books and records, and any such recordation shall constitute prima facie evidence of the accuracy of the information so recorded, absent manifest error. The failure of Lender to make any such notation shall not affect in any manner or to any extent Borrower's obligations hereunder.

(d) The obligation of Borrower to repay the principal amount of the Loan together with interest thereon shall be further evidenced by the Promissory Note. Interest shall accrue on the principal amount of the Loan from the date of advance until the Maturity Date at a rate equal to the Applicable Rate. Lender's calculation of the applicable interest accrued on the Loan shall constitute prima facie evidence of the accuracy of the amount of interest calculated, absent manifest error.

2.3 No Prepayment Charge. Borrower may make prepayments of principal at any time and from time to time without the payment of a prepayment charge; provided that such prepayments shall be deemed to be Available Funds to be distributed pursuant to the Collateral Agreement and Section
2.l(b).

2.4 Renewal and Extension. Any renewal or extension of the Promissory Note (or any advance made pursuant to the terms of such renewed or extended Promissory Note) shall be subject to the terms of this Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Lender is under no obligation to renew or extend the term of any Indebtedness when it matures.

2.5 Reinstatement of Debt. If and to the extent Lender must deliver to FNBO a payment received from Borrower pursuant to the terms of the Subordination Agreement, Borrower will not be credited for the payment so turned over and the Indebtedness owing to Lender shall be adjusted accordingly.

ARTICLE 3. CONDITIONS TO CLOSING.

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Lender's Obligations under the Loan Documents. Lender shall have no obligation under the Loan Documents unless the following conditions have been satisfied:

(a) Borrower shall have delivered to Lender duly and properly executed originals of the Loan Documents;

(b) Borrower shall have delivered certified (as of the date of this Loan Agreement) copies of all corporate action taken by Borrower, authorizing the execution,

Loan Agreement

Page 8

delivery and performance of the Loan Documents and each other document contemplated to be delivered pursuant to the Loan Documents;

(c) Lender shall have received current certificates of good standing for Borrower issued by the Secretary of State of the state in which Borrower is doing business;

(d) Borrower shall have delivered current UCC search results showing the Collateral is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or security interest, other than the lien of the Agent and the mortgage securing the FNBO Loan, and demonstrated to Lender's satisfaction that Borrower owns the Collateral;

(e) Borrower shall have delivered its opinion of counsel concluding the Loan Documents are binding and enforceable in accordance with their terms and addressing such other matters as Lender may request;

(f) Borrower shall have delivered a commitment for title insurance proposing to insure the Lien of the Mortgage, subject only to (x) the mortgage securing the FNBO Loan, and (y) easements and restrictions of record which are acceptable to Lender, but if title insurance is not available, an attorney's opinion of title, abstract of title or such other title evidence satisfactory to Lender confirming the priority of the lien of the Mortgage as aforesaid shall be furnished at Borrower's expense;

(g) The Mortgage and the Financing Statement shall have been properly filed of record, and Borrower shall have paid all applicable recording costs, filing fees, stamp taxes and the like;

(h) Borrower and Lender shall have entered into an Design-Build Lump Sum Contract under which Lender is to design and construct the Project; and

(i) Lender and ICM shall have entered into an agreement under which ICM is to provide certain services in connection with the design and construction of a coal fired steam generation system and a distillers grain steam dryer system for the Project.

(j) Borrower and ICM shall have entered into the ICM Loan Documents on terms acceptable to Lender.

(k) Borrower and Fagen shall have entered into the Fagen Loan Documents on terms acceptable to Lender; and

(l) Lender, ICM, FNBO, Fagen and Borrower shall have entered into the Subordination Agreement with respect to the loans each such lender shall make to Borrower, on terms acceptable to Lender; and

(m) Borrower shall have entered into the Construction Loan Agreement with FNBO, on terms acceptable to Lender.

Loan Agreement

Page 9

3.2 Actions by Lender. No action taken by Lender, including the advancement of funds hereunder. prior to Borrower's satisfaction of the above requirements, shall be deemed a waiver of Lender's right to require full compliance with all conditions.

ARTICLE 4. ADVANCE UNDER THE LOAN.

4.1 Borrower's Right to Advance under the Loan. Lender shall be obligated to disburse or advance any funds under the Loan only if the following conditions have been satisfied as of the date of the request for the Loan:

(a) Closing shall have previously occurred;

(b) All representations and warranties made herein shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date of the Borrower's deemed request for the Loan;

(c) No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

(d) Borrower shall have performed or caused to be performed the conditions of
Section 3.1 above applicable to the requested Loan.

ARTICLE 5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

Borrower hereby represents and warrants, and so long as any Indebtedness from Borrower to Lender remains unpaid or this Loan Agreement remains in effect, continuously represents and warrants as follows:

5.1 Due Organization. Borrower is a duly organized and validly existing limited liability company under the laws of the State of North Dakota and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in that State and in each jurisdiction where the nature and extent of its business and property require same. Borrower has the authority to own its properties and carry on its businesses as they are now and will be conducted.

5.2 Due Authority. All actions necessary or required to be taken by Borrower for the execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents have been duly authorized and taken by Borrower.

5.3 Enforceabilitv against Borrower. This Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of Borrower, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.

5.4 No Conflict, The execution and delivery of the Loan Documents by Borrower do not conflict with or constitute on the part of Borrower a breach of, or default under any of the terms, conditions, provisions, or restrictions of any other promissory note, mortgage or loan agreement, or of any partnership agreement or any other agreement, articles of incorporation, by-laws, lease or other instrument to which Borrower is subject or by which Borrower may be bound.

Loan Agreement

Page 10

5.5 Financial Statements, All balance sheets, income statements, accounts receivable aging reports, inventory reports and other financial information of Borrower which may hereafter be furnished to Lender present fairly the financial condition and results of Borrower's operations, as of the date and for the periods shown and have been and will be prepared in conformity with the standards established by AICPA and in accordance GAAP or such other basis of accounting as is acceptable to Lender.

5.6 Litigation. There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry, or investigation at law or in equity or before or by any court, public board or body pending or threatened against or affecting Borrower, nor, to the best of Borrower's knowledge, does there exist any basis upon which any such action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation could be instituted which could result in an unfavorable decision, ruling, or finding which would in any way materially adversely affect Borrower, Borrower's operations, the transactions contemplated in the Loan Documents or create a Lien on the Property.

5.7 Statutory Compliance. Borrower and the Collateral are each in compliance in all material respects with all Governmental Requirements.

5.8 Ownership of the Property and Collateral. Borrower has marketable title in and to the Property and the Collateral, subject only to the Lien and security interest of Lender pursuant to the Loan and the Lien of the mortgage securing the FNBO Loan.

ARTICLE 6. COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS.

Borrower hereby covenants and agrees, and so long as any Indebtedness from Borrower to Lender remains unpaid or this Loan Agreement remains in effect, continuously covenants and agrees as follows:

6.1 Payment of Indebtedness. Borrower will pay the Indebtedness at the time and in the manner provided in the Loan Documents, or as provided in any other instruments, agreements or documents evidencing the obligations of Borrower to Lender. In addition, Borrower will timely pay the obligations owed on the FNBO Loan.

6.2 Maintain Good Standing. Borrower is and shall remain a limited liability company in good standing under the laws of the State of North Dakota and any other state in which qualification may be necessary.

6.3 Maintain System of Accounting; Provide Financial Information. Borrower shall maintain its books and records and system of accounting in accordance with GAAP or such other basis of accounting as is acceptable to Lender, so that at any time and from time to time the true and complete financial condition of Borrower is presented fairly and may be readily determined, and, at Lender's request, shall make such records available for Lender's inspection. Borrower agrees to furnish to Lender within thirty
(30) days after the end of each calendar month (i) a balance sheet of Borrower, as of the end of such period, and (ii) income statements and statements of changes in cash flow for such period and year to date, all prepared in accordance with GAAP, and all in reasonable detail. Following completion of the Project, Borrower shall also furnish to Lender each month, within thirty (30) days of the last day of each month end, a monthly production report of

Loan Agreement

Page 11

Borrower's input and output amounts of corn usage, coal usage, distillers dried grain, ethanol and CO(2) together with all other monthly financial and operational information as may required by this Loan Agreement. Borrower shall also furnish promptly to Lender, in such form as Lender may reasonably request, such additional financial or other information concerning the cash flow, income, assets, liabilities, ownership, operations, corporate activities and meetings and transactions of Borrower as may be requested by Lender from time to time, and permit Lender to make and obtain copies of any such records or information.

6.4 Notice of Litigation. Borrower shall advise Lender promptly of any claim or controversy which is or may become the subject of litigation against Borrower or any Collateral, and whether such litigation or potential litigation, in the event of an unfavorable outcome, could have a Material Adverse Effect on Borrower's financial condition or operations.

6.5 Compliance with Governmental Requirements. Borrower shall timely comply with all Governmental Requirements applicable to the Loan, any of the Loan Documents, and all applicable organizational documents and other agreements to which Borrower is a party and shall promptly deliver to Lender evidence of such compliance upon request.

6.6 Notification of Defaults and Other Events. Borrower shall promptly advise Lender in writing of any of the following occurrences or events as they become known to Borrower, specifying in each case the action Borrower has taken or caused to be taken, or proposes to take or cause to be taken, with respect to the following:

(a) the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default;

(b) any default by Borrower under any Governmental Requirement or in the payment of any indebtedness (or in the performance of any obligation related thereto) related to the Loan or the Loan Documents which could have a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) any claim or controversy which is or may become the subject of litigation, arbitration or governmental investigation which has been instituted or to the knowledge of Borrower, is threatened against Borrower or any Collateral which could have a Material Adverse Effect;

(d) any damage or injury to the Collateral; or

(e) if the Project is no longer in operating condition.

6.7 Hold Harmless. Borrower shall protect, indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at Borrower's own cost and expense, Lender, and its successors and assigns (each, an "INDEMNIFIED PERSON"), from and against, and if and to the extent paid, reimburse each such Indemnified Person for, any and all losses, liabilities, claims, damages deficiencies, interest, judgments, costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, all court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses) of any and every kind and nature arising out of or by reason of any representation or warranty made by Borrower

Loan Agreement

Page 12

hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents; Provided, however, that nothing contained in this Section 6.7 shall be construed as an agreement by Borrower to indemnify any Indemnified Person for any Indemnified Person's
(i) gross negligence or willful misconduct that directly causes or results in the harm or loss being indemnified; or (ii) any unexcused or unlawful breach by Lender of any of its obligations under this Loan Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents. The indemnity provided herein shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Loan Documents.

6.8 Access to Borrower's Books and Records. At all times during normal business hours, Borrower shall accord Lender and Lender's representatives access to Borrower's books and records (wherever located), including those electronically stored, for inspection and examination and shall permit copies to be made of such books and records and make available a photocopy facility for that purpose at Borrower's expense.

6.9 Costs and Expenses. Borrower has and will pay when due all costs and expenses occurring after Closing in connection with the Loan, including, but not limited to, all reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of Lender's counsel in connection with the amendment, enforcement or defense of the Loan Documents, the granting or denial of any waiver or consent hereunder or under the other Loan Documents or any other matter or transaction contemplated by the Loan Documents.

6.10 Prompt Performance. So long as any portion of the Indebtedness remains outstanding, Borrower shall promptly perform each and every obligation of Borrower as set forth herein, in the other Loan Documents, under the Construction Loan Agreement with FNBO, and under the Other Loan Documents.

6.11 Insurance on the Collateral. So long as the Loan is outstanding, Borrower shall keep and maintain casualty insurance on the Collateral, which insurance shall name Lender as loss payee. The amount of insurance shall be subject to Lender's approval, and Borrower shall provide evidence that such insurance is in effect at all times.

6.12 Operate the Project. Until the Loan is paid in full or otherwise retired as provided herein, Borrower covenants to continuously operate the Project at Borrower's sole cost and expense.

ARTICLE 7. BORROWER'S NEGATIVE COVENANTS.

Borrower hereby covenants that so long as any portion of the Indebtedness remains outstanding and unpaid, Borrower will not, directly or indirectly, do any of the following without the prior written consent of Lender:

7.1 Incur Or Make Additional Debt. Enter into any contract, guaranty, indemnity or other agreement with another party which has the effect of creating a monetary debt in favor of the other party, or enter into an amendment, change, revision or other modification of the terms of the FNBO Loan, the ICM Loan, or the Fagen Loan that has the effect of increasing the indebtedness, extending the time for payment or granting other collateral as security therefor. Borrower shall not make any loan, or extend credit

Loan Agreement

Page 13

to, any person including but not limited to any officer, manager, employee or member of Borrower.

7.2 Application of Funds. Apply the amounts borrowed under this Loan Agreement to any purpose or use not expressly permitted under this Loan Agreement other than toward payment of proper costs of constructing the Project pursuant to the Design-Build Lump Sum Contract between Borrower and Lender, as invoiced by Lender.

7.3 Change in Ownership. Sell, transfer or assign (or permit the sale, transfer or assignment of) any interest in the beneficial ownership of Borrower, or pledge or otherwise encumber (or permit any pledge or encumbrance of) any interest in Borrower.

7.4 Use Violations. Use, maintain, operate or occupy or allow the use, maintenance, operation or occupancy of the Property in any manner which (i) violates the terms of the Loan Documents; (ii) may be dangerous unless safeguarded as required by law; (iii) constitutes a public nuisance; (iv) makes void, voidable or cancelable any insurance policy then in force with respect thereto; or (v) makes void, voidable or cancelable any governmental permit.

7.5 Distributions. Declare or make any distribution (whether cash or property) to its members; provided, however, Borrower may make annual cash distributions to its members not to exceed the lesser of (i) the estimated federal, state and local income tax liability (excluding penalties and interest) attributable to each member's proportionate share of the Borrower's net taxable income, or (ii) the amount permitted under the Construction Loan Agreement. Such estimated tax liability, which shall be computed by the accountant who regularly prepares the Borrower's tax returns, shall be computed on the basis of the highest marginal rate applicable to individuals on capital gains and other taxable income for the fiscal year in question.

7.6 Transfer Its Assets. Except in the ordinary course of its business, sell or offer to sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any of Borrower's assets including the Project or any interest therein.

7.7 Other Covenants. Do or cause to be done any act which would result in a breach of any of the Loan Documents.

ARTICLE 8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

The occurrence of any one or more of the following shall constitute an "EVENT OF DEFAULT" hereunder:

8.1 Failure to Make Payment. The failure of Borrower to pay, when due, any amount then owing by Borrower to Lender, which failure continues, without cure, for ten (10) days from the date notice of such failure is provided by Lender to Borrower.

8.2 Default on the Agreement with Lender or ICM. Default in the performance by Borrower of any of the terms or obligations on its part to be performed under any agreement with Lender or ICM which default is not timely cured to the

Loan Agreement

Page 14

satisfaction of Lender or ICM, as the case may be, including without limitation the agreements referenced in clauses (h) and (j) of section 3.1.

8.3 Failure to Make Payment or Discharge Obligations on Other Indebtedness. Default in the payment when due (subject to applicable grace periods), whether by acceleration or otherwise, of any other indebtedness or undertaking of Borrower, or default in the performance or observance of any obligation or condition with respect to any such other indebtedness or undertaking, if the effect of such default is to accelerate the maturity of such other indebtedness or undertaking or to permit the holder(s) thereof, or any trustee or agent for such holder(s), to cause such other indebtedness or undertaking to become due and payable prior to its expressed maturity.

8.4 Failure to Discharge Obligations. The failure of Borrower to promptly, punctually and faithfully perform or discharge any of its covenants, agreements or obligations (excluding payment obligations) under any of the Loan Documents and such failure continues, without cure, for more than thirty (30) days from the date notice of such failure is provided by Lender to Borrower.

8.5 Misrepresentation. The reasonable determination by Lender that any representation or warranty now or hereafter made by Borrower to Lender, whether in the Loan Documents or otherwise, was not true or correct when given in any material respect, and Borrower is unable to correct, cure or make true such representation or warranty within twenty (20) days from the date notice thereof is provided by Lender to Borrower.

8.6 Govenmental Action. Any Governmental Authority or any other person takes or institutes action, which in the reasonable opinion of Lender, will have a Material Adverse Effect on Borrower, Borrower's operations, or Borrower's ability to repay the Loan, and such governmental, public or private action continues, without cure, for more than twenty (20) days from the date notice thereof is provided by Lender to Borrower.

8.7 Business Failure. Dissolution, termination of existence, insolvency, business failure, or suspension of business on the part of Borrower, the filing of a petition for the appointment of a receiver or the appointment of a receiver for all or any part of Borrower's property, assignment for the benefit of creditors or commencement of any proceedings under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or against Borrower.

8.8 Service of Process. Service of any order of attachment, garnishment, or levy or the existence or the making or issuance of any tax lien or similar process on or with respect to any of Borrower's property, which has not been released, or collection, execution or similar process stayed for a period within of thirty (30) days.

8.9 Judgment. The entry of any judgment or order against Borrower, which judgment or order is not satisfied or appealed from (with execution or similar process stayed) within ten (10) days of the entry of such judgment.

Loan Agreement

Page 15

8.10 Sell. Transfer or Dispose of the Collateral. The sale, transfer, assignment, mortgage or other disposition of any of the Collateral without Lender's prior written consent.

ARTICLE 9. RIGHTS AND REMEDIES UPON DEFAULT.

9.1 Remedies upon Default. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Lender, acting by or through agents, receivers, trustees or otherwise (including, but not limited to the Agent) without further notice (including, without limitation, notice of default, notice of intent to accelerate or of acceleration) except for any notice that is expressly required herein, and without demand, presentment, protest or action of any nature whatsoever all of which are hereby waived by Borrower, and in addition to any other provision in the Loan Documents may exercise any or all of the following rights, remedies and recourses:

(a) Declare the unpaid principal balance of the Promissory Note, the accrued and unpaid interest thereon and any other accrued but unpaid portion of the Indebtedness to be immediately due and payable, whereupon the same shall become immediately due and payable; provided, however, that if accelerated pursuant to this sentence, the Promissory Note and all such Indebtedness may be reinstated at the option and upon the written approval of Lender.

(b) Reduce any claim to judgment.

(c) Perform and discharge each and every obligation, covenant, condition and agreement of Borrower under any of the Loan Documents (provided that Lender shall not have any obligation to perform or discharge any such obligation), and, in exercising any such powers, to pay necessary costs and expenses, employ counsel and incur and pay reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses. Lender shall not be obligated to perform or discharge, nor does it hereby undertake to perform or discharge, any obligation, duty or liability of Borrower by reason of this Loan Agreement, it being agreed that Lender shall be treated as agreeing to perform or discharge such obligation, duty or liability if (but only if) Lender shall expressly so elect, by sending written notice to the other contracting party to such documents.

(d) Lender may proceed by a suit or suits in equity or at law for a judicial or strict foreclosure hereunder, or for the specific performance of any covenant or agreement herein contained, or in aid of the execution of any power herein granted.

(e) Lender, its agents or its representatives shall have the right to become the purchaser at any sale held by Lender or by any receiver or public officer, and Lender shall have the right to credit upon the amount of the bid made therefor the amount payable out of the net proceeds of such sale to Lender.

(f) Exercise any and all other rights, remedies and recourses granted under any of the Loan Documents (including but not limited to the Security Documents) or otherwise now or hereafter existing in equity, at law, by virtue of statute or otherwise.

Loan Agreement

Page 16

9.2 Application of Proceeds After Default. All payments on the Loan received by Lender during the existence of an Event of Default, and the proceeds of any sale or disposition of the Collateral, and all proceeds generated by Lender's exercise of its remedies herein set forth or under any of the Loan Documents, shall be applied to the Indebtedness owing by Borrower in such order and manner as Lender deems appropriate any instructions from any other Person (including Borrower) notwithstanding.

9.3 Waivers. To the full extent permitted by law, Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives and releases:

(a) except as specifically provided for herein or in any of the other Loan Documents, all notices of any Default or Event of Default or of any election by Lender to exercise any right, remedy or recourse provided for under the Loan Documents or of the actual exercise of any such right, remedy or recourse;

(b) except as specifically provided for in any of the Loan Documents, any and all right to receive demand, grace, notice, presentment for payment, protest, notice of intention to accelerate the Indebtedness or notice of acceleration of the Indebtedness.

9.4 Discontinuance of Proceedings. In case Lender shall have proceeded to invoke any right, remedy, recourse or power permitted under the Loan Documents and shall thereafter elect to discontinue or abandon same for any reason, Lender shall have the unqualified right to do so and, in such event, Borrower and Lender shall be restored to their former positions with respect to the Indebtedness, the Loan Documents, the Collateral and otherwise, and the rights, remedies, recourses and powers of Lender shall continue as if same had never been invoked.

ARTICLE 10. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

Borrower acknowledges and agrees that the following provisions shall also apply to this Loan Agreement:

10.1 Continuing Agreement. This is a continuing agreement and all the rights, powers and remedies of Lender hereunder and all agreements and obligations of Borrower and Lender shall continue to exist until all of the Indebtedness is paid in full.

10.2 Failure to Give Notice and/or Cure. If any provision of the Loan Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents provides for Lender to give to Borrower or any other person liable on the Loan any notice and/or cure period regarding an Event of Default, then, if Lender shall fail to give such notice to Borrower or such other Person, the sole and exclusive remedy of Borrower or such other person for such failure shall be to seek appropriate equitable relief to enforce the agreement to give such notice and to have any acceleration of the maturity of the Promissory Note enjoined, postponed or revoked and foreclosure proceedings in connection therewith delayed or terminated pending or upon the curing of such Event of Default in the manner and during the period of time permitted by the Loan Agreement or the applicable Loan Document, if any, and neither Borrower nor such other person shall have any right to damages or any other type of relief against Lender not herein specifically set forth, all of which damages or other

Loan Agreement

Page 17

relief are hereby waived by Borrower. Borrower understands and agrees that the term of any cure period granted in this Loan Agreement shall not be increased by a similar cure period granted in any other Loan Document with respect to the same default.

10.3 Defense of Actions. Lender may (but shall not be obligated to) commence, appear in, or defend any action or proceeding purporting to affect the Loan, or the respective rights and obligations of Lender and Borrower pursuant to this Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Lender may (but shall not be obligated to) pay all necessary expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses incurred in connection with such proceedings or actions, which Borrower agrees to repay to Lender on demand.

10.4 No Modification. No modification, consent or waiver whatsoever of any provision hereunder shall be effective unless in writing and approved by Lender, and then only to the extent set forth in such writing.

10.5 Failure to Act. No act, delay, or omission of Lender to exercise any right, remedy or power under the Loan Documents shall impair any such right, remedy or power, or be construed to be a waiver of any Default or an acquiescence therein; and any single or partial exercise of any such right, remedy or power shall not preclude other and further exercise thereof, or the exercise of any other right, remedy or power.

10.6 Rights Cumulative. The rights, remedies and powers provided in the Loan Documents or otherwise are cumulative, and the exercise of any particular right, remedy or power does not preclude the exercise of any other right, remedy or power in addition to, or as an alternative of, such remedy.

10.7 Limitation on Interest. Notwithstanding anything herein or in the other Loan Documents, expressed or implied, to the contrary, in no event shall any interest rate charged hereunder, under the Promissory Note or any of the other Loan Documents, or any interest contracted for, collected or received by Lender exceed the maximum interest rate allowed by applicable law. It is expressly stipulated and agreed to be the intent of Borrower and Lender at all times to comply with the applicable law governing the maximum rate or amount of interest payable on or in connection with any of the Promissory Note and the Loan. If the applicable law is ever judicially interpreted so as to render usurious any amount called for under either of the Promissory Note or the Loan, or any other circumstance whatsoever, and results in Lender having been paid any interest in excess of that permitted by applicable law, then it is the express intent of Borrower and Lender that all excess amounts theretofore collected by Lender be credited to the principal balance of said Promissory Note, or if said Promissory Note has been or would thereby be paid in full, refunded to Borrower, and the provisions of said Promissory Note and the other applicable Loan Documents shall immediately be deemed to be reformed and the amounts thereafter collectible hereunder and thereunder reduced, without the necessity of the execution any new document, so as to comply with the applicable law, but so as to permit the recovery of the fullest amount otherwise called for hereunder or thereunder.

Loan Agreement

Page 18

10.8 Provisions Severable. If any one or more of the provisions of this Loan Agreement operates, in whole or in part, or if any one or more of the provisions of this Loan Agreement would prospectively operate, in whole or in part, to invalidate this Loan Agreement, then said provision or provisions shall be deemed null and void, but shall not affect any other provision of this Loan Agreement, and its remaining provisions shall in no way be affected, prejudiced or disturbed thereby.

10.9 No Assignment by Borrower. Neither this Loan Agreement nor the other Loan Documents may be assigned by Borrower without the express written consent of Lender.

10.10 Borrower Additionally Bound. Borrower understands and agrees that it is additionally bound by the terms and conditions of the other Loan Documents, which such terms and provisions are incorporated herein and made a part of this Loan Agreement. To the extent that any term or provision of the other Loan Documents conflicts with a term or provision of this Loan Agreement, the term or provision affording Lender the most security or the greatest right shall control.

10.11 Binding Effect. This Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be binding upon Lender and Borrower and inure to the benefit of their respective representatives, successors and assigns.

10.12 No Agency. Unless expressly set forth herein or in the other Loan Documents, nothing contained herein or in the other Loan Documents shall be construed as creating an agency relationship between Borrower and Lender. It is expressly agreed and understood that no party shall have the right to act for or on behalf of any other party as the result of the execution hereof or of the other Loan Documents.

10.13 Not a Joint Venture or Partnership. Nothing contained in any of the Loan Documents shall be deemed to render Lender and Borrower partners or joint venturers for any purpose.

10.14 Survival of Representations. All covenants, agreements, undertakings, indemnities, representations and warranties made by the Borrower herein will survive the delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of the Loan, and any investigation at any time made by or on behalf of Lender will not diminish Lender's right to rely thereon. All statements contained in any certificate or other instrument delivered by or on behalf of the Borrower under or pursuant to the Loan Documents or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby shall constitute representations and warranties made by the Borrower hereunder.

10.15 Further Assurances. Each party hereto agrees, from time to time as may be reasonably requested by the other party hereto, to execute, acknowledge, obtain and deliver such documents as may be required in order to complete and effect the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents.

10.16 Time. Time is of the essence with respect to Borrower's obligations under the Loan Documents.

Loan Agreement

Page 19

10.17 No Third Party Beneficiaries. Neither this Loan Agreement nor the other Loan Documents create any rights to or for the benefit of any person or persons not a party hereto or thereto.

10.18 Governing Law, Jurisdiction and Venue. This Loan Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Minnesota. Borrower expressly agrees to jurisdiction and venue for any and all legal proceedings filed in connection herewith in Hennepin County, Minnesota.

10.19 Notice. All notices, requests and communications to any party hereunder shall be in writing (including bank wire, telecopy or similar writing), except for any telephone notices specifically provided for herein, and may be personally served or sent by telecopier, registered or certified mail or the express mail service of the United States Postal Service, Federal Express or other equivalent overnight or expedited delivery service.

Any such notice, request or other communication shall be deemed given and received (i) if given by personal service, or telecopier (confirmed in writing) twenty-four (24) hours after having been given; (ii) if sent by telecopier with confirmation by telephone, upon receipt; (iii) if sent by registered or certified mail, upon the earlier of (x) actual receipt, or (y) three (3) days after deposit in a depository of the United States Postal Service, postage prepaid; (iv) if sent by Federal Express, the express mail service of the United States Postal Service or other equivalent overnight or expedited delivery service, upon the earlier of (x) actual receipt or (y) twenty four (24) hours after delivery to such overnight or expedited delivery service, delivery charges prepaid and properly addressed. For the purposes hereof, the addresses of Borrower and Lender shall be as set forth below.

If to Lender:   Green Way Consulting, LLC.
                Attn: Gerald Bachmeier
                227 South County Road 22
                Morris, MN 56267
                Telecopier: (320)589-1207

If to Borrower: Red Trail Energy, LLC
                Attn: Mick Miller
                P.O. Box 11
                3682 Hwy. 8 South
                Richardton, ND 58562
                Telecopier: (701) 974-3309

Any party may, by proper written notice hereunder to the other party, change the address to which notices shall thereafter be sent to it.

10.20 Counterparts. This Loan Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same agreement.

Loan Agreement

Page 20

10.21 Acceptance by Lender. This Loan Agreement is not binding upon Lender until accepted by Lender.

THIS LOAN AGREEMENT, TOGETHER WITH THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, ARE THE FINAL EXPRESSION OF THE AGREEMENT BETWEEN LENDER AND BORROWER AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF ANY PRIOR OR CONTEMPORANEOUS ORAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN US. LENDER AND BORROWER EACH HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGE AND AFFIRM THAT NO SUCH UNWRITTEN, ORAL AGREEMENTS EXIST. EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT SUFFICIENT SPACE HAS BEEN PROVIDED HEREIN, AND IN THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, FOR THE PLACEMENT OF NONSTANDARD TERMS.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]

Loan Agreement

Page 21

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Loan Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the date and year first written above.

BORROWER:

RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC

By: /s/ Ambrose R Hoff
    ------------------------------------
Name: Ambrose R Hoff
Its: President

ACCEPTED BY LENDER:

GREENWAY CONSULTING, LLC

By: /s/ Gerald Bachmeier
    ------------------------------------
Name: Gerald Bachmeier
Its: Chief Manager

Loan Agreement

Page 22

SCHEDULE A
TO LOAN AGREEMENT

LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT:

TRACT 1:

A TRACT OF LAND LOCATED IN THE SOUTHWEST QUARTER (SW1/4) OF SECTION 4, TOWNSHIP 139 NORTH, RANGE 92 WEST OF THE 5th PRINCIPAL MERIDIAN, STARK COUNTY, NORTH DAKOTA, being more particularly described as follows:

All that portion of said Southwest Quarter lying South of the southerly 200 foot right of way line of the Burlington Northern / Santa Fe Railroad as surveyed and constructed across said Southwest Quarter of Section 4, except the west 100.00 feet and the south 850.00 feet of the west 920.00 feet of said Southwest Quarter of Section 4.

TRACT 2:

A TRACT OF LAND LOCATED IN THE SE1/4 OF SECTION 4, TOWNSHIP 139 NORTH, RANGE 92 WEST OF THE 5th P.M., STARK COUNTY, NORTH DAKOTA, more particularly described as follows:

All that portion of said SE1/4 lying south of the southerly 200 foot right of way line of the Burlington Northern / Santa Fe Railroad as surveyed and constructed across the said SE1/4 of Section 4.

TRACT 3:

A tract of land located in the South Half (S1/2) of Section 4, Township 139 North, Range 92 West of the 5th Principal Meridian, Stark County, North Dakota, being more particularly described as follows:

The southerly 150.00 feet of the southerly 200.00 feet of right of way for the Burlington Northern / Santa Fe Railroad as surveyed and constructed across said South Half of Section 4. Said tract contains 16.87 acres.

TRACT 4:

A tract of land located in the Northeast Quarter of the Northeast Quarter (NEl/4 NE1/4) of Section 9, Township 139 North, Range 92 West of the 5th Principal Meridian, Stark County, North Dakota, being more particularly described as follows:

The southerly 150.00 feet of the southerly 200.00 feet of right of way for the Burlington Northern/ Santa Fe Railroad as surveyed and constructed across said Northeast Quarter of the Northeast Quarter of Section 9. Said tract contains 2.79 acres.


TRACT 5:

A tract of land located in the Northwest, Northeast and Southeast Quarters of
Section 10, Township 139 North, Range 92 West of the 5th Principal Meridian, Stark County, North Dakota, being more particularly described as follows:

The southerly 150.00 feet of the southerly 200.00 feet of right of way for the Burlington Northern / Santa Fe Railroad as surveyed and constructed across said Northwest Quarter, the Northeast Quarter and the Southeast Quarter of Section
10. Said tract contains 22.05 acres.


Exhibit 10.23

PROMISSORY NOTE

February 28, 2006

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned ("MAKER", whether one or more) hereby promises to pay to the order of GRJEENWAY CONSULTING, LLC ("HOLDER") at its offices in Granite Falls, Minnesota or such other address as Holder shall desire, the principal sum not to exceed ONE MILLION FIVE HUNDRED TWENTY-FIVE THOUSAND AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($1,525,000.00), or such lesser sum as shall become due hereunder, together with interest thereon accruing at the Applicable Rate, adjusted each time and as of the date the Applicable Rate changes, without notice to Maker (which notice is hereby expressly waived by Maker).

Interest shall commence to accrue on the date funds are advanced under that certain Loan Agreement between Maker and Holder dated February 28, 2006 (the "LOAN AGREEMENT"), and shall continue until the Maturity Date. Maker shall make payments of interest on this Promissory Note on the first day of the beginning of every calendar quarter, commencing upon the payment commencement date set forth under the Loan Agreement, and payments of principal in such amounts and at such times as determined under the Loan Agreement. The remaining outstanding principal balance and all accrued but unpaid interest shall become due and payable on the Maturity Date.

Any required payment on this Promissory Note which is not paid when due shall be subject to a late payment charge of five percent (5%) of the amount of such overdue amount. Interest on a required payment which is not paid when due shall thereafter accrue at the rate of eighteen percent (18%) per annum or, if less, the maximum rate of interest permitted under applicable law (the "Default Rate").

The obligations evidenced by this Promissory Note are secured pursuant to the provisions of the documents described below and as they may be amended or supplemented from time to time:

The Security Documents (as such term is defined in the Loan Agreement).

At the option of the Holder hereof, the entire unpaid principal plus accrued interest shall become immediately due and payable, after expiration of any grace period provided in the Loan Documents, upon the occurrence or existence of any of the following events or conditions: (a) any payment required hereunder is not paid when due; (b) default in the performance of any covenant, obligation, warranty or provision contained in the Loan Documents; (c) any warranty, representation, financial information or statement of the Maker is determined to be false in any material respect; (d) an Event of Default; (e) determination by the Holder that a material adverse change has occurred in the financial condition of the Maker; (f) dissolution, termination of existence, insolvency, business failure, the filing of a petition for the appointment of a receiver or the appointment of a receiver for all or a part of any part of the property of the Maker; (g) commencement of any proceedings under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or


against the Maker; or (h) anytime the Holder believes, in the Holder's sole discretion, that the prospect of payment of this Promissory Note is impaired or the Holder otherwise deems itself insecure.

Maker and any endorsers hereby severally waive presentment, protest and demand, notice of protest, demand, dishonor and nonpayment of this Promissory Note. Maker expressly agrees that this Promissory Note, or any payment hereunder, may be extended from time to time without notice and without in any way affecting the liability of the Maker and endorsers hereof.

No waiver of any payment or other right under this Promissory Note or any related agreement shall operate as a waiver of any other payment or right. No delay on the part of the Holder hereof in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of that right or any other right under this Promissory Note. The Holder shall be entitled to recover costs of collection of this Promissory Note, including, to the extent allowed by law, reasonable attorneys' fees.

If any one or more provisions of this Promissory Note shall, in whole or in part, or if any one or more provisions of this Promissory Note operates or would operate to invalidate this Promissory Note, then said provisions or provision shall be deemed null and void, but shall not affect any other provision of this Note and the remaining provisions shall in no way be affected, prejudiced or disturbed thereby. The rules of construction and the definitions set forth in the Loan Agreement shall also apply to this Note. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Note shall have the meanings ascribed in the Loan Agreement.

Time is of the essence of this Promissory Note and of the performance of all obligations hereunder.

This Promissory Note is to be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Minnesota.

This Promissory Note shall be binding upon Maker and its successors and assigns and inure to the benefit of Holder and its successors and assigns.

DATED as of the date first set forth above.

RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC

By: /s/ Ambrose R. Hoff
    ------------------------------------
Name: Ambrose R. Hoff
Title: President
       Red Trail Energy, LLC
       "MAKER"


Exhibit 10.24

LOAN AGREEMENT

between

ICM, Inc.

LENDER

and

Red Trail Energy, LLC.

BORROWER

Dated: February 28, 2006


LOAN AGREEMENT

THIS LOAN AGREEMENT is entered into as of this _____ day of February, 2006, by and between RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC, a North Dakota limited liability company (herein "Borrower"), and ICM, INC., a Kansas corporation (herein "Lender").

WHEREAS, Borrower desires Lender to loan to Borrower an amount not to exceed Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) to be used by Borrower for the purpose of constructing a ethanol production facility in or near Richardton, North Dakota (the "Project"), and Lender is willing to make the loan, all upon the terms, conditions, security, commitments, promises and undertakings set forth below; and

WHEREAS, this Loan Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents (as hereinafter defined), shall set forth the rights, duties, and obligations of the parties with respect to amounts borrowed hereunder.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, the benefits to be derived herefrom and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS.

1.1. Certain Definitions. As used herein, the following terms have the following definitions, unless otherwise defined herein, or the context clearly requires otherwise.

"Agent" means ICM, as agent for Lender, Fagen and GreenWay under the terms of the Collateral Agreement, or any successor agent thereunder.

"Applicable Rate" means the fluctuating per annum rate of interest utilized under the Construction Loan Agreement, as determined from time to time, plus two percent (2%).

"Available Funds" means (i) Debt Service Payments, (ii) any contributions to the capital of the Borrower after the date of this Loan Agreement, or (iii) any other amounts to be paid by Borrower to Lender that have been authorized by FNBO pursuant to the Construction Loan Agreement or the Subordination Agreement.

"Closing" means the date of execution and delivery of this Loan Agreement.

"Collateral" means the Property which is provided as security for the Indebtedness of Borrower hereunder.

Loan Agreement

Page 2

"Collateral Agreement" means that certain Collateral and Agency Agreement dated as of February _____, 2006 by and among Lender, Fagen and GreenWay.

"Construction Loan Agreement" means that certain Construction Loan Agreement dated December 15, 2005, by and between Borrower (as borrower) and FNBO (as lender).

"Debt Service Payments" means, with respect to any period, any payments received by Agent of any cash interest payments (whether stated interest or default interest), principal payments, late charges, and other charges with respect to any Subordinate Loan required to be paid during such period.

"Default" means and refers to an event that with notice or with the passage of time or both would constitute an Event of Default.

"Event of Default" has the meaning ascribed to such term in ARTICLE 8 of this Loan Agreement.

"Fagen" means Fagen, Inc., a Minnesota corporation.

"Fagen Loan" means a loan made by Fagen to Borrower in an amount not to exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000).

"Fagen Loan Documents" means those agreements, instruments and other documents that evidence or secure the Fagen Loan.

"Financing Statements" means collectively, all financing statements, if any, executed or to be executed by Borrower, to perfect or to continue the perfection of any security interests granted to Lender in any Collateral securing the Loan.

"FNBO" means First National Bank of Omaha, a national banking association established at Omaha, Nebraska.

"FNBO Loan" means the loan made by FNBO to Borrower pursuant to the Construction Loan Agreement.

"GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, as in effect at the time of application of the provisions hereof.

"Governmental Requirements" means the duties, requirements or other obligations imposed by applicable laws, rules, regulations or ordinances.

"GreenWay" means GreenWay Consulting, LLC, a Minnesota limited liability company.

Loan Agreement

Page 3

"GreenWay Loan" means a loan made by GreenWay to Borrower in an amount not to exceed One Million Five Hundred Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($1,525,000).

" GreenWay Loan Documents" means those agreements, instruments and other documents that evidence or secure the GreenWay Loan.

"Indebtedness" means all present and future indebtedness, obligations and liabilities, or any part thereof, of Borrower now existing or hereafter arising under or in connection with this Loan Agreement, the Promissory Note or any of the other Loan Documents (specifically including, without limitation, the principal amount outstanding under the Promissory Note), together with (a) all interest accrued thereon; and (b) all costs, charges, commissions, reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses owing and to become owing in connection with the enforcement and collection of the foregoing obligations and indebtedness, and those owing to or to become owing in connection with the repossession, operation, maintenance, preservation or foreclosure of any Collateral, regardless of whether such indebtedness, obligations and liabilities are direct, contingent, fixed, liquidated, unliquidated, joint, several or joint and several. The Indebtedness shall include all renewals, extensions, modifications, rearrangements and replacements of any of the above-described obligations and indebtedness. Indebtedness shall not include any amounts due under the Other Loan Documents.

"Indemnified Person" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.7.

"Lien" means, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest, assignment or encumbrance of any kind.

"Loan Agreement" means and refers to this loan agreement executed by Borrower and Lender, as the same may at any time and from time to time be amended, extended, modified, renewed, restated or supplemented.

"Loan Documents" means and refers to this Loan Agreement, the Promissory Note, the Collateral Agreement, and the Security Documents, together with all other documents or instruments contemplated therein as any of them may at any time and from time to time be amended, extended, modified, renewed, restated or supplemented.

"Loan" means the amount loaned by Lender to Borrower pursuant to this Loan Agreement in connection with the Project.

"Material Adverse Effect" means an effect resulting from any circumstance or event of whatever nature (including, but not limited to, the filing of, or any adverse determination or development in, any litigation, arbitration or governmental investigation or proceeding) which (a) has any adverse effect whatsoever upon the ability of Lender to enforce any material provisions of any of the Loan Documents; (b) is material and adverse to financial condition or other property of

Loan Agreement

Page 4

Borrower; or (c) impairs the ability of Borrower to fulfill any material obligation under the Loan Documents.

"Maturity Date" means the date all amounts due and owing by Borrower to FNBO under the Construction Loan Agreement are paid in full or, if earlier, the date that is sixty-one (61) months after the date of this Loan Agreement.

"Mortgage" means that certain mortgage, assignment of rents, security agreement, and fixture financing statement executed by Borrower in favor of Agent which encumbers the Property and which secures the Promissory Note and the Other Loan Documents.

"Other Loan Documents" means, collectively, the Fagen Loan Documents and the GreenWay Loan Documents.

"Payment Percentage" means, for so long as none of the Subordinated Loans have been paid in full: with respect to Lender, forty-five percent (45%); with respect to GreenWay, twenty-seven and one-half percent (27.5%); and with respect to Fagen, twenty-seven and one-half percent (27.5%). Once the Fagen Loan or the GreenWay Loan has been paid in full, the Payment Percentage shall be two-thirds (2/3) to Lender and one-third (1/3) to GreenWay or Fagen, whichever is remaining, or if the Loan is paid in full prior to payment in full of the GreenWay Loan and the Fagen Loan, then the Payment Percentage shall be one-half (1/2) to GreenWay and one-hald (1/2) to Fagen. If all but one of the Subordinated Loans has been paid in full, then the Payment Percentage shall be 100% to the remaining Subordinated Lender.

"Participation Percentage" means the percentage amount that the outstanding principal balance of a Subordinated Lender's Subordinate Loan bears to the aggregate outstanding principal balance of all of the Subordinate Loans.

"Person" means an individual, a corporation, a partnership, a limited liability company, an association, a trust or any other entity or organization, including a government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.

"Property" means and refers to the following property, rights, interests and estates now owned, or hereafter acquired, by Borrower:

(a) Land. The real property described in Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof (collectively, the "Land"), together with all additional lands and estates therein which may, from time to time, by supplemental mortgage be expressly made subject to the lien of this Mortgage.

Loan Agreement

Page 5

(b) Improvements. The buildings, structures, fixtures, additions, accessions, enlargements, extensions, modifications, repairs, replacements and improvements now or hereafter erected or located on the Land (the "Improvements");

(c) Easements. All easements, rights-of-way or use, rights, strips and gores of land, streets, ways, alleys, passages, sewer rights, water, water courses, water rights and powers, air rights and development rights, and all estates, rights, titles, interests, privileges, liberties, servitudes, tenements, hereditaments and appurtenances of any nature whatsoever, in any way now or hereafter belonging, relating or pertaining to the Land and the Improvements and the reversion and reversions, remainder and remainders, and all land lying in the bed of any street, road or avenue, opened or proposed, in front of or adjoining the Land, to the center line thereof and all the estates, rights, titles, interests, property, possession, claim and demand whatsoever, both at law and in equity, of Borrower of, in and to the Land and the Improvements and every part and parcel thereof, with the appurtenances thereto;

(d) Fixtures and Personal Property. All machinery, equipment, goods, inventory, fixtures (including, but not limited to, all heating, air conditioning, plumbing, lighting) and other property of every kind and nature whatsoever owned by Borrower, or in which Borrower has or shall have an interest, now or hereafter located upon the Land and the Improvements, or appurtenant thereto, and usable in connection with the present or future use, maintenance, enjoyment, operation and occupancy of the Land and the Improvements and all building equipment, materials and supplies of any nature whatsoever owned by Borrower, or in which Borrower has or shall have an interest, now or hereafter located upon the Land and the Improvements, or appurtenant thereto, or usable in connection with the present or future operation and occupancy of the Land and the Improvements and the right, title and interest of Borrower in and to any of the Personal Property (as hereinafter defined) which may be subject to any security interests, as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code, as adopted and enacted by the state or states where any of the Property is located ("Uniform Commercial Code"), superior in lien to the lien of this Mortgage and all proceeds and products of the above;

(e) Leases and Rents. All leases and other agreements affecting the use, enjoyment or occupancy of the Land and the Improvements heretofore or hereafter entered into, (the "Leases") and all right, title and interest of Borrower, its successors and assigns therein and thereunder, including, without limitation, cash or securities deposited thereunder to secure the performance by the lessees of their obligations thereunder and all rents (including all tenant security and other deposits), additional rents, revenues, issues and profits
(including all oil and gas or other mineral royalties and bonuses) from the Land and the Improvements whether paid or accruing before or after the filing by or against Borrower of any petition for relief

Loan Agreement

Page 6

under the Bankruptcy Code (collectively the "Rents") and all proceeds from the sale or other disposition of the Leases and the right to receive and apply the Rents to the payment of the Indebtedness;

(f) Condemnation Awards. All awards or payments, including interest thereon, which may heretofore and hereafter be made with respect to the Property, whether from the exercise of the right of eminent domain (including but not limited to any transfer made in lieu of or in anticipation of the exercise of the right), or for a change of grade, or for any other injury to or decrease in the value of the Property;

(g) Insurance Proceeds. All proceeds of and any unearned premiums on any insurance policies covering the Property, including, without limitation, the right to receive and apply the proceeds of any insurance, judgments, or settlements made in lieu thereof, for damage to the Property;

(h) Tax Certiorari. All refunds, rebates or credits in connection with a reduction in real estate taxes and assessments charged against the Property as a result of tax certiorari or any applications or proceedings for reduction;

(i) Conversion. All proceeds of the conversion, voluntary or involuntary, of any of the foregoing including, without limitation, proceeds of insurance and condemnation awards, into cash or liquidation claims;

(j) Rights. The right, in the name and on behalf of Borrower, to appear in and defend any action or proceeding brought with respect to the Property and to commence any action or proceeding to protect the interest of Lender in the Property;

(k) Agreements. All agreements, contracts (including purchase, sale, option, right of first refusal and other contracts pertaining to the Property), certificates, instruments, franchises, permits, licenses, approvals, consents, plans, specifications and other documents, now or hereafter entered into, and all rights therein and thereto, respecting or pertaining to the use, occupation, construction, management or operation of the Property (including any Improvements or respecting any business or activity conducted on the Land and any part thereof) and all right, title and interest of Borrower therein and thereunder, including, without limitation, the right, upon the happening of any default hereunder, to receive and collect any sums payable to Borrower thereunder;

(l) Trademarks. All tradenames, trademarks, servicemarks, logos, copyrights, goodwill, books and records and all other general intangibles relating to or used in connection with the operation of the Property;

Loan Agreement

Page 7

(m) Accounts. All accounts, accounts receivable, documents, instruments, chattel paper, deposit accounts, investment property, claims, reserves (including deposits) representations, warranties, and general intangibles, as one or more of the foregoing terms may be defined in the Uniform Commercial Code, and all contract rights, franchises, books, records, plans, specifications, permits, licenses (to the extent assignable), approvals, actions, choses, commercial tort claims, suits, proofs of claim in bankruptcy and causes of action which now or hereafter are owned by Borrower and relate to, or are derived from or are used in connection with the Property, or the use, operation, maintenance, occupancy or enjoyment thereof or the conduct of any business or activities thereon; and

(n) Other Rights. Any and all other rights of Borrower in and to the Property and any accessions, renewals, replacements and substitutions of all or any portion of the Property and all proceeds derived from the sale, transfer, assignment or financing of the Property or any portion thereof.

"Promissory Note" means that certain promissory note executed by Borrower to the order of Lender on the _____________ day of February, 2006 in the principal amount of not to exceed $3,000,000.00, including any and all promissory notes given in renewal, extension, modification, restatement, rearrangement or replacement of the Promissory Note.

"Security Documents" shall mean any agreement, instrument or document (including, but not limited to the Mortgage and Financing Statements) that secures Borrower's obligations under the Promissory Note and this Loan Agreement

"Subordinated Lenders" means Lender, GreenWay and Fagen.

"Subordinate Loans" means the Loan, GreenWay Loan and Fagen Loan.

"Subordination Agreement" means that certain subordination agreement between Borrower, Lender, FNBO, Fagen and GreenWay dated December 15, 2005.

1.2. Titles. Underlined titles to sections have been included for convenience only and shall not define, affect or limit any of the terms or provisions of this Loan Agreement and shall be disregarded in construing the language of any such term or provision.

1.3. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein shall have the same meaning given to such terms in the other Loan Documents unless otherwise defined herein or the context clearly indicates otherwise.

ARTICLE 2. THE LOAN.

Loan Agreement

Page 8

2.1. Loan Facility. Subject to and upon the terms, covenants and conditions of this Loan Agreement, Lender agrees that it shall make a Loan in a principal amount that does not exceed Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000). The Loan shall be evidenced by the Promissory Note and the other Loan Documents.

2.2 Repayment of Loan.

(a) Prior to the Maturity Date, Borrower shall repay the principal amount of the Loan from Available Funds as hereinafter provided, and shall also pay accrued interest thereon in quarterly payments on the first day of January, April, July and October of each year. Such interest payments shall commence on the 1st day of April, 2006. The remaining outstanding principal balance and all accrued but unpaid interest shall become due and payable on the Maturity Date. In addition to the amounts being loaned by FNBO and Lender, Borrower is borrowing an amount not to exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) from Fagen under the terms of the Fagen Loan Documents and an amount not to exceed One Million Five Hundred Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($1,525,000) from GreenWay under the terms of the GreenWay Loan Documents.

(b) Upon each and every date Borrower obtains Available Funds, Borrower shall pay out within five (5) business days thereafter to the Agent, who shall distribute such payment of Available Funds to Lender, Fagen and GreenWay pursuant to the terms of the Collateral Agreement. The terms of the Collateral Agreement provide as follows:

(i) the Agent shall distribute such Available Funds consisting of payment of interest to the Subordinated Lenders pari passu in accordance with the Subordinated Lenders' respective Participation Percentage.

(ii) the Agent shall distribute such Available Funds consisting of payment of principal to the Subordinated Lenders pari passu in accordance with the Subordinated Lenders' respective Payment Percentage.

(iii) the Agent shall distribute such Extraordinary Payments (as defined in the Collateral Agreement) consisting of payment of interest to the Subordinated Lenders pari passu in accordance with the Subordinated Lenders' respective Participation Percentage.

Loan Agreement

Page 9

(c) Payments of Available Funds received by Lender under the terms of this of Section (regardless of how classified by the Agent) shall be applied first to amounts other than interest and principal that are due hereunder, second to accrued but unpaid interest, and then third to principal. Any payment of principal on the Loan shall be evidenced by notations on the books and records of Lender. If requested by Borrower from time to time, Lender shall deliver a statement of account to Borrower setting forth the unpaid principal balance of the Loan. Such statement shall (absent clerical error) be deemed conclusively correct and accepted by Borrower unless Borrower notifies Lender to the contrary in writing within five (5) business days following delivery of such statement. Upon receipt of the payment or prepayment by Borrower of any portion of the Loan, Lender is hereby authorized to record the date and amount of each such payment or prepayment on its books and records, and any such recordation shall constitute prima facie evidence of the accuracy of the information so recorded, absent manifest error. The failure of Lender to make any such notation shall not affect in any manner or to any extent Borrower's obligations hereunder.

(d) The obligation of Borrower to repay the principal amount of the Loan together with interest thereon shall be further evidenced by the Promissory Note. Interest shall accrue on the principal amount of the Loan from the date of advance until the Maturity Date at a rate equal to the Applicable Rate. Lender's calculation of the applicable interest accrued on the Loan shall constitute prima facie evidence of the accuracy of the amount of interest calculated, absent manifest error.

2.4. No Prepayment Charge. Borrower may make prepayments of principal at any time and from time to time without the payment of a prepayment charge; provided that such prepayments shall be deemed to be Available Funds to be distributed pursuant to the Collateral Agreement and Section 2.1(b).

2.5. Renewal and Extension. Any renewal or extension of the Promissory Note or any advance made pursuant to the terms of such renewed or extended Promissory Note, shall be subject to the terms of this Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Lender is under no obligation to renew or extend the term of any Indebtedness when it matures.

2.6. Reinstatement of Debt. If and to the extent Lender must deliver to FNBO a payment received from Borrower pursuant to the terms of the Subordination Agreement, Borrower will not be credited for the payment so turned over and the Indebtedness owing to Lender shall be adjusted accordingly.

ARTICLE 3. CONDITIONS TO CLOSING.

3.1. Conditions Precedent to Lender's Obligations under the Loan Documents. Lender shall have no obligation under the Loan Documents unless the following conditions have been satisfied:

Loan Agreement

Page 10

(a) Borrower shall have delivered to Lender duly and properly executed originals of the Loan Documents;

(b) Borrower shall have delivered certified (as of the date of this Loan Agreement) copies of all corporate action taken by Borrower, authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents and each other document contemplated to be delivered pursuant to the Loan Documents;

(c) Lender shall have received current certificates of good standing for Borrower issued by the Secretary of State of the state in which Borrower is doing business;

(d) Borrower shall have delivered current UCC search results showing the Collateral is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or security interest, other than the lien of Agent and the mortgage securing the FNBO Loan, and demonstrated to Lender's satisfaction that Borrower owns the Collateral;

(e) Borrower shall have delivered its opinion of counsel concluding the Loan Documents are binding and enforceable in accordance with their terms and addressing such other matters as Lender may request;

(f) Borrower shall have delivered a commitment for title insurance proposing to insure the Lien of the Mortgage, subject only to (x) the mortgage securing the FNBO Loan, and (y) easements and restrictions of record which are acceptable to Lender, but if title insurance is not available, an attorney's opinion of title, abstract of title or such other title evidence satisfactory to Lender confirming the priority of the lien of the Mortgage as aforesaid shall be furnished at Borrower's expense;

(g) The Mortgage and the Financing Statement shall have been properly filed of record, and Borrower shall have paid all applicable recording costs, filing fees, stamp taxes and the like;

(h) Borrower and Fagen shall have entered into a Design-Build Lump Sum Contract under which Fagen is to design and construct the Project;

(i) Fagen and Lender shall have entered into an agreement under which Lender is to provide certain services in connection with the design and construction of a coal fired steam generation system and a distillers grain steam dryer system for the Project;

(j) Borrower and Fagen shall have entered into the Fagen Loan Documents, on terms acceptable to Lender.

Loan Agreement

Page 11

(k) Borrower and GreenWay shall have entered into the GreenWay Loan documents, on terms acceptable to Lender;

(l) Lender, Fagen, FNBO, GreenWay and Borrower shall have entered into the Subordination Agreement with respect to the loans each such lender shall make to Borrower, on terms acceptable to Lender; and

(m) Borrower shall have entered into the Construction Loan Agreement with FNBO, on terms acceptable to Lender.

3.2. Actions by Lender. No action taken by Lender, including the advancement of funds hereunder, prior to Borrower's satisfaction of the above requirements, shall be deemed a waiver of Lender's right to require full compliance with all conditions.

ARTICLE 4. ADVANCE UNDER THE LOAN.

4.1. Borrower's Right to Advance under the Loan. Lender shall be obligated to disburse or advance any funds under the Loan only if the following conditions have been satisfied as of the date of the request for the Loan:

(a) Closing shall have previously occurred;

(b) All representations and warranties made herein shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date of the Borrower's deemed request for the Loan;

(c) No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

(d) Borrower shall have performed or caused to be performed the conditions of Section 3.1 above applicable to the requested Loan.

ARTICLE 5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

Borrower hereby represents and warrants, and so long as any Indebtedness from Borrower to Lender remains unpaid or this Loan Agreement remains in effect, continuously represents and warrants as follows:

5.1. Due Organization. Borrower is a duly organized and validly existing limited liability company under the laws of the State of North Dakota and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in that State and in each jurisdiction where the nature and extent of its business and property require same. Borrower has the authority to own its properties and carry on its businesses as they are now and will be conducted.

Loan Agreement

Page 12

5.2. Due Authority. All actions necessary or required to be taken by Borrower for the execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents have been duly authorized and taken by Borrower.

5.3. Enforceability against Borrower. This Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of Borrower, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.

5.4. No Conflict. The execution and delivery of the Loan Documents by Borrower do not conflict with or constitute on the part of Borrower a breach of, or default under any of the terms, conditions, provisions, or restrictions of any other promissory note, mortgage or loan agreement, or of any partnership agreement or any other agreement, articles of incorporation, bylaws, lease or other instrument to which Borrower is subject or by which Borrower may be bound.

5.5. Financial Statements. All balance sheets, income statements, accounts receivable aging reports, inventory reports and other financial information of Borrower which may hereafter be furnished to Lender present fairly the financial condition and results of Borrower's operations, as of the date and for the periods shown and have been and will be prepared in conformity with the standards established by AICPA and in accordance GAAP or such other basis of accounting as is acceptable to Lender.

5.6. Litigation. There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry, or investigation at law or in equity or before or by any court, public board or body pending or threatened against or affecting Borrower, nor, to the best of Borrower's knowledge, does there exist any basis upon which any such action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation could be instituted which could result in an unfavorable decision, ruling, or finding which would in any way materially adversely affect Borrower, Borrower's operations, the transactions contemplated in the Loan Documents or create a Lien on the Property.

5.7. Statutory Compliance. Borrower and the Collateral are each in compliance in all material respects with all Governmental Requirements.

5.8. Ownership of the Property and Collateral. Borrower has marketable title in and to the Property and the Collateral, subject only to the Lien and security interest of Lender pursuant to this Loan Agreement and the Lien of the mortgage securing the FNBO Loan.

ARTICLE 6. COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS.

Borrower hereby covenants and agrees, and so long as any Indebtedness from Borrower to Lender remains unpaid or this Loan Agreement remains in effect, continuously covenants and agrees as follows:

Loan Agreement

Page 13

6.1. Payment of Indebtedness. Borrower will pay the Indebtedness at the time and in the manner provided in the Loan Documents, or as provided in any other instruments, agreements or documents evidencing the obligations of Borrower to Lender. In addition, Borrower will timely pay the obligations owed on the FNBO Loan.

6.2. Maintain Good Standing. Borrower is and shall remain a limited liability company in good standing under the laws of the State of North Dakota and any other state in which qualification may be necessary.

6.3. Maintain System of Accounting; Provide Financial Information. Borrower shall maintain its books and records and system of accounting in accordance with GAAP or such other basis of accounting as is acceptable to Lender, so that at any time and from time to time the true and complete Financial condition of Borrower is presented fairly and may be readily determined, and, at Lender's request, shall make such records available for Lender's inspection. Borrower agrees to furnish to Lender within thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar month (i) a balance sheet of Borrower, as of the end of such period, and (ii) income statements and statements of changes in cash flow for such period and year to date, all prepared in accordance with GAAP, and all in reasonable detail. Following completion of the Project, Borrower shall also furnish to Lender each month, within thirty (30) days of the last day of each month end, a monthly production report of Borrower's input and output amounts of corn usage, coal usage, distillers dried grain, ethanol and CO2 together with all other monthly financial and operational information as may required by this Loan Agreement. Borrower shall also furnish promptly to Lender, in such form as Lender may reasonably request, such additional financial or other information concerning the cash flow, income, assets, liabilities, ownership, operations, corporate activities and meetings and transactions of Borrower as may be requested by Lender from time to time, and permit Lender to make and obtain copies of any such records or information.

6.4. Notice of Litigation. Borrower shall advise Lender promptly of any claim or controversy which is or may become the subject of litigation against Borrower or any Collateral, and whether such litigation or potential litigation, in the event of an unfavorable outcome, could have a Material Adverse Effect on Borrower's financial condition or operations.

6.5. Compliance with Governmental Requirements. Borrower shall timely comply with all Governmental Requirements applicable to the Loan, any of the Loan Documents, and all applicable organizational documents and other agreements to which Borrower is a party and shall promptly deliver to Lender evidence of such compliance upon request.

6.6. Notification of Defaults and Other Events. Borrower shall promptly advise Lender in writing of any of the following occurrences or events as they become known to Borrower, specifying in each case the action Borrower has taken or caused to be taken, or proposes to take or cause to be taken, with respect to the following:

Loan Agreement

Page 14

(a) the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default;

(b) any default by Borrower under any Governmental Requirement or in the payment of any indebtedness (or in the performance of any obligation related thereto) related to the Loan or the Loan Documents which could have a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) any claim or controversy which is or may become the subject of litigation, arbitration or governmental investigation which has been instituted or to the knowledge of Borrower, is threatened against Borrower or any Collateral which could have a Material Adverse Effect;

(d) any damage or injury to the Collateral; or

(e) if the Project is no longer in operating condition.

6.7. Hold Harmless. Borrower shall protect, indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at Borrower's own cost and expense, Lender, and its successors and assigns (each, an "Indemnified Person"), from and against, and if and to the extent paid, reimburse each such Indemnified Person for, any and all losses, liabilities, claims, damages deficiencies, interest, judgments, costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, all court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses) of any and every kind and nature arising out of or by reason of any representation or warranty made by Borrower hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents; Provided, however, that nothing contained in this Section 6.7 shall be construed as an agreement by Borrower to indemnify any Indemnified Person for any Indemnified Person's (i) gross negligence or willful misconduct that directly causes or results in the harm or loss being indemnified, or (ii) any unexcused or unlawful breach by Lender of any of its obligations under this Loan Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents. The indemnity provided herein shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Loan Documents.

6.8. Access to Borrower's Books and Records. At all times during normal business hours, Borrower shall accord Lender and Lender's representatives access to Borrower's books and records (wherever located), including those electronically stored, for inspection and examination and shall permit copies to be made of such books and records and make available a photocopy facility for that purpose at Borrower's expense.

6.9. Costs and Expenses. Borrower has and will pay when due all costs and expenses occurring after Closing in connection with the Loan, including, but not limited to, all reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of Lender's counsel in connection with the amendment, enforcement or defense of the Loan Documents, the granting or denial of any waiver or consent hereunder or under the other Loan Documents or any other matter or transaction contemplated by the Loan Documents.

Loan Agreement

Page 15

6.10. Prompt Performance. So long as any portion of the Indebtedness remains outstanding, Borrower shall promptly perform each and every obligation of Borrower as set forth herein, in the other Loan Documents, under the Construction Loan Agreement with FNBO and under the Other Loan Documents.

6.11. Insurance on the Collateral. So long as the Loan is outstanding, Borrower shall keep and maintain casualty insurance on the Collateral, which insurance shall name Lender as loss payee. The amount of insurance shall be subject to Lender's approval, and Borrower shall provide evidence that such insurance is in effect at all times.

6.12 Operate the Project. Until the Loan is paid in full or otherwise retired as provided herein, Borrower covenants to continuously operate the Project at Borrower's sole cost and expense.

ARTICLE 7. BORROWER'S NEGATIVE COVENANTS.

Borrower hereby covenants that so long as any portion of the Indebtedness remains outstanding and unpaid, Borrower will not, directly or indirectly, do any of the following without the prior written consent of Lender:

7.1. Incur Or Make Additional Debt. Enter into any contract, guaranty, indemnity or other agreement with another party which has the effect of creating a monetary debt in favor of the other party, or enter into an amendment, change, revision or other modification of the terms of the FNBO Loan, the Fagen Loan or the GreenWay Loan that has the effect of increasing the indebtedness, extending the time for payment or granting other collateral as security therefor. Borrower shall not make any loan, or extend credit to, any person including but not limited to any officer, manager, employee or member of Borrower.

7.2. Application of Funds. Apply the amounts borrowed under this Loan Agreement to any purposeor use not expressly permitted under this Loan Agreement, other than toward payment of proper costs of constructing the Project pursuant to the Design-Build Lump Sum Contract between Borrower and Fagen, as invoiced by Fagen.

7.3. Change in Ownership. Sell, transfer or assign (or permit the sale, transfer or assignment of) any interest in the beneficial ownership of Borrower, or pledge or otherwise encumber (or permit the pledge or other encumbrance of) any interest in Borrower.

7.4. Use Violations. Use, maintain, operate or occupy or allow the use, maintenance, operation or occupancy of the Property in any manner which (i) violates the terms of the Loan Documents; (ii) may be dangerous unless safeguarded as required by law; (iii) constitutes a public

Loan Agreement

Page 16

nuisance; (iv) makes void, voidable or cancelable any insurance policy then in force with respect thereto; or (v) makes void, voidable or cancelable any governmental permit.

7.5 Distributions. Declare or make any distribution (whether cash or property) to its members; provided, however, Borrower may make annual cash distributions to its members not to exceed the lesser of (i) the estimated federal, state and local income tax liability (excluding penalties and interest) attributable to each member's proportionate share of the Borrower's net taxable income, or (ii) the amount permitted under the Construction Loan Agreement. Such estimated tax liability, which shall be computed by the accountant who regularly prepares the Borrower's tax returns, shall be computed on the basis of the highest marginal rate applicable to individuals on capital gains and other taxable income for the fiscal year in question.

7.6 Transfer Its Assets. Except in the ordinary course of its business, sell or offer to sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any of Borrower's assets including the Project or any interest therein.

7.7 Other Covenants. Do or cause to be done any act which would result in a breach of any of the Loan Documents.

ARTICLE 8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

The occurrence of any one or more of the following shall constitute an Event of Default hereunder:

8.1. Failure to Make Payment. The failure of Borrower to pay, when due, any amount then owing by Borrower to Lender, which failure continues, without cure, for ten (10) days from the date notice of such failure is provided by Lender to Borrower.

8.2. Default on the Agreement with Fagen or Lender. Default in the performance by Borrower of any of the terms or obligations on its part to be performed under any agreement with Fagen or Lender which default is not timely cured to the satisfaction of Fagen or Lender, as the case may be, including without limitation the agreements referenced in clauses (h) and (i) of section 3.1.

8.3. Failure to Make Payment or Discharge Obligations on Other Indebtedness. Default in the payment when due (subject to applicable grace periods), whether by acceleration or otherwise, of any other indebtedness or undertaking of Borrower, or default in the performance or observance of any obligation or condition with respect to any such other indebtedness or undertaking, if the effect of such default is to accelerate the maturity of such other indebtedness or undertaking or to permit the holder(s) thereof, or any trustee or agent for such holder(s), to cause such other indebtedness or undertaking to become due and payable prior to its expressed maturity.

Loan Agreement

Page 17

8.4. Failure to Discharge Obligations. The failure of Borrower to promptly, punctually and faithfully perform or discharge any of its covenants, agreements or obligations (excluding payment obligations) under any of the Loan Documents and such failure continues, without cure, for more than thirty (30) days from the date notice of such failure is provided by Lender to Borrower.

8.5. Misrepresentation. The reasonable determination by Lender that any representation or warranty now or hereafter made by Borrower to Lender, whether in the Loan Documents or otherwise, was not true or correct when given in any material respect, and Borrower is unable to correct, cure or make true such representation or warranty within twenty (20) days from the date notice thereof is provided by Lender to Borrower.

8.6. Governmental Action. Any Governmental Authority or any other person takes or institutes action, which in the reasonable opinion of Lender, will have a Material Adverse Effect on Borrower, Borrower's operations, or Borrower's ability to repay the Loan, and such governmental, public or private action continues, without cure, for more than twenty (20) days from the date notice thereof is provided by Lender to Borrower.

8.7. Business Failure. Dissolution, termination of existence, insolvency, business failure, or suspension of business on the part of Borrower, the filing of a petition for the appointment of a receiver or the appointment of a receiver for all or any part of Borrower's property, assignment for the benefit of creditors or commencement of any proceedings under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or against Borrower.

8.8. Service of Process. Service of any order of attachment, garnishment, or levy or the existence or the making or issuance of any tax lien or similar process on or with respect to any of Borrower's property, which has not been released or collection, execution or similar process stayed within thirty (30) days.

8.9. Judgment. The entry of any judgment or order against Borrower, which judgment or order is not satisfied or appealed from (with execution or similar process stayed) within ten (10) days of the entry of such judgment.

8.10. Sell, Transfer or Dispose of the Collateral. The sale, transfer, assignment, mortgage or other disposition of any of the Collateral without Lender's prior written consent.

ARTICLE 9. RIGHTS AND REMEDIES UPON DEFAULT.

9.1. Remedies upon Default. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Lender, acting by or through agents, receivers, trustees or otherwise (including, but not limited to the Agent) without further notice (including, without limitation, notice of default, notice of intent to

Loan Agreement

Page 18

accelerate or of acceleration) except for any notice that is expressly required herein, and without demand, presentment, protest or action of any nature whatsoever all of which are hereby waived by Borrower, and in addition to any other provision in the Loan Documents may exercise any or all of the following rights, remedies and recourses:

(a) Declare the unpaid principal balance of the Promissory Note, the accrued and unpaid interest thereon and any other accrued but unpaid portion of the Indebtedness to be immediately due and payable, whereupon the same shall become immediately due and payable; provided, however, that if accelerated pursuant to this sentence, the Promissory Note and all such Indebtedness may be reinstated at the option and upon the written approval of Lender.

(b) Reduce any claim to judgment.

(c) Perform and discharge each and every obligation, covenant, condition and agreement of Borrower under any of the Loan Documents (provided that Lender shall not have any obligation to perform or discharge any such obligation), and, in exercising any such powers, to pay necessary costs and expenses, employ counsel and incur and pay reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses. Lender shall not be obligated to perform or discharge, nor does it hereby undertake to perform or discharge, any obligation, duty or liability of Borrower by reason of this Loan Agreement, it being agreed that Lender shall be treated as agreeing to perform or discharge such obligation, duty or liability if (but only if) Lender shall expressly so elect, by sending written notice to the other contracting party to such documents.

(d) Lender may proceed by a suit or suits in equity or at law for a judicial or strict foreclosure hereunder, or for the specific performance of any covenant or agreement herein contained, or in aid of the execution of any power herein granted.

(e) Lender, its agents or its representatives shall have the right to become the purchaser at any sale held by Lender or by any receiver or public officer, and Lender shall have the right to credit upon the amount of the bid made therefor the amount payable out of the net proceeds of such sale to Lender.

(f) Exercise any and all other rights, remedies and recourses granted under any of the Loan Documents (including but not limited to the Security Documents) or otherwise now or hereafter existing in equity, at law, by virtue of statute or otherwise.

9.2. Application of Proceeds After Default. All payments on the Loan received by Lender during the existence of an Event of Default, and the proceeds of any sale or disposition of the Collateral, and all proceeds generated by Lender's exercise of its remedies herein set forth or under any of the Loan Documents, shall be applied to the Indebtedness owing by Borrower in such order and manner as Lender deems appropriate any instructions from any other Person (including Borrower) notwithstanding.

Loan Agreement

Page 19

9.3. Waivers. To the full extent permitted by law, Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives and releases:

(a) except as specifically provided for herein or in any of the other Loan Documents, all notices of any Default or Event of Default or of any election by Lender to exercise any right, remedy or recourse provided for under the Loan Documents or of the actual exercise of any such right, remedy or recourse;

(b) except as specifically provided for in any of the Loan Documents, any and all right to receive demand, grace, notice, presentment for payment, protest, notice of intention to accelerate the Indebtedness or notice of acceleration of the Indebtedness.

9.4. Discontinuance of Proceedings. In case Lender shall have proceeded to invoke any right, remedy, recourse or power permitted under the Loan Documents and shall thereafter elect to discontinue or abandon same for any reason, Lender shall have the unqualified right to do so and, in such event, Borrower and Lender shall be restored to their former positions with respect to the Indebtedness, the Loan Documents, the Collateral and otherwise, and the rights, remedies, recourses and powers of Lender shall continue as if same had never been invoked.

ARTICLE 10. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS. Borrower acknowledges and agrees that the following provisions shall also apply to this Loan Agreement:

10.1. Continuing Agreement. This is a continuing agreement and all the rights, powers and remedies of Lender hereunder and all agreements and obligations of Borrower and Lender, shall continue to exist until all of the Indebtedness is paid in full.

10.2. Failure to Give Notice and/or Cure. If any provision of the Loan Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents provides for Lender to give to Borrower or any other person liable on the Loan any notice and/or cure period regarding an Event of Default, then, if Lender shall fail to give such notice to Borrower or such other Person, the sole and exclusive remedy of Borrower or such other person for such failure shall be to seek appropriate equitable relief to enforce the agreement to give such notice and to have any acceleration of the maturity of the Promissory Note enjoined, postponed or revoked and foreclosure proceedings in connection therewith delayed or terminated pending or upon the curing of such Event of Default in the manner and during the period of time permitted by the Loan Agreement or the applicable Loan Document, if any, and neither Borrower nor such other person shall have any right to damages or any other type of relief against Lender not herein specifically set forth, all of which damages or other relief are hereby waived by Borrower. Borrower understands and agrees that the term of any cure period granted in this Loan Agreement shall not be increased by a similar cure period granted in any other Loan Document with respect to the same default.

Loan Agreement

Page 20

10.3. Defense of Actions. Lender may (but shall not be obligated to) commence, appear in, or defend any action or proceeding purporting to affect the Loan, or the respective rights and obligations of Lender and Borrower pursuant to this Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Lender may (but shall not be obligated to) pay all necessary expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses incurred in connection with such proceedings or actions, which Borrower agrees to repay to Lender on demand.

10.4. No Modification. No modification, consent or waiver whatsoever of any provision hereunder shall be effective unless in writing and approved by Lender, and then only to the extent set forth in such writing.

10.5. Failure to Act. No act, delay, or omission of Lender to exercise any right, remedy or power under the Loan Documents shall impair any such right, remedy or power, or be construed to be a waiver of any Default or an acquiescence therein; and any single or partial exercise of any such right, remedy or power shall not preclude other and further exercise thereof, or the exercise of any other right, remedy or power.

10.6. Rights Cumulative. The rights, remedies and powers provided in the Loan Documents or otherwise are cumulative, and the exercise of any particular right, remedy or power does not preclude the exercise of any other right, remedy or power in addition to, or as an alternative of, such remedy.

10.7. Limitation on Interest. Notwithstanding anything herein or in the other Loan Documents, expressed or implied, to the contrary, in no event shall any interest rate charged hereunder, under the Promissory Note or any of the other Loan Documents, or any interest contracted for, collected or received by Lender exceed the maximum interest rate allowed by applicable law. It is expressly stipulated and agreed to be the intent of Borrower and Lenderat all times to comply with the applicable law governing the maximum rate or amount of interest payable on or in connection with any of the Promissory Note and the Loan. If the applicable law is ever judicially interpreted so as to render usurious any amount called for under either of the Promissory Note or the Loan, or any other circumstance whatsoever, and results in Lender having been paid any interest in excess of that permitted by applicable law, then it is the express intent of Borrower and Lender that all excess amounts theretofore collected by Lender be credited to the principal balance of said Promissory Note, or if said Promissory Note has been or would thereby be paid in full, refunded to Borrower, and the provisions of said Promissory Note and the other applicable Loan Documents shall immediately be deemed to be reformed and the amounts thereafter collectible hereunder and thereunder reduced, without the necessity of the execution any new document, so as to comply with the applicable law, but so as to permit the recovery of the fullest amount otherwise called for hereunder or thereunder.

10.8. Provisions Severable. If any one or more of the provisions of this Loan Agreement operates, in whole or in part, or if any one or more of the provisions of this Loan Agreement

Loan Agreement

Page 21

would prospectively operate, in whole or in part, to invalidate this Loan Agreement, then said provision or provisions shall be deemed null and void, but shall not affect any other provision of this Loan Agreement, and its remaining provisions shall in no way be affected, prejudiced or disturbed thereby.

10.9. No Assignment by Borrower. Neither this Loan Agreement nor the other Loan Documents may be assigned by Borrower without the express written consent of Lender.

10.10. Borrower Additionally Bound. Borrower understands and agrees that it is additionally bound by the terms and conditions of the other Loan Documents, which such terms and provisions are incorporated herein and made a part of this Loan Agreement. To the extent that any term or provision of the other Loan Documents conflicts with a term or provision of this Loan Agreement, the term or provision affording Lender the most security or the greatest right shall control.

10.11. Binding Effect. This Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be binding upon Lender and Borrower and inure to the benefit of their respective representatives, successors and assigns.

10.12. No Agency. Unless expressly set forth herein or in the other Loan Documents, nothing contained herein or in the other Loan Documents shall be construed as creating an agency relationship between Borrower and Lender. It is expressly agreed and understood that no party shall have the right to act for or on behalf of any other party as the result of the execution hereof or of the other Loan Documents.

10.13. Not a Joint Venture or Partnership. Nothing contained in any of the Loan Documents shall be deemed to render Lender and Borrower partners or joint venturers for any purpose.

10.14. Survival of Representations. All covenants, agreements, undertakings, indemnities, representations and warranties made by the Borrower herein will survive the delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of the Loan, and any investigation at any time made by or on behalf of Lender will not diminish Lender's right to rely thereon. All statements contained in any certificate or other instrument delivered by or on behalf of the Borrower under or pursuant to the Loan Documents or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby shall constitute representations and warranties made by the Borrower hereunder.

10.15. Further Assurances. Each party hereto agrees, from time to time as may be reasonably requested by the other party hereto, to execute, acknowledge, obtain and deliver such documents as may be required in order to complete and effect the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents.

Loan Agreement

Page 22

10.16. Time. Time is of the essence with respect to Borrower's obligations under the Loan Documents.

10.17. No Third Party Beneficiaries. Neither this Loan Agreement nor the other Loan Documents create any rights to or for the benefit of any person or persons not a party hereto or thereto.

10.18. Governing Law, Jurisdiction and Venue. This Loan Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Kansas, and Sedgwick County, Kansas, is deemed to be the place of execution, delivery and performance. Borrower expressly agrees to jurisdiction and venue for any and all legal proceedings filed in connection herewith in the District Court of Sedgwick County, Kansas.

10.19. Notice. All notices, requests and communications to any party hereunder shall be in writing (including bank wire, telecopy or similar writing), except for any telephone notices specifically provided for herein, and may be personally served or sent by telecopier, registered or certified mail or the express mail service of the United States Postal Service, Federal Express or other equivalent overnight or expedited delivery service. Any such notice, request or other communication shall be deemed given and received (i) if given by personal service, or telecopier (confirmed in writing) twenty-four (24) hours after having been given; (ii) if sent by telecopier with confirmation by telephone, upon receipt; (iii) if sent by registered or certified mail, upon the earlier of (x) actual receipt, or (y) three (3) days after deposit in a depository of the United States Postal Service, postage prepaid; (iv) if sent by Federal Express, the express mail service of the United States Postal Service or other equivalent overnight or expedited delivery service, upon the earlier of
(x) actual receipt or (y) twenty four (24) hours after delivery to such overnight or expedited delivery service, delivery charges prepaid and properly addressed. For the purposes hereof, the addresses of Borrower and Lender shall be as set forth below.

If to Lender:   ICM, Inc.
                Attn: Jerry Jones
                310 N. First St.
                Colwich, Kansas 67030
                Telecopier: (316) 796-0570

If to Borrower: Red Trail Energy, LLC
                Attn: Mick Miller
                P.O. Box 11
                3682 Hwy. 8 South
                Richardton, ND 58562
                Telecopier: (701) 974-3309


                                                                  Loan Agreement
                                                                         Page 23


Any party may, by proper written notice hereunder to the other party, change the address to which notices shall thereafter be sent to it.

10.20. Counterparts. This Loan Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same agreement.

10.21. Acceptance by Lender. This Loan Agreement is not binding upon Lender until accepted by Lender.

10.22. Grant of Security Interest. Borrower hereby grants to Lender a security interest in the Collateral and Property, all proceeds thereof and after acquired Collateral of similar nature. The security interest shall secure the Indebtedness.

THIS LOAN AGREEMENT, TOGETHER WITH THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, ARE THE FINAL EXPRESSION OF THE AGREEMENT BETWEEN LENDER AND BORROWER AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF ANY PRIOR OR CONTEMPORANEOUS ORAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN US. LENDER B AND BORROWER A&H EACH HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGE AND AFFIRM THAT NO SUCH UNWRITTEN, ORAL AGREEMENTS EXIST. EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT SUFFICIENT SPACE HAS BEEN PROVIDED HEREIN, AND IN THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, FOR THE PLACEMENT OF NONSTANDARD TERMS.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Loan Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the date and year first written above.

RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC

By: /s/ Ambrose R Hoff
    ------------------------------------
Name: Ambrose R Hoff
Title: President
       "Borrower"

ACCEPTED:
ICM, INC.

By /s/ Dave Vander Gried
   ----------------------------------
Name: DAVE VANDER GRIED
Title: CEO
       "Lender"

Loan Agreement

Page 24

EXHIBIT A
TO LOAN AGREEMENT

LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT:

TRACT 1:

A TRACT OF LAND LOCATED IN THE SOUTHWEST QUARTER (SW1/4) OF SECTION 4, TOWNSHIP 139 NORTH, RANGE 92 WEST OF THE 5th PRINCIPAL MERIDIAN, STARK COUNTY, NORTH DAKOTA, being more particularly described as follows:

All that portion of said Southwest Quarter lying South of the southerly 200 foot right of way line of the Burlington Northern/Santa Fe Railroad as surveyed and constructed across said Southwest Quarter of Section 4, except the west 100.00 feet and the south 850.00 feet of the west 920.00 feet of said Southwest Quarter of Section 4.

TRACT 2:

A TRACT OF LAND LOCATED IN THE SE1/4 OF SECTION 4, TOWNSHIP 139 NORTH, RANGE 92 WEST OF THE 5th P.M., STARK COUNTY, NORTH DAKOTA, more particularly described as follows:

All that portion of said SE1/4 lying south of the southerly 200 foot right of way line of the Burlington Northern/Santa Fe Railroad as surveyed and constructed across the said SE1/4 of Section 4.

TRACT 3:

A tract of land located in the South Half (S1/2) of Section 4, Township 139 North, Range 92 West of the 5th Principal Meridian, Stark County, North Dakota, being more particularly described as follows:

The southerly 150.00 feet of the southerly 200.00 feet of right of way for the Burlington Northern/Santa Fe Railroad as surveyed and constructed across said South Half of Section 4. Said tract contains 16.87 acres.

TRACT 4:

A tract of land located in the Northeast Quarter of the Northeast Quarter (NE1/4 NE1/4) of

Loan Agreement

Page 25

Section 9, Township 139 North, Range 92 West of the 5th Principal Meridian, Stark County, North Dakota, being more particularly described as follows:

The southerly 150.00 feet of the southerly 200.00 feet of right of way for the Burlington Northern/Santa Fe Railroad as surveyed and constructed across said Northeast Quarter of the Northeast Quarter of Section 9. Said tract contains 2.79 acres.

TRACT 5:

A tract of land located in the Northwest, Northeast and Southeast Quarters of
Section 10, Township 139 North, Range 92 West of the 5th Principal Meridian, Stark County, North Dakota, being more particularly described as follows:

The southerly 150.00 feet of the southerly 200.00 feet of right of way for the Burlington Northern/Santa Fe Railroad as surveyed and constructed across said Northwest Quarter, the Northeast Quarter and the Southeast Quarter of Section
10. Said tract contains 22.05 acres.

Loan Agreement

Page 26

Exhibit 10.25

PROMISSORY NOTE

February 28, 2006

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned ("Maker", whether one or more) hereby promises to pay to the order of ICM. Inc. ("Holder") at its offices in Colwich, Kansas, the principal sum not to exceed THREE MILLION DOLLARS ($3,000,000), or such lesser sum as shall become due hereunder, together with interest thereon at the Applicable Rate, adjusted each time and as of the date the Applicable Rate changes, without notice to Maker (which notice is hereby expressly waived by Maker).

Interest shall commence to accrue on the date funds are advanced under that certain Loan Agreement between Maker and Holder dated February 28, 2006 ("Loan Agreement"), and shall continue until the Maturity Date. Maker shall make payments of interest on this Promissory Note on the first day of the beginning of every calendar quarter, commencing upon the payment commencement date set forth under the Loan Agreement, and payments of principal in such amounts and at such times as determined under the Loan Agreement. The remaining outstanding principal balance and all accrued but unpaid interest shall become due and payable on the Maturity Date.

Any required payment on this Promissory Note which is not paid when due shall be subject to a late payment charge of five percent (5%) of the amount of such overdue amount. Interest on a required payment which is not paid when due shall thereafter accrue at the rate of eighteen percent (18%) per annum or, if less, the maximum rate of interest permitted under applicable law (the "Default Rate").

The obligations evidenced by this Promissory Note are secured pursuant to the provisions of the documents described below and as they may be amended or supplemented from time to time:

The Security Documents (as such term is defined in the Loan Agreement).

At the option of the Holder hereof, the entire unpaid principal plus accrued interest shall become immediately due and payable, after expiration of any grace period provided in the Loan Documents, upon the occurrence or existence of any of the following events or conditions: (a) any payment required hereunder is not paid when due; (b) default in the performance of any covenant, obligation, warranty or provision contained in the Loan Documents; (c) any warranty, representation, financial information or statement of the Maker is determined to be false in any material respect; (d) an Event of Default; (e) determination by the Holder that a material adverse change has occurred in the financial condition of the Maker, (f) dissolution, termination of existence, insolvency, business failure, the filing of a petition for the appointment of a receiver or the appointment of a receiver for all or a part of any part of the property of the Maker; (g) commencement of any proceedings under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or against the


Maker; or (h) anytime the Holder believes, in the Holder's sole discretion, that the prospect of payment of this Promissory Note is impaired or the Holder otherwise deems itself insecure.

Maker and any endorsers hereby severally waive presentment, protest and demand, notice of protest, demand, dishonor and nonpayment of this Promissory Note. Maker expressly agrees that this Promissory Note, or any payment hereunder, may be extended from time to time without notice and without in any way affecting the liability of the Maker and endorsers hereof.

No waiver of any payment or other right under this Promissory Note or any related agreement shall operate as a waiver of any other payment or right. No delay on the part of the Holder hereof in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of that right or any other right under this Promissory Note. The Holder shall be entitled to recover costs of collection of this Promissory Note, including, to the extent allowed by law, reasonable attorneys' fees.

If any one or more provisions of this Promissory Note shall, in whole or in part, or if any one or more provisions of this Promissory Note operates or would operate to invalidate this Promissory Note, then said provisions or provision shall be deemed null and void, but shall not affect any other provision of this Note and the remaining provisions shall in no way be affected, prejudiced or disturbed thereby. The rules of construction and the definitions set forth in the Loan Agreement shall also apply to this Note. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Note shall have the meanings ascribed in the Loan Agreement.

Time is of the essence of this Promissory Note and of the performance of all obligations hereunder.

This Promissory Note is to be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Kansas.

This Promissory Note shall be binding upon Maker and its successors and assigns and inure to the benefit of Holder and its successors and assigns.

DATED as of the date set forth above.

RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC

By: /s/ Ambrose R Hoff
    ------------------------------------
Name: Ambrose R Hoff
Title: President
       "MAKER"


Exhibit 10.26

LOAN AGREEMENT

between

Fagen, Inc.

LENDER

and

Red Trail Energy, LLC.

BORROWER

Dated: FEBRUARY 28, 2006


LOAN AGREEMENT

THIS LOAN AGREEMENT is entered into as of this _____ day of FEBRUARY, 2006, by and between RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC, a North Dakota limited liability company (herein "BORROWER"), and FAGEN, INC., a Minnesota corporation (herein "LENDER").

WHEREAS, Borrower desires Lender to loan to Borrower an amount not to exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) to be used by Borrower for the purpose of constructing a ethanol production facility in or near Richardton, North Dakota (the "PROJECT"), and Lender is willing to make the loan, all upon the terms, conditions, security, commitments, promises and undertakings set forth below; and

WHEREAS, this Loan Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents (as hereinafter defined), shall set forth the rights, duties, and obligations of the parties with respect to amounts borrowed hereunder.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, the benefits to be derived herefrom and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS.

1.1 Certain Definitions. As used herein, the following terms have the following definitions, unless otherwise defined herein, or the context clearly requires otherwise.

"AGENT" means ICM, as agent for Lender, ICM, and GREENWAY under the terms of the Collateral Agreement, or any successor agent thereunder.

"APPLICABLE RATE" means the fluctuating per annum rate of interest utilized under the Construction Loan Agreement, as determined from time to time, plus two percent (2%).

"AVAILABLE FUNDS" means (I) DEBT SERVICE PAYMENTS, (II) any contributions to the capital of Borrower made after the date of this Loan Agreement, or (III) any other amounts TO BE PAID BY BORROWER TO LENDER THAT HAVE BEEN authorized by FNBO pursuant to the Construction Loan Agreement OR THE SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT.

"CLOSING" means the date of execution and delivery of this Loan Agreement.

"COLLATERAL" means the Property which is provided as security for the Indebtedness of Borrower hereunder.

"COLLATERAL AGREEMENT" means that certain Collateral and Agency Agreement dated as of FEBRUARY ____, 2006 by and among Lender, ICM, and Green Way.

"CONSTRUCTION LOAN AGREEMENT" means that certain Construction Loan Agreement dated December 15, 2005, by and between Borrower, as borrower, and FNBO, as lender.

Loan Agreement

Page 1

"DEFAULT" means and refers to an event that with notice or with the passage of time or both would constitute an Event of Default.

"DEBT SERVICE PAYMENTS" MEANS, WITH RESPECT TO ANY PERIOD, ANY PAYMENTS RECEIVED BY AGENT IN PAYMENT OF ANY CASH INTEREST PAYMENTS (WHETHER STATED INTEREST OR DEFAULT INTEREST), PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS, LATE CHARGES, AND OTHER CHARGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUBORDINATE LOAN REQUIRED TO BE PAID DURING SUCH PERIOD.

"EVENT OF DEFAULT" has the meaning ascribed to such term in ARTICLE 8 of this Loan Agreement.

"FINANCING STATEMENTS" means collectively, all financing statements, if any, executed or to be executed by Borrower, to perfect or to continue the perfection of any security interests granted to Lender in any Collateral securing the Loan.

"FNBO" means First National Bank of Omaha, a national banking association established at Omaha, Nebraska.

"FNBO LOAN" means the loan made by FNBO to Borrower pursuant to the Construction Loan Agreement.

"GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, as in effect at the time of application of the provisions hereof.

"GOVERNMENTAL REQUIREMENTS" means the duties, requirements or other obligations imposed by applicable laws, rules, regulations or ordinances.

"GREEN WAY" means Green Way Consulting, LLC, a Minnesota limited liability company.

"GREENWAY LOAN" means a loan made by GreenWay to Borrower in an amount not to exceed One Million Five Hundred Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($1,525,000).

"GREENWAY LOAN DOCUMENTS" means those agreements, instruments and other documents that evidence or secure the GreenWay Loan.

"ICM" means ICM, Inc., a Kansas corporation.

"ICM LOAN" means a loan made by ICM to Borrower in an amount not to exceed Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000).

"ICM LOAN DOCUMENTS" means those agreements, instruments and other documents that evidence or secure the ICM Loan.

"INDEBTEDNESS" means all present and future indebtedness, obligations and liabilities, or any part thereof, of Borrower now existing or hereafter arising under or in connection with this Loan Agreement, the Promissory Note or any of the other Loan Documents (specifically including, without limitation, the principal amount outstanding under the Promissory Note), together with (a) all interest accrued thereon; and (b) all costs, charges, commissions, reasonable

Loan Agreement

Page 2

attorneys' fees and expenses owing and to become owing in connection with the enforcement and collection of the foregoing obligations and indebtedness, and those owing to or to become owing in connection with the repossession, operation, maintenance, preservation or foreclosure of any Collateral, regardless of whether such indebtedness, obligations and liabilities are direct, contingent, fixed, liquidated, unliquidated, joint, several or joint and several. The Indebtedness shall include all renewals, extensions, modifications, rearrangements and replacements of any of the above-described obligations and indebtedness. Indebtedness shall not include any amounts due under the Other Loan Documents.

"INDEMNIFIED PERSON" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.7.

"LIEN" means, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest, assignment or encumbrance of any kind.

"LOAN AGREEMENT" means and refers to this loan agreement executed by Borrower and Lender, as the same may at any time and from time to time be amended, extended, modified, renewed, restated or supplemented.

"LOAN DOCUMENTS" means and refers to this Loan Agreement, the Promissory Note, the Collateral Agreement, the Security Documents, together with all other documents or instruments contemplated therein as any of them may at any time and from time to time be amended, extended, modified, renewed, restated or supplemented.

"LOAN" means the amount loaned by Lender to Borrower pursuant to this Loan Agreement in connection with the Project.

"MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT" means an effect resulting from any circumstance or event of whatever nature (including, but not limited to, the filing of, or any adverse determination or development in, any litigation, arbitration or governmental investigation or proceeding) which (a) has any adverse effect whatsoever upon the ability of Lender to enforce any material provisions of any of the Loan Documents; (b) is material and adverse to financial condition or other property of Borrower; or (c) impairs the ability of Borrower to fulfill any material obligation under the Loan Documents.

"MATURITY DATE" means the date all amounts due and owing by Borrower to First National Bank of Omaha under the Construction Loan Agreement are paid in full or, if earlier, the date that is sixty-one (61) months after the date of this Loan Agreement.

"MORTGAGE" means that certain mortgage, assignment of rents, security agreement, and fixture financing statement executed by Borrower in favor of Agent, which encumbers the Property and secures the Promissory Note and the Other Loan Documents.

"OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS" means, collectively, the GreenWay Loan Documents and the ICM Loan Documents.

"PAYMENT PERCENTAGE" MEANS, FOR SO LONG AS NO SUBORDINATED LOAN HAS BEEN PAID IN FULL: WITH RESPECT TO ICM, FORTY-FIVE PERCENT (45%); WITH RESPECT TO GREENWAY, TWENTY-SEVEN AND ONE HALF PERCENT (27.5%); AND WITH RESPECT TO LENDER, TWENTY-SEVEN AND ONE-HALF

Loan Agreement

Page 3

PERCENT (27.5%). ONCE THE LOAN OR THE GREENWAY LOAN HAS BEEN PAID IN FULL, THE PAYMENT PERCENTAGE SHALL BE TWO-THIRDS (2/3) TO ICM AND ONE-THIRD (1/3) TO GREENWAY OR LENDER, WHICHEVER IS REMAINING, OR IF THE ICM LOAN IS PAID IN FULLY PRIOR TO THE PAYMENT IN FULL OF THE GREENWAY LOAN AND THE LOAN, THEN THE PAYMENT PERCENTAGE SHALL BE ONE-HALF (1/2) TO GREENWAY AND ONE-HALF (1/2) TO LENDER. ONCE THE LOANS OF TWO OF THE PARTICIPANTS HAVE BEEN PAID IN FULL, THEN THE PAYMENT PERCENTAGE SHALL BE 100% TO THE REMAINING PARTICIPANT.

"PARTICIPATION PERCENTAGE" MEANS THE PERCENTAGE AMOUNT THAT THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF A SUBORDINATED LENDER'S SUBORDINATE LOAN BEARS TO THE AGGREGATE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF ALL OF THE SUBORDINATE LOANS.

"PERSON" means an individual, a corporation, a partnership, a limited liability company, an association, a trust or any other entity or organization, including a government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.

"PROPERTY" means and refers to the following property, rights, interests and estates now owned, or hereafter acquired, by Borrower:

(a) Land. The real property described in Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof (collectively, the "LAND"), together with all additional lands and estates therein which may, from time to time, by supplemental mortgage be expressly made subject to the lien of this Mortgage.

(b) Improvements. The buildings, structures, fixtures, additions, accessions, enlargements, extensions, modifications, repairs, replacements and improvements now or hereafter erected or located on the Land (the "IMPROVEMENTS");

(c) Easements. All easements, rights-of-way or use, rights, strips and gores of land, streets, ways, alleys, passages, sewer rights, water, water courses, water rights and powers, air rights and development rights, and all estates, rights, titles, interests, privileges, liberties, servitudes, tenements, hereditaments and appurtenances of any nature whatsoever, in any way now or hereafter belonging, relating or pertaining to the Land and the Improvements and the reversion and reversions, remainder and remainders, and all land lying in the bed of any street, road or avenue, opened or proposed, in front of or adjoining the Land, to the center line thereof and all the estates, rights, titles, interests, property, possession, claim and demand whatsoever, both at law and in equity, of Borrower of, in and to the Land and the Improvements and every part and parcel thereof, with the appurtenances thereto;

(d) Fixtures and Personal Property. All machinery, equipment, goods, inventory, fixtures (including, but not limited to, all heating, air conditioning, plumbing, lighting) and other property of every kind and nature whatsoever owned by Borrower, or in which Borrower has or shall have an interest, now or hereafter located upon the Land and the Improvements, or appurtenant thereto, and usable in connection with the present or future use, maintenance, enjoyment, operation and occupancy of the Land and the Improvements and all building equipment,

Loan Agreement

Page 4

materials and supplies of any nature whatsoever owned by Borrower, or in which Borrower has or shall have an interest, now or hereafter located upon the Land and the Improvements, or appurtenant thereto, or usable in connection with the present or future operation and occupancy of the Land and the Improvements and the right, title and interest of Borrower in and to any of the Personal Property (as hereinafter defined) which may be subject to any security interests, as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code, as adopted and enacted by the state or states where any of the Property is located ("UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE"), superior in lien to the lien of this Mortgage and all proceeds and products of the above;

(e) Leases and Rents. All leases and other agreements affecting the use, enjoyment or occupancy of the Land and the Improvements heretofore or hereafter entered into, (individually, a "LEASE"; collectively, the "LEASES") and all right, title and interest of Borrower, its successors and assigns therein and thereunder, including, without limitation, cash or securities deposited thereunder to secure the performance by the lessees of their obligations thereunder and all rents (including all tenant security and other deposits), additional rents, revenues, issues and profits (including all oil and gas or other mineral royalties and bonuses) from the Land and the Improvements whether paid or accruing before or after the filing by or against Borrower of any petition for relief under the Bankruptcy Code (collectively the "RENTS") and all proceeds from the sale or other disposition of the Leases and the right to receive and apply the Rents to the payment of the Indebtedness;

(f) Condemnation Awards. All awards or payments, including interest thereon, which may heretofore and hereafter be made with respect to the Property, whether from the exercise of the right of eminent domain (including but not limited to any transfer made in lieu of or in anticipation of the exercise of the right), or for a change of grade, or for any other injury to or decrease in the value of the Property;

(g) Insurance Proceeds. All proceeds of and any unearned premiums on any insurance policies covering the Property, including, without limitation, the right to receive and apply the proceeds of any insurance, judgments, or settlements made in lieu thereof, for damage to the Property;

(h) Tax Certiorari. All refunds, rebates or credits in connection with a reduction in real estate taxes and assessments charged against the Property as a result of tax certiorari or any applications or proceedings for reduction;

(i) Conversion. All proceeds of the conversion, voluntary or involuntary, of any of the foregoing including, without limitation, proceeds of insurance and condemnation awards, into cash or liquidation claims;

(j) Rights. The right, in the name and on behalf of Borrower, to appear in and defend any action or proceeding brought with respect to the Property and to commence

Loan Agreement

Page 5

any action or proceeding to protect the interest of Lender in the Property;

(k) Agreements. All agreements, contracts (including purchase, sale, option, right of first refusal and other contracts pertaining to the Property), certificates, instruments, franchises, permits, licenses, approvals, consents, plans, specifications and other documents, now or hereafter entered into, and all rights therein and thereto, respecting or pertaining to the use, occupation, construction, management or operation of the Property (including any Improvements or respecting any business or activity conducted on the Land and any part thereof) and all right, title and interest of Borrower therein and thereunder, including, without limitation, the right, upon the happening of any default hereunder, to receive and collect any sums payable to Borrower thereunder;

(l) Trademarks. All tradenames, trademarks, servicemarks, logos, copyrights, goodwill, books and records and all other general intangibles relating to or used in connection with the operation of the Property;

(m) Accounts. All accounts, accounts receivable, documents, instruments, chattel paper, deposit accounts, investment property, claims, reserves (including deposits) representations, warranties, and general intangibles, as one or more of the foregoing terms may be defined in the Uniform Commercial Code, and all contract rights, franchises, books, records, plans, specifications, permits, licenses (to the extent assignable), approvals, actions, choses, commercial tort claims, suits, proofs of claim in bankruptcy and causes of action which now or hereafter are owned by Borrower and relate to, or are derived from or are used in connection with the Property, or the use, operation, maintenance, occupancy or enjoyment thereof or the conduct of any business or activities thereon; and

(n) Other Rights. Any and all other rights of Borrower in and to the Property and any accessions, renewals, replacements and substitutions of all or any portion of the Property and all proceeds derived from the sale, transfer, assignment or financing of the Property or any portion thereof.

"PROMISSORY NOTE" means that certain promissory note executed by Borrower to the order of Lender on the __day of FEBRUARY, 2006 in the principal amount of not to exceed $1,000,000.00, including any and all promissory notes given in renewal, extension, modification, restatement, rearrangement or replacement of the Promissory Note.

"SECURITY DOCUMENTS" shall mean any agreement, instrument or document (including, but not limited to the Mortgage and Financing Statements) that secures Borrower's obligations under the Promissory Note and this Loan Agreement.

"SUBORDINATED LENDER" MEANS ANY OF LENDER, GREEN WAY, AND ICM.

"SUBORDINATED LOANS" MEANS THE LOAN, THE GREEN WAY LOAN AND THE ICM LOAN.

Loan Agreement

Page 6

"SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT" means that certain subordination agreement between Borrower, Lender, FNBO, ICM and Green Way dated DECEMBER 15, 2005.

1.2 Titles. Underlined titles to sections have been included for convenience only and shall not define, affect or limit any of the terms or provisions of this Loan Agreement and shall be disregarded in construing the language of any such term or provision.

1.3 Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein shall have the same meaning given to such terms in the other Loan Documents unless otherwise defined herein or the context clearly indicates otherwise.

ARTICLE 2. THE LOAN.

2.1 Loan Facility. Subject to and upon the terms, covenants and conditions of this Loan Agreement, Lender agrees that it shall make a Loan in a principal amount that does not exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000). The Loan shall be evidenced by the Promissory Note and the other Loan Documents.

2.2 Repayment of Loan.

(a) Prior to the Maturity Date. Borrower shall repay the principal amount of the Loan from Available Funds as hereinafter provided, and shall also pay accrued interest thereon in quarterly payments on the first day of January, April, July and October of each year. Such interest payments shall commence on the 1st day of April, 2006. The remaining outstanding principal balance and all accrued but unpaid interest shall become due and payable on the Maturity Date. In addition to the amounts being loaned by FNBO and Lender, Borrower is borrowing an amount not to Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) from ICM under the terms of the ICM Loan Documents and an amount not to exceed One Million Five Hundred Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($1,525,000) from GreenWay under the terms of the GreenWay Loan Documents.

(b) Upon each and every date Borrower obtains Available Funds, Borrower shall pay out such Available Funds within five (5) business days thereafter to the Agent, who shall distribute such payment of Available Funds to Lender, ICM, and GREENWAY pursuant to the terms of the Collateral Agreement. The terms of the Collateral Agreement provide as follow:

(i) the Agent shall distribute SUCH AVAILABLE FUNDS CONSISTING OF PAYMENTS OF INTEREST TO THE SUBORDINATE LENDERS PARI PASSU IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SUBORDINATE LENDERS' RESPECTIVE PARTICIPATION PERCENTAGES.

(II) THE AGENT SHALL DISTRIBUTE SUCH AVAILABLE FUNDS CONSISTING OF PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL TO THE SUBORDINATE LENDERS PARI PASSU IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SUBORDINATE LENDERS' RESPECTIVE PAYMENT PERCENTAGES.

Loan Agreement

Page 7

(iii) THE AGENT SHALL DISTRIBUTE SUCH AVAILABLE FUNDS CONSISTING OF EXTRAORDINARY PAYMENTS TO THE PARTICIPANTS PARI PASSU IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PARTICIPANTS' RESPECTIVE PARTICIPATION PERCENTAGES.

(c) Payments of Available Funds received by Lender under the terms of this of
Section (REGARDLESS OF HOW CLASSIFIED BY THE AGENT) shall be applied to first to amounts other than interest and principal that are due hereunder, second to accrued but unpaid interest, and then third to principal. Any payment of principal on the Loan shall be evidenced by notations on the books and records of Lender. If requested by Borrower from time to time, Lender shall deliver a statement of account to Borrower setting forth the unpaid principal balance of the Loan. Such statement shall (absent clerical error) be deemed conclusively correct and accepted by Borrower unless Borrower notifies Lender to the contrary in writing within five (5) business days following delivery of such statement. Upon receipt of the payment or prepayment by Borrower of any portion of the Loan, Lender is hereby authorized to record the date and amount of each such payment or prepayment on its books and records, and any such recordation shall constitute prima facie evidence of the accuracy of the information so recorded, absent manifest error. The failure of Lender to make any such notation shall not affect in any manner or to any extent Borrower's obligations hereunder.

(d) The obligation of Borrower to repay the principal amount of the Loan together with interest thereon shall be further evidenced by the Promissory Note. Interest shall accrue on the principal amount of the Loan from the date of advance until the Maturity Date at a rate equal to the Applicable Rate. Lender's calculation of the applicable interest accrued on the Loan shall constitute prima facie evidence of the accuracy of the amount of interest calculated, absent manifest error.

2.3 No Prepayment Charge. Borrower may make prepayments of principal at any time and from time to time without the payment of a prepayment charge; provided that such prepayments shall be deemed to be Available Funds to be distributed pursuant to the Collateral Agreement and Section 2.1(b).

2.4 Renewal and Extension. Any renewal or extension of the Promissory Note (or any advance made pursuant to the terms of such renewed or extended Promissory Note) shall be subject to the terms of this Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Lender is under no obligation to renew or extend the term of any Indebtedness when it matures.

2.5 Reinstatement of Debt. If and to the extent Lender must deliver to FNBO a payment received from Borrower pursuant to the terms of the Subordination Agreement, Borrower will not be credited for the payment so turned over and the Indebtedness owing to Lender shall be adjusted accordingly.

Loan Agreement

Page 8

ARTICLE 3. CONDITIONS TO CLOSING.

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Lender's Obligations under the Loan Documents. Lender shall have no obligation under the Loan Documents unless the following conditions have been satisfied:

(a) Borrower shall have delivered to Lender duly and properly executed originals of the Loan Documents;

(b) Borrower shall have delivered certified (as of the date of this Loan Agreement) copies of all corporate action taken by Borrower, authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents and each other document contemplated to be delivered pursuant to the Loan Documents;

(c) Lender shall have received current certificates of good standing for Borrower issued by the Secretary of State of the state in which Borrower is doing business;

(d) Borrower shall have delivered current UCC search results showing the Collateral is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or security interest, other than the lien of the Agent and the mortgage securing the FNBO Loan, and demonstrated to Lender's satisfaction that Borrower owns the Collateral;

(e) Borrower shall have delivered its opinion of counsel concluding the Loan Documents are binding and enforceable in accordance with their terms and addressing such other matters as Lender may request;

(f) Borrower shall have delivered a commitment for title insurance proposing to insure the Lien of the Mortgage, subject only to (x) the mortgage securing the FNBO Loan, and (y) easements and restrictions of record which are acceptable to Lender, but if title insurance is not available, an attorney's opinion of title, abstract of title or such other title evidence satisfactory to Lender confirming the priority of the lien of the Mortgage as aforesaid shall be furnished at Borrower's expense;

(g) The Mortgage and the Financing Statement shall have been properly filed of record, and Borrower shall have paid all applicable recording costs, filing fees, stamp taxes and the like;

(h) Borrower and Lender shall have entered into an Design-Build Lump Sum Contract under which Lender is to design and construct the Project; and

(i) LENDER and ICM shall have entered into an agreement under which ICM is to provide certain services in connection with the design and construction of a coal fired steam generation system and a distillers grain steam dryer system for the Project;.

(j) Borrower and ICM shall have entered into the ICM Loan Documents on terms acceptable to Lender.

Loan Agreement

Page 9

(k) Borrower and Green Way shall have entered into the Green Way Loan Documents on terms acceptable to Lender; and

(l) Lender, ICM, FNBO, Green Way and Borrower shall have entered into the Subordination Agreement with respect to the loans each such lender shall make to Borrower, on terms acceptable to Lender; and

(m) Borrower shall have entered into the Construction Loan Agreement with FNBO, on terms acceptable to Lender.

3.2 Actions by Lender. No action taken by Lender, including the advancement of funds hereunder, prior to Borrower's satisfaction of the above requirements, shall be deemed a waiver of Lender's right to require full compliance with all conditions.

ARTICLE 4. ADVANCE UNDER THE LOAN.

4.1 Borrower's Right to Advance under the Loan. Lender shall be obligated to disburse or advance any funds under the Loan only if the following conditions have been satisfied as of the date of the request for the Loan:

(a) Closing shall have previously occurred;

(b) All representations and warranties made herein shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date of the Borrower's deemed request for the Loan;

(c) No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

(d) Borrower shall have performed or caused to be performed the conditions of
Section 3.1 above applicable to the requested Loan.

ARTICLE 5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

Borrower hereby represents and warrants, and so long as any Indebtedness from Borrower to Lender remains unpaid or this Loan Agreement remains in effect, continuously represents and warrants as follows:

5.1 Due Organization. Borrower is a duly organized and validly existing limited liability company under the laws of the State of North Dakota and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in that State and in each jurisdiction where the nature and extent of its business and property require same. Borrower has the authority to own its properties and carry on its businesses as they are now and will be conducted.

5.2 Due Authority. All actions necessary or required to be taken by Borrower for the execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents have been duly authorized and taken by Borrower.

Loan Agreement

Page 10

5.3 Enforceability against Borrower. This Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of Borrower, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.

5.4 No Conflict. The execution and delivery of the Loan Documents by Borrower do not conflict with or constitute on the part of Borrower a breach of, or default under any of the terms, conditions, provisions, or restrictions of any other promissory note, mortgage or loan agreement, or of any partnership agreement or any other agreement, articles of incorporation, by-laws, lease or other instrument to which Borrower is subject or by which Borrower may be bound.

5.5 Financial Statements. All balance sheets, income statements, accounts receivable aging reports, inventory reports and other financial information of Borrower which may hereafter be furnished to Lender present fairly the financial condition and results of Borrower's operations, as of the date and for the periods shown and have been and will be prepared in conformity with the standards established by AICPA and in accordance GAAP or such other basis of accounting as is acceptable to Lender.

5.6 Litigation. There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry, or investigation at law or in equity or before or by any court, public board or body pending or threatened against or affecting Borrower, nor, to the best of Borrower's knowledge, does there exist any basis upon which any such action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation could be instituted which could result in an unfavorable decision, ruling, or finding which would in any way materially adversely affect Borrower, Borrower's operations, the transactions contemplated in the Loan Documents or create a Lien on the Property.

5.7 Statutory Compliance. Borrower and the Collateral are each in compliance in all material respects with all Governmental Requirements.

5.8 Ownership of the Property and Collateral. Borrower has marketable title in and to the Property and the Collateral, subject only to the Lien and security interest of Lender pursuant to the Loan and the Lien of the mortgage securing the FNBO Loan.

ARTICLE 6. COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS.

Borrower hereby covenants and agrees, and so long as any Indebtedness from Borrower to Lender remains unpaid or this Loan Agreement remains in effect, continuously covenants and agrees as follows:

6.1 Payment of Indebtedness. Borrower will pay the Indebtedness at the time and in the manner provided in the Loan Documents, or as provided in any other instruments, agreements or documents evidencing the obligations of Borrower to Lender. In addition, Borrower will timely pay the obligations owed on the FNBO Loan.

6.2 Maintain Good Standing. Borrower is and shall remain a limited liability company in good standing under the laws of the State of North Dakota and any other state in which qualification may be necessary.

Loan Agreement

Page 11

6.3 Maintain System of Accounting; Provide Financial Information. Borrower shall maintain its books and records and system of accounting in accordance with GAAP or such other basis of accounting as is acceptable to Lender, so that at any time and from time to time the true and complete financial condition of Borrower is presented fairly and may be readily determined, and, at Lender's request, shall make such records available for Lender's inspection. Borrower agrees to furnish to Lender within thirty
(30) days after the end of each calendar month (i) a balance sheet of Borrower, as of the end of such period, and (ii) income statements and statements of changes in cash flow for such period and year to date, all prepared in accordance with GAAP, and all in reasonable detail. Following completion of the Project, Borrower shall also furnish to Lender each month, within thirty (30) days of the last day of each month end, a monthly production report of Borrower's input and output amounts of corn usage, coal usage, distillers dried grain, ethanol and CO(2) together with all other monthly financial and operational information as may required by this Loan Agreement. Borrower shall also furnish promptly to Lender, in such form as Lender may reasonably request, such additional financial or other information concerning the cash flow, income, assets, liabilities, ownership, operations, corporate activities and meetings and transactions of Borrower as may be requested by Lender from time to time, and permit Lender to make and obtain copies of any such records or information.

6.4 Notice of Litigation. Borrower shall advise Lender promptly of any claim or controversy which is or may become the subject of litigation against Borrower or any Collateral, and whether such litigation or potential litigation, in the event of an unfavorable outcome, could have a Material Adverse Effect on Borrower's financial condition or operations.

6.5 Compliance with Governmental Requirements. Borrower shall timely comply with all Governmental Requirements applicable to the Loan, any of the Loan Documents, and all applicable organizational documents and other agreements to which Borrower is a party and shall promptly deliver to Lender evidence of such compliance upon request.

6.6 Notification of Defaults and Other Events. Borrower shall promptly advise Lender in writing of any of the following occurrences or events as they become known to Borrower, specifying in each case the action Borrower has taken or caused to be taken, or proposes to take or cause to be taken, with respect to the following:

(a) the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default;

(b) any default by Borrower under any Governmental Requirement or in the payment of any indebtedness (or in the performance of any obligation related thereto) related to the Loan or the Loan Documents which could have a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) any claim or controversy which is or may become the subject of litigation, arbitration or governmental investigation which has been instituted or to the knowledge of Borrower, is threatened against Borrower or any Collateral which could have a Material Adverse Effect;

Loan Agreement

Page 12

(d) any damage or injury to the Collateral; or

(e) if the Project is no longer in operating condition.

6.7 Hold Harmless. Borrower shall protect, indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at Borrower's own cost and expense. Lender, and its successors and assigns (each, an "INDEMNIFIED PERSON"), from and against, and if and to the extent paid, reimburse each such Indemnified Person for, any and all losses, liabilities, claims, damages deficiencies, interest, judgments, costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, all court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses) of any and every kind and nature arising out of or by reason of any representation or warranty made by Borrower hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents; Provided, however, that nothing contained in this Section 6.7 shall be construed as an agreement by Borrower to indemnify any Indemnified Person for any Indemnified Person's (i) gross negligence or willful misconduct that directly causes or results in the harm or loss being indemnified; or (ii) any unexcused or unlawful breach by Lender of any of its obligations under this Loan Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents. The indemnity provided herein shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Loan Documents.

6.8 Access to Borrower's Books and Records. At all times during normal business hours, Borrower shall accord Lender and Lender's representatives access to Borrower's books and records (wherever located), including those electronically stored, for inspection and examination and shall permit copies to be made of such books and records and make available a photocopy facility for that purpose at Borrower's expense.

6.9 Costs and Expenses. Borrower has and will pay when due all costs and expenses occurring after Closing in connection with the Loan, including, but not limited to, all reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of Lender's counsel in connection with the amendment, enforcement or defense of the Loan Documents, the granting or denial of any waiver or consent hereunder or under the other Loan Documents or any other matter or transaction contemplated by the Loan Documents.

6.10 Prompt Performance. So long as any portion of the Indebtedness remains outstanding, Borrower shall promptly perform each and every obligation of Borrower as set forth herein, in the other Loan Documents, under the Construction Loan Agreement with FNBO, and under the Other Loan Documents.

6.11 Insurance on the Collateral, So long as the Loan is outstanding, Borrower shall keep and maintain casualty insurance on the Collateral, which insurance shall name Lender as loss payee. The amount of insurance shall be subject to Lender's approval, and Borrower shall provide evidence that such insurance is in effect at all times.

6.12 Operate the Project. Until the Loan is paid in full or otherwise retired as provided herein, Borrower covenants to continuously operate the Project at Borrower's sole cost and expense.

Loan Agreement

Page 13

ARTICLE 7. BORROWER'S NEGATIVE COVENANTS.

Borrower hereby covenants that so long as any portion of the Indebtedness remains outstanding and unpaid, Borrower will not, directly or indirectly, do any of the following without the prior written consent of Lender:

7.1 Incur Or Make Additional Debt. Enter into any contract, guaranty, indemnity or other agreement with another party which has the effect of creating a monetary debt in favor of the other party, or enter into an amendment, change, revision or other modification of the terms of the FNBO Loan, the ICM Loan, or the Green Way Loan that has the effect of increasing the indebtedness, extending the time for payment or granting other collateral as security therefor. Borrower shall not make any loan, or extend credit to, any person including but not limited to any officer, manager, employee or member of Borrower.

7.2 Application of Funds. Apply the amounts borrowed under this Loan Agreement to any purpose or use not expressly permitted under this Loan Agreement other than toward payment of proper costs of constructing the Project pursuant to the Design-Build Lump Sum Contract between Borrower and Lender, as invoiced by Lender.

7.3 Change in Ownership. Sell, transfer or assign (or permit the sale, transfer or assignment of) any interest in the beneficial ownership of Borrower, or pledge or otherwise encumber (or permit any pledge or encumbrance of) any interest in Borrower.

7.4 Use Violations. Use, maintain, operate or occupy or allow the use, maintenance, operation or occupancy of the Property in any manner which (i) violates the terms of the Loan Documents; (ii) may be dangerous unless safeguarded as required by law; (iii) constitutes a public nuisance; (iv) makes void, voidable or cancelable any insurance policy then in force with respect thereto; or (v) makes void, voidable or cancelable any governmental permit.

7.5 Distributions. Declare or make any distribution (whether cash or property) to its members; provided, however, Borrower may make annual cash distributions to its members not to exceed the lesser of (i) the estimated federal, state and local income tax liability (excluding penalties and interest) attributable to each member's proportionate share of the Borrower's net taxable income, or (ii) the amount permitted under the Construction Loan Agreement. Such estimated tax liability, which shall be computed by the accountant who regularly prepares the Borrower's tax returns, shall be computed on the basis of the highest marginal rate applicable to individuals on capital gains and other taxable income for the fiscal year in question.

7.6 Transfer Its Assets. Except in the ordinary course of its business, sell or offer to sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any of Borrower's assets including the Project or any interest therein.

7.7 Other Covenants. Do or cause to be done any act which would result in a breach of any of the Loan Documents.

Loan Agreement

Page 14

ARTICLE 8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

The occurrence of any one or more of the following shall constitute an "EVENT OF DEFAULT" hereunder:

8.1 Failure to Make Payment. The failure of Borrower to pay, when due, any amount then owing by Borrower to Lender, which failure continues, without cure, for ten (10) days from the date notice of such failure is provided by Lender to Borrower.

8.2 Default on the Agreement with Lender or ICM. Default in the performance by Borrower of any of the terms or obligations on its part to be performed under any agreement with Lender or ICM which default is not timely cured to the satisfaction of Lender or ICM, as the case may be, including without limitation the agreements referenced in clauses (h) and
(j) of section 3.1.

8.3 Failure to Make Payment or Discharge Obligations on Other Indebtedness. Default in the payment when due (subject to applicable grace periods), whether by acceleration or otherwise, of any other indebtedness or undertaking of Borrower, or default in the performance or observance of any obligation or condition with respect to any such other indebtedness or undertaking, if the effect of such default is to accelerate the maturity of such other indebtedness or undertaking or to permit the holder(s) thereof, or any trustee or agent for such holder(s), to cause such other indebtedness or undertaking to become due and payable prior to its expressed maturity.

8.4 Failure to Discharge Obligations. The failure of Borrower to promptly, punctually and faithfully perform or discharge any of its covenants, agreements or obligations (excluding payment obligations) under any of the Loan Documents and such failure continues, without cure, for more than thirty (30) days from the date notice of such failure is provided by Lender to Borrower.

8.5 Misrepresentation. The reasonable determination by Lender that any representation or warranty now or hereafter made by Borrower to Lender, whether in the Loan Documents or otherwise, was not true or correct when given in any material respect, and Borrower is unable to correct, cure or make true such representation or warranty within twenty (20) days from the date notice thereof is provided by Lender to Borrower.

8.6 Governmental Action. Any Governmental Authority or any other person takes or institutes action, which in the reasonable opinion of Lender, will have a Material Adverse Effect on Borrower, Borrower's operations, or Borrower's ability to repay the Loan, and such governmental, public or private action continues, without cure, for more than twenty (20) days from the date notice thereof is provided by Lender to Borrower.

8.7 Business Failure. Dissolution, termination of existence, insolvency, business failure, or suspension of business on the part of Borrower, the filing of a petition for the appointment of a receiver or the appointment of a receiver for all or any part of Borrower's property, assignment for the benefit of creditors or commencement of any proceedings under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or against Borrower.

Loan Agreement

page 15

8.8 Service of Process. Service of any order of attachment, garnishment, or levy or the existence or the making or issuance of any tax lien or similar process on or with respect to any of Borrower's property, which has not been released, or collection, execution or similar process stayed for a period within of thirty (30) days.

8.9 Judgment. The entry of any judgment or order against Borrower, which judgment or order is not satisfied or appealed from (with execution or similar process o stayed) within ten (10) days of the entry of such judgment.

8.10 Sell. Transfer or Dispose of the Collateral. The sale, transfer, assignment, mortgage or other disposition of any of the Collateral without Lender's prior written consent.

ARTICLE 9. RIGHTS AND REMEDIES UPON DEFAULT.

9.1 Remedies upon Default. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Lender, acting by or through agents, receivers, trustees or otherwise (including, but not limited to the Agent) without further notice (including, without limitation, notice of default, notice of intent to accelerate or of acceleration) except for any notice that is expressly required herein, and without demand, presentment, protest or action of any nature whatsoever all of which are hereby waived by Borrower, and in addition to any other provision in the Loan Documents may exercise any or all of the following rights, remedies and recourses:

(a) Declare the unpaid principal balance of the Promissory Note, the accrued and unpaid interest thereon and any other accrued but unpaid portion of the Indebtedness to be immediately due and payable, whereupon the same shall become immediately due and payable; provided, however, that if accelerated pursuant to this sentence, the Promissory Note and all such Indebtedness may be reinstated at the option and upon the written approval of Lender.

(b) Reduce any claim to judgment.

(c) Perform and discharge each and every obligation, covenant, condition and agreement of Borrower under any of the Loan Documents (provided that Lender shall not have any obligation to perform or discharge any such obligation), and, in exercising any such powers, to pay necessary costs and expenses, employ counsel and incur and pay reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses. Lender shall not be obligated to perform or discharge, nor does it hereby undertake to perform or discharge, any obligation, duty or liability of Borrower by reason of this Loan Agreement, it being agreed that Lender shall be treated as agreeing to perform or discharge such obligation, duty or liability if (but only if) Lender shall expressly so elect, by sending written notice to the other contracting party to such documents.

(d) Lender may proceed by a suit or suits in equity or at law for a judicial or strict foreclosure hereunder, or for the specific performance of any covenant or agreement herein contained, or in aid of the execution of any power herein granted.

Loan Agreement

Page 16

(e) Lender, its agents or its representatives shall have the right to become the purchaser at any sale held by Lender or by any receiver or public officer, and Lender shall have the right to credit upon the amount of the bid made therefor the amount payable out of the net proceeds of such sale to Lender

(f) Exercise any and all other rights, remedies and recourses granted under any of the Loan Documents (including but not limited to the Security Documents) or otherwise now or hereafter existing in equity, at law, by virtue of statute or otherwise.

9.2 Application of Proceeds After Default. All payments on the Loan received by Lender during the existence of an Event of Default, and the proceeds of any sale or disposition of the Collateral, and all proceeds generated by Lender's exercise of its remedies herein set forth or under any of the Loan Documents, shall be applied to the Indebtedness owing by Borrower in such order and manner as Lender deems appropriate any instructions from any other Person (including Borrower) notwithstanding.

9.3 Waivers. To the full extent permitted by law, Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives and releases:

(a) except as specifically provided for herein or in any of the other Loan Documents, all notices of any Default or Event of Default or of any election by Lender to exercise any right, remedy or recourse provided for under the Loan Documents or of the actual exercise of any such right, remedy or recourse;

(b) except as specifically provided for in any of the Loan Documents, any and all right to receive demand, grace, notice, presentment for payment, protest, notice of intention to accelerate the Indebtedness or notice of acceleration of the Indebtedness.

9.4 Discontinuance of Proceedings. In case Lender shall have proceeded to invoke any right, remedy, recourse or power permitted under the Loan Documents and shall thereafter elect to discontinue or abandon same for any reason, Lender shall have the unqualified right to do so and, in such event, Borrower and Lender shall be restored to their former positions with respect to the Indebtedness, the Loan Documents, the Collateral and otherwise, and the rights, remedies, recourses and powers of Lender shall continue as if same had never been invoked.

ARTICLE 10. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

Borrower acknowledges and agrees that the following provisions shall also apply to this Loan Agreement:

10.1 Continuing Agreement. This is a continuing agreement and all the rights, powers and remedies of Lender hereunder and all agreements and obligations of Borrower and Lender shall continue to exist until all of the Indebtedness is paid in full.

10.2 Failure to Give Notice and/or Cure. If any provision of the Loan Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents provides for Lender to give to Borrower

Loan Agreement

Page 17

or any other person liable on the Loan any notice and/or cure period regarding an Event of Default, then, if Lender shall fail to give such notice to Borrower or such other Person, the sole and exclusive remedy of Borrower or such other person for such failure shall be to seek appropriate equitable relief to enforce the agreement to give such notice and to have any acceleration of the maturity of the Promissory Note enjoined, postponed or revoked and foreclosure proceedings in connection therewith delayed or terminated pending or upon the curing of such Event of Default in the manner and during the period of time permitted by the Loan Agreement or the applicable Loan Document, if any, and neither Borrower nor such other person shall have any right to damages or any other type of relief against Lender not herein specifically set forth, all of which damages or other relief are hereby waived by Borrower. Borrower understands and agrees that the term of any cure period granted in this Loan Agreement shall not be increased by a similar cure period granted in any other Loan Document with respect to the same default.

10.3 Defense of Actions. Lender may (but shall not be obligated to) commence, appear in, or defend any action or proceeding purporting to affect the Loan, or the respective rights and obligations of Lender and Borrower pursuant to this Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Lender may (but shall not be obligated to) pay all necessary expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses incurred in connection with such proceedings or actions, which Borrower agrees to repay to Lender on demand.

10.4 No Modification. No modification, consent or waiver whatsoever of any provision hereunder shall be effective unless in writing and approved by Lender, and then only to the extent set forth in such writing.

10.5 Failure to Act. No act, delay, or omission of Lender to exercise any right, remedy or power under the Loan Documents shall impair any such right, remedy or power, or be construed to be a waiver of any Default or an acquiescence therein; and any single or partial exercise of any such right, remedy or power shall not preclude other and further exercise thereof, or the exercise of any other right, remedy or power.

10.6 Rights Cumulative. The rights, remedies and powers provided in the Loan Documents or otherwise are cumulative, and the exercise of any particular right, remedy or power does not preclude the exercise of any other right, remedy or power in addition to, or as an alternative of, such remedy.

10.7 Limitation on Interest. Notwithstanding anything herein or in the other Loan Documents, expressed or implied, to the contrary, in no event shall any interest rate charged hereunder, under the Promissory Note or any of the other Loan Documents, or any interest contracted for, collected or received by Lender exceed the maximum interest rate allowed by applicable law. It is expressly stipulated and agreed to be the intent of Borrower and Lender at all times to comply with the applicable law governing the maximum rate or amount of interest payable on or in connection with any of the Promissory Note and the Loan. If the applicable law is ever judicially interpreted so as to render usurious any amount called for under either of the Promissory Note or the Loan, or any other circumstance whatsoever, and results in Lender having been paid any interest in

Loan Agreement

Page 18

excess of that permitted by applicable law, then it is the express intent of Borrower and Lender that all excess amounts theretofore collected by Lender be credited to the principal balance of said Promissory Note, or if said Promissory Note has been or would thereby be paid in full, refunded to Borrower, and the provisions of said Promissory Note and the other applicable Loan Documents shall immediately be deemed to be reformed and the amounts thereafter collectible hereunder and thereunder reduced, without the necessity of the execution any new document, so as to comply with the applicable law, but so as to permit the recovery of the fullest amount otherwise called for hereunder or thereunder.

10.8 Provisions Severable. If any one or more of the provisions of this Loan Agreement operates, in whole or in part, or if any one or more of the provisions of this Loan Agreement would prospectively operate, in whole or in part, to invalidate this Loan Agreement, then said provision or provisions shall be deemed null and void, but shall not affect any other provision of this Loan Agreement, and its remaining provisions shall in no way be affected, prejudiced or disturbed thereby.

10.9 No Assignment by Borrower. Neither this Loan Agreement nor the other Loan Documents may be assigned by Borrower without the express written consent of Lender.

10.10 Borrower Additionally Bound. Borrower understands and agrees that it is additionally bound by the terms and conditions of the other Loan Documents, which such terms and provisions are incorporated herein and made a part of this Loan Agreement. To the extent that any term or provision of the other Loan Documents conflicts with a term or provision of this Loan Agreement, the term or provision affording Lender the most security or the greatest right shall control.

10.11 Binding Effect. This Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be binding upon Lender and Borrower and inure to the benefit of their respective representatives, successors and assigns.

10.12 No Agency. Unless expressly set forth herein or in the other Loan Documents, nothing contained herein or in the other Loan Documents shall be construed as creating an agency relationship between Borrower and Lender. It is expressly agreed and understood that no party shall have the right to act for or on behalf of any other party as the result of the execution hereof or of the other Loan Documents.

10.13 Not a Joint Venture or Partnership. Nothing contained in any of the Loan Documents shall be deemed to render Lender and Borrower partners or joint venturers for any purpose.

10.14 Survival of Representations. All covenants, agreements, undertakings, indemnities, representations and warranties made by the Borrower herein will survive the delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of the Loan, and any investigation at any time made by or on behalf of Lender will not diminish Lender's right to rely thereon. All statements contained in any certificate or other instrument delivered by or on behalf of

Loan Agreement

page 19

the Borrower under or pursuant to the Loan Documents or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby shall constitute representations and warranties made by the Borrower hereunder.

10.15 Further Assurances. Each party hereto agrees, from time to time as may be reasonably requested by the other party hereto, to execute, acknowledge, obtain and deliver such documents as may be required in order to complete and effect the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents.

10.16 Time. Time is of the essence with respect to Borrower's obligations under the Loan Documents.

10.17 No Third Party Beneficiaries. Neither this Loan Agreement nor the other Loan Documents create any rights to or for the benefit of any person or persons not a party hereto or thereto.

10.18 Governing Law, Jurisdiction and Venue. This Loan Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Minnesota. Borrower expressly agrees to jurisdiction and venue for any and all legal proceedings filed in connection herewith in Hennepin County, Minnesota.

10.19 Notice. All notices, requests and communications to any party hereunder shall be in writing (including bank wire, telecopy or similar writing), except for any telephone notices specifically provided for herein, and may be personally served or sent by telecopier, registered or certified mail or the express mail service of the United States Postal Service, Federal Express or other equivalent overnight or expedited delivery service.

Any such notice, request or other communication shall be deemed given and received (i) if given by personal service, or telecopier (confirmed in writing) twenty-four (24) hours after having been given; (ii) if sent by telecopier with confirmation by telephone, upon receipt; (iii) if sent by registered or certified mail, upon the earlier of (x) actual receipt, or (y) three (3) days after deposit in a depository of the United States Postal Service, postage prepaid; (iv) if sent by Federal Express, the express mail service of the United States Postal Service or other equivalent overnight or expedited delivery service, upon the earlier of (x) actual receipt or (y) twenty four (24) hours after delivery to such overnight or expedited delivery service, delivery charges prepaid and properly addressed. For the purposes hereof, the addresses of Borrower and Lender shall be as set forth below.

If to Lender:       Fagen, Inc.
                    Attn: JENNIFER JOHNSON
                    P.O.Box 159
                    501 West Highway 212
                    Granite Falls, MN 56241
                    Telecopier: (320) 564-3278

If to Borrower:     Red Trail Energy, LLC


                                                                  Loan Agreement
                                                                         Page 20

                    Attn: Mick Miller
                    P.O. Box 11
                    3682 Hwy. 8 South
                    Richardton, ND 58562
                    Telecopier: (701)974-3309

Any party may, by proper written notice hereunder to the other party, change the address to which notices shall thereafter be sent to it.

10.20 Counterparts. This Loan Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same agreement.

10.21 Acceptance by Lender. This Loan Agreement is not binding upon Lender until accepted by Lender.

THIS LOAN AGREEMENT, TOGETHER WITH THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, ARE THE FINAL EXPRESSION OF THE AGREEMENT BETWEEN LENDER AND BORROWER AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF ANY PRIOR OR CONTEMPORANEOUS ORAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN US. LENDER AND BORROWER EACH HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGE AND AFFIRM THAT NO SUCH UNWRITTEN, ORAL AGREEMENTS EXIST. EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT SUFFICIENT SPACE HAS BEEN PROVIDED HEREIN, AND IN THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, FOR THE PLACEMENT OF NONSTANDARD TERMS.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]

Loan Agreement

Page 21

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Loan Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the date and year first written above.

BORROWER:

RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC

By: /s/ Ambrose R Hoff
    ------------------------------------
Name: Ambrose R Hoff
Its: President

ACCEPTED BY LENDER:

FAGEN, INC.

By: /s/ Ron Fagen
    ------------------------------------
Name: Ron Fagen
Its: CEO-President

Loan Agreement

Page 22

SCHEDULE A
TO LOAN AGREEMENT

LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT:

TRACT 1:

A TRACT OF LAND LOCATED IN THE SOUTHWEST QUARTER (SW1/4) OF SECTION 4, TOWNSHIP 139 NORTH, RANGE 92 WEST OF THE 5TH PRINCIPAL MERIDIAN, STARK COUNTY, NORTH DAKOTA, BEING MORE PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:

ALL THAT PORTION OF SAID SOUTHWEST QUARTER LYING SOUTH OF THE SOUTHERLY 200 FOOT RIGHT OF WAY LINE OF THE BURLINGTON NORTHERN / SANTA FE RAILROAD AS SURVEYED AND CONSTRUCTED ACROSS SAID SOUTHWEST QUARTER OF SECTION 4, EXCEPT THE WEST 100.00 FEET AND THE SOUTH 850.00 FEET OF THE WEST 920.00 FEET OF SAID SOUTHWEST QUARTER OF SECTION 4.

TRACT 2:

A TRACT OF LAND LOCATED IN THE SE1/4 OF SECTION 4, TOWNSHIP 139 NORTH, RANGE 92 WEST OF THE 5TH P.M., STARK COUNTY, NORTH DAKOTA, MORE PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:

ALL THAT PORTION OF SAID SE1/4 LYING SOUTH OF THE SOUTHERLY 200 FOOT RIGHT OF WAY LINE OF THE BURLINGTON NORTHERN / SANTA FE RAILROAD AS SURVEYED AND CONSTRUCTED ACROSS THE SAID SE1/4 OF SECTION 4.

TRACT 3:

A TRACT OF LAND LOCATED IN THE SOUTH HALF (S1/2) OF SECTION 4, TOWNSHIP 139 NORTH, RANGE 92 WEST OF THE 5TH PRINCIPAL MERIDIAN, STARK COUNTY, NORTH DAKOTA, BEING MORE PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:

THE SOUTHERLY 150.00 FEET OF THE SOUTHERLY 200.00 FEET OF RIGHT OF WAY FOR THE BURLINGTON NORTHERN / SANTA FE RAILROAD AS SURVEYED AND CONSTRUCTED ACROSS SAID SOUTH HALF OF SECTION 4. SAID TRACT CONTAINS 16.87 ACRES.

TRACT 4:

A TRACT OF LAND LOCATED IN THE NORTHEAST QUARTER OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER (NE1/4 NE1/4) OF SECTION 9, TOWNSHIP 139 NORTH, RANGE 92 WEST OF THE 5TH PRINCIPAL MERIDIAN, STARK COUNTY, NORTH DAKOTA, BEING MORE PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:

THE SOUTHERLY 150.00 FEET OF THE SOUTHERLY 200.00 FEET OF RIGHT OF WAY FOR THE BURLINGTON NORTHERN / SANTA FE RAILROAD AS SURVEYED AND CONSTRUCTED ACROSS SAID NORTHEAST QUARTER

Loan Agreement

Page A-1

OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER OF SECTION 9. SAID TRACT CONTAINS 2.79 ACRES.

TRACT 5:

A TRACT OF LAND LOCATED IN THE NORTHWEST, NORTHEAST AND SOUTHEAST QUARTERS OF
SECTION 10, TOWNSHIP 139 NORTH, RANGE 92 WEST OF THE 5TH PRINCIPAL MERIDIAN, STARK COUNTY, NORTH DAKOTA, BEING MORE PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:

THE SOUTHERLY 150.00 FEET OF THE SOUTHERLY 200.00 FEET OF RIGHT OF WAY FOR THE BURLINGTON NORTHERN / SANTA FE RAILROAD AS SURVEYED AND CONSTRUCTED ACROSS SAID NORTHWEST QUARTER, THE NORTHEAST QUARTER AND THE SOUTHEAST QUARTER OF SECTION
10. SAID TRACT CONTAINS 22.05 ACRES.

Loan Agreement

Page A-2

Exhibit 10.27

PROMISSORY NOTE

FEBRUARY 28, 2006

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned ("MAKER", whether one or more) hereby promises to pay to the order of FAGEN, INC. ("HOLDER") at its offices in Granite Falls, Minnesota or such other address as Holder shall desire, the principal sum not to exceed ONE MILLION DOLLARS ($1,000,000), or such lesser sum as shall become due hereunder, together with interest thereon accruing at the Applicable Rate, adjusted each time and as of the date the Applicable Rate changes, without notice to Maker (which notice is hereby expressly waived by Maker).

Interest shall commence to accrue on the date funds are advanced under that certain Loan Agreement between Maker and Holder dated FEBRUARY 28, 2006 (the "LOAN AGREEMENT"), and shall continue until the Maturity Date. Maker shall make payments of interest on this Promissory Note on the first day of the beginning of every calendar quarter, commencing upon the payment commencement date set forth under the Loan Agreement, and payments of principal in such amounts and at such times as determined under the Loan Agreement. The remaining outstanding principal balance and all accrued but unpaid interest shall become due and payable on the Maturity Date.

Any required payment on this Promissory Note which is not paid when due shall be subject to a late payment charge of five percent (5%) of the amount of such overdue amount. Interest on a required payment which is not paid when due shall thereafter accrue at the rate of eighteen percent (18%) per annum or, if less, the maximum rate of interest permitted under applicable law (the "Default Rate").

The obligations evidenced by this Promissory Note are secured pursuant to the provisions of the documents described below and as they may be amended or supplemented from time to time:

The Security Documents (as such term is defined in the Loan Agreement).

At the option of the Holder hereof, the entire unpaid principal plus accrued interest shall become immediately due and payable, after expiration of any grace period provided in the Loan Documents, upon the occurrence or existence of any of the following events or conditions: (a) any payment required hereunder is not paid when due; (b) default in the performance of any covenant, obligation, warranty or provision contained in the Loan Documents; (c) any warranty, representation, financial information or statement of the Maker is determined to be false in any material respect; (d) an Event of Default; (e) determination by the Holder that a material adverse change has occurred in the financial condition of the Maker; (f) dissolution, termination of existence, insolvency, business failure, the filing of a petition for the appointment of a receiver or the appointment of a receiver for all or a part of any part of the property of the Maker; (g) commencement of any proceedings under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or against the


Maker; or (h) anytime the Holder believes, in the Holder's sole discretion, that the prospect of payment of this Promissory Note is impaired or the Holder otherwise deems itself insecure.

Maker and any endorsers hereby severally waive presentment, protest and demand, notice of protest, demand, dishonor and nonpayment of this Promissory Note. Maker expressly agrees that this Promissory Note, or any payment hereunder, may be extended from time to time without notice and without in any way affecting the liability of the Maker and endorsers hereof.

No waiver of any payment or other right under this Promissory Note or any related agreement shall operate as a waiver of any other payment or right. No delay on the part of the Holder hereof in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of that right or any other right under this Promissory Note. The Holder shall be entitled to recover costs of collection of this Promissory Note, including, to the extent allowed by law, reasonable attorneys' fees.

If any one or more provisions of this Promissory Note shall, in whole or in part, or if any one or more provisions of this Promissory Note operates or would operate to invalidate this Promissory Note, then said provisions or provision shall be deemed null and void, but shall not affect any other provision of this Note and the remaining provisions shall in no way be affected, prejudiced or disturbed thereby. The rules of construction and the definitions set forth in the Loan Agreement shall also apply to this Note. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Note shall have the meanings ascribed in the Loan Agreement.

Time is of the essence of this Promissory Note and of the performance of all obligations hereunder.

This Promissory Note is to be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Minnesota.

This Promissory Note shall be binding upon Maker and its successors and assigns and inure to the benefit of Holder and its successors and assigns.

DATED as of the date first set forth above.

RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC

By: /s/ Ambrose R Hoff
    ------------------------------------
Name: Ambrose R Hoff
Title: President
       "MAKER"


Exhibit 10.28

SOUTHWEST PIPELINE PROJECT
RAW WATER SERVICE CONTRACT

Contract No.: RW-6
Customer Entity: RED TRAIL ENERGY LLC

TABLE OF CONTENTS

I.   PARTIES

II.  INTRODUCTION

III. DEFINITIONS

IV.  TERM OF CONTRACT

     1.   EFFECTIVE CONTRACT

     2.   RENEWAL

V.   RAW WATER SERVICE: DELIVERY OF RAW WATER

     1.   QUALITY OF RAW WATER

     1.A. INTENDED USE

     2.   TYPE OF SERVICE

     3.   QUANTITY OF RAW WATER AND FLOW RATE

     4.   POINT OF DELIVERY AND PRESSURE

     4.A. CUSTOMERS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM

     5.   ADDITIONAL RAW WATER

     6.   WATER SHORTAGES

     7.   CURTAILMENT FOR MAINTENANCE PURPOSES

     8.   MEASUREMENT OF RAW WATER

     9.   RESPONSIBILITY FOR USE OF RAW WATER

VI.  RAW WATER SERVICE: RAW WATER RATES AND PAYMENT FOR RAW WATER

     1.   NOTICE OF CONNECTION AND BEGINNING OF RAW WATER SERVICE PAYMENTS

     1.A. PREPAID PAYMENT

     2.   PAYMENT FOR RAW WATER SERVICE

     3.   MINIMUM ANNUAL RAW WATER PURCHASE: PAYMENTS

     4.   PAYMENT FOR OPERATION, MAINTENANCE, AND REPLACEMENT (OM&R)

     5.   PAYMENT FOR CAPITAL COSTS

     6.   BILLING PROCEDURES

     7.   WHEN PAYMENTS ARE DUE

     8.   DELINQUENT PAYMENTS AND DEFAULT SUSPENSION OF RAW WATER SERVICE

     9.   PENALTY FOR LATE PAYMENT

     10.  REFUSAL OF RAW WATER

Contract No. : RW-6 Page 1 of 14 Red Trail Energy LLC


VII. GENERAL PROVISIONS

     1.   RULES AND REGULATIONS

     2.   REMEDIES NOT EXCLUSIVE

     3.   AMENDMENTS

     4.   WAIVER OF RIGHTS

     5.   ASSIGNMENTS

     6.   UNALLOCATED CAPACITY

VIII. TERMINATION

     1.   BY MUTUAL AGREEMENT

     2.   FOR MISUSE

IX.  MERGER CLAUSE

Page 2 of 14

I. PARTIES

This contract is by and between the Southwest Water Authority, a governmental entity created and existing pursuant to North Dakota Century Code chapter 61-24.5-03, hereinafter referred to as the Authority, the State Water Commission, hereinafter referred to as the Commission; and Red Trail Energy LLC hereinafter referred to as the Customer.

II. INTRODUCTION

1. Under the authority of the Act of the North Dakota Legislative Assembly of 1981 (1981 N.D. Sess. Laws 613, Section 3), the North Dakota State Water Commission (Commission) was directed to develop preliminary designs for a water supply pipeline facility for supplementation of the water resources of Dickinson and the area of North Dakota south and west of the Missouri River for multiple purpose, including domestic, industrial, rural water district, and municipal customers. This water pipeline facility is known as the Southwest Pipeline Project.

2. The Southwest Pipeline Project was authorized by the North Dakota Legislative Assembly, substantially in accordance with Plan B of the Preliminary Engineering Design Final Report for the Southwest Pipeline Project, State Water Commission Project No. 1736, dated September 1982.

3. The Southwest Pipeline Project was amended by the North Dakota Legislative Assembly in 1989 (Section 61-24.3-06-1, NDCC), from a water supply project to an integrated water supply, water distribution and water delivery project for cities and individual customers.

4. The Legislative Assembly created the Southwest Water Authority in 1991 (Chapter 61-24.5, NDCC), for the purpose of providing local operation, maintenance, and management of the Southwest Pipeline Project.

5. In 1995, the State Water Commission entered into an agreement with the Authority whereby the completed portions of the Southwest Pipeline Project were transferred to the Authority for operation, maintenance and management.

6. The Southwest Pipeline Project was amended by the North Dakota Legislative Assembly in 2005 (Section 61-24.3-07, NDCC), to allow expanded industrial use.

7. Under North Dakota Century Code chapter 61-24.5-09 the Authority may enter into water service contracts for the delivery and distribution of water, and for the collection of rates, charges, and revenues from such delivery of water.

8. The Customer desires to enter into a water service contract with the Authority, pursuant to the laws of the State of North Dakota, for a water supply from the Southwest Pipeline Project for use by the Customer, for which the Customer will make payments to the Authority at the rates and pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in this contract.

Page 3 of 14

III. DEFINITIONS

The following terms and definitions apply to this contract unless otherwise specified:

1. "Additional raw water" means raw water purchased by the "Customer" in addition to its minimum annual raw water purchase.

2. "Base consumer price index" means the consumer price index, as defined herein, as of January 1, 1995, adjusted to account for any changes in base.

3. "Capital costs" means all costs incurred by the Commissions which are properly chargeable, in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices, to the construction of and the furnishing of equipment for the "Project," including the costs of surveys, engineering studies, exploratory work, designs, preparations of construction plans and specifications, acquisitions, acquisitions of lands, easements and rights-of-way, relocation work, and related essential legal, administrative and financial work.

4. "Commission" means the State Water Commission.

5. "Consumer price index: (CPI)" means the consumer price index for all urban consumers, which is a monthly statistical measure of the average change in prices in a fixed market basket of goods and services. The consumer price index is base on the prices of food, clothing, shelter, fuel, drugs, transportation fares, doctors' and dentists' fees, and other goods and services that people buy for day-to-day living.

6. "Domestic use" means the use of water by an individual, or by a family unit or household, for personal needs and for drinking, washing, sanitary, and culinary uses.

7. "Manager" means the person employed by the Authority to be in charge of and supervise the operation and maintenance of the Project.

8. "Maximum flow rate" means the maximum number of gallons of raw water which may be delivered through the Project by the Authority to a raw water customer entity during any one minute time period.

9. "Minimum annual raw water purchase" means the minimum gallons of raw water which a raw water customer entity agrees to purchase and pay for during a year.

10. "Operation, maintenance, and replacement costs" means all operation costs incurred by the Authority, including all energy costs incurred by the Authority for pumping raw water through the Project, for the maintenance and administration of the Project, and for any amounts that the State Water Commission determines are necessary to establish reserve funds to meet anticipated replacement costs and extraordinary maintenance of Project works. Operation, maintenance and replacement costs shall be referred to in this contract as OM&R costs.

Page 4 of 14

11. "Potable water" means water fit for human consumption.

12. "Project" means the Southwest Pipeline Project, State Water Commission Project No. 1736.

13. "Raw water" means untreated water not suitable for domestic use.

14. "Raw water rate for capital costs" means the rate per each 1,000 gallons of raw water to be paid by raw water customer entities for capital costs of the Project.

15. "Raw water customer entities" means those persons, municipalities, rural water cooperatives, corporations, and other entities which have entered into and executed raw water service contracts with the Authority for the purchase of raw water from the Project.

16. "Unallocated capacity" means the capacity of the raw water which is not allocated and contractually committed to individual raw and/or potable water customers by virtue of raw and/or potable water service contracts.

17. "Year" means the period from January 1 through December 31, both dates inclusive.

IV. TERM OF CONTRACT

1. Effective Date.

This contract is effective for ten (10) years from the date of connection by the Customer unless terminated sooner by mutual agreement of the parties.

2. Renewal.

Under terms and conditions mutually agreeable to the parties to this contract, renewals of this contract may be made for successive periods not to exceed ten (10) years.

V. RAW WATER SERVICE: DELIVERY OF RAW WATER

1. Quality of Raw Water.

All water received pursuant to this contract, or any renewal, extension, or modification thereof, shall be raw untreated water which does not meet water quality standards of the North Dakota Department of Health and Consolidated Laboratories for domestic use.

1.A. Intended Use.

Processing ethanol and by products produced therefrom.

Page 5 of 14

2. Type of Service.

Constant flow not to exceed 600 gpm. Customer shall provide adequate on site storage to meet their processing needs.

3. Quantity of Raw Water and Flow Rate.

Minimum annual water purchase. The Customer agrees to purchase and make payment for not less than 200 million gallons per year (minimum annual raw water purchase) during the entire term of this contract (380 gpm). The Customer may purchase and make payment for water in excess of this amount as long as the Project's ability to meet other demands is not impaired.

If, in the first year of service under this contract actual use begins later than January 1, the minimum annual raw water purchase shall be reduced by 16.7 million gallons for each full calendar month in which service was not provided. The full minimum annual raw water will be required in all subsequent years.

4. Point of Delivery and Pressure.

The Authority shall furnish raw water to the Customer at a pressure range of 40 psi to 55 psi at a point located at the Southwest Pipeline Project Contract 2-3A at the 30" ductile iron pipeline ten (10) inch turnout at Station 63+46 located in the NE 1/4 of Section 6, Township 139 North, Range 92 West. If greater pressure than the range specified herein at the point of connection is required by the Customer, the cost of providing such greater pressure shall be borne by the Customer.

4.A. Customers Distribution System.

The customers distribution system includes all works (service line, meter equipment, storage, appurtenances, etc.) extending from the point of delivery to the customers destination. Customer is responsible for all costs associated with installation of such works including O&M responsibilities for a minimum period of four (4) years after such works are put into service. At that time customer may have the option of transferring ownership and O&M responsibilities for all such work up to and including the meter equipment to the Commission. The customers remaining distribution system beyond the meter equipment including storage facilities shall remain the customers responsibility.

5. Additional Raw Water.

In addition to the minimum annual water purchase specified in Section V, subsection 3 of this contract, the Customer may purchase additional raw water. The Authority shall not be obligated in any way to supply raw water at a "greater" flow rate than the maximum flow rater specified in this contract. If the Customer desires to secure a contractual right to a greater maximum flow rate than specified in this contract, must be amended to provide a greater minimum annual raw water purchase, subject to Section

Page 6 of 14

VII, subsection 3 and 6.

6. Water Shortages.

a. No liability for shortages. No liability shall against the Authority, the Commission, or any of its officers, agents, or employees for any damage or inconvenience, direct or indirect, arising from any water shortages or other interruptions in raw water deliveries resulting from accident to or failure of Project works and facilities, whether or not attributable to negligence of officers, agents, or employees of the Authority, or from any other cause. The contractual obligations of the Customer under this contract shall not be reduced or altered by reason of such shortages or interruptions.

b. Interruption of service during water shortages. The Authority has the right during times of water shortages, from any cause, to interrupt raw water service to serve customer with higher priority as referenced in Section VII, subsection 6.

7. Curtailment for Maintenance Purposes.

The Authority may temporarily discontinue or reduce the amount of raw water to be furnished for the purpose of maintaining, repairing, replacing, investigating or inspecting any of the facilities and works necessary for the furnishing of raw water. To the extent possible, the Authority will give reasonable notice in advance of any temporary discontinuance or reduction. No advance notice is required in case of an emergency. In no event shall any liability accrue against the Authority, the Commission, or any of its officers, agents, or employees for any damage or inconvenience direct or indirect, arising from such temporary discontinuance or reduction for maintenance and repair purposes.

8. Measurement of Raw Water.

The Customer shall furnish, install, operate and maintain, at its own expense, at the point of delivery, the necessary metering equipment and required devices of standard type for properly measuring the quantity of raw water delivered to the Customer. The Customer shall pay all costs of this equipment, easements, engineering services, contract administration and installation. Pipeline installations including all appurtenances will be in accordance with Southwest Pipeline Project specifications. The Authority, accompanied by an authorized Customer representative, shall be permitted access at all times to the master meter equipment, appurtenances, and associated equipment. The Customer will designate authorized representatives that can be made available to accompany the Authority representative upon short notice (four hours or less).

If the Customer, in good faith, believes the measurement of raw water delivered to be in error, they shall present a claim of error, in writing, to the Manager/CEO, either in person or by certified mail to the address of the manager. A claim of error presented after a claim has become delinquent shall not prevent discontinuance of service as provided in this contract. The Customer agrees to continue to make payments for raw water service

Page 7 of 14

after a claim of error has been presented, however, the payment will be under protest and will not prejudice the Customer's claim of error.

Upon presenting its claim of error and payment for the actual cost of calibration to the Authority, the Authority will calibrate the meter. If the meter is found to over register by more than two percent (2%) of the correct volume, the Customers payment for the cost of calibration will be refunded and the meter readings for that meter shall be corrected for the twelve (12) months previous to the calibration by the percentage of inaccuracy found in such tests. The amount of any overpayment as a result of over-registration shall be applied first to any delinquent payments for raw water service, and at the option of the Customer, any remaining amounts shall be refunded or credited upon future payments for raw water service in the ensuing years.

If any meter fails to register for any period, the amount of raw water delivered during such period shall be deemed to be the amount of raw water delivered in the corresponding period immediately prior to the failure, unless the Authority and the Customer shall agree upon a different amount. The Customer and the Authority shall have access to the meter at all reasonable times for the purpose of verifying its readings.

9. Responsibility of Use of Raw Water.

The Customer shall be responsible for the control and use of all raw water beyond the point of connection and all services, maintenance, and repair of the Customer's distribution system. The Customer shall indemnify and hold the Authority, the Commission, its officers, agents, employees, and successors and assigns harmless from every claim for damage to persons or property, direct or indirect, and of whatever nature, arising out of or connected with the control, distribution, and use of raw water delivered under this contract, and the operation, maintenance, and replacement of the Customer's distribution system. The Customer's distribution system includes all works extending from the point of connection to the Customer's destination.

VI. RAW WATER SERVICE: RAW WATER RATES AND PAYMENT FOR RAW WATER

The Customer agrees to pay for raw water and raw water service in accordance with the following terms and conditions:

1. Notice of Connection and Beginning of Raw Water Service Payments.

Upon approval, the Authority shall notify the Customer in writing of the date when the Customer may connect to the Project Transmission System. The Customer will make monthly payments for water and water service, beginning on the connection date specified in the notice.

Page 8 of 14

1.A. Prepaid Payment.

Prior to connection the Customer will deposit with the Authority a prepayment of $80,000. This deposit will be held in escrow until such time (minimum of three years) as it is determined that the Customer has established a consistent payment record. The Customer may be allowed to apply $40,000 toward its water bill at such time, however, the Authority may continue to retain $40,000 in escrow until end of this ten year contract. Upon renewal of the contract, the Customer may request the Authority to apply the remaining $40,000 or any part thereof to their water bill. Accrued interest, if any, will remain with the Authority.

2. Payment for Raw Water Service.

The Customer's water service payment for each month shall equal the sum of the following:

a. The Customer's proportionate share of the operation, maintenance, and replacement costs excluding the cost of treatment; plus

b. The Customer's payment for capital costs.

3. Minimum Annual Raw Water Purchase; Payments.

The Customer will pay for the minimum annual raw water purchase in accordance with the rates and terms specified in this contract, regardless of whether or not the Customer actually uses the minimum annual raw water purchase.

If, by December, 31 of any year, the Customer has not used the minimum annual raw water purchase, payment for the difference between the minimum annual raw water purchase and the amount used shall be due.

4. Payment for Operation, Maintenance, and Replacement (OM&R).

The Customer will make monthly payments to the Authority for its share of the OM&R for the Project. The amount of such payment will be determined as follows:

a. Prior to February 1 of each year, the Authority shall establish and adopt a budget for OM&R for the Project for the immediate ensuing year. The Authority shall have the authority to include in such budget for each year an amount to be accumulated and maintained in a reserve fund for the purpose of replacement and for extraordinary maintenance of project works. The reserve fund shall be accumulated and maintained in an amount to be determined by the State Water Commission. The reserve fund shall be deposited and maintained in a separate account in accordance with the laws of the State of North Dakota.

Page 9 of 14

b. The Authority will then estimate the total annual water sales for the immediate ensuing year, and calculate the "estimated water rate for operation, maintenance, and replacement" for the Project by dividing the amount of the estimated budget for OM&R for the immediate ensuing year by the estimated total annual water sales for such ensuing year.

c. The monthly payment to be made by the Customer to the Authority for OM&R shall be determined by multiplying the amount of water actually delivered to the Customer for each month times the estimated water rate for OM&R, excluding the cost of treatment.

d. At the end of each year, the Authority shall prepare a statement of the actual cost for OM&R for that same year.

e. The Authority will then determine the adjustment to be applied to the Customer's payment for OM&R for the previous year. The adjustment shall be calculated by first dividing the amount of water actually delivered to the Customer by the Authority during the previous year by the previous year's total annual water sales to determine the Customer's proportionate share (fraction) of the OM&R costs for the previous year. This fraction shall then be multiplied times the actual total cost for OM&R for the previous year, which shall be the amount of the Customer's proportionate share of OM&R costs for the previous year. The Authority shall then subtract the total amount of the Customer's proportionate share of OM&R costs for the previous year from the total amount actually paid by the Customer for OM&R during the previous year, which shall be the adjustment to be applied to the Customer's water service payments for the next ensuing year.

If the Customer's proportionate share of OM&R costs for the previous year is more than the total amount actually paid by the Customer during the previous year for OM&R, the difference shall be owed by the Customer to the Authority. The amount due and owing to the Authority by the Customer as a result of such adjustment shall be applied to and added to the Customer's monthly payments for water for the next four
(4) months of the immediate ensuing year in equal monthly installments.

If the Customer's proportionate share of OM&R costs for the previous year is less than the total amount actually paid by the User during the previous delinquent payments of the Customer for water service, and the remaining sum, if any, shall be credited against the Customer's monthly payments for water service for the next four (4) months of the immediate ensuing year in equal monthly credits.

5. Payment for Capital Costs.

The Customer will pay to the Authority a water rate for capital costs of the Project. The revenues from this water rate for capital costs shall be paid by the Authority as directed by the Legislative Assembly.

Page 10 of 14

a. Base water rate for capital costs. The base rate for capital costs for constant flow shall be seventy-two cents ($0.72) per each one thousand (1,000) gallons of water.

b. Adjustment of water rate for capital costs. The State Water Commission shall have the authority to adjust the water rate for capital costs annually in accordance with the increase or the decrease in the Consumer Price Index(CPI). The formula for determining the adjustment to the water rate for capital costs for each year is as follows: The CPI for September 1 of each year shall be divided by the base CPI of four hundred forty-eight and four tenths (448.4). The result of this calculation shall be reduced by one (1), and then multiplied by the base water rate for capital costs. The product of this formula is the adjustment to the water rate for capital costs, and shall be added to the base water rate for capital costs for the next year. Notwithstanding the foregoing basis for adjusting the water rate for capital costs, the Commission shall have the authority to decrease the adjustment to the water rate for capital costs, as it deems appropriate and necessary, after considering data on changes to the medial incomes of project water users, substantial increases in OM&R costs, or other factors.

c. Monthly water payment for capital costs. The amount of payment each month by the Customer to the Authority for capital costs shall be calculated by multiplying the water rate for capital costs times the amount of water actually delivered to the Customer each month.

6. Billing Procedures.

The metering equipment at the point of connection shall be read monthly, and the Authority will furnish, at the address shown on the signature page of this contract, not later than the first (1st) day of month, an itemized statement of the payment due for raw water service for the preceding month.

7. When Payments Are Due.

All payments for raw water service under this contract for OM&R, and for capital costs, shall be made no later than the fifteenth (15th) day of each month. Payments not made by such date shall be considered delinquent and in default.

8. Delinquent Payments and Default: Suspension of Raw Water Service.

The Customer shall meet its obligation under this contract, and will make in full, all payments required by this contract on or before the date such payments become due. In the event of default, the Authority, in its discretion, may suspend delivery of water through the project during the period of default. During any period of default, the Customer remains obligated to make all payments required under this contract. Any action of the Authority shall not limit or waive any remedy provided by the contract or by law for the recovery of money due or which may become due under this contract.

Page 11 of 14

9. Penalty for Late Payment.

A penalty of one percent (1%) per month will be imposed upon all delinquent payments. Penalties will not be charged against any adjustment made pursuant to Section V, subsection 8.

10. Refusal of Raw Water.

The Customer's failure or refusal to accept delivery of water to which it is entitled under this contract will in no way relieve the Customer's obligation to make payments in accordance with this contract.

VII. GENERAL PROVISIONS

1. Rules and Regulations.

The Authority has the authority to develop and adopt such rules and regulations as it deems appropriate to carry out this contract and to govern the administration of this contract. Such rules and regulations shall not be inconsistent with this contract. The Customer agrees to comply with such rules and regulations.

2. Remedies Not Exclusive

The use of any remedy specified herein for the enforcement of this contract is not exclusive and does not prohibit the use of or limit the application of, any other remedy available by law.

3. Amendments.

This contract may be amended any time by mutual agreement of the parties in writing, except insofar as any proposed amendments are in any way contrary to applicable law.

4. Waiver of Rights.

Any waiver at any time by either party of its rights with respect to a default or any other matter arising in connection with this contract, will not be deemed to be a waiver with respect to any other default or matter.

5. Assignment

The provisions of this contract are binding upon the successors and assigns of the respective parties. Any assignment or transfer will not be valid unless approved by the Authority and Commission. The Authority and the Commission shall not approve any assignment or transfer to any raw water customer unless the water customer has the necessary ability to satisfy the obligations of this contract.

Page 12 of 14

6. Unallocated Capacity.

The Customer understands and agrees that the Authority and the Commission will give preference to treated water for municipal, domestic, and rural water needs before executing raw water service contracts or allowing additional raw water purchases for the delivery of unallocated capacity to water customers for other uses.

VIII. TERMINATION

1. By Mutual Agreement.

This contract may be terminated by mutual agreement of the parties.

2. For Misuse.

This contract may be terminated upon discovery that the Customer has utilized raw water for domestic use or a use inconsistent with the terms of this contract. The Authority will be relieved of all obligations under this contract, and the Customer will be required to immediately disconnect his distribution system from the connection point.

IX. MERGER CLAUSE

This agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties. No waiver, consent, modification, or a change of terms of this agreement shall bind either party unless in writing, signed by the parties, and attached herein. Such waiver, consent, modification, or change, if made, is effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose given. There are no understandings, agreements, or representations, oral or written, not specified herein regarding this agreement.

Page 13 of 14

STATE WATER COMMISSION                  ATTEST:


By: /s/ Dale Frink                      By: /s/ Todd Sando
    ---------------------------------       ------------------------------------
Dale Frink, Chief Engineer and          Todd Sando, Assistant State Engineer
Secretary North Dakota State Water      North Dakota State Water Commission
Commission

Date 3-31-2006

SOUTHWEST WATER AUTHORITY               ATTEST:


By: /s/ Loren Myran                     By: /s/ Leonard Jacobs
    ---------------------------------       ------------------------------------
Loren Myran, Chairman                   Leonard Jacobs, Secretary
Southwest Water Authority               Southwest Water Authority

Date 4-3-06


RED TRAIL ENERGY, LLC                   ATTEST:


By: /s/ Ambrose R. Hoff                 By: /s/ Mick A. Miller
    ---------------------------------       ------------------------------------
Title: President                        Title: GENERAL MANAGER
Red Trail Energy, LLC                   Red Trail Energy, LLC

Date 3-8-06


Contact No. : RW-6                                                 Page 14 of 14
Red Trail Energy LLC